Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
MC-13-1514
Inspection Worksheet Miami Shores Village 10050 N.E. 2nd Avenue Miami Shores, FL Phone: (305)795-2204 Fax: (305)756-8972 Inspection Number: INSP-215881 Permit Number: MC -7-13-1514 Scheduled Inspection Date: July 28, 2014 Permit Type: Mechanical - Residential Inspector: Perez, JanPierre Inspection Type: Final Owner: GOMEZ-BASSOLS, ISABEL Job Address: 137 NE 92 Street Miami Shores, FL 33138 - Project: <NONE> Work Classification: A/C Replacement Phone Number Parcel Number 1132060133170 Contractor: NAVARRO PLUMBING & MECHANICAL CO Phone: (305)244-5832 nment comments MECHANICAL INSTALLATION AS PER APPROVED inrractio rassea comments PLANS. I INSPECTOR COMMENTS False Inspector Comments Passed CREATED AS REINSPECTION FOR INSP-215386. CREATED AS REINSPECTION FOR INSP-194785. need permit for fireplace FIRE PLACE DUCT WORK NOT AS PER SPEC Failed Correction Needed Re -Inspection ❑ Fee No Additional Inspections can be scheduled until re -inspection fee is paid July 25, 2014 For Inspections please call: (305)762-4949 Page 10 of 30 Miami Shores Village Building Department N.E.2nd Avenue, Miami Shores, Florida 33138 el: (305) 795-2204 Fax: (305) 756-8972 P ION LINE PHONE NUMBER: (305) 762-4949 BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION BUILDING r-1 ELECTRIC ❑ ROOFING JUN 27 2014 FBC ZO Master Permit No.& 5%3 Sub Permit No. 197 Z/3 /:51 ❑ REVISION ❑ EXTENSION [-] RENEWAL 41"BING M HANICAL [:]PUBLICWORKS ❑ CHANGE OF ❑ CANCELLATION ❑ SHOP CONTRACTOR DRAWINGS JOB ADDRES . 3 2 k 2 Folio/Parcel#: //`-3',?-o ® 6013 V2 07 Is the Building Historically Designated: Yes NO - Occupancy Type: Load: Construction Type: Flood Zone: BFE: FFE: OWNER: Name (Fee Simple Titleholder): I& #Wk G U-VeV%"�- /,;F0, City: 1 State: Zip: -37-176- Tenant/Lessee Name: Phone#: Email: CONTRACTOR: Company Name: �l✓P P2B�/�f- Phone#: Address: , I City: � ( Qualifier Name: a State Certification or Registration #: C!PV (Z/ift Certificate of Competency #: DESIGNER: Architect/Engineer: Phone#: Value of Work for this Permit: Type of Work: ❑ Addition Alteration Description of, , Zip: 3 3277- 5 City: State: Square/linear Footage of Work: M ❑ New ❑ Repair/Re laace/�\ ❑ Demolition 44'as 1 Specify color of color thru tile: Submittal Fee $ Permit Fee $ ®0 CCF $' CO/CC $ Scanning Fee $ _ Technology Fee $_ Structural Reviews (Revised02/24/2014) Radon Fee $ DBPR $ _ Training/Education Fee $ Notary $ Double Fee $ Bond $ TOTAL FEE NOW DUE $ Bonding Company's Name (if applicable) Bonding Company's Address City State Mortgage Lender's Name (if applicable) Mortgage Lender's Address City State Zip Zip Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet the standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRIC, PLUMBING, SIGNS, POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS, AIR CONDITIONERS, ETC..... OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. "WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT." Notice to Applicant: As a condition to the issuance of a building permit with an estimated value exceeding $2500, the applicant must promise in good faith that a copy of the notice of commencement and construction lien law brochure will be delivered to the person whose property is subject to attachment. Also, a certified copy of the recorded notice of com encement must be posted at the job site for the first inspection which occurs seven (7) days after the building permit is issued. the absence of such posted notice, the inspection will not be approved and a reinspection fee will be charged. Signature / �r OWNER or1! ENT The foregoing instrument was ackno edged before me this 2.Z day of �7'f/Ma- 20 , by VS -4- 96mot2l who is personally known to me or who has produced Ali.- as identification and who did take aF li.-� NOTARY PUBLI-C:. / Print: .� Seal: ANTHONY DANIEL FERNANDEZ MY COMMISSION # FF 098874 EXPIRES: March 5, 2018 Bonded Thru Notary Public Undemrbm APPROVED BY l (RevisedO2/24/2014) S Signatu 14107M[ lwel0 The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this day of 20 _, by 091014'? . who is personally known to me or w o has produced as identification and who did take an th. NOTARY PUBLIC: F�k�k�k�k�kak�k�k�k�k�h�k�k�k�k�k�k�k�k�k�k�k+k*�k�k&�k�h�k+k�k�F+R�k�k�k�k�k�k�k�k�k�kNe�k�Ie�k�k�k�ktk�k�k�kak+k�kNt�k�k�k�k�k dans Examiner Zoning Structural Review Clerk u • HOT GLASS WILL CAUSE `.: _ • UNE SURFACE ME CHAUDE • EL VIDRIO CALIENTE BURNS. PEUT CAUSER DES BRULURES. CAUSARA QUEMADURAS. • 00 NOT TOUCH GLASS • LAISSER REFROIDIR LA SURFACE • USTED DEBE NUNCA UNTIL COOLED. VITREE AVANT D'Y TOUCHER. TOCAR EL VIDRIO CALIENTE. • NEVER ALLOW CHILDREN • NE PERMETTEZ JAMAIS A UN ENFANT • LOS NIABS DEBEN NUNCA TO TOUCH GLASS. DE TOUCHER LA SURFACE VITREE. TOCAR EL VIDRIO. WARNING: If the information in these instructions AVERTISSEMENT : Assurez-vous de bien suivre les is not followed exactly, a fire or explosion may instructions donn6es dans cette notice pour Quire au result, causing property damage, personal injury, minimum le risque d'incindie ou d'explosion ou pour or death. eviter tout dommage materiel, touts blessure ou la mort. - Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable - Ne pas entreposer ni utilizer d'Wence ni d'autres vapeurs vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other ou liquides inflammables dans le volsinage de cat appareil appliance. ou de tout autre appareil. - WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS: - QUE FAIRE SI VOUS SENTEZ UNE ODEUR DE GAZ : • Do not try to light any appliance. • Ne pas tenter d'allumer d'appareil. • Do not touch any electrical switch; do not use any • Ne touchez a aucan interrupteur. Ne pas vous servir des phone in your building. teldphones se trouvant dans le betiment oil vows trouvez. • Immediately call your gas supplier from a • Appelez immediatement votre fournisseur de gaz depuis neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's on voisin. Sulvez les instructions du fournisseur. instructions. • Si nous ne pouvez rejoindre le fournisseur de gaz, • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire appetez le service des incindies. department. - Vinstailation et 1'entretien doivent etre assurds par un - Installation and service must be performed by a installateur ou un service d'entretien qualifid ou par le qualified installer, service agency or the gas supplier. fournisseur de gaz. PA LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) - INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Packaging.................................................... 2 Introduction................................................. 2 General Information ..................................... 2 Requirements for the sionals who are certified in Commonwealth of Massachusetts............ 4 Cold Climate Insulation ................................ 5 Manufactured Home Requirements ............. 5 Location........................................................5 Vent Termination Clearances ....................... 6 Appliance and Vent Clearances .................... 8 Pre -Installation Steps... .............................. 10 Typical Installation Sequence ....................10 Detailed Installation Steps .......................... 10 Step 1. Framing..........................................10 Fireplace and Framing Specifications .......11 Step 2. Routing Gas Line ...........................12 Step 3. Preparing Appliance Vent Collar..... 13 Step 4. Installing Vent System ...................13 Vertical Termination Systems..................14 Vent Section Length Chart ......................14 Vertical Vent Tables and Figures..............17 Horizontal Termination System ...............19 Horizontal Vent Tables and Figures......... 21 Venting Using Flexible Vent Pipe ............. 24 Step 5. Field Wiring ................................... 25 Step 6. Optional Blower Kit Wiring............ 26 Step 7. Connecting Gas Line ..................... 26 Step 8. Verifying Appliance Operation........... 27 Step 9. Installing Logs ............................. 28 Step 10. Remove/install Glass Door .......... 32 Step 11. Burner Adjustments ..................... 32 Step 12. Hood Installation .......................... 34 Finishing Requirements ............................. 34 Step 13. Attaching Safety -in -Operation Warnings................................................. 35 Installation Accessories ............................. 36 Gas Conversion Kits ................................... 38 Please read and understand these instructions before beginning your installation. FlRE�AL We recommend that our CE INSnTu7E' gas hearth products be installed and serviced by profes- sionals who are certified in the U.S. by the National CES Fireplace Institute® (NFI) as NF1 Gas Specialists. PACKAGING The assembled vented gas fireplace heater is packaged with: • (1 set) Logs (packaged in a carton inside the firebox). • (1 bag) Glowing Embers (in bottom compartment). • Literature Kit (envelope in bottom compartment containing Care and Operation Instructions, Installation Instructions, Safety -In -Operation Warning Labels, Warranty). • (1) U -Shaped Vent Restrictor (attached to Literature Kit envelope). • (1) Hood (inside firebox). INTRODUCTION The Millivolt appliances have a millivolt gas control valve with piezo ignition system. If any optional accessories that will require electrical power are to be installed, the electrical power must be provided at the time of appliance installation. The Electronic appliances are designed to operate on natural or propane gas. An electronic intermittent pilot ignition system provides safe, efficient operation. External electrical power is required to operate these units. In the event of a power outage, four (4) "AA" batteries (in battery holder) provide backup power for appliance operation (excluding [optional] blower). These vented gas fireplace heaters are sealed combustion, air -circulating gas fireplaces designed for residential applications. Approved Vent Components These fireplaces are designed, tested and listed for operation and installation with the following vent components only: • Secum Vel Direct -Vent System Components manufactured by Security Chimneys International, • Secure Flex -O Flexible Vent Components manufactured by Security Chimneys International and • 1-FLEX2 Model GA Venting Systems listed to UL1777 and ULCS635 manufactured by Flexmaster Canada Limited. Use only the correct size venting (41/2 in. inner and 71/2 in. outer). These approved vent system components are labeled for identification. DO NOT use any other manufacturer's vent components with these appliances. NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. GENERAL INFORMATION Children and adults should be alerted to the hazards of high surface temperature and should stay away to avoid burns or clothing ignition. Les enfants of les adultes devraient etre informes des dangers que posent les temperatures de surface elevees et se tenir a distance aEin d4viter des brulures ou que leurs vetements ne s enflamment. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO ALTER OR MODIFY THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE APPLIANCE OR ITS COMPONENTS. ANY MODIFICATION OR ALTERATION MAY VOID THE WAR- RANTY, CERTIFICATION AND LISTINGS OF THIS UNIT. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Note: Installation and repair should be done by a qualified service person. The appliance should be inspected before use and at least annually by a professional service person. More frequent cleaning may be required due to excessive lint from carpeting, bedding material, etcetera. It is imperative that control compartments, burners and circulating air passageways of the appliance be kept clean. Remarque: I.Anstallation et la reparation devrait etre confiees a un technician qualifid. Uappareil devrait faire I'objet d'une inspection par un technicien professionnel avant d'etre utilise at au moins one lois I'an par la suite. Des nettoyages plus frequents peuvent etre necessaires si les tapis, la literie, et cetera produisent une quantitd importante de pous-sibre. II est essential que les compartiments abritant les commander, les brilleurs et les conduits de circulation d'air de I'appareil soient tenus propres. Do not use these appliances if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualified, professional service technician to inspect the appliance and to replace any parts of the control system and any gas control which have been underwater. Ne pas utiliser cat apparel[ s'il a ate plonge, meme partiellement, dans Peau. Appeler un technician qualifid pour inspecter I'appareil et remplacer toute partie du systbme de commande at toute commande qui a ate plongee dans I'eau. Only trim kit(s) supplied by the manufacturer shall be used in the installation of this appliance. Seules les trousses de garniture fournies par le fabricant doivent etre utilisees pour I'installation de cat appareil. NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. These appliances comply with National Safety Standards and are tested and listed by OMNI -Test Laboratories, Inc. (Report No. 116 -F -13g-5) to ANSI 221.88-2009 (in Canada, CSA -2.33-2009), and CAN/CGA- 2.17-M91(R2009) in both USA and Canada, as vented gas fireplace heaters. Both millivolt and electronic versions of these appliances are listed by OMNI -Test Laboratories for installation in bedrooms and Manufactured Homes. Misc. Codes/ Standards The Installation must conform to local codes or, in the absence of local codes, with the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI 2223.1-2009 /NFPA 54—latest edition (In Canada, the current CAN/CSA-B149.1 installation code). The appliance, when installed, must be electrically grounded and wired in accordance with local codes or, in the absence of local codes, with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70—latest edition, or the Canadian Electrical Code, CSA C22.1— latest edition. Provide adequate clearances around air openings and adequate accessibility clearance for service and proper operation. Never obstruct the front or back openings of the appliance. These appliances are designed to operate on natural or propane gas only. The use of other fuels or combination of fuels will degrade the performance of this system and may be dangerous. These fireplaces are designed as supplemental heaters. Therefore, it is advisable to have an alternate primary heat source when installed in a dwelling. These appliances must not be connected to a chimney or flue serving a separate solid fuel burning appliance. Both millivolt and electronic systems can be operated during a power outage, and feature manually operated hi -low flame control. The BTU Input for these appliances is shown in Table 1. Input Rate (BTU/HR) Models Nat. Gas Prop. Gas MPD33 17,500 high 17,500 high 11,700 low 14,000 low MPD35 20,000 high 20,000 high 12,800 low 15,200 low MPD40 27,000 high 27,000 high 18,500 low 21,500 law MPD45 29,000 high 29,000 high 20,5W low 22,500 low Table 1: Input pSTUM) Gas Valves (Millivolt and /elstronic) LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Gas Pressure -All Models Tables 2 and 3 show the appliances' inlet and manifold gas pressure requirements: Fuel # Minimum Maximum Natural 4.5 in. WC 10.5 in. WC Gas (1.12 kPa) (2.61 kPa) Propane 11.0 in. WC 13.0 in. WC (2.74kPa) (3.23 kPa) Table 2. Inlet Gas Supply Pressure Fuel # LOW High Natural 1.6 in. WC 3.5 in. WC Gas 0.40 kPa 0.87 kPa Propane 6.3 in. WC 10.0 in. WC 1.57 kPa 2.49 kPa Table 3: Manifold Gas Supply Pressure Test gauge connections are provided on the front of the millivolt and electronic gas control valve (identified IN for the inlet and OUT for the manifold side). The control valves have a 3/8 in. (10 mm) NPT thread inlet and outlet side of the valve (refer to Figures 1 and 2). Propane tanks are at pressures that will cause damage to valve components. Verify that the tanks have step down regulators to reduce the pressure to safe levels. The appliance and its appliance main gas valve must be disconnected from the gas supply piping system during any pressure testing of that system at test pressures in excess of 1/2 psi (3.5 kPa). The appliance must be isolated from the gas supply piping system by closing its equipment shutoff valve during any pressure testing of the gas supply piping system at test pressures equal to or less than 1/2 psi (3.5 kPa). UriHce Sizes -Sea Level to High Altitude (All Models) These appliances are tested and approved for installation at elevations of 0-4500 ft (0-1372 m) above sea level using the standard burner orifice sizes (marked with an - in Table 4). For elevations above 4500 ft, contact your gas supplier or qualified service technician. Oeration-At higher elevations, the amount of BTU fuel value delivered must be reduced by either: • Using gas that has been derated by the gas company. • Changing the burner orifice to a smaller size as regulated by the local authorities having jurisdiction and by the (USA) National Fuel Gas Code NFPA 54--4atest edition /ANSI 2223.1-2009 or, in Canada, the CAN/CSA-8149.1 codes -latest edition. Install the appliance according to the regulations of the local authorities having jurisdiction and, in the USA, the National Fuel Gas Code NFPA 54-4atest edition / ANSI 2223.1-2009 or, in Canada, the CAN/ CSA -8149.1 -latest edition. Flame breadth, height and width will diminish 4% for every 1,000 feet of altitude. Gas Valve Diagrams. See Figure 1 for Millivolt models and Figure 2 For Electronic Models. In Canada - CAN/CGA-2.17-M91 (82009) (high altitude): THE CONVERSION SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY A MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE MANUFACTURER, PROVINCIAL OR TERRITORIAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CAN/CGA-B149.1 OR CAN/CGA-8149.2 INSTALLATION CODES. REQUIREMENTS FOR THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS These fireplaces are approved for installation in the US state of Massachusetts if the following additional requirements are met: • Install this appliance in accordance with Massachusetts Rules and Regulations 248 C.M.R. Main Gas Control Knob Pilot Adjustment OFF/PILOT/ON Screw series dri0 size ('ndres) o a® 10 - 0eao die • E IN ou Manifold Pressure: Tap #55 (0.052 in.)' Inlet Pressure Tap HULO Variable 19L526 Flame Height #38 (0.102 in.)` Adjustment Figure 1: SIT Millivolt Gas Valve Green Win; (from DFC Wire Harness) Inlet Manifold (OU Orange Wirt (from DFC Wirt Harness) Main Gas Inlet 3/8 in. NPT Model Nat.Gas Propane series dri0 size ('ndres) We size (Inches) MPa33 #47 (0.0785 in.)' 0.040 in. 99174• 99K78• #44 (0.086 In.)* #55 (0.052 in.)' MPD35 60.180• 19L526 #38 (0.102 in.)` 0.062 in. MPD40 991(76• 211.01- #37 (0.104 in.)* #52 (0.0635 in.)" 24110110• 370000 . Shoidanfsae installed at la toy •PwtICAllNat w Table 4: Burner Orifice Sizes Elevation 0-4500 It ( &-1372 m) • Installation and repair must be done by a plumber or gas fitter licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. • The flexible gas line connector used shall not exceed 36 in. (92 cm) in length. • The individual manual shut-off must be a T -handle type valve. Massachusetts Horizontal Vent Requirements in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, horizontal terminations installed less than seven (7) feet above the finished grade must comply with the following additional requirements: • A hard wired carbon monoxide detector with an alarm and battery back-up must be installed on the floor level where the gas fireplace is installed. The carbon monoxide detector must comply with NFPA 720, be ANSI/UL 2034 listed and be ISA certified. A metal or plastic identification plate must be permanently mounted to the exterior of the building at a minimum height of eight (8) feet above grade and be directly in line with the horizontal termination. The sign must read, in print size no less than one-half (1/2) inch in size, GAS VENT DIRECTLY BELOW. KEEP CLEAR OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS. Figure 2: SIT Electronic Gas Valve rvvi�.--/-�MOhILLUJIKAIIUNJAlit NUI 1USGALE. Ht/Lo Flame Control Knob Ground Wire (from DFC Wire Harness) LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRI Ir:TlnNC COLD CLIMATE INSULATION For cold climate installations, seal all cracks around your appliance with noncombustible material and wherever cold air could enter the room. It is especially important to insulate outside chase cavity between studs and under floor on which appliance rests, if floor is above ground level. Gas line holes and other openings should be caulked or stuffed with unfaced fiberglass insulation. If the fireplace is being installed on a cement slab in cold climates, a sheet of plywood or other raised platform can be placed underneath to prevent conduction of cold transferring to the fireplace and into the room. It also helps to sheetrock inside surfaces and tape for maximum air tightness and caulk firestops. MANUFACTURED HOME REQUIREMENTS This appliance may be installed in an aftermarket permanently located, manufactured home and must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Cet appareil peut Etre installe comme du materiel d'origine dans une maison prefabriquee (U. seulement) ou mobile et doit etre installe selon les instructions du fabricant. This appliance is only for use with the type of gas indicated on the rating plate. This appliance is not convertible for use with other gases, unless a certified kit is used. Cet appareil doit etre utilise uniquement avec le type de gaz indiqud sur la plaque signaletique. Cet appareil ne peut etre converti a d'autres gaz, sauf si une trousse de conversion est utilisee. CAUTION: Ensure that the cross members are not cut or weakened during installation. The structural integrity of the manufactured home floor, wall, and ceiling / roof must be maintained. CAUTION: This appliance must be grounded to the chassis of the manufactured home in accordance with local codes or in the absence of local codes, with the National Electrical Code ANSI / NFPA 7"atest edition or the Canadian Electrical Code CSA C22.1— latest edition. Z Q3�p`0� z Z Z� 0 �s O oa APPLICATION c d ~ a TOP VENT '- c c RECESSED C -d INSTALLATION o c 1 1 9 ; i 1 TOP VENT APPLICATION VERTICAL VENT HORIZONTAL VENT (Rear Vent Application) (Rear Vent Application without a chase) HORIZONTAL VENT HORIZONTAL VENT VERTICAL VENT (Rear Vent Application with a chase) (Top Vent Application) (Top Vent Application) Figure 3: Typical Locations LOCATION In selecting the location, the aesthetic and functional use of the appliance are primary concerns. However, vent system routing to the exterior and access to the fuel supply are also important. Due to high temperatures, the appliance should be located out of traffic and away from furniture and draperies (Figure 3). En raison des temperatures elevdes, ('appareil devrait etre instaild dans un endroit oil it y a peu de circula- tion et loin du mobilier et des tentures (Figure 3). The location should also be free of electrical, plumbing or other heating/air conditioning ducting. These direct -vent appliances are uniquely suited for installations requiring a utility shelf positioned directly above the fireplace. Utility shelves like these are commonly used for locating television sets and decorative plants. NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Be aware that this is a heat producing appliance. Objects placed above the unit are exposed to elevated temperatures. Do not insulate the space between the appliance and the area above it (see Figure 8). The minimum height from the base of the appliance to the underside of combustible materials used to construct a utility shelf in this fashion is shown in Figure 8. The appliance must be mounted on a fully supported base extending the full width and depth of the unit. The appliance may be located on or near conventional construction materials. However, if installed on combustible materials, such as carpeting, vinyl tile or other combustible material other than wood flooring, the appliance shall be installed on a metal or wood panel extending the full width and depth of the appliance. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS* DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) * INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS VENT TERMINATION CLEARANCES These instructions should be used as a guideline and do not supersede local codes in any way. Install venting according to local codes, these instructions, the current National Fuel Gas Code (ANSI -2223.1-2009) in the USA or the current standards of CAN/CSA-B149.1 in Canada. Vertical Vent Termination Clearances Terminate multiple vent terminations according to the installation codes listed above and Figures 4 and 5. Vertical Vent Termination Clearances TERMINATION HEIGHTS FOR VENTS ABOVE FLAT OR SLOPED ROOFS Horizontal Overhono I 2 FT MIN. z r i Vertical MIN. Wall *H (ft) Lowest Flat -6/12 Discharge Vent Opening Termination 0.38 7/12-8/12 H* Storm Collar 8/12-9/12 2.0 x Flashing 12 0.76 Roof Pitdm is 1012 3.25 0.99 11/12-12/12 �-1 inch (25.4 mm) Minimum 1.22 Clearance to Combustibles Concentric *H = MINIMUM HEIGHT FROM ROOF To Vent Pipe LOWEST DISCHARGE OPENING OF VENT Figures: Termination Heights for Vents Above Flat or Sloped Roofs The vent / air intake termination clearances above the high side of an angled roof are as shown in the following chart. Termination Heights For Vents Above Flat Or Sloped Roofs Ref. NFPA 54 / ANSI 2223.1-2009 Roof Pitch *H (ft) *H (m) Flat -6/12 1.0 0.3 6/12-7/12 1.25 0.38 7/12-8/12 1.5 0.46 8/12-9/12 2.0 0.61 9/12-10/12 2.5 0.76 10/12-11/12 3.25 0.99 11/12-12/12 4.0 1.22 12/12-14/12 5.0 1.52 14/12-16/12 6.0 1.83 16/12-18/12 7.0 2.13 18/12-20/12 7.5 2.29 20/12-21/12 8.0 2.44 Horizontal Vent Termination Clearances The horizontal vent termination must have a minimum of 6 in. (152 mm) clearance to any overhead combustible projection of 21/2 in. (64 mm) or less, see Figure 6. For projections exceeding 21/2 in. (64 mm), see Figure 6. For additional vent location restrictions, refer to Figure 7 on Page 7. Horizontal Vent Termination Clearances Combustible Projection 2-1/2 inches or less in length Combustible Projection greater than 2-112 inches in length 71 Ventilated Soffit 18'12" (152 mmi (457 mm) (305 mm) Side Elevation View Termination KH Figure 6. Horizontal Vent Termination Clearances 61 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE All horizontal terminations may be located as close as 6" (152mm) to any (non-combustible and combustible) exterior sidewall. This distance may be decreased to 2" (51mm) for non- combustible exterior sidewalis only, if the SV4.5HT-2 termination is used. Termination Kit Hole: See Figure 34 an Page 2V for the exterior wall Me= u110114110CES Of the square re herizental termimfion. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS * MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS NOTE: Local Code$ 0rRegotatioes * Sen Ben D in the Terd Below. May Re$uirs Ofriereet Ctearaaees. Exterior Wall Inside N07r Location Of The Vent MastNot atelterelVRhAscessTo rmlaagoa Comer Detail Etertrisatservtse. •16 In. -►� G D ffnin ! 10 TerMaatien 6 in. Ventilated Soffit A Inside corner 9 in. in U.S. Detail D 0=12 in. in Canada H Figure 7: Exterior Horizontal Vent Termination Clearance Requirements NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. GA11111111111 Canadian Installation* US Installation** A = Clearance above grade, veranda, porch, deck, or balcony. 12 inches (30cm)* 12 inches (30cm)** B = Clearance to window or door that may be opened. 6 inches (15cm) for appliances 6 inches (15cm) for appliances < 10,000 Btuh (3kW), 12 inches (30cm) < 10,000 Btuh (3kW), 9 inches (23cm) for appliances > 10,000 Stuh (3kW) for appliartces > 10,000 Blah (3kW) and < 50,000 Btuh (15kW),12 inches (30cm) for appliances > 50,000 I tub (15kW)** C = Clearance to permanently closed window 12 inches (305mm) recommended to 9 inches (229mm) recommended to prevent window condensation prevent window condensation 0 = Vertical clearance to ventilated soffit located above the 18 inches (458mm) 18 inches (458mm) termination within a horizontal distance of 18 inches (458mm) E = Clearance to unverdflated soffit 12 inches (305mm) 12 inches (305mm) F = Clearance to outside corner 5 inches (12.7cm) minimum 5 inches (12.7cm) minimum G = Clearance to inside comer 2 inches (5.08cm) minimum - SV4.5HT-2• 2 inches (5.08cm) minimum - SV4.5HT-2• H = Clearance to each inside of center line extended above 6 inches 15.2cm minimum - SV4.5HTSS 3 feet (91cm) within a height of 15 feet 6 inches 15.2cm minimum - SV4.5HTSS 3 feet (91cm) within a height of 15 feet meter/regulator assembly above the meter/regulator assembly* above the meter/regulator assembly** I = Clearance to service regulator vent outlet 13 feet (91cm)* 3 feet (91cm)** J = Clearance to nonmechanical air supply inlet to building or the combustion air inlet to any other appliance 6 inches (15cm) for appliances 5 inches (15cm) for appliances < 10,000 8tuh (3kW), 12 inches (30cm) < 10,000 Btuh (3kW), 9 inches (23cm) for appliances > 10,000 Btuh (3kW) for appliances > 10,000 Btuh (3kW) and < 50,000 Btuh (151ift 12 inches (30cm) K = Clearance to -a mechanical air supply inlet 6 feet (1.83m)* for appliances > 50,000 8tuh (1")** 3 feet (91cm) above if within 10 feet (3m) L = Clearance above paved sidewalk or paved diveway located 7 feet (2.13m)# horizontally** 7 feet (2.13m)# on public properly M = Clearance under veranda, porch, deck or balcony 12 inches (30cm)*# 12 inches (30cm)# N = Depth of Alcove (Maximum) 6 feet (1.83m)* 6 feet (1.53m)-- 0 = Clearance to Termination (Alcove) 6 inches (15.2mm)* 5 inches (15.2mm)** P = Width of Alcove (Minimum) 3 feet (91cm)* 3 feet (91cm)* 0 = Clearance to Combustible Above (Alcove) 18 inches (457mm)* 18 inches (457mm)** * in accordance with the current CSA -11149.1 National Gas And Propane Installation Code. ** In accordance with the curent ANSI SZ223.1/NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Codes. # A vent shall not terminate directly above a sidewalk or paved driveway which is located between two single dwellings. family dwellings and serves both *# Only permitted if veranda, porch, deck or balcony is fully open on a minimum 2 sides beneath the floor. •2 inch Clearance to Non -Combustibles for SV4.5HT-2 Onl . Figure 7: Exterior Horizontal Vent Termination Clearance Requirements NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. GA11111111111 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) * INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MINIMUM_ CLEARANCES TO COMBUSTIBLES Appliance And Vent Clearances The appliance is approved with zero clearance to combustible materials on all sides (as detailed in Table 5), with the following exception: When the unit is installed with one side flush with a wall, the wall on the other side of the unit must not extend beyond the front edge of the unit. in addition, when the unit is recessed, the side walls surrounding the unit must not extend beyond the front edge of the unit (see Figure 3). Health Extension—A hearth extension is not required with this appliance. If a hearth extension is used, do not block the lower control compartment door. Any hearth extension used is for appearance only and does not have to conform to standard hearth extension installation requirements. Shelf Height—To provide for the lowest possible shelf surface, use the alternate rear vent outlet, the venting attached to the top vent should be routed in a way to minimize obstructions to the space above the appliance. Do not insulate the space between the appliance and the area above it (see Figure 8). The minimum height from the base of the appliance to the underside of combustible materials used to construct a utility shelf in this fashion is shown in Figure 8. The appliance should be mounted on a fully supported base extending the full width and depth of the unit. The appliance may be located on or near conventional construction materials. However, if installed on combustible materials, such as carpeting, vinyl tile, etc., a metal or wood barrier covering the entire bottom surface must be used. *Note: 3 in. (75 mm) above any horizontallinclined vent component. * *Note: See Page 10, Step 1 for clearance requirements to the nailing flange located at each side of the unitand any screw heads adjacent to it. Models 112 in. (13 mm) Back 0 in. (0 mm) from Spacers Or One 90degree Elbow Dimples Secure Vent 1/2 in. (13 mm) Sides 0 in. (0 mm) from Spacers Or M�T33 MPDR33 43 3/4 (1111) Dimples ** 33114 (845) 3 in. (76 mm) Top of Fireplace 0 in, (0 mm) with standoff(s) in 351/4(896) vertical position (see Figure 11) Floor 0 in. (0 mm) From Bottom of UnitTo CeilingFin. nimum of 64 in. (1626) Vent mm) Top* /1 in. (25.4 mm) Do not insulate the Sides & Bottom SERVICE CLEARANCES Feet (meters) Front 3 R (0.9 m) Table 5., Minimum Clearances* *Note: 3 in. (75 mm) above any horizontallinclined vent component. * *Note: See Page 10, Step 1 for clearance requirements to the nailing flange located at each side of the unitand any screw heads adjacent to it. Models Combustible Shelf Height—in. (mm) Top Vent --with One 90degree Elbow Rear Vent—Straight Out The Back Secure Vent Secure Flex Sege Vent Secure Flex M�T33 MPDR33 43 3/4 (1111) 451/2(1156) 33114 (845) 331/4(845) MPD35 45 3/4 (1182) 471/2 (1207) 351/4(896) 351/4(895) MP045 503/4 (1289) 521/2(1334) 401/4 (1022) 401/4 (1022) Do not insulate the Do not insulate the space between the space between the appliance and Ore appliance and the area area above it. above it. I Shelf Height Shelf Heigh (see table) (see table) Figure 8Shelf Height Minimum Clearances: NOTE: DIAGRAMS &ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 401/4 (1022) 401/4 (1022) NOTE: DIAGRAMS &ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Wall Finishes / Surrounds / Mantels Note: Combustible wall finish materials and/or surround materials must not be allowed to encroach the area defined by the appliance front face (black sheet metal). Never allow combustible materials to be positioned in pont of or overlapping the appliance face (see Figures 61 and 62 on Page 34). Non-combustible materials, such as surrounds and other appliance trim, may be installed on the appliance face with these exceptions: they must not cover any portion of the removable glass panel or control compartment. Vertical installation clearances to combustible mantels vary according to the depth of the mantel. See Figure 9. Mantels constructed of non-combustible materials may be installed at any height above the appliance opening; however, do not allow anything to hang below the fireplace hood. Minimum clearance requirements include any projections such as shelves, window sills, mantels, etc. above the appliance. NOTE: We recommend the use of high temperature paint (rated 175 °F, or higher) on the underside of the mantel. MANTEL CLEARANCES Inches (mm) 12 10 (254) MANTI a (208 MANi 14 () 6 (152) MANI 12 1W (305) 10 4 (102) MAr (254) ( 0 2 (51) MAI > 6 1 (t5z) 4 1 (102) NOTE - Hood shown as positioned in louvered front model. The head position in the flush faced treat model is lower than shown. Figure 9: Minimum Mantel Clearances TOP OF APPLIANCE At in. mindmino NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. side wag d�raltce, ace wal Top View of canprojetdtoalry Fireplace combustible Materia m - - - Allowed� Arae 31/2 in. �Sheded Combustible Walls shaum in dark gray -- - - --- CombestiblemateriaIsmay - - - - project beyond either side - -- _- - - - of the fireplace op ening as long as they are kept - - - - - -- within the shaded area ----- ----- 6 in. (MM) Figure f0: Minimum Distance to Side Wall itluslrated here. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS PRE -INSTALLATION STEPS The appliance is shipped with all gas controls and components installed and pre -wired. Before installing the appliance, follow these steps: 1. Remove the shipping carton. 2. Remove the shipping pad, exposing the front glass door. 3. Open the two spring latches securing the glass door (under the firebox floor). Remove the door by tilting it outward at the bottom and lifting it up. Set the door aside, taking care to protect it from inadvertent damage. See Removing The Glass Enclosure Panel on Page 32. 5. Removethe log set from the firebox. Handle logs carefully to prevent breakage. 6. Remove the embers and volcanic stone from the control compartment. 10 TYPICAL INSTALLATION SEQUENCE The typical sequence of installation is outlined below; however, each installation is unique and may result in variations to the steps described. See the pages referenced in the following steps for detailed procedures. Step 1. FRAMING (Page 10): Construct the appliance framing. Position the appliance within the framing and secure with nailing brackets. IMPORTANT! Bend up the appropriate header spacing standoffs for the drywall/ Finish material thickness to be used (see Figure 11). Bend up the outer pair for 1/2 in. materials and the inner pair for 5/8 in. materials. Bend out the appropriate nailing flanges for the drywall/finish material to be used. Nailing flanges are provided for flush framing, 1/2 in. and 5/8 in. framing depths (see figure 11). Step 2. ROUTING GAS LINE (Page 12): Route gas supply line to appliance location. Step 3. PREPARING APPLIANCE VENT COLLAR (MPD35/40/45 models with combined top/rear vent) (Page 13). Step 4. INSTALLING VENT SYSTEM (Page 13): Install the vent system and exterior termination. Step 5. FIELD WIRING (Page 25). a. Millivolt Appliances -Install the operating control switch (not factory provided). If installing the optional forced air circulating blower, bring in electrical service line. b. Electronic Appliances -Field wire and install operating control switch. Step 6. WIRING -OPTIONAL FORCED AIR BLOWER KIT (Page 26). Step 7. CONNECTING GAS LINE (Page 26): Make connection to gas supply. Step 8. VERIFYING APPLIANCE OPERATION (Page 27). Step 9. INSTALL VOLCANIC STONE, GLOWING EMBERS, AND LOGS (Page 28). Step 10. INSTALLING GLASS DOOR ASSEMBLY (Page 32). Step 11. BURNER ADJUSTMENTS (Page 32).• Adjust burner to ensure proper flame appearance. Step 12. HOOD INSTALLATION (Page 34). Step 13. ATTACHING SAFETY -IN - OPERATION WARNINGS (Page 35). NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. DETAILED INSTALLATION STEPS Step 1. FRAMING Frame the appliance as illustrated in Figures 12 and 13 on Pages 11 and 12 (Figure 13 applies to corner framing installations only). All framing details must allow for a minimum clearance to combustible framing members as shown in Table 5 on Page 8. If the appliance is to be elevated above floor level, a solid continuous platform must be constructed below the appliance. Headers may be in direct contact with the appliance top standoff spacers when they are bent up vertically, maintaining the 3 in. clearance to the fireplace top, but must not be supported by them or notched to fit around them. All construction above the appliance must be self-supporting. DONOT use the appliance forshsctural support. Secure the fireplace to the side framing members using the unit's nailing flanges - one top and bottom on each side of the fireplace front. See Figure 11. Use 8d nails or their equivalent. IMPORTANT! Bead up the appropriate header spacing top standoffs before installing the fireplace. Header Spacing Top Standoffs (two pairs on front edge of firebox top) Lift up outer pair for 1/2 in. finish materials Lift up inner pair for 4 5/8 in. finish materials Unit Nailing Flange (No clearance to combustible framing is required) Side r Framing NOTE: The nailing flanges, combustible members, and screw heads in areas directly adjacent to the nailing flanges are EXEMPT from the 111 in. clearance to combustible requirements for the firebox outer wrapper. Combustible framing may be in direct contard with the nailing flanges and may be located closer than 111 in. from screw heads and the firebox wrapper in areas adjacent to the nailing flanges. Frame the Opening to the exact dimensions specified in the framing details in this manual. Figure 11. Unit Secured to Framing by Nailing Flange LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Framing Model No. Thermal A B C D E MPOT33 in. 331/4 331/4 — 373/4 127/8 MM 845 959 327 MPDR33 in 331/4 331/4 195/8 — 127/8 mm 845 845 498 — 327 MPD35 in. 35 1/4 —15-1—/4 21 11/16 39 3/4 16 mm 895 895 551 1010 406 MPD40 in. 401/4 -40-1—/4-Y6-11/16 have a rear vent only. MPOT models have a top vent only. 443/4 16 mm 1022 1022 678 1137 406 MPD45 in. 451/4 40114 2611/16 44 3/4 16 mm 1149 1022 678 1137 406 Notes Diagrams, illustrations and photographs are not to scale. Consult installation [nstructions. Product designs, materials, dimensions, specifications, colors, and prices are subject to change or discordinuance without notice. VENT FRAMING: TOP VENT WITH ONE 90° ELBOW \ VENT FRAMING: REAR VENT WITH NO ELBOWS . L11 Look for the EnerGuMe Gas Fireplace Energy Efficiency Rating in this brochure Based an CSA P.4. f-09 Framing should be constructed of 2x4 or larger lumber. C lathes (mm) Dimension "E" is the required framing depth when the finish material (drywall) thickness is 113 in. (13mm). Vertical Venting through the Ceiling Frame ceiling opening: Use a plumb line from the ceiling above the appliance to locate center of the vertical run. Cut and/or frame an opening, 01/2 in. x 101/2 in. (267 mm x 267 mm) inside dimensions, about this center mark (see figure 20). Rear/Side Top View Front View Right Side View E 3 (T5) Framing G Concentric Flue: N spacers f H i Flue 4.1R io. (114 mm`' 1R (13) - -� Combustion Air Reader MR in. (190 mm).S� op See Notes [1) and [2]. L---- See Note [2). Gas Inlet (either ; side and bottom) a (152) = Optional Electrical Inlet � Knockout requiring a L F / J Thermal Eff Wmy 1%) Field Fronded Junction (rear vera Box Bher side) 1-M (42) models only) Fireplxe Model Natural Gas AFUE Erie Wile (P4) ARE Propane Eire wde 014) MPOT33 62 45 64 49 MPDR33 61 53 64 55 MPD35 62 53 60 55 MP140 67 59 67 60 MPD45 67 59 67 59 VENT FRAMING: TOP VENT WITH ONE 90° ELBOW \ VENT FRAMING: REAR VENT WITH NO ELBOWS . L11 Look for the EnerGuMe Gas Fireplace Energy Efficiency Rating in this brochure Based an CSA P.4. f-09 Framing should be constructed of 2x4 or larger lumber. C lathes (mm) Dimension "E" is the required framing depth when the finish material (drywall) thickness is 113 in. (13mm). Vertical Venting through the Ceiling Frame ceiling opening: Use a plumb line from the ceiling above the appliance to locate center of the vertical run. Cut and/or frame an opening, 01/2 in. x 101/2 in. (267 mm x 267 mm) inside dimensions, about this center mark (see figure 20). Rear/Side Top View Front View Right Side View E 3 (T5) Framing G Concentric Flue: N spacers f H i Flue 4.1R io. (114 mm`' 1R (13) - -� Combustion Air Reader MR in. (190 mm).S� op See Notes [1) and [2]. L---- See Note [2). Gas Inlet (either ; side and bottom) a (152) = Optional Electrical Inlet � Knockout requiring a L F / J Field Fronded Junction (rear vera Box Bher side) 1-M (42) models only) Notes: 1-38 (35) M El.:coallnto K 23/4•:2° V ) MPD models have a top and rear vent. MPDR models pox 51 have a rear vent only. MPOT models have a top vent only. Cover plate [2) Collars protrude one inch on MPD733 and MPDR33 models. T—T— T T with Knogmet Model No. A B C D E F G H J K L M N MP033 2n. 331/8 301/8 17 271/2 331/8 195/8 21 1/2 10 3/4 613/16 3 811/32 22/3 13 MITI 841 765 432 699 841 498 546 273 173 76 212 70 330 MPD35 in. 35 1/8 32 1/8 19 29 1/2 351/8 21 11/16 24 7/8 12 7/16 9 3 9 3 16 �•�� r V YV( MPD40 in. 401/8 37 1/8 24 341/2 40 1/8 2611/16 29 7/8 14 15/16 9 3 9 3 i6 MPD45 in. 401/8 371/8 24 391/2 451/8 2611/i6 347/8 177/16 �9v 3 L9v 3 16 mm 1146 943 610 1003 1146 678 886 443 220 76 220 76 406 Figure 12: Fireplace and framing Specifications 11 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FIREPLACE FRAMING SPECIFICATIONS Model No. Natural Gas A B I C D E F MPDT33 in. 331/8 48 1/2 34 5/16 17 3/16 241/4 5 MPDR33 mm 841 1232 872 437 616 127 MP035 in. 35 1/8 57 1/2 40 5/8 19 3/16 28 3/4 61/8 mm 892 1 1461 1032 1 487 730 1 156 MPD40 in. 40 1/8161 3/16 43 11/32119 3/16 30 11/16 7 7/8 (76 mm) mm 1019 1554 1101 487 779 200 MP045 in. 45 1/8166 3/8 4615/16 19 3/16 33 3/16 93/41 mm 1146 1686 1192 487 843 24 Note: • Rear Vent Applications in Comer Installations: The horizontal vent length (from (j) to ®) must not exceed 28 inches (711 mm). • MPOT33 and MPOR33 Models: Dimensions A through F occur when one 45 -degree elbow is connected directly to the appliance collar. • MPD35, MP040, and MPD45 Models: Dimensions D through F occur when one 45 -degree elbow is connected directly to the appliance collar. Figure 13: Comer Framing with Horizontal Termination Step 2. ROUTING GAS LINE Route a 1/2 in. (13 mm) gas line to the left side of the appliance as shown in Figure 14. Gas lines must be routed, constructed and made of materials that are in strict accordance with local codes and regulations. All appliances are factory - equipped with a flexible gas line connector and 1/2 in. shutoff valve. (See Step Ton Page 26). Proper Sizing of Gas Line Properly size and route the gas supply line from the supply regulator to the area where the appliance is to be installed per requirements outlined in the National Fuel Gas Code, NFPA 54-4atest edition (USA) or 12 CAN/CSA-B149.1—latest edition (Canada). MPD and MPDR units MPD and MPDT units o°o 00 F \ f (178 mm) �--- A --- B Back wall of chase enclosure (including any finishing materials) Never use galvanized or plastic pipe. Refer to Table 6for proper sizing of the gas supply line, if black iron pipe is being used. Gas lines must be routed, constructed and made of materials that are in strict accordance with local codes and regulations. We recommend that a qualified individual such as a plumber or gas fitter be hired to correctly size and route the gas supply line to the appliance. Installing a gas supply line from the fuel supply to the appliance involves numerous considerations of materials, protection, sizing, locations, controls, pressure, sediment, and more. Certainly no one unfamiliar and unqualified should attempt sizing or installing gas piping. Schedule 40 Pipe Length (feet) Natural Gas RWM Gas Left Side Front 1/2 in. 3/8 in. 10-40 1/2 in. 1/2 in. Comer of Fireplace 1/2 in. 1/2 in. 100-150 3/4 in. 1/2 in. Framing 3/4 in. 1/2 in. Table 6: Schedule 40 Black Iron Pipe— Inside Diameter Pipe Coupling (Recommended) i (152 mm) 3" y `� i (76 mm) Also see Figure 12. Figure 14: Route Gas Line Proper Sizing of Gas Line Properly size and route the gas supply line from the supply regulator to the area where the appliance is to be installed per requirements outlined in the National Fuel Gas Code, NFPA 54-4atest edition (USA) or 12 CAN/CSA-B149.1—latest edition (Canada). MPD and MPDR units MPD and MPDT units o°o 00 F \ f (178 mm) �--- A --- B Back wall of chase enclosure (including any finishing materials) Never use galvanized or plastic pipe. Refer to Table 6for proper sizing of the gas supply line, if black iron pipe is being used. Gas lines must be routed, constructed and made of materials that are in strict accordance with local codes and regulations. We recommend that a qualified individual such as a plumber or gas fitter be hired to correctly size and route the gas supply line to the appliance. Installing a gas supply line from the fuel supply to the appliance involves numerous considerations of materials, protection, sizing, locations, controls, pressure, sediment, and more. Certainly no one unfamiliar and unqualified should attempt sizing or installing gas piping. Schedule 40 Pipe Length (feet) Natural Gas RWM Gas 0-10 1/2 in. 3/8 in. 10-40 1/2 in. 1/2 in. 40-100 1/2 in. 1/2 in. 100-150 3/4 in. 1/2 in. 150-200 3/4 in. 1/2 in. Table 6: Schedule 40 Black Iron Pipe— Inside Diameter Notes: • All appliances are factory -equipped with a flexible gas line connector and 1/2 inch shutoff valve (see Figure 47 on Page 27). NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. • See Massachusetts Requirements on Page 4for additional requirements for installations in the state of Massachusetts in the USA. • The gas supply line should Not be connected to the appliance until Step 7 (ftge 26). • A pipe joint compound rated for gas should be used on the threaded joints. Ensure propane resistant compounds are used in propane applications. Be very careful that the pipe compound does not get inside the pipe. • It is recommended to install a sediment trap in the supply line as close as possible to the appliance. • Check with local building official for local code requirements. IMPORTANT., If propane is used, be aware that if tank sue is too small (i.e. under 100 lbs, if this is the only gas appliance in the dwelling. Ref. NPFA 58), there may he loss of pressure, resulting in insufficient fuel delivery (which can result in sooting, severe delayed ignition or other malfunctions). Any damage resulting from an improper installation, such as this, is not covered under the limited warranty. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/451 • INSTAI I ATInN ►Neral IrTlnue Step 3. PREPARING APPLIANCE VENT COLLAR (MP035/-40%45 models with combined top/rear vent) Each of the unit's two vent collars are sealed with a cover plate and a seal plate and gasket. The cover, and seal plate and gasket must be removed from the vent collar being used. Refer to Figure 15 for top vent usage and Figure 16 for rear, and the following steps to prepare the appropriate collar for use. From the vent collar being used, remove the four screws securing the vent seal plate and gasket. Remove and discard the seal plate and gasket. When the top vent collar is being used, from inside the firebox, loosen the two screws in the keyhole slots of the cover plate and remove the remaining two cover plate securing screws. Remove and discard the cover plate. Reinstall and securely tighten all four screws. When the rear vent collar is being used, from inside the firebox, remove the two screws securing the lintel to the rear wall of the firebox, then remove the lintel. Remove the four cover plate securing screws. Remove and discard the cover plate. Reinstall and securely tighten all four cover Plate screws. Re -secure the lintel to the rear wall of the firebox. Step 4. INSTALLING VENT SYSTEM These instructions should be used as a guideline and do not supersede local codes in any way. Install venting according to local codes, these instructions, the current National Fuel Gas Code (ANSI -2223.1-2009) in the USA or the current standards of CAN/CSA-B149.1 in Canada. Ensure clearances are in accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier. Degagement cordorme aux codes d'installation locaux et aux exigences du foumisseunde gaz. Use only approved vent components (see Approved Vent Components on Page 2). These fireplaces must be vented directly to the outside. The vent system may not service multiple appliances, and must never be connected to a flue serving a separate solid fuel burning appliance. The vent pipe is tested to be run inside an enclosed wall (such as a chase). There is no requirement for inspection openings in the enclosing wall at any of the joints in the vent pipe. Installation of Vent Restrictor A vent restrictor may be needed with this appliance, install vent restrictor (provided) in the appliance top flue outlet as shown in Figure 17(MPDT33, MPD35, MPD40 and MPD45) or rear flue outlet as shown in Figure 18 (MPD35, MPD40 and MPD45). It is held in place by friction, only. Note: The vent restrictor is included in the firebox. (OUTSIDE UNIT) GASKET KNOCKOUT CABINET TOP TOP VENT RREBOXTOP VENT /t® COVER PLATE b d COVER PLATE SECURING SCREWS (INSIDE DIRT) CROSS SECTION Figure 15: Top vent seal and cover plate removal—MPD35/40/45 series models (combined top and rear vent units) COVER PLATE SECURING SCREWS iq P AND KNOCKOUT KET i CABINET BACK (INSIDE UNIT) _ (OUTSIDE umn) CROSS SECTION Figure 16: Rear vent seal and cover plate removal—MPD35/40/45 series models (combined top and rear vent units) NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Select Venting System—Horizontal or Vertical With the appliance secured in framing, determine vent routing and identify the exterior termination location. The following sections describe vertical (roof) and horizontal (exterior wall) vent applications. Refer to the section relating to your installation. A list of approved venting components are shown on Pages 36 and 37. A vent restrictor may be needed when vertically terminating the vent system above the roof (when using the appliance top vela), install vent restrictor in the top vent of the fireplace outlet on MPD35/4o/45 and MPOT33 series models. N needed, install the restrictor orientated as shown, either from inside or outside the unit, in the inner fireplace collar. U -SHAPED VENT RESTRICTOR INNER COLLAR APPLIANCE TOP VENT OUTLET Figure 17: Vent restrictor instattation— Top vent A vent restrictor may be needed when horzontally terminating the vent system from the rear of the appliance (When using the appliance rear vent), install vent restrictor in The rear vent of the fireplace outlet on MPD35/40145 series models, in any installation that has a vertical vent run in excess of three feet (0.914 meters). If needed, install the restrictor orientated as shown, either from inside or outside the unit, in the inner fireplace collar. INNER RREPLACE APPLIANCE REAR COLLAR VENT OUTLET U.SHAPLD VENT RESTRICTOR Figure 18. Vent restrictor installation.— Rear vent 13 14 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS VERTICAL TERMINATION SYSTEMS (ROOF) See Figure 19 and Figures 27 through 29 on Page 17 and their associated Vertical Vent Tables, which illustrate the various vertical venting configurations that are possible for use with these appliances. Secure Vent® pipe applications are shown in these Figures; Secure Flex® pipe may also be used. A Vertical Vent Table summarizes each system's minimum and maximum vertical and horizontal length values that can be used to design and install the vent components in a variety of applications. Both these vertical vent systems terminate through the roof. The minimum vent height above the roof and/or adjacent walls is specified in ANSI Z223.1-2009 (in Canada, the current CAN/CSA-8149.1 installation code) by major building codes. Always consult your local codes for specific requirements. A general guide to follow is the Gas Vent Rule (refer to Figure 5 on Page 6). Vertical (Straight) Installation (Figure 19) Determine the number of straight vent sections required. 41/2 in. (114 mm), 101/2 in. (267 mm), 221/2 in. (572 mm), 341/2 in. (876 mm) and 461/2 in. (1181 mm) net section lengths are available (see Tables on this page and Pages 36 and 37 - Vent Sections). Plan the vent lengths so that a joint does not occur at the intersection of ceiling or roof joists. Refer to the Vent Section Length Chart. omnia Sedan Length 6 12 24 36 T 48 0 Nominal Section Len inches 6 12 24 36 48 0 et�echan Len inches 4-1/2 10-1)2122-1/2 34-1/2 A 46-1 L Net Section Len inches 4-1(2 10-1/2 22-1R 34-1/2 46-1/2 A L Height of Vent Number of Vent Sections Height of Vent Number of Vent Bastions inches ft I y inches It T y 4.5 0.375 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 144 12 1 0 1 0 0 3 4 9 0.75 2 0 0 1 0 0 2 150 12.5 0 1 0 0 3 4 10.5 0.875 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 154.5 12.875 1 1 0 0 3 5 15 1.25 1 1 0 0 0 2 160.5 13.375 0 2 0 0 3 5 19.5 1.625 2 1 0 0 3 172.5 14.375 0 0 0 5 0 5 21 1.75 0 2 0 0 0 2 177 14.75 1 0 0 5 0 6 22.5 1.875 0 0 1 0 0 1 183 15.25 0 1 0 5 0 6 25.5 2.125 1 2 0 0 0 3 31.5 2.625 0 3 0 0 0 3 186 15.5 0 0 0 0 4 4 34.5 2.875 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 190.5 15.875 1 0 0 0 4 5 37.5 3.125 1 1 1 0 0 3 196.5 16.375 0 1 0 0 4 5 43.5 3.625 0 2 1 0 1 0 3 205.5 17.125 0 1 1 5 0 7 45 3.75 0 0 2 0 0 2 207 17.25 0 0 0 6 0 fi 46.5 3.875 0 0 0 0 1 1 211.5 17.625 1 0 0 6 0 7 49.5 4.125 1 0 2 0 0 3 211.5 18.125 0 1 0 6 0 7 51 4.25 1 0 0 0 1 2 229.5 19.125 0 0 1 6 0 7 232.5 19.375 0 0 0 0 5 5 55.5 4.625 0 1 2 0 0 3 237 19.75 1 0 0 0 5 6 57 4.75 0 0 1 1 0 2 241.5 20.125 0 0 0 7 1 0 171 66 5.25 0 2 2 0 0 4 246 20.5 1 0 0 7 0 8 67.5 5.625 0 0 3 0 0 3 252 21 0 1 0 7 0 8 69 5.75 0 0 0 2 0 2 264 22 0 0 1 7 0 8 72 6 1 0 3 0 0 4 276 23 0 0 0 8 0 8 73.5 6.125 1 1 0 1 0 1 2 0 3 279 23.25 0 0 0 0 6 6 79.5 6.625 0 1 0 2 0 3 P80.5 23.375 1 0 0 8 0 9 81 6.75 0 0 0 1 1 2 283.5 23.625 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 6 7 90 7.5 0 2 1 0 1 4 289.5 24.125 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 6 7 91.5 7.625 0 0 2 0 1 3 301.5 25.125 0 0 1 1 0 6 7 93 7.75 0 0 0 0 2 121310.5 25.875 0 0 0 9 0 9 96 8 1 0 1 2 0 4 315 26.5 1 0 0 9 0 10 97.5 8.125 1 0 0 0 2 3 325.5 27.125 0 0 0 0 7 7 102 8.5 2 0 0 0 2 4 330 27.5 1 0 0 0 7 8 103.5 8.625 0 0 0 3 0 3 336 28 1 0 1 0 0 7 8 108 9 1 0 0 3 0 4 345 28.75 0 0 0 10 0 10 114 9.5 0 2 0 0 2 4 349.5 29.125 1 0 0 10 0 11 117 9.75 1 0 5 0 0 6 372 31 0 0 0 0 8 8 118.5 9.875 1 1 0 3 0 5 376.5 31.375 1 0 0 0 8 9 126 10.5 0 0 1 3 0 4 379.5 31.625 0 0 0 11 0 11 130.5 10.875 1 0 1 3 0 51 418.5 34.875 0 0 0 0 9 9 135 11.25 0 0 6 0 0 6 423 35.25 1 0 0 0 9 10 138 11.5 0 0 0 4 0 4 465 38.75 0 0 0 0 10 10 139.5 11.625 0 0 0 0 3 3 142.5 11.875 1 0 0 4 0 5 Table 7.' Vent Section length Note: Convert inches into metric equivalent measurement, as follows: Millimeters (mm) = Inches x 25.4 Centimeters (cm) = Inches x 2.54 Meters (M) = Inches x .0254 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Model Effective Length SV4.51.6 41/2 in. SV4.51.12 101!2 in. SV4.51.24 221/2 in. SV4.51.36 341/'2 in. SV4.51.48 461/2 in. Table 8. Effective Vent Length LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Vertical (Offset) Installation Analyze the vent routing and determine the quantities of vent sections and number of elbows required. Refer to Vertical Vent Figures and Tables on Page 17to select the type of vertical installation desired. Vent sections are available in net lengths of 41/2 in. (114 mm), 101/2 in. (267 mm), 221/2 in. (572 mm), 341/2 in. (876 mm) and 461/2 in. (1181 mm). Refer to the Vent Section Length Chart on Page 14 for an aid in selecting length combinations. Elbows are available in 90' and 45° configurations. Refer to Figure 23 for the SV4.5E45 and SV4.5E90 elbow dimensional specifications. Where required, a telescopic vent section (SV4.5LA) may be used to provide the installer with an option in installing in tight and confined spaces or where the vent run made up of fixed length pieces develops a joint in a undesirable location, or will not build up to the required length. The SV4.5LA Telescopic Vent Section has an effective length of from 11/2 in. (38 mm) to 71/2 in. (191 mm). The SV4.5LA is fitted with a locking inclined channel end (identical to a normal vent section component) and a plain end with 3 pilot holes. Slip the plain end over the locking channel end of a standard SV4.5 vent component the required distance and secure with three screws. Maintain a minimum 1 in. (25 mm) clearance to combustible materials for all vertical elemerds. Clearances far all horizontal elements are 3 in. (76 mm) on top,1 in. (25 mm) on sides and 1 in. (25 mm) on the bottom. A. Frame ceiling opening—Use a plumb line from the ceiling above the appliance to locate center of the vertical run. Cut and/or frame an opening, 101/2 in. x 101/2 in. (267 mm x 267 mm) inside dimensions, about this center mark (Figure 20)_ B. Attach vent components to appliance— Secure Vent® SV4.5 direct vent system components are unitized concentric pipe components featuring positive twist lock connections (see Figure 19). All of the appliances covered in this document are fitted with collars having locking inclined channels. (267 -mm '� Min. 10-1/2" (267 mm) �Z Figure 29 The dimpled end of the vent components fit over the appliance collar to create the positive twist lock connection.To attach a vent component to the appliance collar, align the dimpled end over the collar, adjusting the radial alignment until the four locking dimples are aligned with the inlet of the four inclined channels on the collar (refer to Figure 21). Push the vent component against the collar until it fully engages, then twist the component clockwise, running the dimples down and along the incline channels until they seat at the end of the channels. The unitized design of the Secure VeW components will engage and seat both the inner and outer pipe without the need for sealant or screws. If desired a #6 x 1/2 in. screw may be used at the joint, but it is not required as the pipe will securely lock when twisted. Note. An elbow may also be attached to the appliance collar. Attach in the same manner as you would a vent section. C. Attach vent components to each other -- Other vent sections may be added to the previously installed section in accordance With the requirements of the vertical vent figures and tables. To add another vent component to a length of vent run, align the dimpled end over the inclined channel end of the previously installed section, adjusting the radial alignment until the four locking dimples are aligned with the inlets of the four incline channels of the previous section. Push the vent component against the Previous section until it fully engages, then twist the component clockwise running the dimples down and along the incline channels until they seat at the end of the channels. This seating position is indicated by the alignment of the arrow and dimple as shown in Figure 21. 0. Install firestop/spacer at ceiling— When using Secure Vent, use SV4.5VF firestop/spacer at ceiling joists; when using Secure Flex®, use SF4.5VF firestop/spacer. If there is living space above the ceiling level, the firestop/spacer must be installed on the bottom side of the ceiling. If attic space is above the ceiling, the firestop/spacer must be installed on the top side of the joist. Route the vent sections through the framed opening and secure the firestop/spacer with 8d nails or other appropriate fasteners at each comer. Remember to maintain 1 in. (25 mm) clearance to combustibles, framing members, and attic or ceiling insulation when running vertical chimney sections. Attic insulation shield (96K94) may be used to obtain the required clearances indicated here. See installation accessories table on Pages 36 and 37. The gap between the vent pipe and a vertical firestop can be sealed with non-combustible caulking. E. Support the vertical vent run sections— Note: Proper venting support is very important. Support the vertical portion of the venting system every 8 feet (2.4m) above the fireplace vent outlet. One method of support is by utilizing field provided support straps (conventional plumber's tape). Secure the plumber's tape to the framing members with nails or screws. Loop the tape around the vent, securing the ends of the tape to the framing. If desired, sheet metal screws 16 x 1/2 in. length may be used to secure the support straps to the vent pipe. See Figure 22. Align the dimple (tour places) of the upper vent section with the Opening of the locking incline channel on the lower vent sec- tion or appliance collar. Twist vent component clockwise to engage and seal until arrow and Arrow dimple align. Dimple Inctine Charnel Connected Vent Arrow Sections Appliance Collar or Vent Section Figure 21 Blanking (PIUMber's tape) 8fed (2.4 m) MM&M 1/112 inch (12.7 mm) minimum clearance m combiftwes Figure 22 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS F. Change vent direction to horizontal/ inclined run—At transition from or to a horizontal/inclined run, install the SV4.5E45 and SV4.5E90 elbows in the same manner as the straight vent sections. The elbows feature a twist section to allow them to be routed about the center axis of their initial collar section to align with the required direction of the next vent run element. Twist elbow sections in a clockwise direction only so as to avoid the possiblity of unlocking any of the previously connected vent sections. See Figure 23. 4-13/16' 806 M (122 in (206 mm) Swivel Joint Swivel Join (360* sw11en (360° swivel) SV4.5E45 SV4.5E90 (45° Elbow) (90° Elbow) Figure 23 G. Continue installation of horizontal/ inclined sections—Continue with the installation of the straight vent sections in horizontaVinclined run as described in Step C. Install support straps every 5 ft (1.52 m) along horizontal/inclined vent runs using conventional plumber's tape. It is very important that the horizontal/ inclined run be maintained in a straight (no dips), slightly elevated plane. The recommended incline is approximately 1/4 in. per foot (20 mm per meter) horizontal, in a direction away from the fireplace. The rise per foot run ratios that are smaller are acceptable all the way down to at or near level. Use a carpenter's level to measure from a constant surface and adjust the support straps as necessary. It is important to maintain the required clearances to combustibles:1 in. (25 mm) at all sides for all vertical runs; and 3 in. (76 mm) at the top,1 in. (25 mm) at sides, and 1 in. (25 mm) at the bottom for all horizontal/inclined runs. H. Frame roof opening—Identify location for vent at the roof. Cut and/or frame opening per Roof Framing Chart and Figure 24. Framing Dimensions for Roof Pitch C D 0/12 101/2 in. 101/2 in. (267 mm) (267 mm) 6/12 101/2 in. 12 in. (267 mm) 1 (305 mm) 12/12 101/2 in. 17 3/4 in. (267 mm) (451 mm) Figure 24 I. Install the roof flashing—Extend the vent sections through the roof structure. Install the roof flashing over the vent section and position such that the vent column rises vertically (use carpenters level) (Figure 25). Nail along perimeter to secure flashing or adjust roofing to overlap the flashing edges at top and sides only and trim where necessary. Seal the top and both sides of the flashing with waterproof caulking. J. Install the storm collar—Install the storm collar, supplied with the flashing, over the vent/flashing joint. See Figure 25. Loosen the storm collar screw. Slide collar down until it meets the top of the flashing. Tighten the adjusting screw. Apply non-combustible caulking or mastic around the circumference of the joint to provide a water tight seal. 161 NOTE. OIAGRAMS 8 ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. K. Install the vertical termination—The final step involves installation of the SV4.5CGV-1 Vertical Termination. Extend the vent sections to the height as shown in the "Vertical vent termination section' on Page 6. The SV4.5CGV-1 Vertical Terminatior (Figure 26) installs in the exact same fashion as any other Secure Vent® section. Align the termination over the end of the previously installed section, adjusting the radial alignment until the four locking dimples of the termination are aligned with the inlets of the four incline channels of the last vent section. Push the termination down until it fully engages, then twist the termination clockwise running the dimples down and along the incline channels until they seat at the end of the channels. Figure 26 If the vent system extends more than 5' (1.5 m) above the roof flashing, stabilizers may be necessary. Additional screws may be used at section joints for added stability. Guide wires may be attached to the joint for additional support on multiple joint configurations. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS * MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) * INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS VERTICAL VENT FIGURES/TABLES Note: Secure Verrte (rigid vent pipe) is shown in the figures; Secure Flex® (flexible vent pipe) may also be used. Note: It is very important that the hof zontaU inclined run be maintained in a straight (no dips), slightly elevated plane. The recommended incline is approximately 1/4 in. per foot (20 mm per meter) horizontal, in a direction away from the fireplace. The rise per foot run ratios that are smaller are acceptable all the way down to at or near level. Note. SV4.5VF (Secure Vent), SF4.5VF (Secure Flexe) firestop/spacer must be used anytime vent pipe passes through a combustible floor or ceiling. SV4.5HF (Secure Vent), SF4.5HF (Secure Flex®) firestop/spacer must be used anytime vent pipe passes through a combustible wall. Note: Two 45 degree elbows may be used in place of one 90 degree elbow. The same rise to run ratios, as shown in the venting figures for 90 elbows, must be followed if 45 degree elbows are used. Note. An elbow is acceptable as 1 foot of vertical rise, except where an elbow is the only vertical component in the system. (See Figure 36 on Page 21). I v'v Ceiling Max. 40 ft Firestop/ (12.2 m) Spacer I SV4.5VF* I I I *When using Secure Flex, use Ceiling Frestop/ Spacer SF4.5VF. A Vent Restrictor, as shown in Figure 17 on Page 13, must be used in this application. Figure 27: Top Vent—STRAIGHT TABLE A H Maximum V Minimum feet (meters) feet (meters) 2 (0.610) 1 (0.305) 4 (1.219) 2 (0.610) 6 (1.829) 3 (0.914) 8 (2.438) 4 (1.219) V + H = 40 feet (12.2 meters) Max. H = 8 feet (2.4 meters) Max. Ratio V to Hratio is 1:2 This table shows a 1(V) to 2 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 2 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 8 feet. Example: If 8 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum (V) vertical vent will be required. Ing stop/Spacer .5VF* Nhen using Secure Flex, use veiling Firestop/Spacer SF4.5VF H1_41 Note. Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 ft of vertical rise (See Page 13). Figure 28. Rear Vent—ONE 90 -DEGREE ELBOW / H ` Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SV4.5VF* O D wall Firestop/Spacer I SV4.5HF** TABLE B H Maximum V Minimum feet (meters) feet (meters) 5 (1.524) Elbow Only 5 (1.524) 1 1 (0.305) 10 (3.048) 2 (0.610) 15 (4.572) 3 (0.914) 20 (6.096) 4 (1.219) V + V, + H = 40 feet (12.2 m) Max. H = 20 feet (6.096 meters) Max. Example., If 20 feet of (H) horizontal w run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of ' (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a 1(19 to 5 (H) ratio. i V For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet *When using Secure Flex, use Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SF4.5VF **When using Secure Flex, use Wall Firestop/Spacer SF4.5HF. Figure 29: Top Vent—TWO 90 -DEGREE ELBOWS An elbow is acceptable as 1 foot of vertical rise except where an elbow Is h only vertical component in the system. See Figure 36. Note. Install the U-shaped vent restrict in any vent run with more than 8 It of vertical rise (See Page 13). A WARNING LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS * MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) * INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS VERTICAL VENT FIGURES/TABLES (continued) Example: If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a 1(V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. Note: Install the U-shaped vent restrictor /n any vent run with more than 8 ft of vertical rise (See Page 13). Figure 30: Rear Vert -THREE ELBOWS Example. If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a i (I/) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. An elbow is acceptable as 1 foot of vertical rise except where an elbow is the only vertical component in the system. See Figure 36. Note. Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 It of vertical rise (See Page 13). Figure 31: Top Vent—THREE ELBOWS 18 V1 H1" r ' Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SV4.5VF* O a ' *When using Secure Flex, use Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SF4.5VF. Wall , **When using Secure Flex, use Wall r'—tole SF4 Firestop/Spacer ( SV4.5HF** TABLE C H+Hj Maximum H Maximum V Minimum feet (meters) feet (meters) feet (meters) 5 (1.524) 2(0.610) 1 (0.305) 10 (3.048) 4 (1.219) 2 (0.610) 15 1 (4.572) 6 (1.829) 3 (0.914) 20 (6.096) 8 (2.438) V+Vt +H+Ht =40 feet (122 m) Max H = 8 feet (2.438 meters) Max. H + H1= 20 feet (6.096 meters) Max. Example: If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a 1(V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. Note: Install the U-shaped vent restrictor /n any vent run with more than 8 ft of vertical rise (See Page 13). Figure 30: Rear Vert -THREE ELBOWS Example. If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a i (I/) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. An elbow is acceptable as 1 foot of vertical rise except where an elbow is the only vertical component in the system. See Figure 36. Note. Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 It of vertical rise (See Page 13). Figure 31: Top Vent—THREE ELBOWS 18 V1 H1" r ' Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SV4.5VF* O a ' *When using Secure Flex, use Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SF4.5VF. Wall , **When using Secure Flex, use Wall r'—tole SF4 Firestop/Spacer ( SV4.5HF** p pacer 5HF. Ceiling Firestop/Spacer a SV4.5VF* Ceiling V Firestop/Spacer Wall 1 SV4.5VF* Firestop/Spacer SV4.5HF** O O H J \ Hy � V i .When using Secure Flex, use Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SF4.5VF. **When using Secure Flex, use Wall Firestop/Spacer SF4.5HF. NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS HORIZONTAL (OUTSIDE WALL) TERMINATION SYSTEM Figure 32, and Figures 35 to 41 on Pages 21 to 23 and their associated Horizontal Vent Table illustrate the various horizontal venting configurations that are possible for use with these appliances. Secure Vent® pipe applications are shown in these figures; Secure Flex® pipe may also be used. A Horizontal Vent Table summarizes each system's minimum and maximum vertical and horizontal length values that can be used to design and install the vent components in a variety of applications. Both of these horizontal vent systems terminate through an outside wall. Building Codes limit or prohibit terminating in specific areas. Refer to Figure T on Page 7for location guidelines. Secure Vent SV4.5 direct vent system components are unitized concentric pipe components featuring positive twist lock connection, (refer to Figure 21 on Page 15). All of the appliances covered in this document are fitted with collars having locking inclined channels. The dimpled end of the vent components fit over the appliance collar to create the positive twist lock connection. A. Plan the vent run Analyze the vent routing and determine the types and quantities of sections required 41/2 in. (114 mm), 101/2 in. (267 mm), 221/2 in. (572 mm), 341/2 in. (876 mm) and 461/2 in. (1181 mm) net section lengths are available. It is recommended that you plan the venting so that a joint does not occur in the ceiling or roof joists. Allow for elbows as indicated in Figure 23 on Page 16. Maintain a minimum 1 in. (25 mm) clearance to combustibles on the vertical sections. Clearances for the horizontal runs are; 3 in. (76 mm) on top,1 in. (25 mm) on sides, and 1 in. (25 mm) at the bottom. B. Frame exterior wall opening—Locate the center of the vent outlet on the exterior wall according to the dimensions shown in Figure 12 on Page 11. Cut and/or frame an opening, 101/2 in. x 121/8 in. (267 mm x 308 mm) inside dimensions, about this center. C. Frame ceiling opening—if the vertical route is to penetrate a ceiling, use plumb line to locate the center above the appliance. Cut and/or frame an opening, 101/2 in. x 101/2 in. (267 mm x 267 mm) inside dimensions, about this center (refer to Figure 20 on Page 15), D. Attach vent components to appliance—To attach a vent component to the appliance collar, align the dimpled end over the collar, adjusting the radial alignment until the four locking dimples are aligned with the inlets of the four incline channels on the collar (refer to Figure 21 on Page 15). Building Support Horizontal / Inclined Run Support Brackets SV4.5HT-2 Framing Termination SV4.5E90 Elbow SV4.51.6/12/24/36/48 Exterior ceiling � Yeti Sections Wall Vertical Firestop/Spacer Rise Support bracket spacing every 5 ft (1.52 m) SV4.5HT-2 Termination See Figure 24 on Page 15 for vertical vent section support. Fireplace Exterior Wall Figure 32. Typical Horizontal Vent lnstallation Push the vent component against the collar until it fully engages, then twist the component clockwise, running the dimples down and along the incline channels until they seat at the end of the channels. The unitized design of the Secure Vent components will engage and seal both the inner and outer pipe elements with the same procedure. Sealant and securing screws are not required. Note: An elbow may also be attached to the appliance collar. Attach in the same manner as you would a vent section. E. Attach vent components to each other— Other vent sections may be added to the previously installed section in accordance with the requirements of the vent tables. To add another vent component to a length of vent run, align the dimpled end of the component over the inclined channel end of the previously installed section, adjusting the radial alignment until the four locking dimples are aligned with the inlets of the four incline channels of the previous section. Push the vent component against the previous section until it fully engages, then twist the component clockwise running the dimples down and along the incline channels until they seat at the end of the channels.This seating position is indicated by the alignment of the arrow and dimple as shown in Figure 21 on Page 15. F. Install firestop/spacer at ceiling— When using Secure Vent, use SV4.5VF firestop/spacer at ceiling joists; when using Secure Flex®, use SF4.5VF firestop/spacer. If there is living space above the ceiling level, the firestop/ spacer must be installed on the bottom side of the ceiling. If attic space is above the ceiling, the firestop/ spacer must be installed on the top side of the joist. Route the vent sections through the framed opening and secure the firestop/spacer with 8d nails or other appropriate fasteners at each corner. Remember to maintain 1 in. (25 mm) clearance to combustibles, framing members, and attic or ceiling insulation when running vertical chimney sections. NOTE: DIAGRAMS 8 ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. G. Support the vertical run sections— On the vertical run, support the venting system every 8 feet (2.4m) above the fireplace vent outlet with field provided support straps (Plumber's tape). Attach the straps to the vent pipe and secure to the framing members with nails or screws. See Figure 22 on Page 15. H. Change vent direction—At transition from or to a horizontal/inclined run, install the SV4.5E45 and SV4.5E90 elbows in the same manner as the straight vent sections. The elbows feature a twist section to allow them to be routed about the center axis of their initial collar section to align with the required direction of the next vent run element. Twist elbow sections in a clockwise direction only so as to avoid the possiblity of unlocking any of the previously connected vent sections. See Figure 23 on Page 16. 1. Continue installation of horizontal/ inclined sections --Continue with the installation of the straight vent sections in horizontallinclined run as described in Step E. Install support straps every 5 ft. (1.52 m) along horizontal/inclined vent runs using conventional plumber's tape. See Figure 32, It is very important that the horizontal/ inclined run be maintained in a straight (no dips), slightly elevated plane. The recommended incline is approximately 1/4 in. per foot (20 mm per meter) horizontal, in a direction away from the fireplace. The rise per foot run ratios that are smaller are acceptable all the way down to at or near level. Use a carpenter's level to measure from a constant surface and adjust the support straps as necessary. It is important to maintain the required clearances to combustibles:) in. (25 mm) at all sides for all vertical runs; and 3 in. (76 mm) at the top,1 in. (25 mm) at sides, and 1 in. (25 mm) at the bottom for all horizontalfinckined runs. 19 20 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS J. Assemble vent run to exterior wall—If not previously measured, locate the center of the vent at the exterior wall. Prepare an opening as described in Step B. Assemble the vent system to point where the terminus of the last section is within 7 in. (178 mm) to 11 1/4 in. (286 mm) inboard of the exterior surface to which the SV4.5 HT termination is to be attached, see Figure 34. If the terminus of the last section is not within this distance, use the telescopic vent section SV4.5LA, as the last vent section. For wall thicknesses greater than that shown in Figure 34, refer to Table 9 on Page 21. This table lists the additional venting components needed (in addition to the termination and adaptor) for a particular range of wall thicknesses. K. Attach termination adaptor—Attach the adaptor (SV4.5RCH, provided with the termination) to the vent section or telescoping vent section), elbow or appliance collar as shown in Figure 33 in the same manner as any SV4.5 vent component (refer to Step E). L. Install Firestop/Spacer at exterior wall— When using the square termination, install SV4.5HF (Secure Venn), SF4.5HF (Secure Flex®) Firestop/Spacer over the opening at the exterior side of the framing, long side up, with the 3 inch spacer clearance at the top as shown in Figure 33, and nail into place (the Firestop/Spacer may also be installed over the opening at the interior side of the framing). M. Install the desired termination 1. Install the square termination (SV4.5HT-2 or SV4.5HTSS)—For the last step , from outside the exterior wall, slide the collars of the termination onto the adaptor (the outer over the outer and the inner inside the inner) until the termination seats against the exterior wall surface to which it will be attached. Orient the housing of the termination with the arrow pointed upwards. Secure the termination to the exterior wall. The horizontal termination must not be recessed into the exterior wall or siding by more than the 1 1/4 in. (32 mm) as shown in Figure 34. SVHRK Snorkel Cap—The snorkel cap is designed to be fitted into a basement window box. The SVHRK cap is for use with flex vent. The vertical distance between the inlet and outlet of the cap is 28 in. (711 mm). IMPORTANT. The vent termination is hot while in operation and for a period of time following the use of the fireplace. To prevent contact with hot surfaces, we recommend the use of a Termination Guard. See Page 36. This can be purchased at your local dealer. Adapter 1 m' SV4.5RCH i (25.4 mm) i\ Note: Centerline of Vent Piping is NOT the Same as the Centerline of the Framed Opening. 6 to 48 in. Vent Section, Telescopic vent section, Elbow or Appliance Collar See Figure 13 on Page 11 for Min. Distance to Bass of Appliance. Base of Appliance Figure 33. Installing the Square Horizontal Termination (SV4.5HT-2) *Use silicone caulking to seal To help minimize water the top and sides of the f --Maximum wall thickness infiltration it is recommended that 10 in.(254 mm)** underlayment, stucco, or the Firestop/Spacer (SV4.5HF) masonry wall surface. Interior Surface of be installed on the exterior SV4.5HT-2 Maximum Extent of Siding side of the wall. Termination 7 in. *Caulk / Relative to Exterior (178) 12-1 2-1/2 (3D8 mm) mm) (267mm) m) 5-1/8 in., I Section (SV4.5LA), If (1\) \ r I \ (76 mm) Adapter 1 m' SV4.5RCH i (25.4 mm) i\ Note: Centerline of Vent Piping is NOT the Same as the Centerline of the Framed Opening. 6 to 48 in. Vent Section, Telescopic vent section, Elbow or Appliance Collar See Figure 13 on Page 11 for Min. Distance to Bass of Appliance. Base of Appliance Figure 33. Installing the Square Horizontal Termination (SV4.5HT-2) *Use silicone caulking to seal the top and sides of the f --Maximum wall thickness termination, up to the 10 in.(254 mm)** underlayment, stucco, or masonry wall surface. Interior Surface of Finished Wall ;: Exterior Surface of Siding Maximum Extent of Siding Exterior Surface of Vent Run Sections Framing *Caulk / Relative to Exterior i' Surface of Framing 6 in. to 9-1/4 in. (152 to 235 mm)** Last hent Section. Use Telescopic Vent I Section (SV4.5LA), If ' Apr Necessary SV4.5HT-2 *Caulk - Square Termination SV4.5HT-2 Square Termination Adapter SV4.5RCH 1-1/4" Maximum Recess of Stucco **For thicknesses greater the Square Termination into than 10 inches, see Table & Exterior Finishing Material Figure 34: Venting Connection and Exterior Wall Recessing of the Horizontal Square Termination (SV4.5HT-2) Horizontal terminations have been designed to perform in a wide range of weather conditions. Our terminations meet or exceed industry standards. When selecting the locations of your horizontal terminations, do not place the termination where water from eaves and adjoining rooflines may create a heavy flow of cascading water onto the termination cap. If the cap must be placed where the possibility of cascading water exists, it is the responsibility of the builder to direct the water away from the termination cap by using gutters or other means. Take care to carefully follow the installation instructions for the termination, including the use of silicone caulking where required. NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS * MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33l35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS HORIZONTAL VENT FIGUREVIABLES Note., Secure VenF components (rigid vent pipe and terminal) are shown in the figures; Secure Flex® components (flexible vent pipe and terminal) may also be used. Note. Two 45 degree elbows may be used in place of one 90 degree elbow. The same rise to run ratios, as shown in the venting figures for 90 elbows, must be followed if 45 degree elbows are used. Note: It is very important that the horizontallinclined run be maintained in a straight (no dips), slightly elevated plane. The recommended incline is approximately 1/4 in. per foot (20 mm per meter) horizontal, in a direction away from the fireplace. The rise per foot run ratios that are smaller are acceptable all the way down to at or near level. Note. SV4.5VF (Secure Vent°), SF4.5VF (Secure Flex) firestoplspacer must be used anytime vent pipe passes through a combustible floor or ceiling. SV4.5HF (Secure Vent), SF4.5HF (Secure Flex) firestop/spacer must be used anytime vent pipe passes through a combustible wall. f �■ Under no circumstances, may separate sections of concentric flexible vent pipe be joined together. Venting Components Required for Various Exterior Wall Thick- nesses, when using Typical Termination Kits Vent Components Required Exterior Wall Thickness --in. (mm) Termination Kit Only 6-91/4 (152-235) Termination Kit and 6 in. Vent Section (SV4.5L6) 10 3/4-14 (2733-356) Termination Kit and 12 in. Vent Section (SV4.51-12) 16 3/4-20 (426-508) Termination Kit and Telescopic Section 113/4-20 (299-508) (SV4.5L12) Note. See Figure 34 showing wall thickness range Table 9 when using SV4.5HT--2 termination kit. H = 28 in. (711 mm) Maximum. H Wall Firestop/ Spacer 7 in SV4.5HF** (1 78 Imm)JI D **When using Secure Flex, use / Wall Firestop/Spacer SF4.5HF. I Only the square termination (SV4.5HT-2) maybe used. See Table gas an aid in venting component selection for a particular range of exterior wall thicknesses. Figure 35: Rear Vent—NO ELBOWS TABLE F Note: Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 6 ft of vertical rise (See Page 13). Elbow Only H V D **When using Secure Wall Firestop/ Flex, use Wall Firestop/ Spacer Spacer SF4.5HF. SV4.5HF** Square termination (SV4.5HT-2) shown. See Table 9 a an aid in venting component selection for a particular range of exterior wall thicknesses. Figure 36: Top Vent—ONE 90 -DEGREE ELBOW— ELBOW CONNECTION AT APPLIANCE TABLE G — - H Maximum V Minimum feet (meters) feet (meters) 5 (1.524) 1 (0.305) 10 (3.048) 2 (0.610) 15 (4.572) 3 (0.914) 20 (6.096) 4 (1.219) V + H = 40 feet (12.2 m) Max. H = 20 ft. (6.096 m) Max. Example: If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a i (V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vert D � Wall Firestop/ Spacer SV4.5HF** ical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. rirestop/ Spacer SY4.5VF* *When using Secure Flex, use Ceiling FirestoplSpacer SF4.5VF **When using Secure Flex, use Wall Firestop/Spacer SF4.5HF. Square termination (SV4.5HT-2) shown. See Table 9 a an aid in venting component selection for a particular range of exterior wail thicknesses. Note: Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 ft of vert ical rise (See Page 13). Figure 37: Top Vent—ONE 90 -DEGREE ELBOW— ELBOWCONNECTION NOTE: DIAGRAMS &ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. NOT D/RECTLYAT APPLIANCE 21 H Maximum _ V Minimum feet (meters) feet (meters) TABLE G — - H Maximum V Minimum feet (meters) feet (meters) 5 (1.524) 1 (0.305) 10 (3.048) 2 (0.610) 15 (4.572) 3 (0.914) 20 (6.096) 4 (1.219) V + H = 40 feet (12.2 m) Max. H = 20 ft. (6.096 m) Max. Example: If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a i (V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vert D � Wall Firestop/ Spacer SV4.5HF** ical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. rirestop/ Spacer SY4.5VF* *When using Secure Flex, use Ceiling FirestoplSpacer SF4.5VF **When using Secure Flex, use Wall Firestop/Spacer SF4.5HF. Square termination (SV4.5HT-2) shown. See Table 9 a an aid in venting component selection for a particular range of exterior wail thicknesses. Note: Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 ft of vert ical rise (See Page 13). Figure 37: Top Vent—ONE 90 -DEGREE ELBOW— ELBOWCONNECTION NOTE: DIAGRAMS &ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. NOT D/RECTLYAT APPLIANCE 21 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS HORIZONTAL VENT FIGURES/TABLES (continued) H H1 ' Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SV4.5VF* D O Wall Firestop/ Spacer SV4.5HF** v I When using Secure Flex®, use Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SF4.5VF **When using Secure Flex, use Wall Firestop/Spacer SF4.5HF. Square termination (SV4.5HT-2) shown. Figure 38: Rear Vent—TWO 90 -DEGREE ELBOWS Example. If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a 1 (V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. See Table 9 on Page 21 as an aid in venting component selection for a particular range of exterior wall thicknesses. Note: Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 ft of vertical rise (See Page 13). Wall Firestop/Spacer SV4.5HF** H i O H1 V 1 Wall Firestop/Spacer *When using Secure Flex, use SV4.5HF** Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SF4.5VF. **When using Secure Flex, use Wall Firestop/Spacer SF4.5HF. Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SV4.5VF* Square termination (SV4.5HT-2) shown. See Table 9 on Page 21 as an aid in venting component selection for a particular range of exterior wall thicknesses. Note: Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 ft of vertical rise (See Page 13). Figure 39: Top Vent—TWO 90 -DEGREE ELBOWS TABLE J H+H1 Maximum V Minimum feet (meters) feet (meters) 3 (0.914) Elbow Only 5 (1.524) 1 (0.305) 10, (3.048) 2 (0.610) 15 (4.572) 3 (0.914) 20 (6.096) 4 (1.219) V + H + Ht = 40 feet (12.2 m) Max. H + Hi =20 ft. (6.0% m) Max. Example. If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a 1 (V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. An elbow is acceptable as 1 foot of vertical rise except where an elbow is the only vertical component in the system. See Figure 36. 22 1 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. TABLE H H+Hj Maximum H Maximum V Minimum feet (meters) feet (meters) feet (meters) 5 (1.524) 2 (0.610) 1 (0.305) 10 (3.048) 4 (1.219) 2 (0.610) 15 (4.572) 6 (1.829) 3 (0.914) 20 (6.096) 8 (2.438) 1 4 1 (1.219) V+H+H1=40 feet (12.2 m) Max. H = 8 feet (2.438 meters) Max. H + H1= 20 feet (6.096 meters) Max. Example. If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a 1 (V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. See Table 9 on Page 21 as an aid in venting component selection for a particular range of exterior wall thicknesses. Note: Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 ft of vertical rise (See Page 13). Wall Firestop/Spacer SV4.5HF** H i O H1 V 1 Wall Firestop/Spacer *When using Secure Flex, use SV4.5HF** Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SF4.5VF. **When using Secure Flex, use Wall Firestop/Spacer SF4.5HF. Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SV4.5VF* Square termination (SV4.5HT-2) shown. See Table 9 on Page 21 as an aid in venting component selection for a particular range of exterior wall thicknesses. Note: Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 ft of vertical rise (See Page 13). Figure 39: Top Vent—TWO 90 -DEGREE ELBOWS TABLE J H+H1 Maximum V Minimum feet (meters) feet (meters) 3 (0.914) Elbow Only 5 (1.524) 1 (0.305) 10, (3.048) 2 (0.610) 15 (4.572) 3 (0.914) 20 (6.096) 4 (1.219) V + H + Ht = 40 feet (12.2 m) Max. H + Hi =20 ft. (6.0% m) Max. Example. If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a 1 (V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. An elbow is acceptable as 1 foot of vertical rise except where an elbow is the only vertical component in the system. See Figure 36. 22 1 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS * MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) * INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS HORIZONTAL VENT FIGURESI TABLES (continued) *When using Secure Flex, use Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SF4.5VF **When using Secure Flex, use Wall Firestop/Spacer SF4.5HF. V Square termination (SV4.5HT-2) shown. See Table 9 on Page 21 as an aid in venting component selection for a particular range of exterior wall thicknesses. Note. Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 ft of vertical rise (See Page 13). Wall Firestop/Spacer SV4.5HF** I i H1 / WHO Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SV4.5VF* FL - I✓ H Figure 40: Rear Vent—THREE 90 -DEGREE ELBOWS is Wall Firestop/Spacer SV4.5HF** *When using Secure Flex, use Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SF4.5VF. **When using Secure Flex, use Wall Firestop/Spacer SF4.5HF. stop/Spacer .5VF* H / � V Wall Firestop/Spacer I Square termination (SV4.5HT-2) shown. SV4.5HF**�- See Table 9 on Page 21 as an aid in venting component selection for a particular range of exterior wall thicknesses. Note: Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 ft of vertical rise (See Page 13). Figure 41: Top Vent—THREE 90 -DEGREE ELBOWS NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Example. If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a 1(V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. TABLE K H Maximum V Minimum H + Ht + H2 Maximum H Maximum V Minimum feet (meters) feet (meters) feet (meters) 5 (1.524) 2 (0.610) 1 (0.305) 10 (3.048) 4 (1.219) 2 (0.610) 15 (4.572) 6 (1.829) 3 1 (0.914) 20 1 (6.096) 8 (2.438) 4 (1.219) V + H +Hi +H2 =40 feet (12.2 m) Max. H = 8 feet (2.438 meters) Max. H + Hi+ H2 = 20 feet (6.096 meters) Max. Figure 40: Rear Vent—THREE 90 -DEGREE ELBOWS is Wall Firestop/Spacer SV4.5HF** *When using Secure Flex, use Ceiling Firestop/Spacer SF4.5VF. **When using Secure Flex, use Wall Firestop/Spacer SF4.5HF. stop/Spacer .5VF* H / � V Wall Firestop/Spacer I Square termination (SV4.5HT-2) shown. SV4.5HF**�- See Table 9 on Page 21 as an aid in venting component selection for a particular range of exterior wall thicknesses. Note: Install the U-shaped vent restrictor in any vent run with more than 8 ft of vertical rise (See Page 13). Figure 41: Top Vent—THREE 90 -DEGREE ELBOWS NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Example. If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a 1(V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. Example. If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a 1 (V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. An elbow is acceptable as 1 foot of vertical rise except where an elbow is the only vertical component in the system. See Figure 36. 23 TABLE L H Maximum V Minimum feet (meters) feet I (meters) 5 (1.524) Elbow Only 5 (1.524) 1 (0.305) 10 (3.048) 2 (0.610) 15 (4.572) 3 (0.914) 1 20 (6.096) 4 (1.219) H + Hy = 20 feet (6.096 m) Max. V + Vi+ H + H1= 40 ft. (12.192 m) Max. Example. If 20 feet of (H) horizontal vent run is needed, then 4 feet minimum of (V) vertical vent will be required. This table shows a 1 (V) to 5 (H) ratio. For every 1 foot of (V) vertical, you are allowed 5 feet of (H) horizontal run, up to a maximum horizontal run of 20 feet. An elbow is acceptable as 1 foot of vertical rise except where an elbow is the only vertical component in the system. See Figure 36. 23 24 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL VENTING USING SECURE FLEXR KITS AND COMPONENTS Secure Flex® venting kits and components may be used in any venting application where rigid Secure Vent® (SV4.5) direct vent components can be used. All restrictions, clearances and allowances that pertain to the rigid piping apply to the flexible venting. Secure Flex kits may not be modified; also, under no circumstances may separate sections of flex pipe be joined together. Secure Flex kits may be added to the end of a vent run made up of rigid Secure Vent (SV4.5) vent sections provided that doing so does not violate any of the venting length, height, routing, horizontal to vertical ratio requirements or clearance considerations detailed in this manual. Secure Flex kits come with an included adaptor that can be fitted to the appliance collar or the inclined channel end of the last Secure Vent (SV4.5) vent section in a rigid system in the exact same fashion as any other Secure Vent section. Align the dimpled end of the adaptor over the previously installed section or appliance collar, adjusting the radial alignment until the four locking dimples of the adaptor are aligned with the inlets of the four incline channels of the last vent section or collar. Push on the adaptor until it fully engages, then twist the adaptor clockwise running the dimples down and along the incline channels until they seat at the end of the channels. Attach the flexible vent to the adaptor as follows (see Figure 44. A. Install the Inner Flex Pipe 1. Install the small gear clamp loosely around the inner flexible vent pipe, push it back out of the way. 2. Apply a bead of Mill-Pac Black (700°F) high temperature sealant—Catalog No.1OK81) to the inner adaptor collar, approximately 1/2 inch from the end. 3. Pull and extend the inner flexible vent pipe. 4. Slide the inner flex pipe over the adaptor collar. Ensure the flexible vent pipe completely engages the adaptor collar to a distance of 13/4 inches from the end, and that it is free from damage or tears. 5. Slide the gear clamp down and tighten it fully to secure the flexible vent to the adaptor inner collar approximately 3/4 inch from the end of the flex. 6. Install three screws 120 degrees apart through the flexible vent pipe and into the adaptor collar just below the gear clamp to provide additional security to the connection. B. Install the Outer Flex Pipe 1. Install the large gear clamp loosely around the outer flexible vent pipe, push it back out of the way. 2. Apply a bead of Mill-Pac Black (700°F) high temperature sealant—Catalog No. 10K81) to the outer adaptor collar; to the grooves of the collar which extend approximately 1 inch from the end and to the flat surface, approximately 13/8 inches from the end. 3. Pull and extend the outer flexible vent pipe. 4. Slide the outer flex pipe over the adaptor collar. Ensure the flexible vent pipe completely engages the adaptor collar to a distance of 13/4 in. from the end, and that it is free from damage or tears. 5. Slide the gear clamp down and tighten it fully to secure the flexible vent to the adaptor outer collar approximately 3/4 inch from the end of the flex. 6. Install three screws 120 degrees apart through the flexible vent pipe and into the adaptor collar just below the gear clamp to provide additional security to the connection. C. Route Flex Vent Ensure that the flex vent is properly routed to provide the required clearance. Do Not allow the flexible vent to bend in a radius tighter than 5 in. (127 mm). Refer to Figure 43. Place the internal flex vent spacers evenly and avoid kinking the inner pipe. Support horizontal sections of flex vent with metal straps at 2 ft (0.61 m) intervals. D. Install Firestop/Spacers at ceilings and walls When Secure Flex penetrates a wall or ceiling, a firestop/spacer is required: use the SF4.5 VF firestop/spacer for ceilings and the SF4.5 HF firestop/spacer for walls. NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. See the appropriate sections and figures shown throughout the venting section for their installation requirments. Flexible Vent Section f~ 5 in. (127 mm) Radius Minimum Figure 43 E. Attach Flex Vent to Termination Secure Flex components can be purchased separately and attached to bulk lengths of Secure Flex flexible tubing cut to size at the job site. Secure the flexible vent to the Secure Flex terminations in the same manner (see Figure 42) as it was attached to the adaptor. Note: Secure Flex vent must be attached to Secure Flex terminations only. DO NOT substitute Secure Vent terminations or the Secure Vent adaptor for Secure Flex components. The collars of Secure Flex terminations and adaptors have a different circumference than that used with the Secure Vent pipe. Additionally, Secure Flex components have an extended length center tube for use in attaching the flexible vent. FLEX VENT NOTE: OUTER PIPE IS PULLED AWAY To SHOW THE DETAIL OF THE INNER PIPE SECURING SCREW (3 PLACES EQUALLY SPACED JUST BELOW GEAR CLAMP) Apply ONLY MIL -PAC BLACK HIGH TEMPERATURE SEALANT (Catalog No. 1OK81) to the outside surface of both collars of the adaptor (be especially careful to fill the grooves of the outer collar to be covered by the flexible pb pipe) and slide flexible pipe over 0 pp0 inner and outer adaptor collars. ppC OODODBUD DO GEAR CLAMPS 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) Flexible Pipe and i Adaptor Outer Collar Overlap 1-3/4 in. (44 mm) I Flexible Pipe and Adaptor Inner ' Collar Overlap Adaptor (SV4.5RF) SECURING SCREW (3 PLACES EQUALLY SPACED JUST BELOW GEAR CLAMP) Figure 42 Attach Adaptor to Appliance Collar, or Secure Vent Sections 2. Apply a bead of Mill-Pac Black (700°F) high temperature sealant—Catalog No. 10K81) to the outer adaptor collar; to the grooves of the collar which extend approximately 1 inch from the end and to the flat surface, approximately 13/8 inches from the end. 3. Pull and extend the outer flexible vent pipe. 4. Slide the outer flex pipe over the adaptor collar. Ensure the flexible vent pipe completely engages the adaptor collar to a distance of 13/4 in. from the end, and that it is free from damage or tears. 5. Slide the gear clamp down and tighten it fully to secure the flexible vent to the adaptor outer collar approximately 3/4 inch from the end of the flex. 6. Install three screws 120 degrees apart through the flexible vent pipe and into the adaptor collar just below the gear clamp to provide additional security to the connection. C. Route Flex Vent Ensure that the flex vent is properly routed to provide the required clearance. Do Not allow the flexible vent to bend in a radius tighter than 5 in. (127 mm). Refer to Figure 43. Place the internal flex vent spacers evenly and avoid kinking the inner pipe. Support horizontal sections of flex vent with metal straps at 2 ft (0.61 m) intervals. D. Install Firestop/Spacers at ceilings and walls When Secure Flex penetrates a wall or ceiling, a firestop/spacer is required: use the SF4.5 VF firestop/spacer for ceilings and the SF4.5 HF firestop/spacer for walls. NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. See the appropriate sections and figures shown throughout the venting section for their installation requirments. Flexible Vent Section f~ 5 in. (127 mm) Radius Minimum Figure 43 E. Attach Flex Vent to Termination Secure Flex components can be purchased separately and attached to bulk lengths of Secure Flex flexible tubing cut to size at the job site. Secure the flexible vent to the Secure Flex terminations in the same manner (see Figure 42) as it was attached to the adaptor. Note: Secure Flex vent must be attached to Secure Flex terminations only. DO NOT substitute Secure Vent terminations or the Secure Vent adaptor for Secure Flex components. The collars of Secure Flex terminations and adaptors have a different circumference than that used with the Secure Vent pipe. Additionally, Secure Flex components have an extended length center tube for use in attaching the flexible vent. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Step 5. FIELD WIRING CAUTION: Label all wires prior to discon- nection when servicing controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous operation. ATTENTION: Au moment de I'entretien des commandes, dtiquetez tous les fits avant de les d6brancher. Des erreurs de c6blage peuvent entrainer un fonctionnement inad6quat et dangereux. Verify proper operation after servicing. S'assurer que I'appareil fonctionne addquatement une lois 1'entretien termin6. JUNCTION Box A=TzovAc PrnE B HOT ADW W ii� G r— B :BLACK IN. BLUE BR=BROWN G =GREEN GY.GRAY 0=ORAtWE PU. PURPLE W =WHITE R =RED Y =YELLOW PIN580491-01 SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION ONLY L-BATIERYHOLDER THERMOPILE APPLIANCE- MOUNTED ON/OFF SWITCH (OPTIONAL) BN/W(1) I I BK/W(T) GAS VALVE WALL -MOUNTED ON/OFF SWITCH (OPTIONAL) THERMOSTAT (OPTIONAL) r-----------------------1 I WALL MOUNTED CONFIGURATION FOR FAN SWITCH (OPTIONAL) I R I , 1 , I 1 � I , � 1 1 ' IN ' 1 , , R W , ' FAN (OPTIONAL) I , JUNCTION BOX - - - - - - J I - - - - - - - - - - - - Figure 44: Wiring Diagram—Millivolt Gas Valves PFANU MIE WAVE Figure 45. Wiring Diagram—Electronic Gas Valves SPANK MAE CABLE - PILOT GROUND WIRE C� PILOT SENSOR Off (0)=INI6NYTTENT PILOT MODE ON M STINGING PLOT MODE Refer to Section A for millivolt appliances and Section B for electronic appliances. The gas valve is set in place and pre -wired at the factory on both models. A. Millivolt Wiring (see Figure 44) Millivolt units are not provided with any factory -installed controls; therefore, one of the optional control switches is required to operate the unit (ON/OFF Wall Switch, Unit -Mountable ON/OFF Switch", Thermostat, Remote Control). See the fireplace Care and Operation Instructions for details. ['If using a Unit -Mountable ON/OFF Rocker Switch with an optional Style View Door, mount the Rocker Switch on the door instead of the unit.] 1. If installing an ON/OFF wall switch or thermostat, mount it in a convenient location on a wall near the fireplace. 2. Wire the control switch within the millivolt control circuit using the 15 feet of 2 conductor wire supplied with the unit. Note. The supplied 15 feet of 2 conductor wire has one end of each conductor connected to the gas valve circuit and the other end of each conductor placed loose inside the bottom compartment. © CAUTION In millivolt systems, do NOT connect a Wall Switch to 120V powerpp B. Electronic Wiring (Figures 45 & 46) One of the following optional controls also may be used: ON/OFF Wall Switch, Thermostat, Remote Control (see fireplace Care and Operation Instructions for details.). Note. Electronic models must be connected to the main power supply. 1. Route a 3 -wire 120Vac 60Hz 1 ph power supply to the appliance junction box. 2. Remove the electrical inlet cover plate from the side of the unit by removing the plate's securing screws (see Figure 12, Page 11). 3. Remove the cover plate knockout; then feed the power supply wire through the knockout opening and into the unit junction box. 4. See Figures 45 & 46. Connect the black power supply wire to the lower outlet's red pigtail lead. Connect the white power supply wire to the outlet's common terminal. 5. Connect the ground supply wire to the pigtail lead attached to the outlet's green ground screw. 1 25 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. UMrr SWRCH B -VENT MODELS ONLY — I oPnoxal. I I I REMOTE RECEIVER ONMFFSWITCH -- WALLSWITCH I WIRING COLOR CODE B :BLACK IN. BLUE BR=BROWN G =GREEN GY.GRAY 0=ORAtWE PU. PURPLE W =WHITE R =RED Y =YELLOW PIN580491-01 SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION ONLY L-BATIERYHOLDER THERMOPILE APPLIANCE- MOUNTED ON/OFF SWITCH (OPTIONAL) BN/W(1) I I BK/W(T) GAS VALVE WALL -MOUNTED ON/OFF SWITCH (OPTIONAL) THERMOSTAT (OPTIONAL) r-----------------------1 I WALL MOUNTED CONFIGURATION FOR FAN SWITCH (OPTIONAL) I R I , 1 , I 1 � I , � 1 1 ' IN ' 1 , , R W , ' FAN (OPTIONAL) I , JUNCTION BOX - - - - - - J I - - - - - - - - - - - - Figure 44: Wiring Diagram—Millivolt Gas Valves PFANU MIE WAVE Figure 45. Wiring Diagram—Electronic Gas Valves SPANK MAE CABLE - PILOT GROUND WIRE C� PILOT SENSOR Off (0)=INI6NYTTENT PILOT MODE ON M STINGING PLOT MODE Refer to Section A for millivolt appliances and Section B for electronic appliances. The gas valve is set in place and pre -wired at the factory on both models. A. Millivolt Wiring (see Figure 44) Millivolt units are not provided with any factory -installed controls; therefore, one of the optional control switches is required to operate the unit (ON/OFF Wall Switch, Unit -Mountable ON/OFF Switch", Thermostat, Remote Control). See the fireplace Care and Operation Instructions for details. ['If using a Unit -Mountable ON/OFF Rocker Switch with an optional Style View Door, mount the Rocker Switch on the door instead of the unit.] 1. If installing an ON/OFF wall switch or thermostat, mount it in a convenient location on a wall near the fireplace. 2. Wire the control switch within the millivolt control circuit using the 15 feet of 2 conductor wire supplied with the unit. Note. The supplied 15 feet of 2 conductor wire has one end of each conductor connected to the gas valve circuit and the other end of each conductor placed loose inside the bottom compartment. © CAUTION In millivolt systems, do NOT connect a Wall Switch to 120V powerpp B. Electronic Wiring (Figures 45 & 46) One of the following optional controls also may be used: ON/OFF Wall Switch, Thermostat, Remote Control (see fireplace Care and Operation Instructions for details.). Note. Electronic models must be connected to the main power supply. 1. Route a 3 -wire 120Vac 60Hz 1 ph power supply to the appliance junction box. 2. Remove the electrical inlet cover plate from the side of the unit by removing the plate's securing screws (see Figure 12, Page 11). 3. Remove the cover plate knockout; then feed the power supply wire through the knockout opening and into the unit junction box. 4. See Figures 45 & 46. Connect the black power supply wire to the lower outlet's red pigtail lead. Connect the white power supply wire to the outlet's common terminal. 5. Connect the ground supply wire to the pigtail lead attached to the outlet's green ground screw. 1 25 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Note: Remote receiver should be located in the wall, or if installed in the control compartment, pulled all the way forward and completely to the left or right against the corner posts. 6. If wall -mounted ON/OFF control or thermostat is to be used, mount it in a convenient location on a wall near the fireplace. 7. If an optional control is to be used, wire it in the low voltage circuit as shown in Figure 45. Note: The supplied 15 feet of 2 conductor wire has one end of each conductor connected to the gas valve circuit and the other end of each conductor placed loose inside the bottom compartment. 8. After the wiring is complete, replace the cover plate. A WARNING Step 6. WIRING—OPTIONAL FORCED AIR BLOWER KIT FBK-100 and FBK-200 Kits (See Figure 46) An electrical outlet box is provided for the installation of the FBK-100, FBK-200 forced air blower kits. Electrical power must be provided to this box to operate these blowers. Install the blower kits according to the installation instructions provided with the kits. 120V, 60HZ,1 PH * Wall -mounted E 3 m ON/ OFF Blower Switch or Variable Speed Control Switch. oyo e`Sz� i I iYY I I Junction Box I I 1 � I i *11 t de of ceptacle czutral e of ceptacle Plug blower into this Tab Intact Green receptacle Ground Screw _ Blower Field Wired — — — — — — GrOund Factory Wired Figure 46. Junction Box Wiring FBK-250 Blower Kit (See Figure 46) An electrical outlet box is provided for the installation of the FBK-250 forced air blower kit. Electrical power must be provided to this box to operate these blowers. Install the blower kit according to the installation instructions provided with the kit. Note. The tab connecting the receptacles of the outlet box must be broken in FBK-100 and FBK-200 blower kit applications. See Figure 46. Step 7. CONNECTING GAS LINE Make gas line connections. All codes require a shut-off valve mounted in the supply line. Figure 47 illustrates two methods for connecting the gas supply. The flex -line method is acceptable in the U.S., however, Canadian requirements vary depending on locality. Installation must be in compliance with local codes. 26 1 I NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. These appliances are equipped with a gas flex line for use (where permitted) in connecting the unit to the gas line. A gas flex line is provided to aid in attaching the direct vent appliance to the gas supply. The gas flex line can only be used where local codes permit. Refer to Figure 47for flex line description. The flex line is rated for both natural and propane gas. A manual shut off valve is also provided with the flex line. The gas control valve is located in the lower control compartment. To access the valve open the lower control compartment door (see Figure 48) by pushing in the right top corner of the door. (The door is hinged at the bottom.) Remove the bottom compartment door by sliding the hinge pin, located at the door's left side, to the right until it disengages from the left corner post hole. Pull the door diagonally to the left, away from the fireplace. The millivolt control valve has a 3/8 in. (10 mm) NPT thread inlet port. The electronic control valve has a 1/2 in. (13 mm) NPT thread inlet port and is fitted with a 1/2 in. x 3/8 in. (13 mm x 10 mm) NPT fitting. Secure all joints tightly using appropriate tools and sealing compounds (ensure propane resistant compounds are used in propane applications). Optional: Seal around the gas line to prevent cold air leakage. Gas line holes and other openings can be caulked or stuffed with unlaced fiberglass insulation. All codes require a shut-off valve mounted in the supply line. The orientation of the shut-off valve should face the front. Figure 47 illustrates two methods for connecting the gas supply. A sediment Trap is recommended to prevent moisture and debris in the gas line for damaging the valve. Never use an open flame to check for leaks. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS° DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Optional Gas Flex Line Connector Gas I 3/8" NPT x 3/8" i1/2" x 3/8" Flare Valve \ ,� Flare Fitting Shut -Off Valve 3/8" Flex Tubing/ i Gas Stub 1/2" x 3/8" 3/8" Nipple Reducer 3/8" Unian 3/8" Close Nipple 3/8" Shut -Off Valve Figure 47: Gas Connection TEST ALL CONNECTIONS FOR GAS LEAKS (FACTORY AND FIELD) Turn on gas supply and test for gas leaks, using a gas leak test solution (also referred to as bubble leak solution). Note: Using a soapy water solution is an effective leak test solution but it is not recommended, because the soap residue that is left on the pipes/fittings can result in corrosion over time. A. Light the appliance (refer to the lighting instructions label in the control compartment or in the Care and Operation Instructions manual). B. Brush all joints and connections with the gas leak test solution to check for leaks. If bubbles are formed, or gas odor is detected, tum the gas control knob (off/pilot/on) to the "OFF" position (millivolt units), or tum the receiver or remote control to the "OFF' position (electronic units). Either tighten or refasten the leaking connection, then retest as described above. C. When the gas lines are tested and leak free, be sure to rinse off the leak testing solution. Step 8. VERIFYING APPLIANCE OPERATION With gas line installed, run initial system checkout before closing up the front of the unit. Follow the pilot lighting instructions provided in the Care and Operation Instructions. For piezo igniter location on millivolt appliances, see Figure 48. Note., Lighting Instructions are also found on the literature tag tied to the gas piping next to the gas valve. To access the tag, open the lower control compartment door (Figure 48) by pushing in simultaneously the left and right top corners of the door (the door is hinged at the bottom). Remove the bottom compartment door by sliding the hinge pin, located at the door's left side, to the right until it disengages from the left corner post hole. When first lighting the appliance, it will take a few minutes for the line to purge itself of air. Once purging is complete, the pilot and burner will light and operate as indicated in the instruction manual. Subsequent lighting of the appliance will not require such purging. Inspect the pilot flame (remove logs, if necessary, handling carefully). Millivolt Appliance Checkout NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. The pilot flame should be steady, not lifting or floating. Flame should be blue in color with traces of orange at the outer edge. The top 3/8 in. (10 mm) at the pilot generator (thermopile) and the top 1/8 in. minimum (tip) of the quick drop out thermocouple should be engulfed in the pilot flame. The flame should project 1 in. (25 mm) beyond the hood at all three ports (see Figure 49). Replace logs if removed for pilot inspection. To light the burner; turn "ON" the remote wall switch and rotate the gas valve control knob counterclockwise to the "ON" position ("ON" will be at the top side of the valve). Hood Igniter Rod Thermocouple e O 3/8 in. (9 mm) Pilot O Min Nozzels Thermopile 0 Figure 49: Millivolt Pilot Electronic Appliance Checkout To light the burner, turn `ON' the wall or remote control switch. Ensure the igniter lights the pilot. The pilot flame should engulf the flame rod as shown in Figure 50. Igniter Pilot Hood Flame Rod (sensor) Figure 50: Electronic Pilot 27 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Step 9. INSTALL VOLCANIC STONE, GLOWING EMBERS, AND LOGS NOTE., Turn off all electricity to the appliance before you install volcanic stone, embers and logs. Step 1. Remove the appliance front door (see Removing Glass Encloslure panel on Page 32 Step 2. Install decorative volcanic stone— Sprinkle the decorative volcanic stone in a pleasing pattern. The volcanic stone should be placed directly on top of the firebox bottom, along the front and to the back at the right and left sides of the burner. Position any optional ceramic fiber liners before placing the stone. Logs should be positioned after the volcanic stone. Note: This appliance is provided with enough Glowing Embers for several applications, do not feel compelled to use all that is in a new bag. For best glowing effect, replace the ember material annually. Replacement Glowing Embers are available (Catalog Number 88L53). Glowing Embers Figure 51 281 I NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Step 3. Separate the Glowing Ember (Rockwool) into pieces about the size of a quarter (Figure 51). Keep the pieces fluffed up, not matted. Distribute these pieces over the front surface of the burner, as shown in Figure 52. Do not use more than is necessary. When properly positioned, the Glowing Embers will cover approximately 65% of the front burner and with no appreciable gaps or openings. Ensure that the main burner ports remain uncovered by the ember material. Step 4. Placement of Logs—All top logs that rest on lower logs, do so over notches, indents or nubs. Proper log placement is critical to prevent sooting. Logs should be placed in the gaps between the flame peaks and should be positioned so they do not impinge the flames. Step 5. Position the individual logs as shown in Figures 53, 54, and 55. Logs should be placed in the order shown. All logs that have notches to fit over the grate tines should be positioned with these notches directly against the grate. Handle logs carefully to prevent breakage. Proper log placement is critical to encourage outstanding flame appearance and prevent sooting. When positioned properly as shown, logs will be positioned between flame peaks and will not impinge any flames. Refer to Figure 53 for MPD33 Series appliances, to Figure 54 for MPD35 Series appliances and to Figure 55 for MPD40 and MPD45 Series appliances. REFERENCE Firebox Accessories / Parts Cat. No. IAodel No. Description 881.53 FGE Bag of Glowing Embers 8OL42 FDVS Bag of Decorative Volcanic Stone LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS° DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/4O/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MP033 LOG PLACEMENT 1 Log Number Description (Stamped #) 1 Log, Rear (39-12) 2 Log, Left (39-1) 3 Log, Right (39-2) 4 Log, Top Center (39-13) 5 Log, Top/Left (39-3) 6 Log, Top/Right (39-4) Catalog Number for the entire log set: 2015 Position the individual logs as shown below. Logs should be placed in the order shown. Position the rear log on the brackets at the rear of the firebox with the log's notches directly over the brackets. Position the right log (log no. 3) by inserting the pin from the rear log into the hole on its upper end. Place the left log and then the smaller left and right top logs. All logs that have notches to fit over the grate tines should be positioned with these notches directly against the grate. All top logs that rest on lower logs, do so over flattened mounting faces in the bottom logs. Proper log and twig placement is critical to encourage outstanding flame appearance and prevent sooting. Figure 53 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 29 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MPD35 LOG PLACEMENT Log Number Description (Stamped #) 1 Log, Rear (39-5) 2 Log, Left (39-1) 3 Log, Right (39-2) 4 Log, Top Center (39-6) 5 Log, Top/Left (39-3) 6 Log, Top/Right (39-4) Catalog Number for the entire log set: H6197 Position the individual logs as shown below. Logs should be placed in the order shown. Position the rear log on the brackets at the rear of the firebox with the log's notches directly over the brackets. Position the right log (log no. 3) by inserting the pin from the rear log into the hole on its upper end. Place the left log and then the smaller left and right top logs. All logs that have notches to tit over the grate tines should be positioned with these notches directly against the grate. All top logs that rest on lower logs, do so over flattened mounting faces in the bottom logs. Proper log and twig placement is critical to encourage outstanding flame appearance and prevent sooting. Figure 54 01 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MPD40 AND MPD45 LOG PLACEMENT P E � Log Number Description (Stamped #) 1 Log, Center (39-8) 2 Log, Rear (138) 3 Log, Right (39-10) 4 Log, Left (39-9) 5 Log, Top/Left (39-11) 6 Log, Top/Right (39-11) Catalog Number for the entire log set: 24M25 Position the individual logs as shown below. Logs should be placed in the order shown. Position the center log on the burner first, then place the glowing embers as shown in Figure 52. Place the rear log, both the right and left, and then the smaller left and right top logs. All logs that have notches to fit over the grate tines should be positioned with these notches directly against the grate. All top logs that rest on lower logs, do so over flattened mounting faces in the bottom logs. Proper log and twig placement is critical to encourage outstanding flame appearance and prevent sooting. Figure 55 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 31 32 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS° DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Step 10. REMOVING AND INSTALLING THE GLASS DOOR llwrjjr���� Do not operate appliance With the glass front removed, cracked or broken. Removing the Glass Enclosure Panel (see Figure 56) Remove the top louver assembly or radiant panel. To access the glass door securing latches, first open the lower control compartment door (Figure 56) by pushing in simultaneously the left and right top corners of the door (the door is hinged at the bottom). Remove the bottom compartment door by sliding the hinge pin, located at the door's left side, to the right until it disengages from the left corner post hole. Pull the door diagonally to the left, away from the fireplace. Locate the two (2) latches at the top of the control compartment and disengage them from the door frame bottom vee -flange, pulling down on their handles to open them. Installing the Glass Enclosure Panel (see Figure 56) Retrieve the glass door. Visually inspect the gasket on the backside of the frame. Gasket surface must be clean, free of irregularities and seated firmly. Position the door in front of the firebox opening with the bottom of the door held away from the fireplace (Figure 56). Hook the top flange of the door frame over the top of the firebox frame. Let the bottom of the door frame swing gently in towards the fireplace ensuring that the gasket seats evenly as the door frame draws shut. Fasten the two latches located underneath the firebox floor to the door's vee -flange. Close both the latches securely. Only doors certified with the appliance shall be used. Seules des pones certifides pour cet appareil doivent etre utilis6es. WARNING: DO NOT abuse glass door by striking or slamming shut. NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Step 11. BURNER ADJUSTMENTS Flame Appearance and Sooting Proper flame appearance is a flame that is blue at the base and becomes yellowish - orange in the body of the flame. When the appliance is first lit, the entire flame may be blue and will gradually turn yellowish -orange during the first 15 minutes of operation. If the flame remains blue, or if the flame is orange with evidence of sooting (black tip), the air shutter opening may need to be adjusted. If the air shutter opening is closed too far, sooting may develop. Sooting is indicated by black puffs developing at the tips of very long orange flames. Sooting results in black deposits forming on the logs, appliance inside surfaces and on exterior surfaces adjacent to the vent termination. Sooting is caused by incomplete combustion in the flames and lack of combustion air entering the air shutter opening. To achieve a warm yellowish -orange flame with an orange body that does not soot, the shutter opening must be adjusted between these two extremes. Air Shutter Adjustment Guidelines • If there is smoke or soot present, first check the log set positioning to ensure that the flames are not impinging on any of the logs. If the log set is properly positioned and a sooting condition still exists, then the air shutter opening should be increased. • The more offsets in the vent system, the larger the air shutter opening will need to be. • An appliance operated with the air shutter opened too far, may have flames that appear blue and transparent. These weak, blue and transparent flames are termed anemic. • Propane models may exhibit flames which candle or appear stringy. If this is present and persists, adjust the air shutter to a more closed position, then operate the appliance for a few more minutes to ensure that the flame normalizes and the flames do not appear sooty. The following chart is provided to aid you in achieving the correct air shutter adjustment for your installation. Air Shutter Adjustment Guidelines Amount of Flame Air Shutter Primary Air Color Adjustment If air shutter is Flame will Air shutter closed too far be orange gap should be —► —� increased If air shutter is Flame will Air shutter open too far be blue gap should be —� --0_ decreased LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS A WARNING 1. Refer to Figures 57, 58, and 59 for proper flame appearance. To adjust the flame, rotate the adjustment rod toward the back or toward the front of the fireplace (rod located in the lower control area). Position the air shutter to the factory setting as shown in the table in Figure 60. 2. Light appliance (follow lighting procedure on lighting label in control compartment or in the Care and Operation Instructions). 3. Allow the burner to operate for at least 15 minutes while observing the flame continuously to ensure that the proper flame appearance has been achieved. If the following conditions are present, adjust accordingly. • If flame appears weak or sooty, adjust the air shutter, incrementally, to a more open position until the proper flame appearance is achieved. • If flame remains blue, adjust the air shutter, incrementally, to a more closed position until the proper flame appearance is achieved. 4. When satisfied that the burner flame appearance is normal, reinstall the lower control compartment door, then proceed to finish the installation. 1 33 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Adjusting Set Screw Adjustment Rod Up (minimum air Burner Tube opening posit Air Shutter Adjustment Rod Down (fully open position) 7-1 Figure 6© 34 Step 12. HOOD INSTALLATION Refer to Figures 61 and 62. All models must have hoods installed prior to operating. On all Radiant Panel units, slide the hood into the slots on the lower edge of the radiant panel (Figure 61). On louvered face units, slide the hood into the slots on the lower edge of the cabinet top (Figure 62). FINISHING REQUIREMENTS Wall Details Complete finished interior wall. To install the appliance facing flush with the finished wall, position framework to accommodate the thickness of the finished wall (Figures 61 and 62) See Page 5 for Cold Climate Insulation and Page 8 for Clearances. NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE, Combustible FACTORY AIR Models Gas SHUTTER Type SETTING Min.1 in. Mi Combustible in. mm MPDT33 Nat. 1/32(0.8) Prop. 3/16(4.76) MPDR33 Nat. 1/32(0.8) Prop. 3/16(4.7 ) Top Standoff MPD35 Nat. 1/32(0.8) Prop. 3/16(4.76) MPD40 at. 1/8 (3.2) Prop. 1/2(13) Top of Dooorr Frame Top MPD45 Nat. 1/8(3.2) Prop. 1/2(13) Figure 6© 34 Step 12. HOOD INSTALLATION Refer to Figures 61 and 62. All models must have hoods installed prior to operating. On all Radiant Panel units, slide the hood into the slots on the lower edge of the radiant panel (Figure 61). On louvered face units, slide the hood into the slots on the lower edge of the cabinet top (Figure 62). FINISHING REQUIREMENTS Wall Details Complete finished interior wall. To install the appliance facing flush with the finished wall, position framework to accommodate the thickness of the finished wall (Figures 61 and 62) See Page 5 for Cold Climate Insulation and Page 8 for Clearances. NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE, Combustible Finished Wall This area must remain Materials clear of combustible materials. �- Min.1 in. Mi Combustible mm) material may touch top of appliance. Header Spacing Combustible Top Standoff materials NOT allowed below this point on puce Top of Appliance of appliance. Radiant Top of Dooorr Frame Top Hood most be installed as shown. Figure 61: Radiant Panel Models Combustible Finished Wall This area must remain Materials clear of combustible materials. Min.1 in. Combustible (25 mm) material may touch top of appliance. Header Spacing Combustible Top Standoff materials NOT allowed befowthrspoint� Top of Appliance on face C of appliance' bre, Louvers Top of Door Frame Hood must be installed as shown. Figure 62: Louver face Models LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS - MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) - INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS STEP 13. ATTACHING SAFETY -IN -OPERATION WARNINGS It is the installer's responsibility to ensure these warnings are properly affixed during installation. These warning labels are a critical step in informing consumers of safe operation of this appliance. ATTACHING SAFETY -IN -OPERATION WARNINGS It is required that the safety instruction labels furnished with the fireplace be affixed to the operation and control point of the fireplace. A safety instruction label must be affixed to the wall switch plate where the fireplace is turned on and off (See Figure A) or wall thermostat (See figure 8) and if used on the remote control handheld transmitter (Figure C). To properly complete the installation of this fireplace, locate the multi-lingual adhesive labels provided with the Care and Operation Instructions and proceed as follows: 1. Locate the wall switch or wall thermostat that controls the fireplace (verify the switch operates the fireplace by turning it on and off). Clean the wall switch plate or wall thermostat thoroughly to remove any dust and oils. Affix the label to the surface of the plate of the wall switch that controls the fireplace (Figure A) or the wall thermostat (Figure 8). Choose the language primarily spoken in the home. If unknown, affix the English language label. 2. If a remote control is used to control the fireplace, locate the transmitter and clean it thoroughly to remove any dust and oils. Affix the label to the surface of handheld transmitter (Figure C). Choose the language primarily spoken in the home. If unknown, affix the English language label. 3. If you are unable to locate the labels, please call Lennox Hearth Products or your nearest Lennox Hearth Products dealer to receive additional safety instruction labels free of charge. Cat. No. H8024 Replacement Label Kit LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS 1-800-655-2008 Note: English is red teat on clear label. French and Spanish are white text on black label. SAFETY LABEL DIAGRAMS A WARNING EXTREMELY HOT glass and fireplace Risk of Severe Burns ALWAYS KEEP CHILDREN AWAY FROM FIREPLACE APPOSITION DES MISES EN GARDE RELATIVES A LA SECURITE D'UTILISATION II est imperatif que les etiquettes de securite fournies avec le foyer Solent collees a cote des dispositifs de controle du foyer. Une etiquette de securite doit etre collee sur la plaque de I'interrupteur controlant I'allumage du foyer (voir Figure A) ou sur le thermostat mural (voir figure 8) et, le cas echeant, sur le boitier de la telecommande (Figure C). Pour achever ('installation correcte de ce foyer, procedez comme suit avec les etiquettes adhesives en langues etrangeres fournies avec les instructions d'utilisation et d'entretien : 1. Reperez I'interrupteur ou le thermostat mural qui controle le foyer (verifiez que l'interrupteur controle le fonctionnement du foyer en le faisant basculer de Marche a Arret, et vice -versa). Nettoyez soigneusement la plaque murale de I'interrupteur ou le thermostat mural pour eliminer la poussiere et les traces de graisse ou d'huile. Collez 1'etiquette sur la surface de la plaque de I'interrupteur mural qui controle le foyer (Figure A) ou du thermostat mural (Figure 8). Choisissez la langue qui est principalement parlee dans la residence du proprietaire. En cas de doute, collez I'etiquette en anglais. 2. Si une telecommande est utilisee pour controler le foyer, nettoyez la soigneusement pour eliminer la poussiere et les traces de graisse ou d'huile. Collez 1'etiquette sur le boitier de la tele- commande (Figure C). Choisissez la langue qui est principalement parlee dans la residence du propdetaire. En cas de doute, collez I'etiquette en anglais. 3. Si vous ne trouvez pas les etiquettes, veuillez appeler Lennox Hearth Products ou votre distributeur Lennox Hearth Products local pour recevoir gratuitement des etiquettes supplementaires. Etiquettes de remplacement, n° cat. H8024 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS 1-800-655-2008 Remarque : Le texte anglais est rouge sur on support transparent. Le texte frangais et espagnol est blanc sur on support noir. DIAGRAMMES DES ETIQUETTES DE SECURITE COLOCAC16N DE ADVERTENCIAS DE SEGURIDAD EN OPERAC16N Se requiere que las etiquetas de instrucciones de seguridad incluidas con la chimenea se coloquen en el punto de operacion y control de la misma. Se debe colocar una etiqueta de instrucciones de seguridad en la placa del interruptor de pared desde el cual se enciende y se apaga la chimenea (ver la Figura A) o en el termostato de pared (ver la Figura 8) y en el transmisor de control remoto (Figura C) si se usa. Para completar correctamente la instalacion de esta chimenea, encuentre las etiquetas adhesivas multilingues incluidas con las instrucciones de cuidado y operacion y haga to siguiente: 1. Identifique el interruptor o el termostato de pared que controla la chimenea (verifique que el interruptor opera la chimenea encendiendola y apagandola). Limpie bien la placa del interruptor o el termostato de pared para quitar el polvo y aceite. Pegue la etiqueta en la superficie de la placa del interruptor que controla la chimenea (Figura A) o en el termostato de pared (Figura 8). Seleccione el idioma que mas se habla en la rasa. Si no sabe cual es, use la etiqueta en ingles. 2. Si se usa un control remoto para controlar la chimenea, encuentre el transmisor y limpielo bien para quitar el polvo y aceite. Pegue la etiqueta en la superficie del transmisor (Figura C). Seleccione el idioma que mas se habla en la rasa. Si no sabe cual es, use la etiqueta en ingles. 3. Si no puede encontrar las etiquetas, sirvase Ilamar a Lennox Hearth Products o al distribuidor de Lennox Hearth Products mas cercano para recibir etiquetas de instrucciones de seguridad adicionales gratuitas. Juego de etiquetas de repuesto - NO de cat. H8024 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS 1-800-655-2008 Nota: La etiqueta en ingles es bansparente con texto roto. Las etfquetas en franks yespar%l son negras con texto b/anco. DIAGRAMAS DE ETIQUETAS DE SEGURIDAD Illustrations are for example only. Your accessories may be different. Les illustrations sont par example uniquement. Vos accessoires peuvent etre differents. Las ilustraciones son solo ejemplos. To accesorios pueden ser diferentes. WARMG Figure A Figure 8 Figure C 5f�R NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 35 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES Listed Secure Vent® Components Cat. No. Model Description Vent Sections H1968 SV4.5HT-2 Horizontal Square ® SV4.5112 12 Inch (305 mm) Termination with 771-72 SV4.5124 24 Inch (610 mm) Firestop/ Spacer (H2246) 771-73 1 SV4.5136 36 Inch (914 mm) and Adaptor(741-611) 771-74 H2152 SV4.5CGV-1 Vertical Termination Cap, 771-75 SV4.5LA Telescopic Length Slip High Wind 94L10" SV4.5HTSS Horizontal Small Square rigid) Termination with }; SV4.5E45 45 Degree Elbow Firestop/Spacer (96K80) 771-77 SV4.5E90 90 Degree Elbow and Adaptor (741-61) 1OK81 98L27" SV4.5HTSSL Horizontal Small 891-40 SFMP-12 Mill-Pac, Black, High - Square—Long Termina- Temperature Sealant, tion with Firestop/Spacer Bulk 12 pack (96K80) and Adaptor 991-02 SV4.5HRK14 Horizontal Riser Kit, (741-61) 17M52 1V4.5HGS-1 Termination Guard, SV4.5HRK36 Horizontal Riser Kit, Square (1 pack) 36 in., (Ref. Instr. (Ret. Instr.-750109M) 17M53 SV4.5HGS-12 Termination Guard, Hori- SV4.5SU Support Strap H5816 SV4.5- Through Wall Shield Kit zontal Square (12 pack) TWSK10 (used to shield the (Ref Instr. 1750109M) 871-02 SV4.5HGS Termination Guard for blown insulation) Horizontal Square Termi- (Ref. lnstr. #750247M) The following flashings come packaged with a storm collar: nation (Deluxe) (1 pack) 771-78 SV4.5F Flat Roof Flashing (Ref. Instr. f750055M) 771-79 H5820 SV4.5HTSK Termination Shroud Flashing (Guard) for Horizontal SV4.5F6 7/12 to 12!12 Adjustable Square Termination Flashing (1 pack) 771-81 SV4.5SC6 Storm Collar (6 per box) (Ref. lnstr. #750246M) H6183 H3907 SV4.5ARSA Attic Insulation Shield SF4.5HF5 Firestop Spacer, 5 in., flex \ with adjustable height, SV4.5HF-10 Firestop / Spacer—Hori- 12 in. -22 in. H1988 CTSA-33 Chase Top Shroud Kit, ing), 10 Pack Arch Top 3 X 3 Ft., SV4.5VF-10 Firestop/Spacer—Verti- (Ref. Instr. f750194M) H1985 CTSO-33 Chase Top Shroud Kit, Open Top 3 X 3 Ft., ing),10 Pack O (Ref. Instr. 0750193M) SV4.5SP H1987 CTSO-44 Chase Top Shroud Kit, Open Top 4 X 4 Ft., (Ref. Instr. #750193M) H1986 CTSO 46 Chase Top Shroud Kit, Open Top 4 X 6 Ft., (Ret. Instr. 650193M) Listed Secure Vent® Components Cat. No. Model Description Vent Sections 771-70 SV4.516 6 Inch (152 mm) 771-71 SV4.5112 12 Inch (305 mm) (Rigid) 771-72 SV4.5124 24 Inch (610 mm) 771-73 1 SV4.5136 36 Inch (914 mm) 0 771-74 SV4.5148 48 Inch (1219 mm) 771-75 SV4.5LA Telescopic Length Slip Section (2 in. to 7-1/2 in. rigid) 771-76 SV4.5E45 45 Degree Elbow 771-77 SV4.5E90 90 Degree Elbow 1OK81 SFMP Mill-Pac, Black, High - Temperature Sealant 891-40 SFMP-12 Mill-Pac, Black, High - Temperature Sealant, Bulk 12 pack 991-02 SV4.5HRK14 Horizontal Riser Kit, 14 in., (Ref. Instr. #750146M) 991-03 SV4.5HRK36 Horizontal Riser Kit, 36 in., (Ref. Instr. #750146M) 96K93 SV4.5SU Support Strap H5816 SV4.5- Through Wall Shield Kit TWSK10 (used to shield the direct -vent pipe from a blown insulation) (Ref. lnstr. #750247M) The following flashings come packaged with a storm collar: 771-78 SV4.5F Flat Roof Flashing 771-79 SV4.5FA 1/12 to 7/12 Adjustable Flashing 771-80 SV4.5F6 7/12 to 12!12 Adjustable Flashing 771-81 SV4.5SC6 Storm Collar (6 per box) H6183 SV4.5HF5 Firestop Spacer,5in.,rigid H6184 SF4.5HF5 Firestop Spacer, 5 in., flex \ H2246 SV4.5HF-10 Firestop / Spacer—Hori- zontal, rigid (3-1-1 spac- ing), 10 Pack H2247 SV4.5VF-10 Firestop/Spacer—Verti- cal, rigid (1-1-1 spac- ing),10 Pack O 96K92 I SV4.5SP Support Plate "Only for use with MPOT33 and MPD35 models. 36 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES CONTINUED Listed Secure Flex® Components Cat. # I Model I Description These termination kits include Frestop/spacer, gear clamps and flex adaptor. Model 601-10 SF -18 18 feet (5.49 m) SF4.5HT-2 Horizontal Square Termina- compressed flex tion for flex (without flex vent) 771-87 (Ref. Instr. 650053M) 98KO3 SF -12 12 feet (3.66 m)* so (with 12 in. [305 mm] compressed Rex compressed flex vent**) 771-88 (Ref. Instr. #750052M) Square Term. for flex (with in. [457 H2248 SF4.5HF-10 Firestop / Spacer— compressed flex vent**) 771-89 Horizontal, flex (3-1-1 Square Term. for flex spacing), 10 Pack H2249 SF4.5VF-10 Firestop/Spacer—Vertical, compressed flex vent**) flex(1-1-1 spacing), 10 Pk SFKIT36S 561-74 SFVT30 Vertical Termination for flex (with 36 in. [914 mm] compressed flex vent**) 771-91 (flatto 6/12) with flex adaptor, Square Term. for flex section of rigid vent, roof :O7 (with 48 in. [1219 mm] support collarassembly, roof ` "�` compressed flex vent**) flashing and storm collar. SFKIT12SS Small Square Termination for (Ref. Instr. X750052M) 561-75 SFVT45 Vertical Termination for flex (Rel. Instr 6750204M) 941-05* (6/12 to 12/12) with flex Small Square Termination for flex, with 18 In. (457 mm) of compressed flex vent** adaptor, section of rigid (Ref. Instr. ,f750204M) 94LO6* SFKIT24SS vent, roof support collar assembly, roof flashing, and storm collar. flex, with 24 in. (610 mm) of (Ref. Instr.#750052M) compressed flex vent** 91L66 SFGC4-6 GearClamp 4.5 in. (1 14mm) (Ref. Instr.1750204M) 94LO7* SFKIT36SS for flex(6 pack) 91L67 SFGC7-6 Gear Clamp 7.5 in. (190.5 flex, with 36 in. (914 mm) of compressed flex vent** mm) for flex (6 pack) (Ret. Instr. 9750204M) H7748 H7748 36 in. Flex Connector Kit. 36 in. of flex with two adaptors for mating flex, with 48 in. (1219 mm) two rigid sections of vent of compressed flex vent** (Ref. lnstr. ,0750204M) 94LO9* SF-HTSS together. 1 Termination for flex, without Listed Secure Flex® Components Cat. # Model Description H1969 SF4.5HT-2 Horizontal Square Termina- tion for flex (without flex vent) 771-87 SFKIT12S Square Term. for flex (with 12 in. [305 mm] compressed flex vent**) 771-88 SFKITI8S Square Term. for flex (with in. [457 compressed flex vent**) 771-89 SFKIT24S Square Term. for flex (with 24 in. [610 mm] compressed flex vent**) 771-90 SFKIT36S Square Term. for flex (with 36 in. [914 mm] compressed flex vent**) 771-91 SFKIT48S Square Term. for flex (with 48 in. [1219 mm] compressed flex vent**) 94L04* SFKIT12SS Small Square Termination for flex, with 12 in. (305 mm) of compressed flex vent** 1 (Rel. Instr 6750204M) 941-05* SFKIT18SS Small Square Termination for flex, with 18 In. (457 mm) of compressed flex vent** (Ref. Instr. ,f750204M) 94LO6* SFKIT24SS Small Square Termination for flex, with 24 in. (610 mm) of compressed flex vent** (Ref. Instr.1750204M) 94LO7* SFKIT36SS Small Square Termination for flex, with 36 in. (914 mm) of compressed flex vent** (Ret. Instr. 9750204M) 94L08* SFKIT48SS Small Square Termination for flex, with 48 in. (1219 mm) of compressed flex vent** (Ref. lnstr. ,0750204M) 94LO9* SF-HTSS Horizontal Small Square Termination for flex, without flex vent (Ref. Instr t750204M) *Only for use with MPDT33 and MP035 models. **All compressed flex vents can be expanded up to two times. NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 137 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS GAS CONVERSION KITS In Canada: THE CONVERSION SHALL BE CARRIED OUT BY A MANUFACTURER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE MANUFACTURER, PROVINCIAL OR TERRITORIAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CAN/CGA-B149.1 OR CAN/CGA-8149.2 INSTALLATION CODES. LA CONVERSION DEVRA ETRE EFFECTUEE CONFORMEMENT AUX RECOMMANDATIONS DES AUTORITES PROVINCIALES AYANT JURIDICTION ET CONFORMEMENT AUX EXIGENCES OU CODE WINSTALLATION CAN/ CSA -B149.1. Gas conversion kits are available to adapt your appliance from the use of one type of gas to the use of another. These kits contain all the necessary components needed to complete the task including labeling that must be affixed to ensure safe operation. Kit part numbers are listed here and the following steps detail the conversion procedure. Refer to the instructions provided with the conversion kit when performing any gas conversion. Millivolt SIT Systems Natural Gas To Propane Gas Conversion Kits Models Catalog No. MP033 H2O09 MP035 H2O11 MPD40 H2O13 MP045 H2O15 Millivolt SIT Systems Propane Gas to Natural Gas Conversion Kits Models Catalog No. MPD33 H201 MP035 H2O12 MP040 H2O14 MPD45 H2O16 381 1 NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Electronic SIT Systems Natural Gas To Propane Gas Conversion Kits Models Catalog No. MP033 H8632 MP035 H8634 MPD40 H8636 MP045 H8638 Electronic SIT Systems Propane Gas To Natural Gas Conversion Kits Models Catalog No. MPD33 H8631 MP035 H8633 MP040 H8635 MP045 H8637 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Step 1. TURN OFF THE GAS SUPPLY TO THE APPLIANCE and disconnect power supply at the circuit breaker. Ensure appliance is cold. CAUTION: THE GAS SUPPLY SHALL BE SHUT OFF PRIOR TO DISCONNECTING THE ELECTRICAL POWER, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE CONVERSION. ATTENTION: AVANT O'EFFECTUER LA CONVERSION, COUPEZ D'ABORD L'ALIMENTATION EN GAZ, ENSUITE, COUPEZ L'ALIMENTATION ELECTRIQUE. Step 2. Open the lower control compartment door (see Figure 48 on Page 27) by pushing on the right top corner of the door (the door is hinged at the bottom). [Optional] Remove the control compartment door by sliding the hinge pin, located at the door's left side, to the right until it disengages from the left corner post hole. Pull the control compartment door diagonally to the left, away from the fireplace. Step 3. Remove the front glass door/frame from the appliance (see Page 32), LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Step 4. Carefully remove the logs. Exercise care so as not to break the logs. Step 5. Refer to Figure 53, 54, or 55. A. Remove the grate and sub floor. B. Remove the two (2) screws securing the burner assembly. C. Remove the burner assembly with attached venturi tube. Millivolt and Electronic Ignition System Appliances Step 6. SIT Systems—Refer to Figure 63 and the instructions provided with the SIT Regulator Conversion Kit. Using a Torx T20 driver (with 1/4 in. shank and center hole) or slotted screwdriver, remove and discard the pressure regulator mounting screws (two screws for electronic models, three screws for millivolt models), pressure regulator tower, the diaphragm assembly (if applicable) and the spring. Discard all removed components. Step 7. Install the new pressure regulator assembly using the supplied screws as shown in Figure 63. Tighten the screws to 25 ib -in. Pressure Regulator �r Remove These Components Millivolt Valve Electronic Valve Figure 63: Regulator Conversion Step 8. Install the enclosed identification label to the valve body where it can be easily seen. Step 9. Refer to Figure 64. Remove the pilot hood assembly to access the hexed pilot orifice. Remove and replace the orifice with the one provided with the kit. Exercise extreme care to prevent damage to or breakage of the igniter assembly. Pilot Orifice F Figure 64. Millivolt Pilot (electronic pilot is similar) Step 10. Remove the orifice from the manifold and replace it with the one provided in the kit. See Table 10for orifice sizes for natural and propane models. Figure 65 illustrates the orifice. e'D Figure 65. Orifice Use pipe joint compound or Teflon tape on all pipe fittings before installing (ensure propane resistant compounds are used in propane applications, do not use pipe joint compounds on flare fittings). Step 11. Retrieve the burner and hold the venturi tube above the orifice. Place the shutter adjusting rod in the slot of the shutter arm (see Figure 60 on Page 34). Set the burner assembly into its position and secure the trapezoidal plate with the two screws previously removed. Step 12. Reinstall the baffle with the two baffle securing screws. Step 13. Reassemble the remaining components by reversing the procedures outlined in the Steps 1-5. Step 14. Attach the conversion label provided in the conversion kit next to the rating plate on the appliance. Step 15. Turn on gas supply and test for gas leaks (refer to Page 27). NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Step 16. Relight the main burner. The lighting instructions can be found on the lighting label in the control compartment or in the Care and Operation Manual provided with the appliance. Verify proper burner ignition and operation. See Burner Adjustments and Burner Flame Appearance on Page 33. Step 17. Inspect the pilot system for proper flame. The pilot flame should engulf the flame sensor as shown in Figures 49 and 50 on Page 27. Step 18. Using a manometer, test the inlet and manifold gas pressures. See Tables 2 and 3 on Page 4. ALWAYS TEST PRESSURES WITH THE VALVE REGULATOR CONTROL AT THE HIGHEST SETTING. Model Nat.Gas Propane Series drill sur (inches) drib size (Indies) MPDT33 #47 (0.0785 in.)* 0.048 in. MPDR33 99K740 99K78- #44 (0.086 in.)* 055 (0.052 in.)* MPD35 60,180• 191.52• MPD40 #38 (0.102 in.)* 0.062 in. 99IC76• 211.01• #37 (0.104 in.)* #52 (0.0635 in.)* MPD45 24111110• 37600• Standardsw idled at factory •PM40. llkxoba r Table 10. Burner Orifice Sizes Elevation 0-4500 ft ( 0-1372 m) 39 LENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS • MERIT PLUS® DIRECT VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD33/35/40/45) • INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Lennox Hearth Products reserves the right to make changes at any time, without notice, in design, materials. specifications, prices and also to discontinue colors, styles and products. Consult your local distributor for fireplace code information. LENNOX®, the LENNOX design, DAVE LENNOX, the image of DAVE LENNOX and other related LENNOX marks are registered or common law trademarks of Lennox Industries Inc. and are used with permission. Printed in U.S.A. © 2012 Lennox Hearth Products LLC P/N 506015-07 Rev. A 08/2012 L ENNOX HEARTH PRODUCTS 1508 Elm Hill Pike, Suite 108 • Nashville, TN 37210 MERIT"PLUS DIRECT -VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MP035/40/45, MPDR33, MPDT33) • SPECIFICATIONS TYPICAL INSTALLATION / LOCATIONS FRAMING DIMENSIONS VENT FRAMING: Framing should be TOP VENT WITH ONE constructed of 2X4 so° ELBOW 10-1/2 (267) or larger lumber. VENT FRAMING: REAR VENT WITH NO ELBOWS 7 5-1/0 (17.) 130) 12-1/8 (308) 7 s -1/e ne) B D (130) 12-1/8 130.) C E A \� � Inches (mm) Dimension "E" is the required framing depth when the finish material (drywall) thickness is 1/2 in. (13mm). Model No. - 11 Printed in U.S.A. ©2012 Lennox Hearth Products a VERTICAL VENT (Rear Vent Application) (Top Vent Application) E MPDT33 in. HORIZONTAL VENT HORIZONTAL VENT HORIZONTAL VENT Ie- (Rear Vent Application (Top Vent Application) with a chase) without a chase) In. 33 1/4 33 1/4 l/ ----- 12 7/8 mm 845 845 498 ----- ym y �� z In. 35 1/4 oy 21 11116 39 3/4 16 H 406 MPD40 in. 40 1!4 40 1!4 26 11/16 44 3/4 16 Tim 1022 1022 678 1137 REAR VENT MPD45 in. 451/4 z TOP VENT APPLICATION i6 a 406 APPLICATION r nm O N� O 2 -A TOP VENT TOP VENT ga APPLICATION APPLICATION a4 yb , a FRAMING DIMENSIONS VENT FRAMING: Framing should be TOP VENT WITH ONE constructed of 2X4 so° ELBOW 10-1/2 (267) or larger lumber. VENT FRAMING: REAR VENT WITH NO ELBOWS 7 5-1/0 (17.) 130) 12-1/8 (308) 7 s -1/e ne) B D (130) 12-1/8 130.) C E A \� � Inches (mm) Dimension "E" is the required framing depth when the finish material (drywall) thickness is 1/2 in. (13mm). Model No. - 11 Printed in U.S.A. ©2012 Lennox Hearth Products VERTICAL VENT VERTICAL VENT (Rear Vent Application) (Top Vent Application) E MPDT33 in. HORIZONTAL VENT HORIZONTAL VENT HORIZONTAL VENT (Rear Vent Application (Rear Vent Application (Top Vent Application) with a chase) without a chase) In. FRAMING DIMENSIONS VENT FRAMING: Framing should be TOP VENT WITH ONE constructed of 2X4 so° ELBOW 10-1/2 (267) or larger lumber. VENT FRAMING: REAR VENT WITH NO ELBOWS 7 5-1/0 (17.) 130) 12-1/8 (308) 7 s -1/e ne) B D (130) 12-1/8 130.) C E A \� � Inches (mm) Dimension "E" is the required framing depth when the finish material (drywall) thickness is 1/2 in. (13mm). Model No. - 11 Printed in U.S.A. ©2012 Lennox Hearth Products A B C D E MPDT33 in. 33 1!4 33 1/4 ----- 37 3/4 12 7/8 mm 845 845 ----- 959 327 MPDR33 In. 33 1/4 33 1/4 19 5/8 ----- 12 7/8 mm 845 845 498 ----- 327 MPD35 In. 35 1/4 35 1/4 21 11116 39 3/4 16 mm 895 895 551 1010 406 MPD40 in. 40 1!4 40 1!4 26 11/16 44 3/4 16 Tim 1022 1022 678 1137 406 MPD45 in. 451/4 401/4 2611/16 443/4 i6 mm 1149 1022 678 1137 406 CORNER FRAMING DIMENSIONS (HORIZONTAL TERMINATION) 00 -© MPD and MPDR units moa F \I� MPD and MPO T units °'' i\(178 (178 mm) C E B Back wall of chase/enclosure (including any finishing materials) Model No. A B C D E F MPDT33 in. 331/8 481/2 34 5/16 17 3/16 241/4 5 MPDR33 mm 841 1232 872 437 616 127 In. 351/8 571/2 405/8 193/16 283/4 61/8 MP035 mm 892 1461 1032 487 730 156 in. 40 1/8 613/16 43 11/32 19 3/16 30 11/16 77 MP048 mm 1019 1554 1101 487 779 200 in. 451/8 66 318 4615/16 19 3/16 33 3/16 93/4 MPD45 mm 1146 1686 1192 487 843 248 Note: • Rear Vent Applications in Corner Installations: The horizontal vent length (from aQ to ©) must not exceed 28 inches (711 mm). • MPDT33 AND MPDR33 Models: Dimensions A through F occur when one 45 -degree elbow is connected directly to the appliance collar. • MP035, MPD40, and MPD45 Models: Dimensions D through F occur when one 45 -degree elbow is connected directly to the appliance collar. C/I/A//7Y 1 "=� NOTE: DIAGRAMS &ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. LEN__N7LIX SPECIFICATIONS ® Merit"' Plus MPD/MPDT/MPDR MERIT -Mus HEARTH P/POD"TS Direct -Vent Gas Fireplaces SERAES PRODUCT INFORMATION MODELS MILLIVOLT: Shipping Weight ELECTRONIC: 33" Models MPDT33RNM MPD40RNM MPDT33RNE MPD40RNE To download additional literature for this product, MPDT33RPM MPD40RPM MPOR33RNE MPD45RNE visit www.LennoxHearthProduCts.com. MPDR33NRM MPD45RNM MPDR33RPM MPD45RPM MPD35RNE 45" Models MPD35RNM 23.0 cu. ft. Flue 4-1/2" (114 mm); MPD35RPM 30 1/8 Combustion Air Header PRODUCT INFORMATION Model Shipping Weight Shipping Volume 33" Models 98 lbs. 13.1 cu. it. 35" Models 113 lbs. 15.8 cu. it. 40" Models 147 lbs. 20.2 cu. ft. 45" Models 160 lbs. 23.0 cu. ft. VENT SIZE Coaxial 4-1/2"Inner Direct -Vent 7-1/2" Outer Pipe (Louvered Front Model Shown) FIREPLACE DIMENSIONS A Top View C 0 (Louvered Front Model Shown) F Rear/Side G J Framing L Concentric Flue: Spacers H Flue 4-1/2" (114 mm); 33 1/8 30 1/8 Combustion Air Header `" '� 7-1/Z'(190 mm). Spacing 10314 See Note [1]. Top 811/32 22/3 Standoffs mm 841 765 432 699 841 498 546 273 173 76 212 70 330 MP035 in. J 32 1/8 19 291/2 35 1/8 Front View 247/8 NIFSAF Tested & Portland Listed By Oregon USA C us OMNI -Test Laboratories, Inc. OTL Report No. 11 6-1-139-5_j Both millivolt and electronic versions of these appliances are listed by OMNI -Test Laboratories for installation in bedrooms and Manufactured Homes. NOTICE Diagrams, illustrations, and photographs are not to scale. Consult fireplace Installation Instructions. Product designs, materials, dimensions, specifications, colors, and prices are subject to change or discontinuance without notice. NOTE Eyebrow hood shown as positioned in louvered front model. Gas Inlet (either 6 (152) side and bottom) Optional Electrical Inlet Knockout requiring a Field -Provided Junction Box (either side) —� 1-3/8 (35) — K—a. ME Right Side View �---N 1/2 (13) r L ' F (Rear Vent 141-5/8 (42) Models Only) M Electrical Inlet 2-3/4" x 2" (70 x 51 mm) Cover Plate -4 with Knockout Notes: [1 ] MPD models have a top and rear vent. MPDR models have a rear vent only. MPDT models have a top vent only. Model No. A B C 0 E F G H J K L M N MPDT30 MPOR30 in. 33 1/8 30 1/8 17 271/2 33 1/8 195/8 21 1/2 10314 613/16 3 811/32 22/3 13 mm 841 765 432 699 841 498 546 273 173 76 212 70 330 MP035 in. 35 1/8 32 1/8 19 291/2 35 1/8 21 11/16 247/8 127/16 9 3 9 3 16 MITI 892 816 483 749 892 551 632 316 220 76 220 76 406 MP040 In. 401/8 24 341/2 401/8 2611/16 297/8 14 15/16 9 3 9 3 16 mm 10610 876 1019 678 759 379 220 76 220 76 406 MP045 in. 40 24 391/2 451/8 2611/16 347/8 177/16 9 3 9 3 16 mm 11610 1003 1146 678 886 443 220 76 220 76 406 Printed in U.S.A. © 2012 Lennox Hearth Products NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. MERIT`M PLUS DIRECT -VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD35/40/45, MPDR33, MPDT33) • SPECIFICATIONS FINISHING REQUIREMENTS Wall Details To install the appliance facing flush with the finished wall, position framework to accommodate thickness of finished wall, as shown below. Combustible Finished Wall Materials This area must remain clear of combustible materials. Min. 1" Combustible (25 mm) material may touch top of appliance. Header Combustible spacing Top Standoff materials NOT allowed below this pointer Top of Appliance on face ofapplience. Radiant panel Top of Door Frame Hood must be installed as shown. Clean Face Models Combustible Finished Wall This area must remain Materials clear of combustible materials. rHeader Combustible material may touch top of appliance. Combustible materials NOT allowed below this point on faceC Top of Appliance afappliance. 11— Louvers Top of Door Frame Hood must) be installed as shown. Louver Face Models Printed in U.S.A. © 2012 Lennox Hearth Products MANTEL CLEARANCES Inches (mm) 12 305 MANTEL 10 (254) MANTEL 8 (203 MANTEL 14 12 6 (152) MANTEL (356) (305) 4 (102) MANTEI VE (254) (203) + 2 (51) MALATE 16 (1 52) 4 1 (162) CA/A/- 17V NOTE - Hood shown as positioned in louvered front model. The hood position in the flush faced front model is lower than shown. TOP OF APPLIANCE NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. MERIT" PLUS DIRECT -VENT GAS FIREPLACES (MPD35/40/45, MPDR33, MPDT33) • SPECIFICATIONS ROOF FRAMING DIMENSIONS Pitch C D 0/12 10-1/2 in 10-1/2 in o(0) (267 mm) (267 mm) 6/12 10-1/2 in 12 in Top: 3 in (76 mm) O Sides & Bottom:1 in (25.4 mm) (267 mm) (305 mm) 12/12 10-1/2 in 17-3/4 in Shelff Height (267 mm) 1 (451 mm) CEILING OPENING FRAMING ��Min. 10-1/1" (267 mm) � Min. 10-1/2" (267 mm) *See "ROOF FRAMING DIMENSIONS," above. GAS LINE ROUTING 3" (76 m Left Side Front Corner of Fireplace Framing Pipe Coupling (Recommended) SECURING UNIT TO FRAMING BY UNIT NAILING FLANGES IMPORTANT! Bend up the appropriate header spacing top standoffs before installing the fireplace. Header Spacing Top Standoffs (two pairs on front edge of firebox top) Lift up outer pair for 1/2" finish materials. Lift up inner pair for 5/8" finish materials Unit Nailing Flange (No clearance to combustible framing is required.) Side I Framing Left Side Front Corner of Fireplace shown (right side requirements are the same) NOTE: The nailing flanges, combustible members, and screw heads in areas directly adjacent to the nailing flanges are EXEMPT from the 1/2" clearance to combustible requirements for the firebox outer wrapper. Combustible framing may be in direct contact with the nailing flanges and may be located closer than 1/2" from screw heads and the firebox wrapper in areas adjacent to the nailing flanges. Frame the opening to the exact dimensions specified in the framing details in this manual. 6-1/2" (1522 mm) I SHELF HEIGHT MINIMUM LEARANCES Do not insulate the Do not insulate the space between the space between the Sides appliance and the appliance and the o(0) area above it. area above it. From Bottom of Unit to Ceiling 64 in (1626 mm) _ Top: 3 in (76 mm) O Sides & Bottom:1 in (25.4 mm) T_ Front 1 3 If (0.9 m) 33-1/4 (845) 33-1/4 (845) MP035 Shelff Height 48-1/4 (1226) 35-1/4 (895) Shell Height (seetatrteJ (see table) 51-1/2 (1308) 53-1/4 (1353) 40-1/4 (1022) MINIMUM CLEARANCES TO COMBUSTIBLES M Back 1/2 in (13 mm) 0 (0) from Spacers or Dimples Sides 1/1 in (13 mm) 0 (0) from Spacers Or Dimples Top Spacers o(0) Floor 0 (0) From Bottom of Unit to Ceiling 64 in (1626 mm) Vent Top: 3 in (76 mm) O Sides & Bottom:1 in (25.4 mm) SERVICE CLEARANCES Front 1 3 If (0.9 m) O 3 in (75 mm) above any horizontal/inclined vent component. O See Page 2 of this document for clearance requirements to nailing flanges on each side of unit and any adjacent screw heads. MINIMUM DISTANCE TO SIDE WALL Combustible Materials Allowed In Shaded Top View Of Area "Safe Zone" Fireplace 12" Min. oDistanceProtected 8-1/4" To Protected Perpendicular Side Side Side Wall Wall Wall Min. Distance To 14" —0- - Unprotected Perpendicular Side Walt Combustible materials may project beyond one side of the fireplace opening as long as they are kept within the shaded areas illustrated here. Shelf Above Fireplace With Rear Venting Shelf Above Fireplace With Top Venting "� Printed in U.S.A. © 2012 Lennox Hearth Products =�� NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Combustible Shelf Height - Inches (millimeters) Models Top Vent - with One 96 Degree Elbow Rear Vent - Straight Out Back Secure Vent Secure Flex Secure Vent Secure Flex MPDT33 MPDR33 44-1/2 (1130) 46-1/4 (1175) 33-1/4 (845) 33-1/4 (845) MP035 46-1/2 (1181) 48-1/4 (1226) 35-1/4 (895) 35-1/4 (895) MPD40 MP045 51-1/2 (1308) 53-1/4 (1353) 40-1/4 (1022) 40-1/4 (1022) "� Printed in U.S.A. © 2012 Lennox Hearth Products =�� NOTE: DIAGRAMS & ILLUSTRATIONS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Bonding Company's Name (if applicable) Bonding Company's Address City State Mortgage Lender's Name (if applicable) Mortgage Lender's Address City State zip Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet the standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS, POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS and AIR CONDITIONERS, ETC..... OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. "WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COIVINIENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT." Nonce to Applicant: As a condition to the issuance of a building permit with an estimated value exceeding $2500, the applicant must promise in good faith that a copy of the notice of commencement and construction lien law brochure will be delivered to the person whose property is subject to attachment. Also, a certified copy of the recorded notice of commencement must be posted at the job site for the first inspection which occurs seven (7) days after the building permit ' ' sued. In the absence of such posted notice, the inspection will not be approved and a reinspection fee will be charged. Signature Signature er r Agent Contractor The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before , me this The fore instrument was acknowledgedbefore me thisa:J day of Q �3 by -J -A ( ( C4 6—'-)0 � S day of CA t 20 0, by' le5 wh is personally knownto or who has producedo is personally knowh to m or who hasproduced As identification and who did take an oath. as identification and who did take an oath. NOTARY PUBLIC: Sign: aa," Print: lay REBEMMIRM a ; "•,, My Commission E4 MY COMMISSION 6 DD 976807 EXPIRES: April 3, 2014 Bonded ft Budget Mataiq 3ervIm APPROVED BY Plans Examiner Structural Review (Revised 3/12/2012)(Revised 07/10/07)(Revised 06/10/2009)(Revised 3/15/09) NOTARY PUBLIC: Sign: Print: My Pres:REBECCA GARM A * MY COMMISSION 9 DD 976807 EXPIRES: April 3,2b14 Bonded Thru Bucket Not= swrim Zoning Clerk BUILDING PERMIT APPLI Miami Shores Village Building Department 10050 N.E.2nd Avenue, Miami Shores, Florida 33138 TA! (Inil 795.2204 Fax: (305) 756.8972 PHONE NUMBER: (305) 762.4949 J0 k 0 R ed- FBC 201,® Permit No. Master Permit No. � 45L3 115 Permit Type: BUILDING ROOFING JOB ADDRESS:—t Yot a4Z . ( S City: Miami Shores County: Miami Dade Zip: Folio/Parcel#: Is the Building Historically Designated: Yes NO '✓ Flood Zone: OWNER: Name (Fee Simple Titleholder). TS OR t CMone#: Address: 6 0 r7Z City: C i, C State: gip: 3 �/ Tenant/Lessee Name: - Phone#: Email: — CONTRACTOR: Company Name: /LA 1Ij < (� (-c Phone#: 3TC Address: 0 C9 /IF City: / / State: �(e a �zip. Qualifier Name.Phone# moo/ 2 State Certification or Registration #. Certificate of Competency #: Contact Phone#: Email Address: _0 71A CL 6 At S?> (2 s Cl d 0-" DESIGNER: Architect/Engineer: _ ® U—Gve- 0'. -CU Co Phone#: Value of Work for this Permit: $ �'� Square/Linear Footage of Work: Type of Work: A�Addition DAlteration ONew ORepair/Replace ODemolition Description of Work: 0 TT 15 -Xr old Color thru tile: Ft Submittal Fee Scanning Fee $ Permit Fee $ CCF $ CO/CC $ Radon Fee $ Notary $ Training/Education Fee $ Double Fee $ Structural Review $ DBPR $ Bond $ Technology Fee $ TOTAL FEE NOW DUE $ Bonding Company's Name (if applicable) Bonding Company's Address City State Mortgage Lender's Name (if applicable) Mortgage Lender's Address City State zip Zip f, - Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet the standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS, POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS and AIR CONDITIONERS, ETC..... OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. "WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT." Notice to Applicant: As a condition to the issuance of a building permit with an estimated value exceeding $2500, the applicant must promise in good faith that a copy of the notice of commencement and construction lien law brochure will be delivered to the person whose property is subject to attachment. Also, a certified copy of the recorded notice of commencement must be posted at the job site for the first inspection which occurs seven (7) days after the building permit is issued. In the absence of such posted notice, the inspection will not be approved and a reinspection fee will be charged. The �gBl4 H Zp�e e me this day of t who is person to me or who has produced- As identification and who did take an oath. NOTARY PilBiIfc- " - Sign: Print: My C APPROVED BY A! Signature y `clay of who is Plans Examiner l Structural Review (Revised 3/12/2012)(Revised 07/10/07)(Revised 06/10/2009)(Revised 3/15/09) has produced ARY PUBLIC: Sign: Print:La My Commission Expire . Zoning Clerk w ,Job R t 'Truss ITruss Type .. �p--'> ty -TPIy - IGOMEZ-BASSOLS (Jp 16138 ' {A3 :SPECIAL TRUSS i7 1 Jab Reverence oopttorillL DECO TRUSS COMPANY INC., Princeton, FL 33032 7. 350 s SeM o 27J� Mrr.k ind_vatria. nc. T u 9 Au 20 09:1823 lima, ee o , D ,�!a T E N - - r �A - 4.00112 3x4 L 528 3x10 MT20H 3x4 4i, 3x4 3 - - 2 ) 27 19 33 3x4 i 32 3x4 -o- 21 04 - 7x10 M18SHS U -U 21-4-0 15 5-6-0 5x6 = 6 29 f18 ,A x10 M18SHS= 35 �r�yCyxt'Z 31-8-0 C c : Scale = 1:53.7 3x4 z 5X4 -. -c 8 17 2 I 3x4 c 36 16 13 1 46 Plate Offsets (X Y)- 11:0-3-7 Edoe] f6:0 -3-0.0-2-4j, [12:0-2-12.0-1-41, [14.0 0108: 2-8 Edge) [21:0 -2 -5,04) -Bl LOADING (psi) SPACING 240-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) I/deO Lid PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.65 Vert(LL) 0.92 18 >412 360 MT20 2441190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.83 Vert(TL) -1.54 18 >246 240 MT20H 1871143 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress [nor YES WB 0.85 Horz(TL) 0.79 13 n/a rda M18SHS 2441190 BCDL 10.0, Code FRC2010/fP12007 : (Matra- M) Weight: 167 lb FT -0% LUMBER BRACING TOPCHORD 2x4 SP M 31 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2.4-11 oc purlins, except end verticals. BOT CHORD 2x4 SP M 31, -Except! BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 4-1-11 oc bracing. F3,F4: 2x4 SP No.2 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed WEBS 2x4 SP No 2 dudn truss erectlon, In accordance with Stabilizer Installation m9de. REACTIONS (Ib/size) 1-152010,8-0 (min. 0-1-10), 13=147510-S-0 (min. 0.1-8) Max Horz 1-2(LC 4) Max Upffftl-1048(LC 3), 13-1025(LC 3) Max Grsv1=1951(LC 6), 13=1894(LC 6) FORCES 0b) - Max. CompJMax. Ten. - All forces 250 (lb) or less except waren shown. TOP CHORD 1-27-45952361, 2-27=-452211374, 2-3=-655313364, 3-4=-6523!3372, 4-=-7513MB82, 5-28-7652/3832, 6-28=7651/3943, 6-29-7618fd926, 7-29-7690/3916, 7-8=-7239/3768, 8.9=5917/3101, 9-10=5612/2937, 10-11-56602932, 11-12-8554/1864, 12-13=1806/1017 BOT CHORD 1-30=223314151, 1-31-2133/4257, 21-31-213314257, 21-32-2180/4350, 2D-32=217014360, 20-33=-3138/6419, 19-33-312816428, 19.34-3564r/323, 18-34-35558332, 1 B-35-353417208, 17-35= 354911195, 17-36-2828/5731,16.36-283115720, 16-37-2732/5512, 15-37-2736/5500, 15-38-1751/3391,14-38-1758/3385,14-39-258/463, 13.39-258/463 WEBS 2-21-13021717, 2-2D-9312011, 4-20-890/483, 4.19-417/883, 5-19=-400/256, 5.18-2421492, 6.18-2084/4371, 7-18-237/677, 7-17-8911535, 8-17-808/1691, 11-14--1716)932,12-14-1475)2868,9-15-981/498,8-16=-691=, 11-15-11422470 NOTES a 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vuit=175mph (3 -second gust) Vasd=136mph; TCDL�,S.Opsi; BCDL=5.Dpsf•, h-24fk Cat. 0; Exp C; End., GCpt=01r(2) 3-2-0, Intertor(1) 3.2-0 to 12-8-0, Extedor(2) 124W to 15-10-0, Interior(1)194)-0 to 28-0-12; Lumber DOL -1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 3) Ali plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4) All plates are 1x4 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 5) The sold section of the plate Is required to be placed over the spfice line at joint(s) 6. 6) Plate(s) at joint(s) 3, 10, 1, 1, 21, 21, 14, 14, 13, 13, 2, 20, 4, 19, 5, 18, 7,17, 8, 11, 12, 22, 23, 15, 9 and 16 checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about its center. RECEIVED 7) Plete(sj at joint(s) 6 checked iqr a plus or minus 3 degree rotation about its center. 8) Bearing at joird(s) 13 considers parallel to grain value using ANSViPI 1 angie to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 9) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 1 DO Ib uplift at jo[nt0Y except (jt=Ib) 1=1048, 13=1025. APR 0 2014 10) This tnrss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 200.0Ib dead located at all mid panels and at alL panel points along the Bottom Chord, nonconcurrem with er y other five loads. 11) "Semi-rigid pitchbreaks with fixed heels' Member end fixity modal was used In the analysis and design of this truss. Problem '' Right side been cut back for approximately 4" Solution: 1) Scab 3/4" x 24" long (min.) cdx. Plywood on each side CUT TO GEOMETRY OF 2) USE 10dx3" long or # 8 x 2 Y2" long wood screw 3) Provide 10-10d nails on each side on top chord ( total of 20) 4) Provide 12-10d nails on each side of diagonal member ( total of 24) 5) Provide 12-10d nails on each side of bottom chord ( total of 24) 6) Care must be taken not to split the lumber USSES 74� THIS REPAIR BEEN DONE FOR DECO TRUSS COMPANY �52 - P1 - Miami Shores Village Building Department 10050 N.E.2nd Avenue, Miami Shores, Florida 33138 jTel: (305) 795.2204 Fax: (305) 756.8972 N CTION'S PH NUMBER: (305) 762.4949 BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION Permit Type: BUILDING JOB ADDRESS: 137 NE 92 Street MAY 0 2 2014 FBC 20 Permit No. RC -5-13-1155 Master Permit No. ROOFING City: Miami Shores County: Miami Dade 4p: 33138 Folio/Parcel#: 1132060133170 Is the Building Historically Designated: Yes NO Flood Zone: OWNER: Name (Fee Simple Titleholder): Isabel Gomez-Bassols Phone#: AAA-- 137 NE 92 Street City: Miami Shores State: FL Tenant/Lessee Name: Phone#: Email: 33138 CONTRACTOR: Company Name: Amcon Group Phone#: 305-598-1112 Address: 9800 SW 92 Avenue City: Miami State: FL Zip: Qualifier Name: Edward Weller Phone#: _ State Certification or Registration #: CGC1522000 Certificate of Competency #: 33176 Contact Phone#: Email Address: DESIGNER: Architect/Engineer: Jorge Nuche Design Group Phone#: 786-290-8616 Value of Work for this Permit: $ SquarelLinear Footage of Work: Type of Work: OAddition O,t A�lPteration ONew ORepair/Replace ODemolition Description of Work:_ X10 dam- �t ��'�"�%i � 0 / Submittal Fee Scanning Fee $ Color thru tile: Permit Fee $ Radon Fee $ Notary $ Training/Education Fee $ Double Fee $ Structural Review $ CCF $ CO/CC $ DBPR $ Bond $ Technology Fee $ TOTAL FEE NOW DUE $ Bonding Company's Name (if applicable) Bonding Company's Address City State Mortgage Lender's Name (if applicable) Mortgage Lender's Address City State Zip Zip Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet the standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS, POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS and AIR CONDITIONERS, ETC..... OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. "WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT." Notice to Applicant. As a condition to the issuance of a building permit with an estimated value exceeding $2500, the applicant must promise in good faith that a copy of the notice of commencement and construction lien law brochure will be delivered to the person whose property is subject to attachment. Also, a certified copy of the recorded notice of commencement must be posted at the job site for the first inspection which occurs seven (7) days after the building permit is issued. In the absence of such posted notice, the inspection will not be approved and a reinspection fee will be charged Signature Owner or Agent The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this -G day of , 20 � -O take an oath. Signatt +- Contractor The foregoing instrum t,eWd� dged before me this -%-A Sign: Print. My CommissionX.xpit / My Commission APPROVED BY Plans Examiner PkIS'bV — Structural Review (Revised 3/12/2012)(Revised 07/10/0l)(Revised 06110/2009)(Revised 3/15/09) Zoning Clerk Jct; 11russ Truss Type pq my UUIY 1-tlHJJJLJ w" 813E A2 1 SPECIAL TRUSS . 3 1 ,JrtiReferance �onrlaq p �p +R , C MPAN1' INC.. Pnneeton, F 33032 7.950.5 Se«�_27 2C."2 t..'rre! Intistras, Inc i ue Auy 20 OQ 19 18 2015 Paoe 1 ID:x01286ZecIIQ30He. ZU6K__BEY-YgGE.Z-4fB';MESuiAjaYg-TbOcCY•._uwcP?4vZ?IC;1ym08d 5-4-3 6-10-2 12-4-1 15-104 2i -4-02r 0 2 r6 0 27-15 _ 31-E-0 5-4-S 3-5-15 3-5 15 ?1_11 5 5-6-0 2-4-0 2-0-C 24-0 MAY 0 2 2014 2 1x4 It 276 4.00 F1_2 528 ?0 We 4 W� 3 W3 ✓ 19 33 l 21 y 5x10 MT20H- 1X4 II 1x4 II 32 LOADING (psi) SPACING 2-0-0 TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TCOL 15.0 Lumber increase 1.33 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES BCDL 10.0 Code FRC2D10/TP12007 . t LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 SP M 31 BOT CHORD 2x4 SP M 31 -Except' F3;F4: 2x4 SP Not WEBS 2x4 SP Not Scale = 1:54.1 4x4 = This repair has been done for Deco Truss Company 6 Project address. 137 NW 92 STREET, Miami Shores, FL �•\ =``�, 3X10 W7 5X10 MT20H= 35 375 12� SIX 4 1 15-104 -15 '3.5-15 '21:0 -2-4 Edge] (21:0.1-11,0.3-41 CSI TC 0.43 BC 0.47 WB 0.76 (Matrix -M) f. 1 x4 I] i 36 13 16 X4 It 1®illsl 14 '12 PR6vE0 1x4P1l 5x6 Z:� 1x4 11 ®KING DEPT 1X4 If D DE�i' �( { 3-wB IFAT&10 `27=1 t�)A 31� d _ALL 5 60 0 2-0-0 2-30-ATA9 RP DEFL in (ioc) I/defl Ud PLATES GRIP Vert(LL) 0.5319-20 >485 360 MT20 244M90 Vert(TL) 0.4619-20 >554 240 MT20H 187/143 HorZ(TL) -020 17 We We Weight- 1671b FT = 0°b BRACING TOP CHORD Strudtuei wood sheathing directly applied or 4-8-3 cc pwtm, except end verticals. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 3-313 oo bracing. Except 39.0 oc bracing' 21-26 WEBS 1 Row at nddpt 7-18 Mrrek racommends•that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed REACTIONS pfaize) 1=921M-8-0 (min. 0 1-8), 13=259/0-6-0 (mtn. 0-1-8),17=181510-8-0 (min. 0-1-12) Max Hort 1=259(LC 3) Max Upffft1=1917(LC 3), 17-34D4(LC 3) Max Grav1=1066(LC 2), 13=418(LC 10), 17=2101(LC 2) FORCES (lb) -Max. CompJMex Ten. - All forces 260 (Ib) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1.27=-2323/4249, 2-27=2258/4256, 2-3=-2757/5497, 34=-2703!5503, 4-6=-2470/5022, 5-281512/2986, 6-28�-1502tr2997, 6-29=1462981, 7-29=155=971,746--231111326,8-91--158()/674, 9-10=-1448!591, 10-11=14541578, 1112`608/112, 12-13---3M/11 BOT CHORD 1-30=-3566/1889, 1-31=-41812141, 21-31,-418112141, 21-32=4226/2193, 2D-32-422112202,21)-33-524012686, 19.33=523412695, 19-34=-4490/2406, 18.34-"" 2414, 18-35=-12822759, 1 7-3 5-1 31 21275 1, 17-36=-624/1654, 16.36,-631/1650, 1637=-556/1590, 15-37,-571/1584, 15.38,-98/529, 14-38,-108/522 WEBS 2-21=809/862, 2-20,-1178/479, 4-19,-324/554, 5-19,-872275, 5.18,-10172081, r-18=14991543.7-18=-49=623,7-17-132112072. 617=1136/890, 11-14=387/199, 12-14=-101/444, 9-15=-419/196, 8-16=191/408, 11-15,-710/1304 PR R0 TRUSSES MISSING VERTICAL LEG OVER THE EXISTING TIE BEAM SOLUTI SCAB 2X6 N0.2 KD. SO. PINE ON EACH SIDE OF THE TRUSS WITH 10d NAILS AT 4" Q.C. TO TOP, BOTTOM CHORDS AND VERTICAL MEMBER IN. OF 5-1Dd TO TOP Od TO VERTICAL WEB, TOTAL OF 16-10d AT EACH SIDE)HORD, 55—lDd TO BOTTOM AND 6 PROVIDE 2X6 VERTICAL BLOCKING BETWEEN THE 2X6 SCABS TO FILL THE GAP WITH 10d NAILS AT 12" O -C, FROM EACH SIDE USE 7 X 4 X 3/6 STEEL ANGLE ON EACH SIDE WITH 2— W0 THRU—BOLTS (A-307, SHEAR CAP. PARALLEL TO LUMBER 3300 Ib) AND 1— 470 X 6" LONG EXPANSION BOLT ON EACH SIDE, PROVIDE 2X4 BLOCKING AT THE PLYWOOD EDGES WITH 3-1Od TOE NAILS (TOP & BOTTOM) NAIL r CDX. PLYWOOD TO VERTICAL LEG AND BLOCKING WITH 3-10d NAILS AT 3' O.C. TRUSS 807rW CHORD 2X4 BLOCKING AT NOTE FOR CONNECTIONYSOOD EDGES S� 2— 2X6 Nc.2 KD. SO, PINE VERTICAL LEG OVER EXISTING TIE BEAM AT EACH OF TRUSS FORCCOAXNNECDND REFER TO NO� 10"X9je X4'/4'X9(itz X4"STEEL— BEND PLATE WITH 2— %"0 THRU—BOLTS & Wo EXP. BOLT INTO EXISTING ME BEAM ON EACH SIDE OF VERTICAL LEG (TYPICAL) EXISTING TB .k --C T MASONRY WALL _ o EEXTERIO Z 2- 4' 4' .t PROJECT:Desi n Inspection 11,111-11 wlV SUBJECT: �° SHEET NO.:,e V A Z I R I & ASSOCIATES, INC. � c'of.�/ C �� �� S Restoration S T R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S JOB NO.: DATE: DESIGNED BY: Investigation 4993 S.W. 74 CT. SUITE B PH. 305.663.5617 /�.. OF SHEETS Reports MIAMI, FL 33155 FAX 305.663.5614 .�.---' -..- -------------- ._ __ __ - _. ._ _ _ ___ _.. i----__- ....... - ----t^--- t__-...�------ ---_•-_t.._---6_- '-t"'--i•"---:"-'- F.............:......''---......' ------- 37 -' -f---------------- ------- --_-•--r: _ _ _...�..-•'--'t-'----}--• ---- - - - _} - -;---'-- }------}------ -'F---"-�-"'._ • : : : : - - - - ---- .___;-____...4---' - -__ ____}....'}._-__ _--_--}_.----F-_._--}------ i------ -----' F_-----}_-----4------'+'----- ;.__._ ' - _-_ --------t�t--- -4------ )C ----- Y�� x l_ • r r ; :-------- , -- , • r� -y- I -- -- ---- ............. . � -------- V•'_Et�rl---- ----- ----'- - --------------- -- --------------------- - - - . . L • , 1 I _ �--� r , , - 4 �� ° - �/t - a!! k t --=T----'----- ' -'t ; -; - � - ------}✓ �+°� ,lam ------ ------ =--�- - -` –IlA ��-Y ----.F.............4------------- I'------ i------ 4------ �------- -----F------ +------ '�------ �------- ------ F------ ------------- +------ r�T' .- f rte' --------------------- ----• „• O LLII _.>_.-... •- --------- �..... .•....--.>..._.""-..._,.._ : • . --'-''-----":-----'t- .r r - • , , J • _ r . ; • • r • r r • , • r • r • � r • , .............w..-._.r.....r__....«._..-_.-__-_..._...._.,....._r..___.,... _.__.____._i_.____r_.. _. r............_.._.....__..w.._...t___._..___...u__..-t_.._..w_.__...___.._s_.___.w_...._r..__.. ` • , , r • , r r • , • , : : : r . , r • • , • r r • • r _ • .-- ._ _ __------ ---------------------_. • I , r • : • t AJ-117-AL , •1-4 I �•- •• _• • , : 1 r : r r ' Aar -- - -- - _-. r = .r ------------ , •rr' _-- looll Reorder From NESS CUMM"printing serrrke 1.800.868-6327 NESS, Inc. Peterborough, NH 03458 www.rrebs.=n M. No:0 0 Rea PROJECT: Design Inspection " SUBJECT: SHEET NO.: VAZIRI & ASSOCIATES, INC.- �� I< Restoration STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS JOB NO.: DA DESIGNED BY: Investigation S.W. 74 CT. SUIT of SHEM Reports SUITE B PH. 305.663.5617 � +� !�^ MIAMI, FL 33155 FAX 305.663.5614 - - G� - .............. c� T - - ------ -- - - - A - - . ---A----- ---t ;----- r - - --- - t ; - ----} - ---- - E -- i . . . --- : �---7 - r , ---� -- -----------'----------------------- `-----'----- T �--�------�--•----------- ---- ------ ---- .}...----f- ._/ /-g_i-�.J. — —�f- — -(.r/• ...._ :/VI �.•{./y_�_L�y -- p_.:_..f__��__i�..O__ rg._,�p__jt� .__._ -------------------- . �i : -:� = oq r t�..y .-- �� � .. r .s -c- =;C --- -- -- - - - ----�' ` -- - ` - - . ---- - - x - - }.. 12i T --4 ----V ---T-; - ---- : : }---}--- i--- -- v ------}------i------ - t - - - fi. . -- -- -------- - --_ - ------ :- S10 S ...... ---- ----------- �------------- ------ ----------�- ----- Aof x —' to 4_0 i" : . ?`_..---h---•-t----i• "r_••/�{ 1 •i_•r-_••; t----,{} --i-•__ --- . 1 !llfff Zlff y� ........ ..: BS CUSTOM -printing service I-eo0-8s�27 NESS. Uv. aeterbwough, NH IX3168 w .rtebsxom Ref. Nm G iiOki '1 461J41:1 1C1'f I► L Trusses & Building Materials 13980 SW 252 Street, Miami, Florida 33032 Telephone: (305) 257-1910 Fax: (305) 257-1911 www.decotruss.com WARNING: Extreme Care is required in Handling, Erecting and Bracing Trusses. Refer to TPI's "HIB -91 Summary Sheet", which is attached, to the engineering package. BUILDING DESIGNER (ARCHITECT or ENGINEER of Recorded) It is your responsibility to determine that the dimensions conform to the architectural plans and all loads utilized herein meet or exceed the actual Dead Loads Specified and /or imposed on your structure, and Live Loads imposed by The Building Code. PERMANENT BRACING shall be designed and specified by the building designer for the structural safety of the building. it shall be the responsibility of the building designer to indicate size, location and attachments for all permanent bracing as required by design analysis. The design and location of all bracing shall be such that they work together with other structural parts of the building (such as shear walls, portal frames, bearing walls, columns, beams etc.) to achieve total structural integrity Permanent Bracing includes and is not limited to The Top Chord Plane, The Bottom Chord Plane and The Web Member Planes. The Anchoring / Strapping of trusses to walls, beams, ledgers etc., shall be the responsibility of The Building Designer. Truss to Truss Connections shall be The Responsibility of The Truss Manufacture. (Refer to Documents ANSI/TPI- 95 & WTCA-95 for further information) TRUSS ERECTOR /INSTALLER (Builder) The proper and safe erection of all the trusses is exclusively your responsibility. You are cautioned to seek professional advice regarding the Erection / Installation and Bracing, which is ALWAYS required to prevent toppling and dominoing. Top Chord, Bottom Chord and Webs shall be adequately braced, as per the attached HIB -91 Summary Sheet. You are also responsible to refer to the Truss Placement Plan and The Engineering when erecting Trusses, to insure proper placement. Not all trusses are symmetrical in loading and/or design. Proper Placement and/or direction are always required. Check all Flat Truss to insure they are not installed UPSIDE DOWN. Never cut or alter trusses in anyway. Never concentrate Building Materials, such as Plywood or Blocks on installed Trusses. Alterations to Trusses: 'The act of cutting or attaching any item that the truss was not originally designed for" Trusses cannot be altered from the attached engineering designs, with out proper re -designing by a Florida Registered Engineer. We highly recommend to our customers to use our engineer, however to our knowledge there is no code that states you must use the engineer, who sealed the truss engineering and layout. However, it is of the utmost importance that, any Florida Registered Engineer who takes the task of designing repairs to trusses, should be extremely knowledgeable, not only in structural designs but also have experience designing trusses. Should any alterations be made to our design or manufactured item, the engineer, contractor and homeowner waive all warranties and liabilities by Deco Truss Company, Inc., its officers and engineer. All future, questions regarding said structure and warranties will be held by the persons whom redesigned said trusses and altered them. ALWAYS REFER TO THE ATTACHED HIB -91 Summary Sheet TRUSS COMPANY, I .' Trusses & Building Materials Re: 8138: Add.: Isa Site Information: Project Customer: AMCON BUILDERS, INC Lot/Block: Site Name: 137 NE 92 ST., Site Address: Miami Shores, FL St: Zip: Deco Truss Company, Inc. 13980 SW 252nd ST 'Miami, FL 33032 Tel: (305) 257-1910 Fax: (305) 257-1911 Job Name: Add.: Isa Gomez-Bassols Subdivision : General Truss Engineering Criteria & Design Loads (Individual Truss Design Drawings Show Special Loading Conditions): g� Design Code: FRC2010/TP12007 Design Program: 7.35 Sep 27 2012 Roof Load: 55.0 psf Floor Load: WA Wind Code: Wind Speed: 175 mph This package includes 10 individual, dated Truss Design Drawings and 0 Additional Drawings. With my seal affixed to this sheet, I hereby certify that I am the Truss Design Engineer and this index sheet conforms to 61 G15-31.003, section 5 of the Florida Board of Professional Engineers Rules. No. Date Truss ID# Seal# 1 08/20/13 Al A0012015 2 08/20/13 A2 A0012016 3 08/20/13 A3 A0012017 4 08/20/13 B1 A0012018 5 08/20/13 B2 A0012019 6 08/20/13 B3 A0012020 7 08/20/13 D1 A0012021 8 08/20/13 D2 A0012022 9 08/20/13 V4 A0012023 10 08/20/13 V8 A0012024 The seal on this index sheet indicates acceptance of professional engineering responsibility solely for the truss design drawings listed above and attached. Truss Design Engineer's Name: Mahmound Zolfaghari P.E. License Number* 36921 Address: 13901 SW 108 Ave, Miami, FL 33176 NOTE: The suitability and use of each component for any particular building is the responsibility of the Building Designer, per ANSI/TPI 1-1995 Section 2. Page 1 of 1 Engineers Name Date Job Thus Truss Type Qty Ply GOMEZ-BASSOLS (JO 8138 Al SPECIAL TRUSS 3 1 Job Reference (optional BC 0.49 Vert(TL) 0.50 19-20 >W9 240 MT20H 187/143 BCLL 0.0 aFn n Rwn 97 2nt2 MITek Industries. Inc. Tue Aug 20 09:19:43 2013 Page 1 DECO TRUSS COMPANY INC., Princeton, FL 33032 5-4-3 8-10-2 4.00 12 4x4 = 2-3-0 T93QWzhWIfyZZbFymOBE Scale =1:54.1 5 3x10 5x10 MT20H WB % 7 4 B 1x4 II 3 16 9 10 2 1 3jn 5x10MT20H= 32 1 1 11 1x4 11 30 18 2 12 20 4x6 // 33 18 13 4 6 7 29 1x411 3415 05 -ar 21 3.75 12 35 c5 14 4 = 3x8 = 5x10 MT20H= 1x4 II 13 1x4 11 1x4 II 5x6 Z�: x4 II 1x4 II 5-4-3 8-10-2 12-4-1 , 15-1 LOADING (ilei) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TC 0.49 DEFL Vert(LL) in a-) Udell Ud 0.57 19-20 >450 360 PLATES GRIP MT20 244/190 TCLL 30.0 TCDL 15.0 Plates Increase Lumber Increase 1.33 1.33 BC 0.49 Vert(TL) 0.50 19-20 >W9 240 MT20H 187/143 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.80 Horz(TL) -021 17 n/a n/a Weight 169 Ib FT = 0% BCDL 10.0 Code FRC2010/TPl2007 (Matri(-M) LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-6.8 oc purlins, except end verticals. TOP CHORD 2x4 SP M 31 'Except• BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 3-1-11 oc bracing. Except: BOT CHORD 2x4 SP M 31 3-7-0 oc bracing: 21-26 F3,F4: 2x4 SP No.2 WEBS 2x4 SP Not WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-18 OTHERS 2x4 SP No.2 MITek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during truss erection In accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=921/0-8-0 (min. 0-1-8), 13=259/0.8-0 (min. o-1-8),17-1815/0-8-0 (min. 0-1-12) Max Horz 1-2$3(LC 3) Max Uplfft1=2083(LC 3), 17=3767(LC 3) ax Grav1=1066(LC 2), 13=418(LC 10), 17-2101(LC 2) FORCES Ob) -Max. CompJMax. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=2323/4718, 2-3=2757/6054, 3-4=2703/6061, 4-5=247015437, 5-6=-1512/3148, 6-7=1550/3129, 7-8=-2489/1326, 8-9=1567/874, 9-10=1439/591,10-11=1446/578, 11-12= 508/112, 12-13=-383/11 BOT CHORD 1-27=3833/1889, 1-28=4620/2141, 21-28=-46202141, 21-29=-4675/2193, 20-29---4669/2202, 20-30=5759/2666, 19-30=575312695, 19-31=4827/2406,18-3i=4822/2414 18-32=12922997. 17-32=13122989, 17-33=624/1670, 16-33-631_/1667,16-34=558/1586, 15-34=571/1580,15-35=96/529, 14-35-108/522 WEBS 2-21=40911001, 2-20=1247/479, 4-19=3241731, 5-19=965275, 5-18=10172358, 6.18=1586/543, 7-18=52012623, 7-17=1321/1272, B-17=1136/1237,11-14=-384/199,12-14=101/424, 9-16=-405/196,8-16=259/408,11-15--710/1387 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof a loads have Dean considered for this design. V 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult-175mpK(3-second gust) Vesd=136mph; TCDL=5.Opsf; BCDL=5.Opsfth=24ft; Cat. II; Exp C: E., GCpk0.18; C -C Exterior(2): porch left exposed; Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL -1.60 3) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4) Ail plates are 3x4 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 5) The solid section of the plate is required to be placed over the splice line at joints) 6. 6) Plate(s) at joint(s) 3, 10, 1, 1, 21, 21, 14, 14, 13, 13, 2, 20, 4, 19, 5, 18, 7,17, B, 11, 12, 22, 23, 15, 9 and 16 checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about its center. 7) Plate(s) at jolnt(s) 6 checked for a plus or minus 4 degree rotation about its center. 8) Bearing at joints) 13 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capactly of bearing surface. 9) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 Ib uplift at joint(s) except (V-16)1=2083,17=3767. 10) Beveled plate or shim required to provide full bearing surface with truss chord at jobd(s) 17. 11) This truss has been designed fora moving concentrated load of 200.0Ib dead located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Bottom Chord• nonconcurrent with any other We toads. 12) °Semi-rigid ptichbreaks with fixed heels" Member end fbdly model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard MalImound Zolfaghari, P.E. t onsW ing Engineers - 13901 S.W. 108 Av.. Nliaanmi, Florida 33176 Phone 305-253-2428 F 'i05 -23:)®t248 Florida Fra%ssgotl 'e ' cWa, 36921 S'Dwro tsf Job as Truss Type 2-0-0 Ply GOMEZ-BASSOLS (JI) 8138 A2 SPECIAL TRUSS ]73] 1 Lumber Increase 5 28 / 29 3x10 5x10 MT20H WB Job Reference o tion n . c.,.. no ona� �n,'7ntr tnd„crri>e Int,. Tito Aun 90 nQ 19.18 2n'13 Panel UCVV IRVJJ VVInrl4v, „v V., ,'„„ww, ,, ,.�wvc ID:x01286ZeEIIfl30HefHzUBNz B Y-ygDFZ4fBWIESu a g uwc v ym 5 4-3 8 10-Z 124-1 15 10-0 21-4-0 23 8-0 25 8 0 2731 8 0 5.4-3 3 5 15 3 5 18 3-5-15 5 6 0 2 4 0 2-0-0 Scale =1:54.1 8-10-2 LOADING (psi) 4x4 = 2-0-0 CSI 4.00 F12 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.43 6 Lumber Increase 5 28 / 29 3x10 5x10 MT20H WB Rep Stress incr 1 � 7 BCDL 10.0 4 Code FRC2010ffP12007 8 1x4 II 3 18 9 2 1710 1 11 27 19 5x10MT20H= 35 F3,F4: 2x4 SP No.2 1x4 II WEBS 2x4 SP Not 2 33 12 a 20 4x6 // 36 16 13 4 6 d Dr5ZI 32 1x4 11 37 15 38 1 21 3.75 F12 14 2x4 = 3x8 = 5x10 MT20H= 1x4 II 13 1x4 II 1x4 II 5x6 1x4 11 1x4 11 8-10-2 LOADING (psi) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.43 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 SC 0.47 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress incr YES WB 0.76 BCDL 10.0 Code FRC2010ffP12007 (Matrix -M) LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 SP M 31 BOT CHORD 2x4 SP M 31 -Except* F3,F4: 2x4 SP No.2 WEBS 2x4 SP Not 27-11-0 . ' DEFL In (hoc) Wall Ud PLATES -GRIP Vert(LL) 0.53 19-20 >485 360 MT20 2441190 Vert(TL) 0.4619-20 >554 240 MT20H 187/143 Horz(TL) -0.20 17 nla n/a Weight- 167 Ib FT = 0°k BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4.8-3 oc pudkts, except end verticals. BOT CHORD Rigtd ceiling directly applied or $3-13 oc bracing. Except 3-9-0 oc bracing: 21-26 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 7-18 MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed durin truss erection in accordance with Stabilizer Installation gulde. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=921/0-8-0 (min. 0.1-8), 13=25910-8-0 (min. 0-1-8), 17-1815/04” (min. 04-12) Max Horz 1=259(LC 3) Max Uptlitl-1917(LC 3), 17=3404(LC 3) Max Gravl=1066(LC 2),13=418(LC 10),17-2101(LC 2) FORCES (Ib) - Max. CompJMeX. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-27=232314249, 2-27=225614256, 2-3=275715497, 3-4=-2703/5503, 4-5=247015022, 5-28=1512/2986, 6-28=160212997,6-29--1463/2981, 7-29=1550/2971, 7-8=2311/1326, 8.9=1580/874, 9-10=14481591, 10-11=1454/578, 11-12=-608/112,12-13=383/11 BOT CHORD 1-30=3566/1869,1-31=-4181/2141, 21-31=-4181/2141, 21-32=4226/2193, 20-32=4221/2202, 20-33=5240/2686, 19-33=-5234/2695, 19-34=4490/2408, 18-34=448512414, 18-35=1292/2759, 17-35=131212751, 17-36=-624/1654, 16.36=-631/1650,16-37=55811590, 15-37=571/1584,15-38=96/529,14-38=108/522 WEBS 2-21=6091882, 2-20-11781479,4-19-32415511, 5.19=8721275, 5-18-1017/2081, 6-18-1499/543, 7-18=492212623, 7-17=1321/2072, B-17-11361990,11-14-387/199,12-14-101/444,9-15=-4191196, 8-16=-191/408, 11-15=710/1304 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof We loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=175mph (3 -second gust) Vasd=136mph; TCDL=S.Opsf, BCDL=5.Opsf h-24ft: Cat. 11; Exp C; En/GCpi=0.18; C -C Extedor(2) 0.0-0 to 3-2-0, Intedor(1) 3-2-0 to 12-8-0, Extedor(2) 1246.0 to 15-10-0, Interior(1) 19-0-0 to 28-0-12; porch left exposed; Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 3) All plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 4) All plates are 30 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 5) Plates checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about its carder. 6) Bearing at joint(s) 13 considers parallel to grain value using ANSUTPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 7) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 Ib uplift at joint(s) except (jt=ib)1=1917, 17=3404. 8) Beveled plate or shim required to provide full bearing surface with truss chord at joird(s)17. 9) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated food of 200.OIb dead located at all mid panels and at a9 panel points along the Bottom Chord, nomnncurrent with any other live loads. 10) "Semi-dgid pftchbreaks with fixed heels" Member end fixity model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Mahmound Zolfag)mi, P.E. Consulting Engines 13901 S. T. 108 AV, . Miami, Florida 33176 Phone 305253®2428 Fax A5-23:) X248 Florida Professional Engineering License No. 369'.1 Special inspector l icewe No 636 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply,GOMEZ-BASSOLS (JI) 8138 A3 SPECIAL TRUS5 7 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-4-11 cc puffins, except end verticals. BOT CHORD 2x4 SP M 31 -Except- BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 4-1-11 cc bracing. Job Reference o tionai TRUSS COMPANY iNG., Princeton, FL 330,32 7.350 s Sep 27 2012 MITek Industries, Ina Tue Aug 20 09:18:23 2013 Page 1 ID:x01286ZeEIIQ30HeiHzU6Nz BBY-3FOROG4hTsIFoFTBsVBatnTiup2RDV3_FWAKnuym09U 5-4-3 1112 12-4-1 15-10-0 21-4-0 23-8-0 25-8-0 27-11-0 , 31-8 0 5-4-3 3 5 15 3 5 15 3-5-15 5-6-0 2 4 0 2_(,_(, -0 0 2 Scale =1:53.7 5x6 = 4.00 12 7x6 MT20H= 8-10-2 LOADING (psi) TCLL 30.0 TCDL 15.0 BCLL 0.0 BCDL 10.0 SPACING 2-0-0 Plates increase 1.33 Lumber Increase 1.33 Rep Stress Ina YES Code FRC20101TP12007 CSI TC 0.65 BC 0.83 WB 0.85 (Matrix -M) DEFL in (lox) Vdeti Ud Vert(LL) 0.92 18 >412 360 Vert(TL) -1.54 18 >246 240 Harz(TL) 0.79 13 n/a n/a PLATES 'GRIP MT20 244/190 MT20H 187/143 M18SHS 2441190 Weight 167 Ib FT - 0% LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SP M 31 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 2-4-11 cc puffins, except end verticals. BOT CHORD 2x4 SP M 31 -Except- BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 4-1-11 cc bracing. F3,F4: 2x4 SP Not MiT * recommends that Stabilizers and required s bracing be installed WEBS 2x4 SP Not dura truss erection in accordance with Stabilizer Installation statlation aide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=152010-8-b (min. 0-1-10), 13=1475/0-8-0 (min. 0-1-8) " Max Horz 1=2(LC qqq Max Uplift1-�0"EC 3), 13= 02�LC 3) Max Grav1=19511LC 6), 13=18T4(LC 6) FORCES (Ib) - Max. CompJMax. Ten. - A8 forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-27=4595!2361, 2-27-452212374,2-3=6553/3364. 3-4=6523/3372, 4-5=7513/3892, 5-28-7652/3932, 6-28=7651/3943, 6-29=7818/3926, 7-29=769013916, 7-8=7239/3768, 8-9=591713101, 9-10=5612/2937, 10-11=56602932, 11-12=355411884, 12-13=1806/1017 BOT CHORD 1-30-223314151,1-31=213314257,21-31=213314257, 21-32=2180/4350, 20-32=217O/4360, 20-33=3136/6419, 19-33=312816428, 19-34=358411323, 18-34=3555/7332, 18-35=3534!1208, 17-35=3549f/195, 17-36=2828/5731, 16.36=2831/5720, 16-37=2732/5512, 15.37=2738/5500, 15-38=1751/3391,14-38=-175813385,14-39=2561463, 13-39=2581463 WEBS 2-21=13021717, 2-20=9312011, 4-20=-8901483, 4-19=417/883, 5-19=400258, 5-18-242/492.6-18-2084/4371,7-18=237/677. 7-17>-91/535, 8-17=-808/1691, 11-14=17161932, 12-14=14752868, 9-15=981/498, 8.16--8911335, 11-15=11422470 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof loads have bifen considered for this design./ ell Wind: ASCE 7-1b; Vuit=175mph (3 -second gust) Vasd=136mph; TCDL=S.Opsh, BCDL=S.Opsf,, h=24ft; Cat. l/C; End., GCpi=0.18; C -C Exterior(2) 0-0-0 to 3-2-0, Interior(1) 3-2-0 to 1248-0, Extedor(2) 12-8-0 to 15.10-0, Interior(1)19-0-0 to 28-0-12; Lumber DOL --1.60 plate grip DOL -1.60 3) Ali plates are MT20 plates unless otherwise Indicated. 4) AA plates are 1x4 MT20 unless otherwise indicated. 5) The solid section of the plate is required to be placed over the splice line at joint(s) 6. 6) Plates) at johnt(s) 3, 10,1, 1, 21, 21, 14, 14, 13, 13, 2, 20, 4,19, 5, 18, 7, 17, 8, 11, 12, 22, 23, 15, 9 and 16 checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about its center. 7) Plate(s) at joint(s) 6 checked for a plus or minus 3 degree rotation about its center. 8) Bearing at joint(s) 13 considers parallel to grain value using ANSVTPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 9) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 Ib uplift at joints) except (R=lb) 1=1048, 13=1025. 10) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 200.0Ib dead located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Bottom Chord, nonconcmrrent with any other live loads. 11)'Semi-dgid pitchbreaks with fixed heels` Member end fbdty model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Mahmound Zolfaghari, P.E. Consulting Engineer ` 13901 S.W. 108 Av.. Miami, Florida 33176 Phone 305-253-2428 Fax A5-23a�24>-S Florida Professional Engineering License No. 36921 Special Inspector License No 6? 6 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply GOMEZ-BASSOLS (JI) 8138 B1 COMMON TRUSS 4 1 5-11-0 3-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 0 CSI Job Reference o tion DECO TRUSS COMPANY INC., Princeton, FL 33032 y. �u s a= a cu,c �n� 1D:x01286ZeEl1Q3QHelHztl6Nz B Y-YpYUfOZzy4b?tSpKQvd9HNbU FBZz !J d R h3 -0 0 511-0 11-10-0 15-0-0 0 2-0 5 11-0 5-11-0 3-2-0 Scale =1:25.1 5x6 = "=+shadArta = SCAB REQUIP.,En A nn R-9- 3 13 6+r MI -1- w I� REACTIONS (lb/size) 5=707/048-0 (min. 0-1 2=696/0-8-D (min. 0-1-8) Max Horz256),2419 3) Max UpOftS 3),2=-695 3) Max Grew C 6) FORCES (lb) -Max. CompJMax. Ten. - AO forces 250 Ob) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3-1786/1332,3-13--1557/1246,4-13=370712812,4-5--287/246 BOT CHORD 2-14=1339/1664, 6-14=1008/1568, 6-15=100811554, 4-15=1006/1554, 4-16}2070/2782 WEBS 3-6=-39, /336 NOTES 1) Attached 941-4 scab 3 to 5, front face(s) SPM 26 with 2 row(s) of 10d (0.131X3' nalls spaced 9' o.c.except : starting at 0.0-5 from end at joint 3, nall 2 row(s) at T o.c. for 2-0 ; starting atr4-1-4 from end at joint 3, nap 2 row(s) at r o.c. for 2-11-1. 2) Unbalanced roof live ds havebeen considered for this design. 3) Wind: ASCE 7-1 " uit=175 (3 -second gust) Vasd=136mph; TCDL=5.Opsfi BCDL=5.0psF, h=24ft: Cel. , Exp C En ., GCpl=0.18; C -C Extedor(2); Lumber DOL -1.60 plate grip DOL -1.60 4) Plates checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about center. 5) Bearing at jotnt(s) 5 considers parallel to grain value using SVTPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 6) Provide mechanical connection pry others) of miss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 Ib uplift at joint(s) except (it --lb) 5=715,2-695. 7) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 200.01b dead located at ail -mid panels and at all panel points along -tire Bottom Chord, nonconcurrent with any other We loads. 8) "Sem9-rigk( pitchbreaks with fixed heels" Member end fbdty model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Mabinound Zoliagbari, P.E. ConsultingEng�� .I 13901 S.W. 108 nve Miami, Florida 33176 Phone 305-253-2428 Pax ;q5-239-249 Hof& Professional Engineering License No. 36921 special Inspector License No 636 5-11-0 11-10-0 14-10-0 5-11-0 5-11-0 3-0-0 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 0 CSI DEFL In poc) Udell Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.61 Vert(LL) 0.36 6-12 >483 360 MT20 344/190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.80 Vert(TQ -0.44 6-12 >404 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Ina YES WB 0.08 Horz(TL) 0.15 5 Ma n/a s BCDL 10.0 Code FRC20101rP12007 (Matrix -M) Weigh 75 lb FT -O% LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SP No2'Excspr TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 3-9-3 oc purlins. T2: 24 SP M 26 BOT CHORD Rigid calling directly applied or 5-7-2 oc bracing. Except BOT CHORD 2x4 SP Not 4-0-0 of bracing: 6-10 WEBS 2x4 SP Not Mrrek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed OTHERS 2x6 SP M 26 Burin truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation gulde. LBR SCAB 3-5 2x6 SP M 26 one side REACTIONS (lb/size) 5=707/048-0 (min. 0-1 2=696/0-8-D (min. 0-1-8) Max Horz256),2419 3) Max UpOftS 3),2=-695 3) Max Grew C 6) FORCES (lb) -Max. CompJMax. Ten. - AO forces 250 Ob) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3-1786/1332,3-13--1557/1246,4-13=370712812,4-5--287/246 BOT CHORD 2-14=1339/1664, 6-14=1008/1568, 6-15=100811554, 4-15=1006/1554, 4-16}2070/2782 WEBS 3-6=-39, /336 NOTES 1) Attached 941-4 scab 3 to 5, front face(s) SPM 26 with 2 row(s) of 10d (0.131X3' nalls spaced 9' o.c.except : starting at 0.0-5 from end at joint 3, nall 2 row(s) at T o.c. for 2-0 ; starting atr4-1-4 from end at joint 3, nap 2 row(s) at r o.c. for 2-11-1. 2) Unbalanced roof live ds havebeen considered for this design. 3) Wind: ASCE 7-1 " uit=175 (3 -second gust) Vasd=136mph; TCDL=5.Opsfi BCDL=5.0psF, h=24ft: Cel. , Exp C En ., GCpl=0.18; C -C Extedor(2); Lumber DOL -1.60 plate grip DOL -1.60 4) Plates checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about center. 5) Bearing at jotnt(s) 5 considers parallel to grain value using SVTPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 6) Provide mechanical connection pry others) of miss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 Ib uplift at joint(s) except (it --lb) 5=715,2-695. 7) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 200.01b dead located at ail -mid panels and at all panel points along -tire Bottom Chord, nonconcurrent with any other We loads. 8) "Sem9-rigk( pitchbreaks with fixed heels" Member end fbdty model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Mabinound Zoliagbari, P.E. ConsultingEng�� .I 13901 S.W. 108 nve Miami, Florida 33176 Phone 305-253-2428 Pax ;q5-239-249 Hof& Professional Engineering License No. 36921 special Inspector License No 636 Job Truss Truss Type Qty PlyGOMEZ-BASSOLS (JI) 8138 B2 Common Truss 4 I 1 _ _ o Job Reference o oen ., e,.., n -s nn�o x�rre� ie.�„eMne t.... 7ue nun 9n M•nd•d9 9n•IA Pana 1 DECaTRUSSCOMPANYINC.,Princeton,FLW03L .-_..- '(;bK- ID:x01286ZeEIIQ30(1e;+izU6Nz B Y-13hmczax fBYFv1oHT?UaeR aoONNHFnxmskym1ES 2r0 5 11-0 11-10-0 12-Or0 0-2-0 5-11-0 5 11 0 0'-210 Scale =1:19.7 4x4 = 3x4 = 3x4 = 5-11-0 'I r iu-u 5-11-0 5-11-0 Plate Offsets (X.Y)• 13:0-2-0,0-2-81 LOADING (pst) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loo) Vdefl Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 0 ' Plates increase 1.33 TC 0.59 Vert(LL) 0.08 6-12 >999 360 MT20 244/190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.70 Vert(TL) -0.20 6-12 >727 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.07 Horz(TL) 0.02 4 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FRC2010/TP12007 (Matrix M) weight 40 Ib FT - O'h LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 SP No.2 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4-3-3 oc purfins. BOT CHORD 2x4 SP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-3.7 oc bracing. WEBS 2x4 SP No.2MITek recommends that Stabllizers and required cross bracing be Installed Burin truss erection In accordance with Stabilizer Installation aulds. REACTIONS (Ib/size) 2=566/0-&0 (min. 0-1-5), 4=568/0-8-0 (min. 0-1-8) Max Uplift -BWLC 3), 4=-565(LC 3) Max Grav2=750(LC 6), 4=750(LC 6) FORCES (Ib) -Max. CompJMax. Ten. - Ali forces 250 (lb) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3-1278/950,3-4-1278/960 BOT CHORD 2-13-114211345,6-13-767/1119.6-14-767/1119,4-14-1143/1345 WEBS 3.(!I=-35/328 NOTES % r' 1) Unbalanced ryof live load's have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 0; Vu1 175mph (3 -second gust) Vasd-136mph; TCDL=S.Opsf; BCDL=5.0psf; h=2411~ Cat. II; Exp C; En ., GCpi=0.18; CSC Exterior(2); Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL 3) Plates checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about its center. 4) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 ib uplift at jotnt(s) except Ot=lb) 2=565, 4=565. 5) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 200.0Ib dead located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Bottom Chord, nonooncurrent with any other five loads. 6) "Semi-rigid pitchbreaks with foxed heels” Member end fixity model was used In the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Maknomd Zoll' P.E. Consulding Engines 13901 S.W. 108 xd.. Miranii, Florida 33176 Phone 305-2521-2429 PRX X05.233tqh Florida PrAllibW Mhk Ubt a No. 36921 spe id, Ingo . ° Y 6-16 Job Truss Truss Type Qty PlyAdd.: Ise Gomez-Bassols 8138 B3 COMMON TRUSS 1 1 Job Reference o oral DECO TRUSS COMPANY INC., Princeton, FL 33032 0mcn nyRL vXID:x01286ZeEI1Q30HefH;6*s6 B -8Z2apK0'9N1 1;6w.&wsVxWrc -39.4 0 5-11-0 11-10-0 0-2 5-11-0 5-11-0 Scale =1:19.3 4x4 = 3x4 = 3x4 = LOADING (psi) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in Poe) Well Ud PLATES 'GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.59 Vert(LL) 0.08 5.8 >999 360 MT20 244/190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC0.70 Vert(TL) -0.20 " >722 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.07 Horz(TL) 0.02 4 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FRC2010/fP12007 (Matrix -M) Weight: 39 Ib FT -O% LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SP NO2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 4.3.1 oc purlins. BOT CHORD 2x4 SP NO2 BOT CHORD Rigid calling directly applied or 6-3-6 oc bracing. WEBS 2x4 SP Not MiTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be Installed M, =that in accordance with Stabilizer Installation aide. REACTIONS (Ib/size) 4-562M-8-0 (min. 0-1-8), 2=569/0-8.0 (min. 0-1-8) Max UpOft4=567(LC 3), 2=565(LC 3) Max Gmv4-743(LC 6), 2=750(LC 6) FORCES (lb) -Max. Comp./Max. Ten. -All forces 250 (lb) or fess except when shown. TOP CHORD 2-3-1279/951.3-4--1279/961 BOT CHORD 2-12-114211344,5-12=768(1120,5-t3-76811120,4-13-1114/1309 WEBS 3-5=-35/329 NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof Ove loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=175mph (3 -second gust) Vasd-136mph; TCDL=5.0psF, BCDL=5.0psf; h=241t; Cat. 11; Exp, C; Encl., GCpi-0.18; C -C Exterlor(2); Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 3) Plates checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about Its center. 4) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 Ib uplift at joint(s) except (It=1b) 4=567, 2=565. 5) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 200.01b dead located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Bottom Chord, nonconament with any other five loads. 6) 'Semi-rigid pits hbreaks with fixed heels" Member end fudly model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Mahmound Zolfaghari, P.E. Consulting Engineers,, 13901 S.W. 108 riv, Niimni, Florida 33176 Phone 305-253-2428 Fac iO5-233--t2,48 Florida Professional Engineering License No. 36921 Special Inspector License No 636 1� Job Truss Truss Type Qty PLATES GRIP (JI) 8138 D1 MONOPITCH TRUSS 3 [yIGOMEZ-BASSOLS 1 Lumber increase 1.33 BC 0.39 Vert(TL) -0.08 B-9 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES Job Reference (optional) DECO TRUSS COMPANY INC., Princeton, FL 33032 7.350 s sell 27 2U12 M lnnustnes, Inc. 1 Us Aug ZU Ut5:51 NM ZU73 Page 1 ID:x01286ZeEIIQ3OHeiHzUBNz_BBY-CW6o6fWndBSiegOFYMJ1dGnifpeb Xk?11A8GCymOYe 3-2-13 4-93 6-9-3 9-2-0 3-2-13 1-6-6 240-0 2-4-13 3X8 = 1X4 II 9.2-0 i 3-2-13 49-36.9-3 &7-0 8-1 3-2-13 1.66 2-0.0 1-8 13 LOADING (psf) SPACING 24)-0,,-- CSI DEFL in poc) Wail Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.30 Ved(LL) 0.06 8 >999 360 MT20 244/190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber increase 1.33 BC 0.39 Vert(TL) -0.08 B-9 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.13 Horc(TL) -0.01 14 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FRC20101TPI2007 (Matrbt-M) Weight: 43 Ib FP = 0°/6 LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 SP Not BOT CHORD 2x4 SP No.2 WEBS 2x4 SP No.2 OTHERS 2x4 SP No.2 Scale =1:19.7 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-9-10 oc purlins, except end verticals. BOT CHORD Rigid caping directly applied or 5.11-0 oc bracing. diTek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed urfn truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. REACTIONS Qb/size) 1=4311043-0 (min. 0-1-8). 14=371/0-2-8 (min. G-11-8) Max Horz 1=3r52GO) Max UpOR1=-419F(LC 3), 14=-468(LC 3) Max Gv1=56ALC 6), 14-517(LC 6) FORCES Ob) - MmCompNsm Ten. - All forces 250 lib) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=1i&tJf110, 2-3=951/898, 3-4=-931/741, 5-8=500/568 BOT CHORD 1-15r-897/917,1-16=-940/1012, 9-16=94011012, 9-17=935/1013, 8-17=932/1017, 618=906/987, 7-18=-899/1000, 7-1983/961, 6-19=-880/970 WEBS 4-8=786/715 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vuit=175mph (3 -second gust) Vasd=136mph; TCDL=5.Opsf•, BCDL=5.Opsf, h-24ft; Cat. II; Exp C; Encl., GCpi=0.18; C -C Extedor(2); Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip 6OL=1.60 2) Plates checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about its center. 3) Bearing at jolnt(s) 14 considers parallei to grain value using ANSI/TPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 4) Provide mechanical connecpon (by others) of truss to bearing plate at joint(s)14. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 Ib uplift at joints) except at=lb)1=419, 14=468. 6) Following joints to be plated by quap8ed designer. Joints) 5, not plated. 7) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 200.0Ib dead located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Bottom Chord, nonconcurrent with any other five loads. 8) "Semi-dgid pftchbreaks with fixed heels" Member end fbtfty model was used in the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASES) Standard Malimound Zolf2tgharL 'D.P. Caisulting Engineers 13901 S.W. 108 Av, - Miami, Florida 33176 Phone 305-253-2428 Fax ,05-233--t24h Florida Professional Engineering License No. 36921 Special Ths-pector License No 636 Job Truss Truss Type Qty Ply (JI) 8138 D2 MONOPITCH TRUSS 8 1 �GOMEZ-BASSOLS BC 0.39 Vert(TL) -0.08 8-9 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES Job Reference (optional) DECO TRUSS COMPANY INC., Princeton, FL 33032 7.350 s Sep 27 2012 MiTek Industries, Inc. Tue Aug 20 08:52:58 2013 Page 1 ID:x01286ZeE11Q30He!HzU6Nz BBY-CsrwypY6cl9eLuO2ljKyZCoFG4fUPz9WaIGBInymOXJ 3-2-13 4-9-3 6-9-3 9-2-0 3-2-13 1-&6 2-0-0 2-4-13 Scale - 1:19.7 3X8 = 1X4 II 9-2-0 i 3-2-1341}3 &&3 i &7-0 8-1Q-® i 3-2-13 1 &8 2 0 0 1-&13 LOADING (psf) SPACING2 0-0 CSI DEFL in poc) Well Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.23 Vert(LL) 0.05 8 >999 360 MT20 244/190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.39 Vert(TL) -0.08 8-9 >999 240 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.10 Horz(TL) -0.01 14 n/a n/a BCDL 10.0 Code FRC2010frP12007 (Matrix -M) Weight: 43 Ib FT=0% LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2x4 SP No.2 TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 5-9-10 oc purlins, except and verticals. BOT CHORD 2x4 SP Not BOT CHORD Rigid calling directly applied or 6-7-13 oc bracing. WEBS 2x4 SP Not MITek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed OTHERS 2x4 SP No.2 d truss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Insta0a8on guide. REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=431/041-0 (min.0-1-8), 14=371/0-2-8 (m(n. 0-1-8) Max Horz 1=315(LC 3) Max Upllft1=366(LC 3),14=-410(LC 3) Max Grev1=567(LC 6), 14=517(LC 6) FORCES (Ib) - Max. CompJMax. Ten. - Ali forces 250 (Ib) or less except when shown. TOP CHORD 1-2=-1019/575, 2-3=951/561, 3-15=931/586, 4-15=887/591, 548=-416/566 BOT CHORD 1-16=7761917, 1-17=765/1012, 9-17=765/1012, 9-18=764/1013, &18=760/1017, &19=738/987, 7-19=731/1000, 7-20=727/981, 6-20=724/970 WEBS 4-6-786/576 NOTES 1) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vuit=175mph (3 -second gust) Vasd=135mph; TCDL=5.0psf; BCDL=S.Opsf•, h=24it; Cat. 11; Exp C; Encl., GCpi=0.18; C -C Exterior(2) 0-0-0 to 3-1-1, Interior(1) 3.1-1 to 5-54, Exterior(2) 5-5-4 to 8-5.4; Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL=1.60 2) Plates checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about its center. 3) Bearing at joird(s)14 considers parallel to grain value using ANSI/rPI 1 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 4) Provide mechanical connection (by offers) of truss to bearing plate at joint(s)14. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 Ib uplift at jokrt(s) except at -lb) 1=366,14=410. 6) Following joints to be plated by qualified designer. Joints) 5, not plated. 7) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 200.01b dead located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Bottom Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 8) "Semi-rigid pitchbreeks with fixed heels' Member end fodty, model was used In the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Mahmound Zolfaghatt P.E. Consulting Engines 13901 S.W. 108 xv.. y rami, Florida. 33176 Phone 305-253-2428 Fax .305-239-+248 Florida Professional Engineering License No. 36921 Special Inspector License No 636 Job SPACING 240-0 Truss Type Qty Ply GOMEZ-BASSOLS (JI)8138 7TTV4 Valley Truss 1 1 Job Reference o tion urratr io.a,aMca Inc Tuw Aur 2n nA•'13.59 2013 Pare 1 DECO TRUSS COMPANY INC., Princeton, FL 33u6z ` "" """ -'-" -"'- - ID:41286ZeElIQ30HefHzU6Nz B Y Ctwh21ExSeTWER4W tSGyQ C07t8iEkLAt9sy615s 2-0-0 4-0-0 2-0-0 2-0-0 3x4 = Scale =1:7.4 4.00 12 2x4 2x4 LOADING (pat) SPACING 240-0 CS1 DEFL Vert(LL) In poc) n1a Vdefl n/a Ud 999 PLATES GRIP MT20 244/190 TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.07 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.28 Vert(TL) n/a n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.00 Horz(fL) -0.00 3 rda n/a Weight 9 Ib FT = 0°h BCDL 10.0 Code FRC2010/TPI2007 (Matrix) LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 SP No.2 BOT CHORD 2x4 SP No -2 REACTIONS (Ib/slze) 1=105/4-0-0 (min. 0-1-6), 3=105/4-0-0 (min. 0-1-8) Max UpAftl-133(LC 3), 3=-133(LC 3) Max Grav1=255(LC 12), 3-255(LC 13) FORCES (Ib) - Max. CompJMax. Ten. - Ali forces 250 (Ib) or less except when shown. BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 44-0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid calling directly applied or 1040-0 oc bracing. Mrrek recommends that Stabilizers and required cross bracing be installed during friss erection, in accordance with Stabilizer Installation gulde. NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof We loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vult=175mph (3 -second gust) Vesd-136mph; TCDL-5.Opsf; BCDL=5.0psf; h=24ft; Cat. ll; Exp C; End., GCpi=0.18; C -C Extedor(2); Lumbar DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL -1.60 3) Plates checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about Its center. 4) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 Ib uplift at joints) except (jt=Ib) 1.133, 3=133. 6) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 200.01b dead located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Bottom Chord, nonconcurrerd with any other We loads. 7) "Semi-rigid pftchbreaks with fixed heels" Member end tbdty model was used In the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard ahmound Zolfaghan, 1) 1P Nl. Consulting Engineers •`. 13901 S.W. 108 AW. ' • ' Niiarni, Florida. 33176 Phone 305-253-2428 Fax X05-23�o X2,48 Florida Professional Engineering License No. 36921 Special Inspector License No 616 Job Inc.T Truss Truss Type Qty Pry GOMEZ-BASSOLS (JI) 8138 V8 Valley Truss 1 1 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.32 Ved(TL) n1a n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES Job Reference trona A 20 08.14'05 2013 Pa a 1 DEC TRUSS COMPANY INC., Princeton, FL 33032 4-0-0 4.00 12 7.350 s Sep 27 2012 MITek InduSMes, ue ug g 10:x01286ZeEIIQ3OHeiHzU6Nz BBY-01HyJ4J11UEfyMXfsF_sWDgX9dRsHrG76HdBMVym15m 4x4 = Scale =1:14.5 2x4 1x4 II 2x4 LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL in (loc) Well Ud PLATES GRIP TCLL 30.0 Plates Increase 1.33 TC 0.29 Vert(LL) Na n/a 999 MT20 244/190 TCDL 15.0 Lumber Increase 1.33 BC 0.32 Ved(TL) n1a n/a 999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.06 Horz(TL) 0.00 3 n/a nfa BCDL 10.0 Code FRC2010/TPI2007 (Matrix) Weight 23 Ib FT = 00/6 LUMBER TOP CHORD 2x4 SP Not BOT CHORD 20 SP No.2 OTHERS 20 SP No.2 REACTIONS (lb/stze) 1=143/8-0-0 (min. D-1-8),3=143/8-0-0 (min. 0-1-8), 4=302/8-0-0 (min. 0-1-8) Max Uplift1-1188(!_C 3), 3-188(LC 3), 4-297(LC 3) Max Grav1=271(LC 13), 3=271(LC 15), 4=401(LC 6) FORCES (lb) -Max. CompJMax. Ten. -All forces 250 (Ib) or less except when shown. WEBS 24=-3231338 BRACING TOP CHORD Structural wood sheathing directly applied or 6-0.0 oc purlins. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 10-0-0 oc bracing. MiTak recommends that Stabilizers and required =as bracing be installed Burin truss erection in accordance with Stabilizer Installation guide. NOTES 1) Unbalanced roof live loads have been considered for this design. 2) Wind: ASCE 7-10; Vuit=175mph (3 -second gust) Vasd=136mph; TCDL=5.0psh, BCDL=S.opsf•, h=24ft; Cat II; Exp C; Encl., GCpl-0.18; C -C Extedor(2); Lumber DOL=1.60 plate grip DOL -1.60 3) Plates checked for a plus or minus 0 degree rotation about Its center. 4) Gable requires continuous bottom chord bearing. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 100 Ib uplift at)olnt(s) except Qt=ib) 1=188.3=188,4-297. 6) This truss has been designed for a moving concentrated load of 200.0Ib dead located at all mid panels and at all panel points along the Bottom Chord, nonconcurrent with any other live loads. 7) "Serol -rigid pitchbreaks with fixed heels" Member and fixity model was used In the analysis and design of this truss. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Mahrnouid Zol 1, �p• Consulting a • ,,>,A . 13901 S.W. 108 A*vl. Matni, Florida 33176 Phone 305.453.2429 Pax A5.233- t20 Fl®tidy r �i� dl Il i . MemXs o. 36921 go No 6?A STANDARD LATERAL WEB BRACING TRUSSES @ 24" O.C. TYP. END OF BRACING MEM. SHALL BE CONNECTED TO A FIXED RIGID POINT OR X—BRACED AS NOTED ON THIS DETAIL. 2x4 LATERAL BRACE PER TRUSS DESIGN WITH 2-10d NAILS PER WEB FOR FORCES UP TO 4600 lbs. FORCES IN - EXCESS OF 4600 lbs. REQUIRES 2x6 #3 OR BETTER. NOTE: PROVIDE X—BRACING AT 20'-0" INTERVALS FOR WEB FORCES UP TO 2509 lbs. AND AT 10'-0" FOR FORCE GREATER THAN 2509 lbs. LATERAL BRACING DETAIL ALT. LATERAL BRACING DETAIL 10d O 6" 0. C. TYP. TRUSSES 0 24" T—BRACE SAME SIZE AND GRADE AS WEB. O.C. TYP. R5�� WITH i®6" WEB (2x6 MAX.) WEB SECTION DETAIL NOTE: BRACE MUST BE 80% THE LEHGTH OF THE WEB. THIS DETAIL IS TO BE USED AS AN ALTERNATE FOR CONTINUOUS LATERAL BRACING. MINIMUM GRADE OF LUMBER TPI -2007 0o Mahmoud Zolfoghari T.0 ...... SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET. Revised:F\/rIull 13901 S.W. 108 Ave. Miomi, FL. 33176 B.0 ...... SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET. 7/7/94 305-253-2428 WEBS ... SEE STRUCTURAL SHEET. 03/2012 0 DD P.E. No. 36921 LOADING PLF STIR. INCR.: 33% � 00 n L. D. DRAWN BY: G.L.H. 15 CHECKED BY: J.A.I. B.C. 00 SPACING: 24 INCH 0 C. REP. STRESS: YES MITek Industries Inc. Approved for MITek In, Inc. STANDARD ROOF VALLEY DETAIL SUPPORTING VALLEY VALLEY TRUSSES TRUSSES AREA PARTIAL ROOF LAYOUT 12 STRAP Q 48" O.C. SEE NOTE (c) BELOW. 3x5 SEE NOTE (a). SUPPORTING TRUSSES © 2'-0" O.C. MAX. NOTES: (a) Provide continuous bracing on verticals over 6'-3". Connect bracing to verticals w/2 -8d nails and bracing must be -tied to a fixed point at each end. (b) Max, spacing for verticals studs=8'-0". On trusses with spans over 24'-0" the verticals should be spaced at 6'-0" o.c. max. (c) Conn. for wind uplift w/ min. 1 1/4", 16 ga. twist strap at 4'-0" intervals w/4 10d nails each side of strap. Max. 175 mph wind speed 20'-0" max. wall height. (ASCE 7-10). VALLEY TRUSSES AT 2'-0" O.C. MAX. OR BEVEL CUT BOTTOM CHORD OF VALLEY TRUSS. MINIMUM GRADE OF LUMBER REFER TO ENGINEERING FBC-2010 SHEETS. LOADING (PLF) L. D. T. C. 30 15 B. C. 0 10 STIR. INCR.: 337, DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: REP. STRESS: YES DECO TRUSS COMPANY 13980 S.W. 252 ST. PRINCETON, FL. 33032 Note: Plywood sheathing may be extended below valley trusses. Provide opening for straps to connect to trusses below. Mahmoud Zolfaghori 13901 S.W. 108 Ave/Z�f Miami, FL. 33176 305-253-2428 P.E. No. 36921 k �p GENERAL NOTES NOTAS GENERALES Trusses are not marked in any way to identify the Los trusses no estan marcados de ningun modo que frequency or location of temporary lateral restraint identifiquelafrecuendaolocalizad6nderestriccionlateral and diagonal bracing. Follow the recommendations yarriostrediagonal temporales. Use las recomendaciones for handling, installing and temporary restraining de manejo, instalacion, restriction yarriostre temporal de and bracing of trusses. Refer to BC5L- Guide Q los trusses. Vea el folleto B, Shia de Buena Practica talacion Restriction Arrtost 1 Good Practice for Handling,Installing. Restraining r el Mane' Ins a de as q �- 9 P?� io• & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wocid Trusses de Madera Conectados con Placas de Metal **: Trusses*** for more detailed information. pat information mos detallada. Truss Design Drawings may specify locations of Los dibujos de diseno de los trusses pueden especificar permanent lateral restraint or reinforcement for las localizadones de restriction latera/ permanente o individual truss members. Refer to the SCSI- refuerzo en los miembros individuales del truss. Vea la B3*** for more information. All other permanent hoja resumen BCSI-B3*** para mos information. EI bracing design is the responsibility of the building resto de los disenos de arriostres permanentes son la designer. responsabilldad del disenador del edificio. AThe consequences of improper handling, erecting, installing, restraining and bracing can result in a collapse of the structure, or worse, serious personal injury or death. E1 resultado de un manejo, r levantarniento, instalacion, restriction y arrisotre -spedemiento del Arylostro Temporal de la Cuerda Superior incon ecto puede ser la caida de la estructura o 10'(3 m) o.c. max. atm peor, heridos o muertos. t Adal,1 rq; J Exercise care when removing a• banding and handling trusses to avoid 1' damaging trusses and prevent injury. Wear# 6'(1.8 m) o.c. max. "` Use equipo apropiado ging and hoisting personal protective equipment for the eyes, \ improvisar. three lift points for bundles of top chord pitch No sobrecargue la feet, hands and head when working with estructura apoyada con el paquete de >45'(13.7 m). trusses. j trusses quetes de trusses de la cuerda superior hasta 45' y trusses de cuerdas paralelas de 30' o mens. h Use por to menos dos puntos de levantar con Utilice cautela a/ guitar las ataduras grupos de trusses de cuerda superior tntilnada [ hasta 60'y trusses de cuerdas paralelas hasta o IDS pedazos de metal de sujetar para evitar dan"o a menos n d levantar con grupos de trusses de cuerda superior inclinada 45: Use por to e os dos pu [os e g p p los trusses y prevenir la herida personal. L/eve pies o mens. el equipo protectivo personal para ojos, pies, 32 mm manos y cabeza cuando trabalia con trusses. A l r a I Use ., Utilice it HANDLING MANEJO Avoid lateral bending. a;F Evite la flexion lateral. The contractor is responsible for properly receiving, unloading and storing the trusses at the jobsite. Unload trusses to smooth surface to prevent damage. EI contratista tiene la responsabilidad de recibir, descargar y almacenar adecuadamente los trusses en la obra. Descargue los trusses en la tierra )iso para prevenir el dan"o. i Trusses may be unloaded directly on the ground at the time of delivery or stored temporarily in contact with the ground after delivery. If trusses are to be stored for more than one week, place blocking of sufficient height beneath the stack of trusses at 8' (2.4 m) to 10' (3 m) on -center (o.c.). Los trusses pueden ser descargados directamente en el sue/o en aquel momento de entrega o almacenados temporalmente en contacto con el suelo despu6s de entrega. Si los trusses estaran guardados para mas de una semi ponga bloqueando de altura suildente detras de la pila de los trusses a 8 hasta 10 pies en centro (o.c.). 7 For trusses stored for more than one week, cover bundles to protect from the environment. Para trusses guardados por mas de una semana, cubra las paquetes para protegerlos del ambiente. Refer to BCSI*** for more detailed information pertaining to handling and jobsite storage of trusses. Vea el folleto BCSI*** para information mas detal- lada sobre el manejo y almacenado de los trusses en area de trabajo. special care In cuidado especial en windy weather or dias ventosos o cerca near power lines de cables e/ectricos o and airports. de aeropuertos. store almacene unbraced bundles vertica/mente los upright. trusses sue/tos. store on almacene en tierra uneven ground. desigual. HOISTING AND PLACEMENT OF TRUSS BUNDLES RECOMENDACIONES PARA LEVANTAR PAQUETES DE TRUSSES overload the crane. Top Chord Temporary Lateral Restraint (TCTLR) Spacing sobrecargue /a gr6a. -spedemiento del Arylostro Temporal de la Cuerda Superior Spreader bar. 10'(3 m) o.c. max. for truss t ✓ A single lift point may be used for bundles of ` op��pb 1' parallel chord trusses up to 30' (9.1 m). 6'(1.8 m) o.c. max. ✓ Use proper rig- Use equipo apropiado ging and hoisting para levantar e equipment. improvisar. store almacene unbraced bundles vertica/mente los upright. trusses sue/tos. store on almacene en tierra uneven ground. desigual. HOISTING AND PLACEMENT OF TRUSS BUNDLES RECOMENDACIONES PARA LEVANTAR PAQUETES DE TRUSSES overload the crane. Top Chord Temporary Lateral Restraint (TCTLR) Spacing sobrecargue /a gr6a. -spedemiento del Arylostro Temporal de la Cuerda Superior e bandin to lift a bundle. use 9 10'(3 m) o.c. max. las ataduras para levantar un a uete. use a pa p q t ✓ A single lift point may be used for bundles of ` top chord pitch trusses up to 45' (13.7 m) and 1' parallel chord trusses up to 30' (9.1 m). 6'(1.8 m) o.c. max. Use at least two lift points for bundles of top A Do not over load supporting chord pitch trusses up to 60' (18.3 m) and paral- structure with truss bundle. lel chord trusses up to 45' (13.7 m). Use at least 2' three lift points for bundles of top chord pitch No sobrecargue la trusses >60' (18.3m) and parallel chord trusses estructura apoyada con el paquete de >45'(13.7 m). trusses. Puede usar un solo lugar de levantar para pa - Place truss bundles in stable position. quetes de trusses de la cuerda superior hasta 45' y trusses de cuerdas paralelas de 30' o mens. Puse paquetes de trusses en una position Use por to menos dos puntos de levantar con estable. grupos de trusses de cuerda superior tntilnada (6.1 m) hasta 60'y trusses de cuerdas paralelas hasta (9.1 m) menos n d levantar con grupos de trusses de cuerda superior inclinada 45: Use por to e os dos pu [os e g p p mas de 60'y trusses de cuerdas paralelas mas de 45' pies o mens. MECHANICAL HOISTING RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SINGLE TRUSSES RECOMENDACIONES PARA LEVANTAR TRUSSES INDIVIDUALES Using a single pick -point at the peak can damage the truss. *-'If E/ use de un solo lugar en el pico para levantar puede 60' or less hater dado at truss. APprox. 1/2 truss length Tagline Locate Spreader bar Attach 0'(3 m) Spreader bar above or stiffback o.c. max. mid -height Toe n ..-% Ti oe-m I/n S reader ba 1,2 to 2/3 truss length Tagline I Spreader bar 2J3 to � il�- 3/4 truss length -� Tagline Hold each truss In position with the erection equipment until top chord temporary lateral restraint is installed and the truss is fastened to the bearing points. Sostenga Cada truss en position con equipo de gnia hasta que la restriccidn lateral temporal de la cuerda superior este instalado y el truss esta asegurado en IDS soportes. INSTALLATION OF SINGLE TRUSSES BY HAND RECOMMENDACCIONES DE LEVANTAMIENTO DE TRUSSES INDIVIDUALES POR LA MANO TEMPORARY RESTRAINT & BRACING RESTRICCION Y ARRIOSTRE TEMPORAL * Refer to Br,S r -e2*** for more Top Chord Temporary information.Lateral Restraint (TCTVea el resumen 5C51 -82 -para mas infor- macion. 2xx44in. min. Locate ground braces for first truss directly in line with all rows of top chord temporary lateral restraint (see table in the next column). res erra para el rimer =90' Coloque los arrios[ de t p p truss directamente en linea con Cada una de Las filas de restriccidn lateral temporal de la cuerda superior (vea la tabla en la Proxima -4 securely before columna). � erection of additional walk on / trusses. unbraced trusses. s /' I carmine en trusses / ' � 9 r sueltos. I ----- _ STEPS TO SETTING TRUSSES LAS MEDIDAS DE LA INSTALACIUN DE LOS TRUSSES V1 1) Install ground bracing. 2) Set first truss and attach securely to ground bracing. 3) Set next 4 trusses with short member temporary lateral restraint (see below). 4) Install top chord diagonal bracing (see below). 5) Install web member plane diagonal bracing to stabilize the first five trusses(see below . 6 Install bottom chord temporary l restraintstraint and diagonal bracing see below). 7) Repeat process with groups of four trusses until all trusses are set. 1) Instate los arriostres de Cierra. 2) Instate el primero truss y ate seguramente a/ arriostre de Cierra. 3) Instate los prdximos 4 trusses con restncoon lateral temporal de miembro corto (vea abajo). 4) Instate el arriostre diagonal de la cuerda superior (vea abajo). 5) Instate arriostre diagonal para los plans de los miembros secundancis para estabilice, los primeros cinco trusses (vea abajo). 6) Instate la restriction lateral temporal y arriostre diagonal para la cuerda inferior (vea abajo). 7) Repita este procedimtento en grupos de cuatro trusses hasta que todos los trusses esten instalados. ® Refer to BCSI-82*** for more information. Vea el resumen BCsi-82*** para mos information. RESTRAINT/ BRACING FOR ALL PLANES OF TRUSSES RESTRICC16NIARRZOSTRE PARA TODOS PLANOS DE TRUSSES This restraint and bracing method is for all trusses except 3x2 and 4x2 parallel chord trusses (PCTs). See top of next column for temporary restraint and bracing of PCTs. Este metodo de restriction y arriostre es para todo trusses excepto trusses de cuerdas paralelas (PCTs) 3x2 y 4x2. Vea la parte superior de la columna para la restriccidn y arriostre temporal de PCTs. 1) TOP CHORD - CUERDA SUPERIOR Tcuews sin Top Chord Temporary Lateral Restraint (TCTLR) Spacing Longitud de Tratma -spedemiento del Arylostro Temporal de la Cuerda Superior Trusses 20' 10'(3 m) o.c. max. _E j Trusses 30' t (6.1 m) or ` (9.1 m) or 1' less, support 6'(1.8 m) o.c. max. less, support at.. 0.3m near peak. 4'(1.2 m) o.c. max. quarter points. 2' Soporte 16.7' Soporte de 0.6 m cerca a/ pico 5A m los cuartos - los trusses F Trusses up to 20' ► de tramo los f Trusses up to 30' -lo. de 20 pies o (6.1 m) trusses de 30 (9.1 m) menos. Trusses hasta 20 pies pies o mens. Trusses hasta 30 pies TEMPORARY RESTRAINT & BRACING RESTRICCION Y ARRIOSTRE TEMPORAL * Refer to Br,S r -e2*** for more Top Chord Temporary information.Lateral Restraint (TCTVea el resumen 5C51 -82 -para mas infor- macion. 2xx44in. min. Locate ground braces for first truss directly in line with all rows of top chord temporary lateral restraint (see table in the next column). res erra para el rimer =90' Coloque los arrios[ de t p p truss directamente en linea con Cada una de Las filas de restriccidn lateral temporal de la cuerda superior (vea la tabla en la Proxima -4 securely before columna). � erection of additional walk on / trusses. unbraced trusses. s /' I carmine en trusses / ' � 9 r sueltos. I ----- _ STEPS TO SETTING TRUSSES LAS MEDIDAS DE LA INSTALACIUN DE LOS TRUSSES V1 1) Install ground bracing. 2) Set first truss and attach securely to ground bracing. 3) Set next 4 trusses with short member temporary lateral restraint (see below). 4) Install top chord diagonal bracing (see below). 5) Install web member plane diagonal bracing to stabilize the first five trusses(see below . 6 Install bottom chord temporary l restraintstraint and diagonal bracing see below). 7) Repeat process with groups of four trusses until all trusses are set. 1) Instate los arriostres de Cierra. 2) Instate el primero truss y ate seguramente a/ arriostre de Cierra. 3) Instate los prdximos 4 trusses con restncoon lateral temporal de miembro corto (vea abajo). 4) Instate el arriostre diagonal de la cuerda superior (vea abajo). 5) Instate arriostre diagonal para los plans de los miembros secundancis para estabilice, los primeros cinco trusses (vea abajo). 6) Instate la restriction lateral temporal y arriostre diagonal para la cuerda inferior (vea abajo). 7) Repita este procedimtento en grupos de cuatro trusses hasta que todos los trusses esten instalados. ® Refer to BCSI-82*** for more information. Vea el resumen BCsi-82*** para mos information. RESTRAINT/ BRACING FOR ALL PLANES OF TRUSSES RESTRICC16NIARRZOSTRE PARA TODOS PLANOS DE TRUSSES This restraint and bracing method is for all trusses except 3x2 and 4x2 parallel chord trusses (PCTs). See top of next column for temporary restraint and bracing of PCTs. Este metodo de restriction y arriostre es para todo trusses excepto trusses de cuerdas paralelas (PCTs) 3x2 y 4x2. Vea la parte superior de la columna para la restriccidn y arriostre temporal de PCTs. 1) TOP CHORD - CUERDA SUPERIOR Tcuews sin Top Chord Temporary Lateral Restraint (TCTLR) Spacing Longitud de Tratma -spedemiento del Arylostro Temporal de la Cuerda Superior Up to 30' 10'(3 m) o.c. max. (9.1 m) D (ft ) 30'(9.1 m) - 8'(2.4 m) D.C. max. 45'(13.7 m) 1' 45'(13.7 m) - 6'(1.8 m) o.c. max. 60'(18.3 m) 0.3m 60'(18.3 m) - 4'(1.2 m) o.c. max. 80' (24.4 m)* 2' -Consult a Registered Design Professional for trusses longer than 60' (18.3 m).� `Consu/te a un Professional Registrado oe Diseno para trusses mas de 60 pies. J See BCSI-82*** for TCTLR options. -� Vea e/ BCSI -B2*** para las options de TCTLR. Refer to BCSI-B3*** for Gable End Frame restraint/bracing/ A reinforcement information. - Para information sobre restriction/ - - _ TCTLR arriostre/refuerzo para Armazones Hastiales vea el resumen BCSI-B3 Note: Ground bracing not shown for clarity. 10" or > - Truss attachment ✓, Repeat diagonal braces for each set of 4 trusses. required at support(s) Repita los arrisotres diagonales para sada grupo de 4 trusses. Section A -A 2) WEB MEMBER PLANE - PLANO DE LOS MIEMBROS SECUNDARIOS Diagonal CLR splice reinforcement \ bracing Truss Member px_CLR Web members \ _,45o --- A Bottom chords Minimum 2'2x- Scab block centered over splice. Attach Diagonal braces to CLR with minimum 8-16d every 10 truss spaces (0.135x3.5") nails each side 20' (6.1 m) max. of splice or as specified by the 10' (3 m) - 15' (4.6 m) max. Building Designer. Same spacing as bottom Note: Some chord and web members SECTION A -A chord lateral restraint not shown for clarity. 3) BOTTOM CHORD - CUERDA INFERIOR__,, Lateral Restraints - 2x4x12' or - _ _ _ ss /��Tru- Lateral greater lapped over two trusses,. or CLR splice reinforce--` Note: Some chord ment. _ / and web members Bottom not shown for // <° chords clarity. 10'(3 m) - 15'(4.6 m) max. Diagonal braces every 10 truss spaces 20' (6.1 m) max. RESTRAINT & BRACING FOR 3x2 AND 4x2 PARALLEL CHORD TRUSSES + RESTRICCION Y ARRIOSTRE PARA TRUSSES DE CUERDAS PARALELAS 3X2 Y 4X2 10' (3 m) or Diagonal bracing Repeat diagonal bracing ° Refer to 15'(4.6 m)*every 15 truss spaces 30' BCSI- 87*** for more _ -�._.. (9.1 m) max. information. Vea el resumen BC57 61*** -- para mos informaci6n. t Apply diagonal brace to vertical -._..- webs at end of cantilever and at - bearing locations. All lateral restraints ..__..._.._....._I -, lapped at least two trusses. *Top chord temporary lateral restraint spacing shall be 10' (3 m) o.c. max. for 3x2 chords and 15' (4.6 m) o.c. for 4x2 chords. INSTALLING - INSTALACION tiff -Pim f;J( Tolerances for Out -of -Plane. Tolerancias para Fuera-de-Plano. ��- Length --> Max. Booww'-r e w Lenggth T Max. Bow , Length d Plumt line m Tolerances for I i Out -of -Plumb. Tolerancias para D/50 in Fuera-de-Plomada. Out -o1' -Plumb." Max. Bow Truss Length Height CARGA DE CONSTRUCC16N 3/4" 12.5' D/50 D (ft ) 19 mm 3.8 m 1/4" 1' 7/8" 14.6' (6 mm) 0.3m 22 mm (4.5 in) 1/2" 2' 1" 16.7' 13 mm 0.6 m 25 mm 5A m 3/4" 3' 1-1/8" 18.8' 19 mm 0.9m 29 mm 5.7m p' 4' 1-1/4" 20.8' 25 mm 1.2m 32 mm 6.3m 1-1/4" 5' 1-3/8" 22.9' 32 mm 1.5m 35mm 7.0m 1-1/2" 6' 1-1/2" 25.0' 38 mm 1.8 m 1-3/4" 7' 45 mm 2.1 m EIIE 8' 51m>>24m CONSTRUCTION LOADING Material Height CARGA DE CONSTRUCC16N 12" (305 mm) Plywood or OSB 16" (406 mm) Asphalt Shingles 2 bundles Concrete Block 8" (203 mm) proceed with construction until all lateral 3-4 tiles high restraint and bracing is securely and properly in place. proceda con la construction hasta que todas las restric ciones laterales y los arriostres est6n colocados en forma apropiada y Segura. exceed maximum stack heights. Refer to BC57-B4*** for more information. exceda las alturas maximas de monition. Vea el resumen 8C51-80" para mas information. Maxim Stack Height for Material on Trusses Material Height Gypsum Board 12" (305 mm) Plywood or OSB 16" (406 mm) Asphalt Shingles 2 bundles Concrete Block 8" (203 mm) Clay Tile 3-4 tiles high stack materials near a peak or at mid -span. W amontone los materia/es cerca de un pico. overload small groups or single trusses. �' sobrecargue pequenos grupos o trusses individuales. T- 7 Place loads over as many trusses as possible. Coloque las cargas sobre tantos trusses tomo sea posible. +sfy 1 J Position loads over load bearing walls. Coloque las cargas sobre las paredes soportantes. ALTERATIONS - ALTERACIONES J 1 =Refer Refer to BCSI-B5.*** Truss bracing not shown for clarity. Vea el resumen BCSI-B5.*** cut, alter, or drill any structural member of a truss unless specifically permitted by the truss design drawing. torte, altere o perfore ningun miembro estructura/ de un truss, a menos que este especificamente permitido en el dibujo del diseho del truss. ° a Trusses that have been overloaded during construction or altered without the Truss Man- ufacturer's prior approval may render the Truss Manufacturer's limited warranty null and void. Trusses que se han sobrecargado durante /a construccidn o han sido alterados sin /a autor- izad6n previa del Fabricante de Trusses, pueden hater nulo y sin efecto la garantia limitada del Fabricante de Trusses. Contact the Component Manufacturer for more information or consult a Registered Design Professional for assistance. io view a non -printing vur or mis Document, wsu soanousuy.cumt- NOTE: The truss manufacturer and truss designer rely on the presumption that the contractor and crane operator (if applicable) are professionals with the capability to undertake the work they have agreed to do on any given project. If the contractor believes n needs assistance in some aspect of the construction project, it should seek assistance from a competent party. The methods and procedures outlined in this document are intended to ensure that the overall construction techniques employed will put the trusses into place SAFELY These recommendations for handling, installing, restraining and bracing trusses are based upon the collective experience of leading personnel involved with truss design, manufacture and installation, but must, due to the nature of responsibilities involved, be presented only as a GUIDE for use by a qualified building designer or contractor. It is not intended that these recommendations be interpreted as n it does not preclude the frhandling, instalfn reshainin and bracing trusses and or to the building designer's design specification oP superior pec g, 9 9 Pe � 9 9 9 I interrelated ' J for walls columns floors roots and all the, to useofother valent methods For restraining/bracing and providing stability o the structural building components as determined by the contractor. Thus, 58CA and TPi expressly disclaim any responsibility for damages arising from the use, application, or reliance on the recommendations and information contained herein. S!": �77r wood muss cournt TRUSS PLATE INSTITUTE 6300 Enterprise Lane • Madison, WI 53719 218 N. Lee St., Ste. 312 • Alexandria, VA 22314 608/274-4849 • sbcindusby.com 703/683-1010 • tpins[.org Miami Shores Village Building Department 10050 N.E.2nd Avenue, Miami Shores, Florida 33138 Tel: (305) 795.2204 Fax: (305) 756.8972 INSPECTION'S PHONE NUMBER: (305) 762.4949 BUILD G PERMIT APPLICATION Permit Type: JOB ADDRESS: BUILDING 18 Permit No. d X13 FBC 20 C 0 Master Permit No.1L !2 173 i ROOFING City: Miami Shores County: Miami Dade Zip: Folio/Parcel#: 1 � " C ) C') " n 1 _-7-)" )1 % ( Is the Building Historically Designated: Yes NO Zone: OWNER: Name (Fee i•I..— City: TenantlUs^see Name: Phone#: Emaiil CONTRACTOR: Company Name: �� L �� Phone#: ��' �5 15-11 is Address: 0 C � City: VYi J State: Zip: % Qualifier Name: Phone#• State Certification or Registration #: C -)1=60 ® d U a—Certificate of Competency #: Contact Phone#:A�� Ia -1 tj q f Email Address: DESIGNER: Architeet/Engineer: (0C-aA)a—h e e ':j f CA n Phone#: Value of Work for this Permit: $?Qf Tt ®(I6 1IYA ( F,j • ear Footage of Work Type of Work: L3Addition OAlterattion ONe ORepair/Replace ODemolition Description of Work L 7 Ain eq 41j -j -2e co Color thru tile: Submittal Fee $ Permit Fee $ CCF $ CO/CC $ Scanning Fee $ 15 .lam Radon Fee $ DBPR $ Bond $ Notary $ Training/Education Fee $ Technology Fee $ Ruble Fee $ Structural Review $ a �F= — TOTAL FEE NOW DUE $ BUILDING Miami Shores Village Building Department 10050 N.E.2nd Avenue, Miami Shores, Florida 33138 Tel: (305) 795.2204 Fag: (305) 756.8972 NSPECTIOIY'_&j_" OTE NUMBER: (305) 762.4949 PERMIT APPLICATIO Permit Type: JOB ADDRESS: City: M Folio/Parcel#: BUILDING Permit No. Master Permit No. 1 ROOFING Miami Dade Zip: Is the Building Historically Designated: Yes NO Flood Zone: Tenantff-eps�s-ee Name: Email: �JGC1 CONTRACTOR: Company Name: Address: City: State Certification or Registration #: C IQCertificate of Competency Contact Phone#: t Email Address: DESIGNER: Architect/Engineer: Phone#: Value of Work for this Permit: $ [Z Q QQ - Square/Linear Footage of Work: X1Q A Type of Work. Addi0op g OAlteration ONew _ ORepair/Replace ,` �4_ODemoliti2n Description of Work: Submittal Fee $ Permit Fie Scanning Fee $2100— Radon Fee CaCC $ DBPR $ Bond $ Notary $ Trainin /g/Edducation Fee $ Technology Fee $ too Ruble Fee $ Structural Review $ TOTAL FEE NOW DUE $3,72--00- et 3,7Z-d0et R'2' 00 Bonding Company's Name (if applicable) Bonding Company's Address City State Zip Mortgage Lender's Name (if applicable) Mortgage Lender's Address City State Zip Application is hereby made to obtain a permit to do the work and installations as indicated. I certify that no work or installation has commenced prior to the issuance of a permit and that all work will be performed to meet the standards of all laws regulating construction in this jurisdiction. I understand that a separate permit must be secured for ELECTRICAL WORK, PLUMBING, SIGNS, WELLS, POOLS, FURNACES, BOILERS, HEATERS, TANKS and AIR CONDITIONERS, ETC..... OWNER'S AFFIDAVIT: I certify that all the foregoing information is accurate and that all work will be done in compliance with all applicable laws regulating construction and zoning. "WARNING TO OWNER: YOUR FAILURE TO RECORD A NOTICE OF COMAENCEMENT MAY RESULT IN YOUR PAYING TWICE FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO YOUR PROPERTY. IF YOU INTEND TO OBTAIN FINANCING, CONSULT WITH YOUR LENDER OR AN ATTORNEY BEFORE RECORDING YOUR NOTICE OF COMMENCEMENT." Notice to Applicant: As a condition to the issuance of a building permit with an estimated value exceeding $2500, the applicant must promise in good faith that a copy of the notice of commencement and construction lien law brochure will be delivered to the person whose property is subject to attachment. Also, a certified copy of the recorded notice of commencement must be posted at the job site for the first inspection which occurs seven (7) days after the building permit is issued In the absence of such posted notice, the inspection will not be approved and a reinspection fee will be charged. /1 Signature O e or Agent The foregoin instrumeni as acknowledged before me this -�-& day of , 20 , by aIT16C)Me t tQ��l� o is personally kno to me or who has produced As identification and who did take an oath. NOTARY PUBLIC: Sign: ll—�6QJ k--AA/W' Print: �@pC a+a, �SgCCA GARCIA My Commission Expire,n MY 00WISSION # DD 976807 EXPIRES: April 3,2014 414�FFl�`tle Bond�dTh BtMg�NofaY APPROVED BY before me this Plans Examiner Structural Review (Revised 3/1=012)(Revised 07/10/07)(Revised 06/10/2009)(Revised 3/15/09) as identification and who did take an oath. NOTARY PUBLIC: it a, Sign: I 9, My commission a� Pk ' 'O My COmMLgSRBE�ION GAR97976807 ' EXPIRES: April 3, 2614 � Baden h Naw s"M OFF��V Zoning Clerk AX2' 13S4,1 M®� MIAMI DADECOUNTY, FLORIDA PRODUCT CONTROL SECTION DEPARTMENT OF PERMITTING, ENVIRONMENT, AND REGULATORY 11805 SW 26 Street, Room 208 AFFAIRS (PERA) Miami, Florida 33175-2474 BOARD AND CODE ADMINISTRATION DIVISION T (786) 315-2590 F (786) 315-2599 NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE (NOA) www.miamidade.sov/nera/ PGT Industries 1070 Technology Drive Nokomis,.Fl 34275 SCOPE: This NOA is being issued under the applicable rules and regulations governing the use of construction materials. The documentation submitted has been reviewed and accepted by Miami -Dade County PERA- Product Control Section to be used in Miami Dade County and other areas where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). This NOA shall not be valid after the expiration date stated below. The Miami -Dade County Product Control Section (In Miami -Dade County) and/or the AHJ (in areas other than Miami -Dade County) reserve the right to have this product or material tested for quality assurance purposes. If this product or material fails to perform in the accepted manner, the manufacturer will incur the expense of such testing and the AHJ may immediately revoke, modify, or suspend the use of such product or material within their jurisdiction. PERA reserves the right to revoke this acceptance, if it is determined by Miami -Dade County Product Control Section that this product or material fails to meet the requirements of the applicable building code. This product is approved as described herein, and has been designed to comply with the Florida Building Code, including the High Velocity Hurricane Zone. DESCRIPTION: Series "PW 701" Aluminum Fixed Window - L.M.I. APPROVAL DOCUMENT: Drawing No. 4259-4 titled "Aluminum Picture Window, Impact", sheets 1 through 8 of 8, prepared by manufacturer, dated 07/14/03 with revision "D" dated 10/18/11, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P. E., bearing the -Miami -Dade County Product Control Revision stamp with the Notice of Acceptance number and Expiration date by the Miami Dade County Product Control Section. MISSILE IMPACT RATING: Large and Small Missile Impact Resistant. LABELING: Each unit shall bear a permanent label with the manufacturer's name or logo, city, state, model/ series and following statement: "Miami -Dade County Product Control Approved" unless otherwise noted herein. RENEWAL of this .NOA shall be considered after a renewal application has been filed and there has been no change in the applicable building code negatively affecting the performance of this product. TERMINATION of this NOA will occur after the expiration date or if there has been a revision or change in the materials, use, and/or manufacture of the product or process. Misuse of this NOA as an endorsement of any product, for sales, advertising or any other purposes shall automatically terminate this NOA. Failure to comply with any section of this NOA shall be cause for termination and removal of NOA. ADVERTISEMENT: The NOA number preceded by the words Miami -Dade County, Florida, and followed by the expiration date may be displayed in advertising literature. If any portion of the NOA is displayed, then it shall be done in its entirety. INSPECTION: A copy of this entire NOA shall be provided to the user by the manufacturer or its distributors and shall be available for inspection at the job site at the request of the Building Official. This NOA revises NOA No. 10-0504.05 and consists of this page 1, evidence pages E-1 and E-2, as well as approval document mentioned above. The submitted documentation was reviewed by Jaime D. Gascon, P. E. NOA No.11-1110.15 Expiration Date: February 19, 2014 t Approval Date: February 02, 2012 1 01tZ Page 1 PGT Industries NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: ' EVIDENCE SUBMITTED A. DRAWINGS 1. Manufacturer's die drawings and sections. (Submitted under previous NOA No. 03-1105. 01) 2. Drawing No. 4259-4 titled "Aluminum Picture Window, Impact", sheets 1 through 8 of 8; prepared by manufacturer, dated 07/14/03 with revision "D" dated 10/18/11, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P. E. B. TESTS 1. Test reports on: 1) Air Infiltration Test, per FBC, TAS 202-94 2) Uniform Static Air Pressure Test, Loading per FBC, TAS 20294 3) Water Resistance Test, per FBC, TAS 202-94 4) Large Missile Impact Test per FBC, TAS 201-94 5) Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading per FBC, TAS 203-94 along with marked -up drawings and installation diagram of aluminum fixed window, prepared by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc., Test Reports No.'s FTL-3835 and FTL--3850, dated 07/18 and 31/03, all signed and sealed by Joseph C. Chan, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No. 03-1105.01) C. CALCULATIONS 1. Anchor verification calculations and structural analysis, dated 08/19/10 complying with FBC-2007, prepared by manufacture, signed and sealed by Anthony L. Miller, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No. 16-0504.05) 2. Glazing complies with ASTM E1300-02/ 04 D. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Miami -Dade Department of Permitting, Environment, and Regulatory Affairs (PERA) E. MATERIAL CERTIFICATIONS 1. Notice of Acceptance No. 11-0325.05 issued to Solutia, Inc. for their "Saflex - Clear or colored Interlayer" dated 04/21A 1, expiring on 04/21/16. 2. Notice of Acceptance No. 114624.01 issued to E. I. DuPont DeNemours & Co., Inc. for their "DuPont Butacite® PVB Interlayer" dated 09/08/11, expiring on 12/11/16. F. STATEMENTS 1. Statement letter of conformance and compliance with the FBG -2007 (with the 2009 supplement) and FBC-201 0, dated 10/29/11, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P. E. 2: Statement letter of no financial interest and independence, dated 10/29/11, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P. E. 94C;n�- Jaime D. Gascon, P. E. Product Control Section Supervisor NOA No. 11-1110.15 Expiration Date: February 19, 2014 Approval Date: February 02, 2012 E-1 PGT Industries NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: EVIDENCE SUBMITTED F. STATEMENTS 3. Letter of Adoption of as his Own, the Work of another Engineer per Section 61G15-27.001 of the F.B.P.E., dated 08/19/10 signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No. 10-0504.08) 4. Statement letter of conformance and compliance with the Florida Building Code, dated 08/19/10 signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No. 10-0504.08) 5. Statement letter of no financial interest and independence, dated 08/19/10 signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P. E. (Submitted under previous NDA No. 10-0504.08) 6. Laboratory compliance letter for Test Reports No.'s FTL-3835 and FTL-3850, issued by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc., dated 07/31/03, signed and sealed by Joseph C. Chan, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No. 03-1105. 0.1) G. OTHERS 1. Notice of Acceptance No. 10-0504.05, issued to PGT Industries for their Series "PW - 701 Aluminum Fixed Window - L.M.I." approved on 09/22/10 and expiring on 02/19/14. f Jaime D. Gascon, . E. Product Control Section Supervisor NOA No. 11-1110.15 Expiration Date: February 19, 2014 Approval Date: February 02, 2012 E-2 NOTES: SERIES 701 ALUMINUM FIXED WINDOW 1. DIRECTIONS FOR USE: A. DETERMINE THE PRODUCT'S MAXIMUM DESIGN PRESSURE FROM EITHER TABLES ON SHEET 2 (DEPENDING ON YOUR GLASS TYPE). B. DETERMINE THE TYPE AND QUANTITY OF ANCHORS REQUIRED TO MEET THE WINDOWS DESIGN PRESSURE FROM SHEET 6 FOR WOOD SUBSTRATES, OR SHEET 7 FOR MASONRY SUBSTRATES. SPACE ANCHORS APART EQUALLY PER NOTES ON SHEET. C. USE SHEETS 3 THROUGH 6 TO INSTALL PRODUCT, REFERENCING NOTES FROM SHEETS 6 & 7. 2. DESIGN PRESSURE RATINGS: NEGATIVE DESIGN LOADS BASED ON TESTED PRESSURE AND ASTM E1300-02, 3 -SECOND GUST. POSITIVE DESIGN LOADS BASED ON WATER TEST PRESSURE AND ASTM E1300-02, 3 -SECOND GUST. 3. ANCHORAGE: THE 33-1/33; STRESS INCREASE HAS NQ T BEEN USED IN THE DESIGN OF THIS PRODUCT. MATERIALS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO STEEL SCREWS, THAT COME INTO CONTACT WITH OTHER DISSIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. LOAD DURATION, CD, OF 1.6 WAS USED IN WOOD SUBSTRATES ONLY. 5. MATERIALS USED FOR ANCHOR EVALUATIONS WERE SOUTHERN PINE, C-90 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS AND CONCRETE WITH MIN. KSI PER ANCHOR TYPE, SEE SHEET 7. 6. REFERENCES: TEST REPORTS, FTL-3835 & FTL--3850, NOA: 07-0425.01 (ULTRACON), 03--0225.05 (CRETE -FLEX), ANSI/AF&PA NDS -2005 FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION, ADM -2005 ALUMINUM DESIGN MANUAL. 7. THIS PRODUCT HAS BEEN DESIGNED & TESTED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, INCLUDING THE HIGH VELOCITY HURRICANE ZONE (HVHZ). 8. SHIMS ARE REQUIRED AT EACH ANCHOR LOCATION WHERE THE PRODUCT IS NOT FLUSH TO THE SUBSTRATE. USE SHIMS CAPABLE OF TRANSFERRING APPLIED LOADS, WOOD BUCKS, BY OTHERS, MUST BE SUFFICIENTLY ANCHORED TO RESIST LOADS IMPOSED ON THEM BY THE WINDOW. 9. NARROW JOINT SEALANT IS USED ON ALL FOUR CORNERS OF THE FRAME. INSTALLATION ANCHORS SHOULD BE SEALED. ADHESIVE SEALANT SHALL BE USED BETWEEN SUBSTRATE AND FLANGE OR FIN. OVERALL SEALING/FLASHING STRATEGY FOR WATER RESISTANCE OF INSTALLATION SHALL BE DONE BY OTHERS. C F.K. - WIDTH I-- -4 WIDTH 44-1/4- VISIBLE 4--1/4"VISIBLE LIGHT 6" � 12-7/8" MAX. B MAX. O.C. A A i 92-1/4" VISIBLE LIGHT I 96" 12-7/8" FLANGE MAX. TO FLANGE 6„ 48" FLANGE MAX. TO FLANGE B TYP. FLANGED FRAME ELEVATION (TESTED UNIT) 2" MAX. --H C 98 1/4" FIN TO FIN 1 5' OC. 96" 11. 4-1/4�"�J! VISI LE LIGHT 5" N 2" MAX.48" 50 1/4" FIN TO FIN 4 x12013 (TESTED UNIT) OTHER SHAPES AS SHOWN BELOW OR SIMILAR. MAY BE USED BY INSCRIBING THE SHAPE IN A BLOCK AND OBTAINING DESIGN PRESSURES FOR THAT BLOCK SIZE FROM THE TABLES ON SHEET 2. C 93-1/4- VISIBLE 3-1/4"VISIBLE LIGHT GENERAL NOVS... :�... M ....... 1 ELEVATIONS, FLANGED...............1 ELEVATIONS, INTEGRAL FIN....... 1 GLAZING DETAILS.......................2 DESIGN PRESSURES, FLANGED. 2 DESIGN PRESSURES, FINNED....2 INSTALLATION, INTEGRAL FIN..... 3 CORNER ASSY, INTEGRAL FIN.. 3 INSTALLATION, FLANGED.............4 CORNER ASSY, FLANGED......... 4 INSTALLATION, MISC.................. 5 ANCHORAGE ............................... 6,7 EXTRUSION PROFILES................8 PARTS LIST................................8 k -o \:S- � E, . - Prm > 1 �n�arni Sho��es Villaq� I APPR ?0P11�! DEP"r SUBJE T ('0 C(_,MPI._PNCE 1N r. -i ALL FEDEM STATE No C C-IJN Cf r ULE.'; AND REGULATIO 2010 FBC UPDATE DenNption: 170 TECHNOLOGY ORK ELEVATIONS AND NOTES N. VENICE. FL 34275 Tft P.Q. BOX 1529 ALUMINUM PICTURE WINDOW, IMPACT NOKOMIS, FL 34274 dal SWoo/Modeb Soda: I Sheet:DmyMg No. PW -709 NTS 1 of 8 42594 PRODUCTREVOW as complgiugwltM dwFbd& Building Code .. Acceptance No ivtWGUMct Conf o � VNN •�F ' A, • • vlO,ENSF •, �i �r • N0.58705 'd • �' i o r%'�{ STx0 OF �0 // s`S'/ONA\- ��`• ��Uyn11 MIPW�.E. P.E. 58705 Fin and Flanged Windows Maximum Design Pressure (+t. Pon INTEGRAL FIN FRAME 7116 Left 3A6A-.090PV8-3/16HS 7/i6LemltG:3/16IMP-7ASAIR-9A6A-.090PVB-3/16HS FRAME SHOWN) "A" or "B" Dimension (In) 24 30 36 42 48 64 60 67.878 67.876 36 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 48 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 71.1 71.1 94.0 64.0 67.875 72 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 79.3 71.1 71.1 64.0 64.0 62.1 62.1 76.8 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 75.0 70.0 84.0 64.0 3 84 80.0 80.0 80.0 74.3 68.3 63.8 71.1 64.0 C 85.3 80.0 80.0 80.0 73.6. 67.4 62.5 71.1 g 98 80.0 80.0 77.2 84.7 68.2 80.0 71.1 100.7 80.0 80.0 72.3 88.3 80.0 80.0 120 80.0 80.0 70.4 80.0 80.0 128 80.0 80.0 70.0 80.0 945 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 Fin and Flanged Windows Maximum Design Pressure Pon INTEGRAL FIN FRAME 7/1"am1: 3/16145-.090PVS-3/16HS 7/16iam11G:3A6TMP-7A6AIR-3AGH5-.090PVB-3/IGHS FRAME SHOWN) - A" or "B" Dimension (in) TK. 24 30 36 42 4 54 80 67.876 sheet: 1 2 e1 8 38 60.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 STRENGTHENED GLASS3[/18" 48 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 60 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 71.1 71.1 64.0 97.676 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 71.1 84.0 62.1 L 72 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 71.1 64.0 76.8 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 71.1 64.0 84 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 71.1 t 86.3 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 71.1 Its s 98 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 109.7 80.0 80.0 80.0 80.0 120 80.0 80.0 80.0 128 80.0 80.0 80.0 145 80.0 80.0 7/16" LAMI GLASS NOMINAL .080" DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM 3/16" ANNEALED OR HEAT PV8 INTERLAYER STRENGTHENED GLASS 3/16" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS 12 � DIM. "A" & "B" DIMENSIONS MAY BE ORIENTED VERTICALLY OR 10 17 R 21 HORIZONTALLY AS SHOWN. i--- "B" DIM. ffiF,814B 91/16" NOM. T \\ "B" DIM. GLASS BITE DIM. 13 2 14 oR 15 7f 16" LAMI GLAZING DETAIL FLANGED OR INTEGRAL FIN FRAME (FLANGE FRAME SHOWN) 1-1/16" LAMI GLASS NOMINAL 7/16" LAMI GLASS NOMINAL TK. 4%4/07 R B°�' NO CHANGE THIS SHEET ,own FIG Data I 714/09 C1:ee a°te: .090" DUPONT BUTACITE OR serlos/Model: P*ml Scato: I NTS sheet: 1 2 e1 8 SAFLEX KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM 7/18" AIR SPACE PV8 INTERLAYER 3/16" ANNEALED OR HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS3[/18" HEAT 3/16" TEMPERED GLASS STRENGTHENED GLASS I ::::1%�l�l _1-116" LAMI I.G. GLAZING DETAIL FLANGED OR INTEGRAL FIN FRAME NOTES; (INTEGRAL FIN FRAME SHOWN) 1. ANY ONE SIDE OF THE WINDOW CANNOT BE MORE THAN 145" NOR CAN THE WINDOW AREA EXCEED 32FT2. 2. FOR SIZES NOT SHOWN, ROUND UP TO THE NEXT AVAILABLE WIDTH OR HEIGHT DIMENSION. 3. FOR ARCHITECTURAL WINDOWS, FIND THE SMALLEST WINDOW SIZE IN THE TABLE ABOVE WHICH THE OVERALL WIDTH AND HEIGHT DIMENSIONS COMPLETELY FIT WITHIN. 4. THE WINDOWS WIDTH AND HEIGHT (DIMENSIONS "A" AND "B") MAY BE REVERSED TO OBTAIN A MORE ACCURATE RESULT FROM THE TABLE (SEE FIGURE, THIS SHEET). Z." J.J. J.R. w.a. t 0 18 l 1 Uwe: 3/31/10 nonwvi,a: D CHANGED HS CAP TO TMP FOR 30' RULE e„ ne: C INFORMATION FOR LARGER W/NDOWS. 1070 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE N. VENICE, FL 34275 P.O. BOX 1529 NOKOMIS FL 34274 , riper' GWING DETAILS Tia ALUMINUM PICTURE WINDOW IMPACT TK. 4%4/07 R B°�' NO CHANGE THIS SHEET ,own FIG Data I 714/09 C1:ee a°te: I serlos/Model: P*ml Scato: I NTS sheet: 1 2 e1 8 Growing No. 4250-4 PROM WI1112mm as"mplykjwith the FlaTids WAowe AcceptemtceNo � '� product C 1111111 N`( LYNN, 4f No. 58705 IT ar vX S/ONAL``� A. CyI AA I afAIIIJr, P.E. P.E.# 58705 INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR FINNED FRAMES 2X WOOD BUCK OR FRAMING .131" (1/8") X 2-1/2" NAIL, WITHIN 2" OF CORNERS AND 5" O.C. 11 MAX. WINDOW HEIGHT 2X WOOD BUCK 1/4" MAX. SHIM OR FRAMING / .375" MIN, EDGE DISTANCE 1/4" MAX. SHIM --�I SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 6 n 2X WOOD BUCK OR FRAMING X 2' 1/2{1NAIL, C� EMBEDMENT .375" MIN. WITHCORNIERS AND S EDGE DISTANCE 'Na 18 oR 22 17 0s21 10 5" O.C. MAX. VISIBLE LIGHT OPENING MAX. WINDOW HEIGHT HORIZONTAL SECTION C—C f I� I►� f .J,� VISIBLELIGHT i iINTERIORSEE ANCHOR l; SHEET 6 t ' I i � 1 itl t I ;Ij r SHIM 8" MIN. EMBEDMENT�� — �+► 'tai - I T SEE L 2X WOOD BUCK SHEET 6 OR FRAMING VERTICAL SECTION D—D 90° CORNER ASSEMBLY NOTES 1. USE ONLY NAILS PER ABOVE, OR ANCHORS LISTED ON SHEET 6. FOLLOW EMBEDMENT AND EDGE DISTANCE LIMITS. f 1I D I NO CHANGE THIS SHEET nne 0 C I FORMATION FOR LARGE 170 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE N. VENICE, FL 34275 P.O. BOX 1529 NOKOMIS, FL 34274 MITERED FRAME WITH INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR FRAME WELDS (SHOWN) OR CORNER KEYS AT SCREW BOSSES ANGLED CORNER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION, FINNED FRAME ALUMINUM PICTURE WINDOW. IMPACT PW -701 J NTS 1 3_ -f _ 8 4259-4 PRODUCT REVISW as complying with the Fl ride Building Code AAempt,_ { 11O. fn Aceeottee No N -•UXi 5 Fro Centro LYNN = * ' No. 58705 • STATE OF : • <1/ r� '••.p'cORA0P' /ss/ONAI- �;��,•� A.,L hhl h ihar',, P.E. P.E.# 58705 INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR FLANGED FRAMES SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 7 SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 7 19 MAX. WINDOW HEIGHT , MAX. VISIBLE LIGHT OPENING 90 SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 6 MIN. CONCRETE KSI PER ANCHOR TYPE, SEE SHEET 7 OR 1.5 KSI MIN. CMU ° lX WOOD BUCK • ' '� 1/4" MAX. SHIM SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 6 1/4" MAX. SHIM L2X WOOD BUCK OR FRAMING VERTICAL SECTION B—B SEE ANCHOR GUIDEUNES, SHEET 7 MIN. CONCRETE :. KSI PER ANCHOR TYPE, SEE SHEET 7 OR 1.5 KSI ` MIN. CMU SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 7 X WOOD BUCK 1/4- MAX. SHIM 2 13 1 INTERIOR 1/4" MAX. SHIM SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET E 6 (...` /^Z I 11 18 ORO 80R@ 21 10 MAX. WINDOW HEIGHT HORIZONTAL SECTION A—A RE 1IOR is (SHOWN) OR CORNER KEYS AT SCREW BOSSES 900 CORNER ASSEMBLY ANGLED CORNER ASSEMBLY NOTES 1. USE ONLY ANCHORS LISTED ON SHEETS 6 AND 7. FOLLOW EMBEDMENT AND EDGE DISTANCE LIMITS. 2. WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED IN THE SECTIONS ON THIS PAGE AS 1X ARE BUCKS WHOSE TOTAL THICKNESS IS LESS THAN 1-1/2-. 1X WOOD BUCKS ARE OPTIONAL IF UNIT CAN BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY TO SOLID CONCRETE. WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED AS 2X ARE 1-1/2" THICK OR GREATER. INSTALLATION TO THE SUBSTRATE OF WOOD BUCKS TO BE ENGINEERED BY OTHERS OR AS APPROVED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. mw ow, Ravlatone: DeacriPUoa: J.J. ro re r r D NOCHANGCOMPLETE THIS SHEET INSTALLATION, FLANGED FRAME . e• na: 1070 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE J.R. 3/31/10 C INFORMATION FOR LARGER WINDOWS. N. VENICE, FL 34275 We: ° ° e a"8 P.O. BOX 1529 ALUMINUM PICTURE WINDOW, IMPAC ,own Dote: Chat ta: NOKOMIS, FL 34274 ® sertes/Aladel: scale: Sheet: omi" ft.F.IG 7/94103 PW -701 AIT$ 4 or 8 42594 2X WOOD BUCK OR FRAMING SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 6 PRODIICT REVISED as complying with the Florida Building Cale Acceptance No Bv , • Ot I�1?rodnat control N• LYNN * ' No. 58705 • t n dt.°l tri • tt/ •: STA E O ir�•.•• �COR10P..�G��: SICNA1� '�;,�•�• a A. LLRri lb!llia, P.E. P.E.# 58705 MISC INSTALLATION DETAILS 2X WOOD BUCK OR FRAMING EQUAL LEG FRAME (OTHER FRAMES SIM.) 2X WOOD SUBSTRATE FIN FRAME WITH FIN REMOVED SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 7 FIN FRAME WITH FIN REMOVED , INTERIOR /1 X WOOD BUCK `-- 1/4- MAX. SHIM SEE ANCHOR •. • . " :• a . I GUIDELINES, .. •,,; SEE ANCHOR.' , :: ° :. a ; :. 4 : •' SHEET 7 1' GUIDELINES, .. :•. :� •,, . ; SHEET 7 MIN. CONCRETE KSI PER ANCHOR TYPE, SEE SHEET 7 OR 1.5 KSI MIN. CMU EQUAL LEG FRAME (OTHER FRAMES SIM.) JX WOOD BUCKSTRIP N SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 7 INTERIOR 1/4- MAX. 1 SHIM MIN. CONCRETE KSI PER ANCHOR, SEE SHEET 7 OR 1.5 KSI MIN. CMU EQUAL LEG FRAME (OTHER FRAMES SIMJ DIRECTLY TO MASONRY SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 7 1/4- MAX. SHIM SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, -; a SHEET 7• - [WIN. CONCRETE KSI PER ANCHOR, SEE SHEET 7 OR 1.5 KSI MIN. CMU FLANGE FRAME PRECAST SLOPED SILL 1/4" MAX. SHIM --r� �.� 1 /4" MAX. SHIMEXCLUDING DMENT 1 /4" MAX. SHIM 1 /8" NOM. MIN. I { 2X WOOD BACKER #12 STEEL #12 STEEL 1/8 NOM. MIN. #12 STEEL #12 STEEL SELF—DRILLING SELF—DRILUNG SELF—DRILLING SELF—DRILLING SMS (G5) SMS (G5) SMS (G5) SMS (G5) USE SAME USE SAME USE SAME USE SAME ANCHOR ANCHOR ANCHOR ANCHOR SPACING AS SPACING AS SPACING & EDGE SPACING AS #12 STEEL #12 STEEL DISTANCE AS #12 STEEL SCREW EXTERIOR SCREW EXTERIOR #12 STEEL EXTERIOR SCREW EXTERIOR (SHEET 6) (SHEET 6} SCREW FULL—LENGTH, WOOD (SHEET 6) RADE APPROVED MULLION METAL FRAMING (SHEET 6) (SEE SEPERATE NOA) A36 STEEL: Fy=36 KSI MIN. BACKED STEEL STUD zr-� EEL STUD ALL GAUGE THICKNESSES y=33 KSI MIN. ALUMINUM: 6063—T6 MIN. .125" MIN. WALL THICKNESS ATTACHMENT IC OTHERS) 18 GA MIN. .125" MIN. WALL THICKNESS FLANGE FRAME FLANGE FRAME FLANGE FRAME FLANGE FRAME (OTHER FRAMES SIM. (OTHER FRAMES SIM.) (OTHER FRAMES SIM.) (OTHER FRAMES SIM. ALUMINUM MULL SUBSTRATE STRUCTURAL STEEL SUBSTRATE STEEL STUDZW00D SUBSTRATE STEEL STUD SUBSTRATE NOTES 1. USE ONLY ANCHORS LISTED ON SHEETS 6 AND 7. FOLLOW EMBEDMENT AND EDGE DISTANCE LIMITS. 2. WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED IN THE SECTIONS ON THIS PAGE AS 1X ARE BUCKS WHOSE TOTAL THICKNESS IS LESS THAN 1-1/2". 1X WOOD BUCKS ARE OPTIONAL IF UNIT CAN BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY TO SOLID CONCRETE. WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED AS 2X ARE 1-1/2" THICK OR GREATER. INSTALLATION TO THE SUBSTRATE OF WOOD BUCKS TO BE ENGINEERED BY OTHERS OR AS APPROVED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. FOR ATTACHMENT TO METAL: THE STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE OF A SIZE TO PROVIDE FULL SUPPORT TO THE WINDOW FRAME. 4. IF APPLICABLE, LOWER DESIGN PRESSURE FROM EITHER WINDOW OR MULLION NOA APPLIES TO WHOLE SYSTEM. I I D I NO CHANGE T141S �fj tol FJG )70 TECHNOLOGY DRI1 N. VENICE, FL 34275 P.O. BOX 1528 NOKOWS, FL 34274 INSTALLATION. FINNED FRAME ALUMINUM PICTURE WINDOW. IMPACT PW -701 I NTs 15-f 8 1 425s4 1 D PRODUCT, REVISED as complying with the Ifforida Building carie 11-1110.16 AccuMr��}� ata Miami 0ado Pt�oduet Control 7 1111111+ x LYNN M!1 •'�i�i ��'�•'��C,ENS1cr • No. 58705 r i •• 1 STA ' • `1�: 0,` •'• �cos��vr... C' //SS/ONAL 1"L ter, lA�lille \ P. E. P.E.# 58705 SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, FIN FRAME WITH SHEET 6 FIN REMOVED INTERIOR 1/4' MAX. SHIM 1 3/8" MIN. EMBEDMENT f� 2X WOOD BUCK OR FRAMING EQUAL LEG FRAME (OTHER FRAMES SIM.) 2X WOOD SUBSTRATE FIN FRAME WITH FIN REMOVED SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 7 FIN FRAME WITH FIN REMOVED , INTERIOR /1 X WOOD BUCK `-- 1/4- MAX. SHIM SEE ANCHOR •. • . " :• a . I GUIDELINES, .. •,,; SEE ANCHOR.' , :: ° :. a ; :. 4 : •' SHEET 7 1' GUIDELINES, .. :•. :� •,, . ; SHEET 7 MIN. CONCRETE KSI PER ANCHOR TYPE, SEE SHEET 7 OR 1.5 KSI MIN. CMU EQUAL LEG FRAME (OTHER FRAMES SIM.) JX WOOD BUCKSTRIP N SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 7 INTERIOR 1/4- MAX. 1 SHIM MIN. CONCRETE KSI PER ANCHOR, SEE SHEET 7 OR 1.5 KSI MIN. CMU EQUAL LEG FRAME (OTHER FRAMES SIMJ DIRECTLY TO MASONRY SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, SHEET 7 1/4- MAX. SHIM SEE ANCHOR GUIDELINES, -; a SHEET 7• - [WIN. CONCRETE KSI PER ANCHOR, SEE SHEET 7 OR 1.5 KSI MIN. CMU FLANGE FRAME PRECAST SLOPED SILL 1/4" MAX. SHIM --r� �.� 1 /4" MAX. SHIMEXCLUDING DMENT 1 /4" MAX. SHIM 1 /8" NOM. MIN. I { 2X WOOD BACKER #12 STEEL #12 STEEL 1/8 NOM. MIN. #12 STEEL #12 STEEL SELF—DRILLING SELF—DRILUNG SELF—DRILLING SELF—DRILLING SMS (G5) SMS (G5) SMS (G5) SMS (G5) USE SAME USE SAME USE SAME USE SAME ANCHOR ANCHOR ANCHOR ANCHOR SPACING AS SPACING AS SPACING & EDGE SPACING AS #12 STEEL #12 STEEL DISTANCE AS #12 STEEL SCREW EXTERIOR SCREW EXTERIOR #12 STEEL EXTERIOR SCREW EXTERIOR (SHEET 6) (SHEET 6} SCREW FULL—LENGTH, WOOD (SHEET 6) RADE APPROVED MULLION METAL FRAMING (SHEET 6) (SEE SEPERATE NOA) A36 STEEL: Fy=36 KSI MIN. BACKED STEEL STUD zr-� EEL STUD ALL GAUGE THICKNESSES y=33 KSI MIN. ALUMINUM: 6063—T6 MIN. .125" MIN. WALL THICKNESS ATTACHMENT IC OTHERS) 18 GA MIN. .125" MIN. WALL THICKNESS FLANGE FRAME FLANGE FRAME FLANGE FRAME FLANGE FRAME (OTHER FRAMES SIM. (OTHER FRAMES SIM.) (OTHER FRAMES SIM.) (OTHER FRAMES SIM. ALUMINUM MULL SUBSTRATE STRUCTURAL STEEL SUBSTRATE STEEL STUDZW00D SUBSTRATE STEEL STUD SUBSTRATE NOTES 1. USE ONLY ANCHORS LISTED ON SHEETS 6 AND 7. FOLLOW EMBEDMENT AND EDGE DISTANCE LIMITS. 2. WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED IN THE SECTIONS ON THIS PAGE AS 1X ARE BUCKS WHOSE TOTAL THICKNESS IS LESS THAN 1-1/2". 1X WOOD BUCKS ARE OPTIONAL IF UNIT CAN BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY TO SOLID CONCRETE. WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED AS 2X ARE 1-1/2" THICK OR GREATER. INSTALLATION TO THE SUBSTRATE OF WOOD BUCKS TO BE ENGINEERED BY OTHERS OR AS APPROVED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 3. FOR ATTACHMENT TO METAL: THE STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE OF A SIZE TO PROVIDE FULL SUPPORT TO THE WINDOW FRAME. 4. IF APPLICABLE, LOWER DESIGN PRESSURE FROM EITHER WINDOW OR MULLION NOA APPLIES TO WHOLE SYSTEM. I I D I NO CHANGE T141S �fj tol FJG )70 TECHNOLOGY DRI1 N. VENICE, FL 34275 P.O. BOX 1528 NOKOWS, FL 34274 INSTALLATION. FINNED FRAME ALUMINUM PICTURE WINDOW. IMPACT PW -701 I NTs 15-f 8 1 425s4 1 D PRODUCT, REVISED as complying with the Ifforida Building carie 11-1110.16 AccuMr��}� ata Miami 0ado Pt�oduet Control 7 1111111+ x LYNN M!1 •'�i�i ��'�•'��C,ENS1cr • No. 58705 r i •• 1 STA ' • `1�: 0,` •'• �cos��vr... C' //SS/ONAL 1"L ter, lA�lille \ P. E. P.E.# 58705 NOTES: 1. ANY ONE SIDE OF THE WINDOW CANNOT BE MORE THAN 145" NOR CAN THE WINDOW AREA EXCEED 32FT2. 2. FOR SIZES NOT SHOWN, ROUND UP TO THE NEXT AVAILABLE WIDTH OR HEIGHT DIMENSION. 3. FOR ARCHITECTURAL WINDOWS, FIND THE SMALLEST WINDOW SIZE IN THE TABLE ABOVE WHICH THE OVERALL WIDTH AND HEIGHT DIMENSIONS COMPLETELY FIT WITHIN. 4. THE WINDOWS WIDTH AND HEIGHT (DIMENSIONS "A" AND "B") MAY BE REVERSED TO OBTAIN A MORE ACCURATE RESULT FROM THE TABLE (SEE FIGURE, THIS SHEET). 5. DIFFERENT ANCHORS MAY BE CHOSEN FROM MULTIPLE TABLE COLUMNS TO MATCH THE SUBSTRATE. IJ I D I NO CHANGE THIS SHEET R aloneCNPLETE REDRAW AND 0 C 1 FORMATION FOR LARGE F.K. 1 4/4/07 1 B I NEW SHEET I 070 TECHNOLOGY DRP N. VENICE, FL 34275 P.O. BOX 1529 NOKOMIS, FL 34274 Anchor Head, Sill and Jamb Anchor Quantities into Wood or Metal (Anchor Types 1,4) Min. Type Anchor Description Substrate Anchor Embed - Distance ment #12, Steel screw (G5) S. Pine 0.864" 1.375" 1 #12, Steel screw (G5) "A" or "B" Dimension #12, Steel screw (_135) - Alum. 8063-T6 `-~ (in) 0_.126' - #12, Steel screw (G5) Type 0.324!' 24 #14, Steel screw (G5) 30 0.96W' 1.375" 36 #14, Steel screw (G5) _ Stl. Stud, Gr 33 421 .048"/180a _ #14, Steel screw (G5) Alum. 6063-T6 48 54 60 67.875 #14, Steel screw (G5) _ A36 Steel Anchor Location" 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 141 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 36 Jamb 3 3 14 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 14 3 4 3 4 314 3 4 1 314 1 3 4 1 3 4 1 3 4 1 314 3 4 3 Head/Sill 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 3 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 5 6 5 6 5 6 6 6 1 6 7 6 7 6 48 Jamb 4 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 5 5 6 5 5 5 6 5 5 5 6 5 5 5 6 5 Head/Sill 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 3 5 4 5 4 5 5 6 6.6 6 7 6 6 6 7 6 7* 7 8 7 60 Jamb 5 5 6 5 6 5 6 5$ 6 6 61 6 6 716 6 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 Head/Sill 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 3 5 4 5 41 5 5 6 5 6 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 8 7 8 7 67.875 Jamb 6 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 7 7 8 71 7 7 8 7 7 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8 78 7 Head/Sail 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 3 5 4 5 4 5 5 6 5 6 6 7 6 7 6 7 6 8 7 8 7 72 Jamb 6 6 8 6 7 6 8 6 7 7 8 7 7 7 8 7 7 7 9 7 8 7 9 7 8 7 9 7 HeadlSill 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 v � 4 8 4 3 7 3 4 8 4 3 7 3 5 8 5 4 8 14 5 8 5 4 8 4 5 8 5 5 8 5 6 61 6 6 7 6. 7 6 7 6 9 81 8 8 9 8 9 8 9 8 6 5 6& 7 6 7 6 7 6 78.8 Jamb 7 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 Head/SIII 2 2 2 2 3 31 3 3 Jamb 7 7 9 7 8- 7 9 7 E 5 8 4 8 3 9 14 8 3 8 5 8 4 9 5 8 4 8 5 8 5 10 8 9 8. 10 8 6 5$ 87je Head/Slll 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 Q $ m 8 4 8 3 9 4 8 3 8 5 8 4 9 5 8 4 8 5 8 5 10 8 9 S 10 6 5 8 699 7 85.3 Jamb 7 7 9 7 8 7 9 7 Head/Sill 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 Be Jamb 8 8 10 8 9 8 10 8 9 4 9 3 10 4 9 3 9 5 9 4 101 5 91 41 9 1 5 1 9 5 11 9 6 5 Head/Sill 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 10 4 10 3 12 4 10 3 10 5 10 4 12 5 10 4 108.7 Jamb 9 9 12 8 10 9 12 9 Head/Sill 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 11 4 12 4 11 3 12 3 13 4 13 4 11 3 11 3 Width and Height dimensions may be reversed to locate anchor quantities on the table. If so, the Head/Sill and lamb rows must also be reversed so that the longer dimension gets the most anchors. 120 Jamb 10 10 13 10 11 10 13 10 Head/Slll 2 21 2 2 3 3 3 3 128 Jamb 11 11 13 11 12 11 13 11 Head/Sill 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 145 I Jamb 12 12 16.12 13 12 15 12 - Head/SIII 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 NOTES: 1. ANY ONE SIDE OF THE WINDOW CANNOT BE MORE THAN 145" NOR CAN THE WINDOW AREA EXCEED 32FT2. 2. FOR SIZES NOT SHOWN, ROUND UP TO THE NEXT AVAILABLE WIDTH OR HEIGHT DIMENSION. 3. FOR ARCHITECTURAL WINDOWS, FIND THE SMALLEST WINDOW SIZE IN THE TABLE ABOVE WHICH THE OVERALL WIDTH AND HEIGHT DIMENSIONS COMPLETELY FIT WITHIN. 4. THE WINDOWS WIDTH AND HEIGHT (DIMENSIONS "A" AND "B") MAY BE REVERSED TO OBTAIN A MORE ACCURATE RESULT FROM THE TABLE (SEE FIGURE, THIS SHEET). 5. DIFFERENT ANCHORS MAY BE CHOSEN FROM MULTIPLE TABLE COLUMNS TO MATCH THE SUBSTRATE. IJ I D I NO CHANGE THIS SHEET R aloneCNPLETE REDRAW AND 0 C 1 FORMATION FOR LARGE F.K. 1 4/4/07 1 B I NEW SHEET I 070 TECHNOLOGY DRP N. VENICE, FL 34275 P.O. BOX 1529 NOKOMIS, FL 34274 Anchor Min. Min. Type Anchor Description Substrate Edge Embed - Distance ment #12, Steel screw (G5) S. Pine 0.864" 1.375" 1 #12, Steel screw (G5) Sti. Stud, Gr 33 0.324" .048"/18Ga #12, Steel screw (_135) - Alum. 8063-T6 `-~ 0.324"- 0_.126' - #12, Steel screw (G5) A36 Steel 0.324!' 0.125" #14, Steel screw (G5) S. Pine 0.96W' 1.375" 2 #14, Steel screw (G5) _ Stl. Stud, Gr 33 0.361"- .048"/180a _ #14, Steel screw (G5) Alum. 6063-T6 0.361" 0.125" #14, Steel screw (G5) _ A36 Steel 0.361" 0.125" 3 _ 114" Steel Ultracon T S. Pine _ 111_- - 1.375" 114" 410 SS CreteFlex S. Pine 1" 1.375" 4 1 5116" Steel Ultracon S. Pine 1.26" 1.375" "A" & "B" DIMENSIONS MAY BE ORIENTED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY AS SHOWN. `� r+—�-• "B" DIM. IN T \� DIMIM . A DM, "B" DIM. ANCHORAGE. WOOD SUBSTRATE ALUMINUM PICTURE WINDOW, IMPACT PW -701 NTS 1 6 "+ 8 I 42594 I D PRODUCT REVISED as complying with the Florida BUildihmptg Carle 311110 1 ` 10 Aceeptaace No it latwe D` r Miami DadeProdMct Cornr01 lw) %.YNN. Aq/1'��iii ` * No. 58705 VRE F ;�.5• A./ cohl miner, P.E. P.E.# 58705 NOTES: 1. ANY ONE SIDE CANNOT BE MORE THAN 145" AND HAVE AN AREA OF MORE THAN 32FT2. 2. FOR SIZES NOT SHOWN, ROUND !1P TO THE NEXT AVAILABLE WIDTH OR HEIGHT DIMENSION. 3. FOR ARCHITECTURAL WINDOWS. FIND THE SMALLEST WINDOW SIZE IN THE TABLE ABOVE WHICH THE OVERALL WIDTH AND HEIGHT DIMENSIONS COMPLETELY FIT WITHIN. 4. THE WINDOWS WIDTH AND HEIGHT (DIMENSIONS "A" AND "B") MAY BE REVERSED TO OBTAIN A MORE ACCURATE RESULT FROM THE TABLE (SEE FIGURE, THIS SHEET). 5. DIFFERENT ANCHORS MAY BE CHOSEN FROM MULTIPLE TABLE COLUMNS TO MATCH THE SUBSTRATE. J.J. - 10/18/11 Head, Sill and Jamb Anchor Quantities Into Masonry (Anchor Types 6-7) Min. Min. wed W. Anchor - one: 1070 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE Embed - J.R. 3/31/10 C INF NATION FOR LARGER WINDOWS. N. VENICE. FL 34275 P.O. BOX 1529 NOKOMIS, FL 34274 :-;70 F.K. "A" or "B" Dimension (In) ww—" By Date: Checked 1 Yeats; Type 7/14/03 24 2.7k Concrete 30 1.375" 6 36 Hollow Block_ 1" 42 1/4" 410 SS CreteFlex 3.35k Concrete 48 54 60 67.875 Anchor Location* 5$ 7 5 6 7 5 6 7 5 6 7 5 6 7 5 6 7 5 6 7 5 6 7 36 Jamb 4 3 3 4 4 3 4 4 31 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 4 3 4 4 3 Head/Sill 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 5 5 4 5 5 4 6 6 61 6 6 5 7 7 6 48 Jamb 5 4 4 5 5 4 5 5 4 6 5 5 6 5 5 6 5 51 6 5 5 6 5 5 Head/SUI 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 5 5 4 6 5 5 7 6 6 7 6 6 8 7 7 60 Jamb 6 5 5 6 6 5 6 6 5 7 6 6 7 6 6 7 6 6 7 6 6 6 Head/Bill 2 2 2 3 3 314 4 3 5 5 4 6 5 5 7 6 6 7 6 6 7 67.875 Jamb 7 6 6 7 6 6 7 7 6_ 8 7 7 8 7 7 8 7 7 8 j7—e 7 7 7 Head/Spl 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 5 5 4 6 5 57 6 6 7 66 7 72 Jamb 8 6 6 8 7 6 8 7 6 8 7 7 9 7 7 9 7 7 9 8 7 6 6 Head/Sill 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 5 5 4 6 5 5 7 6 6 7 76.8 Jamb 8 7 7 8 7 7 8 8 7 8 8 8 9 8 8 9 8 8 9 8 8 6$ Head/Sill 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 5 5 4 6 5 5 7 6 6 7 E S 6 $ na Jamb Head/Sill Jamb Head/Sill 9 2 9 2 7 2 7 2 7 2 7 2 9 3 9 3 8 3 8 3 7 3 7 3 9 414 9 4 8 8 4 7 3 7 3 9 5 91 5 8 1 5 8 1 5 8 4 8 4 10 6 10 6 8 8 10 8 8 5 5 7 6 6 8 8 10 8 8 5 5 7 6 6 85.3 96 Jamb Head/SIII 10 2 8 1 2 8110 2 3 9 3 8 3 10 4 9 4 8 3 10 9 9 11 6 9 9 5 5 Jamb 12 2 9 2 9 2 12 3 10 3 9 3 12 4 10 4 9 3 M1O 109.7Hea&SIII Jamb HeadlSill Jamb Head/Sill 13 2 13 2 10 2 11 2 10 21 11 2 13 3 13 3 11.10 3 12 3 3 11 3 13 4 13 4 11 4 12 4 10 3 11 3 Width and Height dimensions may be reversed to locate anchor quantities on the table. If so, the Head/Sill and Jamb taws must also be reversed so that the longer 120 128 145 Jamb Head/Slll 15 2 12 2 12 2 15 313 13 13 Ill dimension gets the most anchors. NOTES: 1. ANY ONE SIDE CANNOT BE MORE THAN 145" AND HAVE AN AREA OF MORE THAN 32FT2. 2. FOR SIZES NOT SHOWN, ROUND !1P TO THE NEXT AVAILABLE WIDTH OR HEIGHT DIMENSION. 3. FOR ARCHITECTURAL WINDOWS. FIND THE SMALLEST WINDOW SIZE IN THE TABLE ABOVE WHICH THE OVERALL WIDTH AND HEIGHT DIMENSIONS COMPLETELY FIT WITHIN. 4. THE WINDOWS WIDTH AND HEIGHT (DIMENSIONS "A" AND "B") MAY BE REVERSED TO OBTAIN A MORE ACCURATE RESULT FROM THE TABLE (SEE FIGURE, THIS SHEET). 5. DIFFERENT ANCHORS MAY BE CHOSEN FROM MULTIPLE TABLE COLUMNS TO MATCH THE SUBSTRATE. J.J. - 10/18/11 D I NO CHANGE THIS SHEET Min. Min. wed W. Me- - one: 1070 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE Embed - J.R. 3/31/10 C INF NATION FOR LARGER WINDOWS. N. VENICE. FL 34275 P.O. BOX 1529 NOKOMIS, FL 34274 :-;70 F.K. o 4/4/07 Redetsne: 8 NEW SHEET ww—" By Date: Checked 1 Yeats; F.K. 7/14/03 1/4" Steel UI#recon 2.7k Concrete "A" & "B" DIMENSIONS MAY BE ORIENTED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY AS SHOWN. T I-+ "B" DIM. -� T "AA \\ DIM. MASONRY TE ALUMINUM PICTURE WINDOW. IMPACT PW -709 I NTS 17 at 8 1 42594 I D PRODUCrPSVISM as complying with the rlorlda tBwwft � - it tb� ate B Miami Date duct cow; ♦♦���`�N.I. LYNN ♦QC���•�1GENS�c''•�fi� No.58705 CL C4 JU141 STATE F s• '11 `s1ONgL A.�t0hi 1 Milite P.E. P.E.# 58705 Min. Min. Anchor Anchor Description Substrate Edge Embed - Type Distance merit 114" Steel Ultracon Hollow Block 1" 1.25" -1" 1/4" Steel UI#recon 2.7k Concrete 1.375" 6 1/4" 410 SS CreteFlex Hollow Block_ 1" `1.25" 1/4" 410 SS CreteFlex 3.35k Concrete 5/16" Steel Ultracon Block 1.563"LI" 25" 7 6118" Steel UHracon _Hollow &5k Concrete 1.25" "A" & "B" DIMENSIONS MAY BE ORIENTED VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY AS SHOWN. T I-+ "B" DIM. -� T "AA \\ DIM. MASONRY TE ALUMINUM PICTURE WINDOW. IMPACT PW -709 I NTS 17 at 8 1 42594 I D PRODUCrPSVISM as complying with the rlorlda tBwwft � - it tb� ate B Miami Date duct cow; ♦♦���`�N.I. LYNN ♦QC���•�1GENS�c''•�fi� No.58705 CL C4 JU141 STATE F s• '11 `s1ONgL A.�t0hi 1 Milite P.E. P.E.# 58705 J.R. 2.784" 2.500" .062" ---• `-- INTEGRAL FIN FRAME 0 MAT'L: 6063-T5 DWG NO. 4256A 1.875" .500" .062"— .062" 2.784" - FLANGED FRAME MAT'L: 6063-T5 DWG NO. 4253 7/14W .094" 1I 0 I NO CHANCE THIS SHEET ,970" .975" .050" -- 1 F-*— G---� 7/16" LAMI GLASS_ BEAD �o MATT: 6063-T5 DWG NO. 4255 .346" j .975" .050 —�-{ �•+-- �-+�— .974" .047" 1-1 /16" LAMI I.G. GLASS BEAD INSTALL. FASTENER COVER MATT: 6063-T5 t� MAT'L: 6063--T5 DWG NO. 4254 DWG NO. 4224 ITEM DWG # PART # DESCRIPTION 1 4256A 64256 Integral fin frame head, sill +& jamb 2 4253 64253 Flanged frame head, sill & jamb 7 1155 781 PQX fib x 1 Quad PH SMS stainless steel 8 Schnee -Morehead SM5504 scryl-r narrow joint sealant or 10 4255 64255 7/16 lami glass bead 11 4254 64254 1-1/16 lam! I.G. glass bead 12 1224 61P247 Vinyl bulb weatherstrip (thick) 13 4224 Installation fastener cover 14 Dow Coming 899 glazing sealant or equivalent 15 Dow Coming 995 silicone structural sealant, black 7116" Iami glass: 3/16" annealed -.090 DuPont Butacite or 17 Saflex KeepSafe Maximum PVB interlayer - 3/16" heat strengthened 14116" lama I.G. glass: 3/16" heat strengthened outboard - 18 7/16" airspace - 3/16" annealed -.090 DuPont Butacite or Saflex KeepSafe Maximum PVB interlayer - 3/16" heat strengthened 20 4262 64262 Architectural corner. key 7116" Isml glass; 3/16" heat strengthened - .090 DuPont 21 Butacite or Saflex KeepSafe Maximum PVB interlayer - 3/16" heat strengthened 1-1116" laml I.G. glass: 3/16" heat strengthened outboard - 22 7/16" airspace - 3/16" heat strengthened -.090 DuPont Butecite or Saflex KeepSafe Maximum PVB interlayer - 3/16" heat strengthened 170 TECHNOLOGY ORII N. VENICE, FL 34275 P.O. BOX 1529 NOKOMIS, FL 34274 EXTRUSION PROFILES A PARTS LIST ALUMINUM PICTURE WINDOW. IMPACT Pw-701 I NTS 1 8-f a I 4259-4 I D DDUCT REVISED cyom�ply/i�n�g witlij tjjjjhe Florida iilding Cad= ;c D=c* No 46. �ON.I LYNN Mei me 1 � No. 58705 STArr, �T PCORV10- %ss/ONA- A. tori i milldri, P.E. P.E.# 58705 f AUG C s tt3.5�-�Z MIAMI•DADE 13ZIAMi DADE COUNTY, FLORIDA r PRODUCT CONTROL SECTION DEPARTMENT OF PERM G, ORY 11805 SW 26 Street, Room 208 AFFAIRS (PERA) Miami, Florida 33175-2474 BOARD AND CODE ADMINISTIZATIJD I T (786) 315-2590 F (786) 315-2599 NOTICE OF ACCEPT a wvvw.miamidade.eov/develonment/ PGT Industries '� 1070 Technology Drive North Venice, FL 34275 SCOPE: This NOA is being issued under the applicable rules and regulations governing the use of construction materials. The documentation submitted has been reviewed and accepted by Miami—Dade County PE1tAe Product Control Section to be used in Miami—Dade County and other areas where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). This NOA shall not be valid after the expiration date stated below. The Miami—Dade County Product Control Section (In Miami—Dade County) and/ or the AHJ (in areas other than Miami—Dade County) reserve the right to have this product or material tested for quality assurance purposes. If this product or material fails to perform in the accepted manner, the manufacturer will incur the expense of such testing and the AHJ may immediately revoke, modify, or suspend the use of such product or material within their jurisdiction. PERA reserves the right to revoke this acceptance, if it is determined by Miami—Dade County Product Control Section that this product or material fails to meet the requirements of the applicable building code. This product is approved as described herein, and has been designed to comply with the Florida Building Code, including the High Velocity Hurricane Zone. DESCRIPTION: Series "FD -101" Outswing Aluminum French Door w/ wo Sidelites — L.M.I. APPROVAL DOCUNWNT: Drawing No. 11005-1, titled Series "Alum. French Door & Sidelites, Impact', sheets 1 through 10 of 10, dated 02/22/07 with revision "D" dated 08/14/12, prepared by manufacture, signed and sealed by Lynn Miller, P. E., bearing the Miami—Dade County Product Control Section renewal stamp with the Notice of Acceptance number and expiration date by the Miami—Dade County Product Control Section. MISSILE IMPACT RATING: Large and Small Missile Impact Resistant LABELING: Each unit shall bear a permanent label with the manufacturer's name or logo, city, state, model/series, and following statement: "Miami Dade County Product Control Approved", unless otherwise noted herein. RENEWAL of this NOA shall be considered after a renewal application has been filed and there has been no change in the applicable building code negatively affecting the performance of this product. TERMINATION of this NOA will occur after the expiration date or if there has been a revision or change in the materials, use, and/or manufacture of the product or process. Misuse of this NOA as an endorsement of any product, for sales, advertising or any other purposes shall automatically terminate this NOA. Failure to comply with any section of this NOA shall be cause for termination and removal of NOA. ADVERTISEMENT: The NOA number preceded by the words Miami—Dade County, Florida, and followed by the expiration date may be displayed in advertising literature. If any portion of the NOA is displayed, then it shall be done in its entirety. INSPECTION: A copy of this entire NOA shall be provided to the user by the manufacturer or its distributors and shall be available for inspection at the job site at the request of the Building Official. This NOA revises and renews NOA No. 11-101.3.22 and consists of this page 1 and evidence pages E-1 and E-2, as well as approval document mentioned above. The submitted documentation was reviewed by Jaime D. Gascon, P. E. NOA No. 12-0516.02 MIAMtDAD; COUMY Expiration Date: October 18, 2017 13 Approval Date: August 30, 2012 {�� Page 1 PGT Industries. Inc. NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: EVIDENCE SUBMITTED A. DRAWINGS 1. Manufacturer's die drawings and sections. 2. Drawing No. 11005-1, titled Series "Alum. French Door & Sidelites, impact", sheets 1 through 10 of 10, dated 02/22/07 with revision "D" dated 08/14/12, prepared by manufacture, signed and sealed by Lynn Miller, P. E. B. TESTS 1. Test reports on: 1) Uniform Static Air Pressure Test, Loading per FBC, TAS 202-94 2) Large Missile Impact Test per FBC, TAS 201-94 3) Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading per FBC, TAS 203-94 along with marked -up drawings and installation diagram of an Aluminum outswing French Door with Sidelites, prepared by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc., Test Report No. FTL-6864, dated 04/02/12, signed and sealed by Marlin D. Brinson, P. E. 2. Test reports on: 1) Air Infiltration Test, per FBC, TAS 202-94 2) Uniform Static Air Pressure Test, Loading per FBC TAS 202-94 3) Water Resistance Test, per FBC, TAS 202-94 4) Large Missile Impact Test per FBC, TAS 201-94 5) Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading per FBC, TAS 203-94 6) Forced Entry Test, per FBC 2411.3.2.1, and TAS 202-94 along with marked -up drawings and installation diagram of an Aluminum outswing French Door with Sidelites, prepared by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc., Test Report No. FTL-5212, dated 05/05/07, signed and sealed by Carlos S. Rionda, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No. 07-0629.10) C. CALCULATIONS 1. Anchor verification calculations and structural analysis, complying with FBC-2007 and FBC 2010, prepared by manufacture, dated 10/11/11, signed and sealed by Lynn Miller, P. E. (Submitted under previous NDA No. 07-0629.10) 2. Glazing complies with ASTM E1300--02/ 04 D. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Miami -Dade Department of Permitting, Environment, and Regulatory Affairs (PERA). E. MATERIAL CERTIFICATIONS 1. Notice of Acceptance No. 11-0624.01 issued to E.I. DuPont DeNemours & Co., Inc. k for their "DuPont Butacite® PVB Interlayer" dated 09/08/11, expiring on 12/11/16. 2. Notice of Acceptance No. 11-0325.05 issued to Solutia, Inc. for their "Saflex and Vanceva clear and color interlayers" dated 05/05111, expiring on 05/21/16. r �- Jaime D. Gascon . E. Product Control Section Supervisor NOA No. 12-0516.02 Expiration Date: October 18, 2017 Approval Date: August 30, 2012 E-1 PGT Industries. Inc. NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: EVIDENCE SUBMITTED F. STATEMENTS 1. Statement letter of conformance and complying with FBC 2010, issued by manufacture, dated 05/14/12, signed and sealed by Lynn Miller, P. E. 2. Statement letter of no financial interest, issued by manufacture, dated 05/14/12, signed and sealed by Lynn Miller, P. E. 3. Laboratory compliance letter for Test Report No. FT"864, issued by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc. dated 04/02/12, signed and sealed by Marlin D. Brinson, P. E. 4. Proposal issued by Product Control, dated 02/15/12, signed by Jaime D. Gascon, P. E. 5. Laboratory compliance letter for Test Report No. FTL-5212, issued by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc. dated 05/05/07, signed and sealed by Carlos S. Rionda, P. E. (Submitted under previous NDA No. 07-0629..10) G. OTHERS 1. Notice of Acceptance No. 11--1013.22, issued to PGT Industries, for their Series "FD -101 Outswing Aluminum French Door w/ wo Sidelites — L.M.I.", approved on 11/23/11 and expiring on 10/18/12. Jaime D. Gascon, P. Product Control Section Supervisor NOA No. 12-0516.02 Expiration Date: October 18, 2017 Approval Date: August 30, 2012 E--3 Customer Detailed Ship To Ship To# 104749 HURRICANE WINDOWS & SCREEN 8515 SW 129TH TERRACE MIAMI. FL 33156 6520 (305) 235-8110 Fax# (305) 232-7850 Quote # 2953068 Quote Date: 7/22/201311:48:07 AM Customer # i -err' Phone# Fax# Line # item Description Quantity'! Location Line Pricing 1.1 SH700 WINGUARD SH SERIES 700 i Ordered. 4 Listo i Sell EftExt Prig 1 . 25 FL W/CLR GG5/16 DGK 4/ 4 D She:: 37.00W x 63.00H (size coed: 25) S'u_e type:: Tip -To- Configuration:: Equal Lite Egress:: 5.874 Sash height: Frame type:: Flange Frame color.: White Outboard color.: Clear Interlayer color.: Clear Inboard color.: Clear Glass type:: 5/16" Lami (1/8 Ann -.090 PVB - Colonial :: Custom Grid 1/8 Ann) Col Utes:: 2A x 2D fixed / 2A x 2D sash Muntin type:: D/A Grill KWFkd Bar Screen type:: 1 8x1 6 Charcoal :Where Is colonlal:: In Fixed and Sash ; How many locks:: 1 s Wdw Lock Type:: Sweep Latch DP Calculated -: 80.00 DP Calculated +: 64.00 Label: LI -Factor 1.07 Certification# 11-1013.14 1 Label: VT: 0.66 Label: SHGC: 0.59 Energy Star Does Not Qualify COG: VT (use for Turtle Coed): 0.88 Anchorage Type:: 114" ELCO Tapcons Testing/Certifications to be used for permit: Miami -Dade NOA (in HVHZ ) Substrate: Concrete 2.1 i SH700 WINGUARD SH SERIES 700 Ordered 2 _ l PriceISP ;1 24 FL W/CLR GG5116 DGK 4/ 4 D Size:: 37.00W x 50.625H (size code: 24) : Size type.: Trp -To -Tip Configuration:: Equal Lite I Egress:: Dees not meet Egress Sash height _25.444 : Frame type:: Flange Frame color.: White ; Outboard color:: Clear Interlayer color.: Clear 1 Inboard color.: Clear Glass type:: 5/16" Lami (1/8 Ann -.090 PVB - Colonial style:: Custom Grid 118 Ann) Col Liter:: 2A x 2D fixed 12A x 2D sash Muntin type:: D/A Grill Kit/Flat Bar i Screen type:: 18x16 Charcoal Where is colonial:: in Fixed and Sash How many locks:: 1 Wdw Lock Type:: Sweep Latch ? DP Calculated : 80.00 DP Calculated +: 64.00 Label: U -Factor. 1.07 CerttlicationM. 11-1013.14 1 Law: VT: 0.66 Label: SHGC: 0.59 s Energy Star: Does Not Qualify COG: VT (use for Turtle Code): 0.88 '•Anchorage Type::1/4" ELCO Tapcons TestirWCertifications to M used for permit: Miami -Dade NOA (in HVHZ ) 'Substrate: Concrete 13.1 <AR701H AR701 WINGUARD REDESIGN Ordered: 6 t PriceS@�l price Price 37.000X78.500 WFLCLRCHH7/DGK —� =HC2X1L Quote # 2853068 Print Date 8/7/2013 Page 1 of 5 d Width: 37.000 Size Type: TTT Frame type: Flange Outboard Glass Color. Clear Inboard Glass Color Clear Col Type: D/A Grill Kit/Rat Bar Negative DP Calculated: 80.00 Testing/Certifications to be used for permit Miami -Dade NOA (in HVHZ) Anchorage: 1W ELCO, Tapoons NFRC Label: U -Factor. 0.99 NFRC Label: VT-. 0.70 Energy Star. Does Not Qualify 4.1 AR701H AR701 WINGUARD REDESIGN 65.000X32.500 WFLCLRCHH7/ DGK HC2X1 L Width: Size Type: TTT Frame type: Flange Outboard Glass Color. Clear Inboard Glass Color. Clear Cal Type: DIA Grill POI/Flat Bar Negative DP Calculated: 80.00 Testino/Cerfificatlons to be used for permit NOA (in FI outside HVHZ ) ,Anchorage: 1/4" ELCO Tapcons NFRC Label: U -Factor. 0.99 NFRC Label: VT- 0.70 Energy Star. Does Not Qualify Height: 18.50 Half Circle Code Selection: HC 2x1 Lite Frame Color. White Interlayer Color- Clear Glass Type: 7/16" Lam! (3/16 HS - .090 PVB - 3/16 HS) Positive DP Calculated: 80.00 CaTtificationt. 11-1110.15 NOA Selection: 11-1110.16 LM (exp. 2119/2014) Subsbift- Concrete NFRC Label: SHGC: 0.60 COG: VT (use for Turtle Code): 0.87 What side to Mull: View from Outside Ordered ListP JUS E, d W .......... Height 32.66 Half Circle Code Selection: HC 2x1 Lite Frame Color. White Interlayer Color. Clear 'Glass Type: 7/16' Lauri (3/16 HS -.090 PVB - 3116 HS) Positive OP Calculated: 80.00 Certificatiorilk 11-1110.15 NOA Selection: 11-1110.15 LM (exp. 2/19/2014) Substrate: Concrete i NFRC Label: SHGC: 0.60 COG: VT (use for Turtle Code): 0.87 What side to Mull: View from Outside CA740 5.1 Wi4li6jkkD CA SE'RIES 740 'Ordered: I 24 WICLR GG5/1 DGK YX LE imp C1 37. 00W x7 5H (size code: 24) Size Type: TTT �Configuration (OSLI)::X Frame Color: White Outboard Glass Color: Clear Send Unit-. Complete Unit Glass Type:: 5/16" Lam! (1/8 Ann -.09D PVB interlayer Color: Clear 118 Ann) 'Hingw.: Left Hinge 'Inboard Glass Color: Clear Handle Type:: Standard Handle Hinge Type:: Egress Colonial style:: Custom Grid 'Colonial Type:: D/A Grill KWftt Bar Where Is cotonial:: SASH Col Liles:: 0A x OD fixed / 2A x 2D sash Second muntin location: 0 First muntin location: 0 X Section: Calculated +: 70.00 Screen Type:: 18x16 Charcoal Label: U-Factar. 0 X Section: Calculated 8920 0 Section: Calculated +: 0 0 Section: Calculated 0 Desired +: 0 Desired -: 0 Label: Vr: 0 'Label: SHGC: 0 Energy Star. NIA COG: VT (use for Turtle Code): 0 Label: SHGC: 0.48 Label: U-Faclor 1.06 COG: VT (use for Turtle Code): 0.88 Label: VT: 0.53 Energy Star- Does Not Qualify COG: U -Factor. 0 -Which NOA:12-1218.09 X Config (exp. 4/11118) Condensations Resistance: 0 Substrate: Concrete Anchorage Type:: 114" ELCO Tapcons Quote # 2953068 Print Date 8/7/2013 Page 2 of 5 6.1 PW701H WINGUARD PICTURE WINDOW 04en 26-50OX 38.375FL W/CLR GH7/16 S Size: 2,6.500W x 38.375H Size Type: Tip -To -Tip Frame Color. White rOutboard Glen Color. Clear Frame type: Flange Interlayer Color. Clear Interlayer Color- CLR Inboard Glass Color. Clear Glass Type: 7/16" Lami (3/16 Ann -.090 PVB Colonial Style: No Colonial 3/16 HS) Fixed lites down: 0 Fixed lites across: 0 DID Calculated +: 80.00 Quote # 2953068 Print Date 8/7/2013 Page 2 of 5 Stainless Steel Package: I -Certification#: 11-1110.15 DP Calculated -: 80.00 NOA Selection: 11-1110.15 LM (exp. 2/19/2014) Testing/Certifications to be used for permit- Substrate: Concrete Miami -Dade NOA (in HVHZ) NFRC Label: SHGC: 0.66 Anchorage: 1/4' ELCO Tapcons "COG: U -Factor. 0.94 NFRC Label: U -Factor. 0.99 COG: VT (use for Turtle Code}: 0.87 NFRC Label: VT: 0.78 Energy Star. Does Not Qualify COG: SHGC: 0.72 Condensation Resistance: 13 What side to Mull: View from Outside 7.1 PW701 H WINGUARD PICTURE WINDOW Ordered: I P L.—Sall Prl- 14.OWX 24.000FL WICLR GH7/16 S Ave..__ Size: 14.00OW x 24.000H Size Type: Tip -To -Tip Frame Color. White Frame type: Flange Outboard Glass Color. Clear interlayer Color. Clear Interlayer Color: CLR Inboard Glass Color. Clear Glass Type: 7/16" Land (3116 Ann - -090 PVB Colonial Style: No Colonial 3/16 HS) Fixed Res down: 0 Fixed cites across: 0 DP Calculated +: 80.00 Stainless Steel Package: I JCertlficafion#: 11-1110.15 DP Calculated :80.00 NOA Selection: 11-1110.15 LM (exp. 2/1942014) Testing/Certifications to be used for permit- Substrate: Concrete Miami -Dade NOA (in HVHZ) NFRC Label: SHGC: 0.66 Anchorage: 1/4* ELCO Tapeons COG: U -Factor. 0.94 NFRC Label: U -Factor. 0.99 ':COG: VT (use for Turtle Code): 0.87 NFRC Label: VT: 0.78 1 Energy Star. Dow Not Qualify COG: SHGC: 0.72 Condensation Resistance: 13 What side to Mull: View from Outside 8.1 MULL MULL BARS Ordered: 6 t isi P 11 Price Ext Price 37.000 WHITE 1X4X.125 TUBE M For Brand: WinGuard Aluminum Vull Type: 1 x 4 x.1 25 Mull Custom Mull Stzw. 37.000 Mull Color White 10.1 MULL MULL BARS Ordered: 8 IX4 C -ANGLE PR For Brand: WInGuard Aluminum !Custom Mull Size: 0 CDP Angles & U -Channel: 1 x 4 x.125 Mull Set Yes CUP 11.1 FD101H WINGUARD FRENCH DOOR Ordered: I 2868 W/CLR GH3/8 HL E AH2 Size: 33.50W x 79.75H (size code: 2868)Unit Configuration: 'Door Swing: OutwAng I Active door (OSLI): Hinge Ad Frame Color: White Outboard Glass Color: CLR Outboard Glass Color: Clear g Interlayer Color- Clow Intedayw Color. CLR I Inboard Glass Color. Clear i Glass Type: 3V Lami (1/8" Ann -.090 PVB - Sill Type: Exterior threshhold Quote # 2953068 Print Date 8/7/2013 Page 3 of 4 12.1 3/16 -HS) Part to Send: Complete unit Active Handle: PREP Standard Center Distance: 4 Overall unit Width: 0 Sidel_ to Quantity: 0 Si k*W Height 0 S'i kft tiles down: 0 DP Calculated -: 75.00 Testing/Certification to be used for permit Miami -Dade NOA (in HVHZ ) Anchorage: 1/4" ELCO Tapcons Dow Label: U -Factor. 1.02 Dow Label: VT: 0.50 Dow Energy Star. Does Not Qualify 2 -Point Lock: Send 2 -PT Lock Active Deadbolt PREP FD Colonial style: No Colonial Overall unit Height 0 SideLite Width: 0 Sidelite riles across: 0 DP Calculated +: 75.00 Certification#: 12-0516.02 -Which NOK- 12-0516.02 (exp. 10/18/17) Substrate: Concrete Dow Label: SHGC: 0.46 Dow COG: VT (use for Turtle Code): 0.88 FD101H WINGUARD FR n_ ENCH DOOR Ordered: 2 ;IL at Pn' Sall Price 5468 W/CLR GH3/8 DL E AH21HD '2 Size: 63.75W x 79.75H (size code: 5468) Unit Configuration: XX Door Swing: Outswing Active door (OSLI): Hinge / Active Left Frame Color: White Outboard Glass Color: CLR Outboard Glass Color : Clear InterLayer Color. Clear Interlayer Color. CLR Inboard Glass Color. Clear Glass Type: 3/8" Lami (1/8" Ann -.090 PVB - Silt Type: Exterior threshhold 3116"HS) 2 -Point Lode Send 2 -PT Lock Part to Send: Complete unit Active Deadbolt: PREP ;Active Handle: PREP Inactive Deadbolt: PREP Inactive Handle: PREP FD Colonial style: No Colonial Standard Center Distance: 4 Overall unit Height 0 `Overall unit Width: 0 SideLite Width: 0 Sidel- to Quantity: 0 Sidelite Was across: 0 Sidelite Height 0 DP Calculated +: 75.00 Sidelite lites down: 0 Certification#: 12-0516.02 DP Calculated : 75.00 Which NOA- 12-0516.02 (exp. 10/18/17) Testing/Cer6fic ation to be used for permit: i Substrate: Concrete Miami -Dade NOA (in HVHZ) Dow Label: SHGC: 0.46 Anchorage: 1/4" ELCO Tapcons Dow COG: VT (use for Turtle Code): 0.88 Door Label: 1.1 -Factor 1.02 Dow Label: VT: 0.50 Door Energy Star Does Not Quality -TOTAL AMT: TOTAL TAX: NET AMOUNT: Quote # Print Date Page 4 of 4 2953068 8/7/2013 0!5 vE.rj M IAM 1•L'yiADE ®MIAMI -DADS COUNTY PRODUCT CONTROL SECTION DEPARTMENT OF PERMITTING, ENVIRONMENT, AND REGULATORY 11805 SW 26 Street, Room 208 AFFAIRS (PERA) Miami, Florida 33175-2474 BOARD AND CODE ADMINISTRATION DIVISION T (786) 315-2590 F (786) 315-2599 NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE (NQA� ww%v.mlamiaadegov/aerai PGT Industries 1070 Technology Drive, North Venice, -Fl. 34275 SCOPE: This NOA is being issued under the applicable rules and regulations governing the use of construction materials. The documentation submitted has been reviewed and accepted by Miami -Dade County PERA - Product Control Section to be used in Miami Dade County and other areas where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). This NOA shall not be valid after the expiration date stated below. The Miami -Dade County Product Control Section (In Miami Dade County) and/or the AHJ (in areas other than Miami Dade County) reserve the right to have this product or material tested for quality assurance purposes. If this product or material fails to perform in the accepted manner, the manufacturer will incur the -expense of such testing and the AHJ may immediately revoke, modify, or suspend the use of such product or material within their jurisdiction. PERA reserves the right to revoke this acceptance, if it is determined by Miami -Dade County Product Control .Section that this product or material fails to meet the requirements of the applicable building code. This product is approved as described herein, and has bean designed to comply with the Florida Building Code, including the High Velocity Hurricane Zone. DESCRIPTION: Series "PGT" Clipped Extruded Aluminum Tube Mullion - L.M.I. APPROVAL DOCUMENT: Drawing No. 6300JR, titled "Impact -Resistant Aluminum Tube Mullions", sheets 1 through 22 of 22, prepared by manufacturer, dated 08/29/11, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P.E., bearing the Miami -Dade County Product Control Revision stamp with the Notice of Acceptance number and expiration date by the Miami -Dade County Product Control Section. N USSILE IMPACT RATING: Large and Small Missile Impact Resistant LABELING: Each unit shall bear a permanent label with the manufacturer's name or logo, city, state, model/series, and following statement: 'Miami -Dade County Product Control Approved", unless otherwise noted herein. RENEWAL of this NOA shall be considered after a renewal application has been filed and there has been no change in the applicable building code negatively affecting the performance of this product. TERMINATION of this NOA will occur after the expiration date or if there has been a revision or change in the materials, use, and/or manufacture of the product or process. Misuse of this NOA as an endorsement of any product, for sales, advertising or any other purposes shall automatically terminate this NOA. Failure to comply with any section of this NOA shall be cause for termination and removal of NOA. ADVERTISEMENT: The NOA number preceded by the words Miami -Dade County, Florida, and followed by the expiration date may be displayed in advertising literature. If any portion of the NOA is displayed, then it shall be done in its entirety. INSPECTION: A copy of this entire NOA shall be provided to the user by the manufacturer or its distributors and shall be available for inspection at the job site at the request of the Building Official. This NOA revises NOA # 10-M19.05 and consists of this page 1 and evidence page E-1, as well as approval document mentioned above. The submitted documentation was reviewed by Manuel Perez, P.E. .,. APPROVED NOA No. 11-0922.01 Expiration Date: May 26, 2016 Approval Date: December 08, 2011 Page 1 PGT Industries NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: EVIDENCE SUBMITTED A. DRAWINGS 1. Manufacturer's die drawings and sections. 2. Drawing No. 6300JR, titled "Impact -Resistant Aluminum Tube Mullions", sheets 1 through 22 of 22, prepared by manufacturer, dated 08/29/11, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P.E. B. TESTS 1. Test reports on: 1) Air Infiltration Test, per FBC, TAS 202-94 2) Uniform Static Air Pressure Test, Loading per FBC, TAS 202-94 3) Water Resistance Test, per FBC, TAS 202-94 4) Large Missile Impact Test per FBC, TAS 201-94 5) Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading per FBC, TAS 203-94 6) Forced Entry Test, per FBC 2411.3.2.1, and TAS 202-94 along with marked -up drawings and installation diagram of clipped aluminum mullions, prepared by Fenestration Testing Lab, Inc., Test Report No. FTL 6443 (samples A-1 thru E-1), dated 02/28-11, and addendum letter dated 05105/11, all signed and sealed -by Marlin D. Brinson, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA #10-0819.05) C. CALCULATIONS 1. Anchor verification calculations and structural analysis, complying with FBC-2007 and FBC-2010, prepared by manufacturer, dated 09/20/11, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P.E. D. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Miami -Dade Department of Permitting, Environment, and Regulatory Affairs (PERA). E. MATERIAL CERTIFICATIONS 1. None. F. STATEMENTS 1. Statement letter of conformance with the FBC-2007 and )BC -2010, and no financial interest, dated June 06, 2011, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P.E. 2. Proposal # 10-1070-R issued by BNC to PGT Industries, dated 01/07/11, signed by Ishaq I. Chanda, Product Control Examiner. G. OTHER 1. Notice of Acceptance No. 10-0819.05, issued to PGT Industries, for their PGT Series Aluminum Clipped Mullion — L.M.I., approved on 05/26/11 andg on 05/26/16. 4 M06—al Perez, P.E. Product dkntp6l Examiner NOA No. 11-0922.01 Expiration Date: May 26, 2016 Approval Date: December 08, 2011 E-1 M® MIAMI DADE COUNTY, FLORIDA PRODUCT CONTROL SECTION DEPARTMENT OF PERMITTING, ENVIRONMENT, AND REGULATORY 11805 S.W. 261b Street, Room 208 AFFAIRS (PERA) Miami, Florida 33175-2474 BOARD AND CODE ADMINISTRATION DIVISION T (786) 315-2590. F (786) 315-2599 NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE OA www.mla�ad2davberat PGT Industries 1070 Technology Drive Nokomis, FL 34275 SCOPE: This NOA is being issued under the applicable rules and regulations governing the use of construction materials. The documentation submitted has been reviewed and accepted by Miami -Dade County PERA- Product Control Section to be used in Miami -Dade County and other areas where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). This NOA shall not be valid after the expiration date stated below. The Miami -Dade County Product Control Section (In Miami -Dade County) and/or the AHJ (in areas other than Miami -Dade County) reserve the right to have this product or material tested for quality assurance purposes. If this product or material fails to perform in the accepted manner, the manufacturer will incur the expense of such testing and the AHJ may immediately revoke, modify, or suspend the use of such product or material within their jurisdiction. PERA reserves the right to revoke this acceptance, if it is determined by Miami -Dade County Product Control Section that this product or material fails to meet the requirements of the applicable building code. This product is approved as described herein, and has been designed to comply with the Florida Building Code, Including the High Velocity Hurricane Zone. DESCRIPTION: Series "SH 700" Aluminum Single Hung Window - L.M.L APPROVAL DOCUMENT: Drawing No. 4040-20, titled "Alum. Single Hung Window, Impact", sheets 1 through 11 of 11, dated 09/01/2005, with revision "D" dated 10/07/2011, prepared by manufacturer, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P. E., bearing the Miami -Dade County Product Control Revision stamp with the Notice of Acceptance number and Expiration date by the Miami -Dade County Product Control Section. MISSILE IMPACT RATING: Large and Small Missile Impact Resistant. LIMITATIONS: Miami -Dade County Product Control Approved Shutters Or Protection Devises shall be required for Glazing Option "M" at installations above 30 Ft. above ground (See sheet 1 of 11). LABELING: Each unit shall bear a permanent label with the manufacturer's name or logo, city, state, model/ series and following statement: "Miami -Dade County Product Control Approved" unless otherwise noted herein. RENEWAL of this NOA shall be considered after a renewal application has been filed and there has been no change in the applicable building code negatively affecting the performance of this product. TERMINATION of this NOA will occur after the expiration date or if there has been a revision or change in the materials, use, and/or manufacture of the product or process. Misuse of this NOA as an endorsement of any product, for sales, advertising or any other purposes shall automatically terminate this NOA. Failure to comply with any section of this NOA shall be cause for termination and removal of NOA. ADVERTISEMENT: The NOA number preceded by the words Miami -Dade County, Florida, and followed by the expiration date may be displayed in advertising literature. If any portion of the NOA is displayed, then it shall be done in its entirety. INSPECTION: A copy of this entire NOA shall be provided to the user by the manufacturer or its distributors and shall be available for inspection at the job site at the request of the Building Official. This NOA revises NOA No. 114405.10 and consists of this page 1, evidence pages E-1, E-2 and E-3, as well as approval document mentioned above. The submitted documentation was reviewed by Jaime D. Gascon, P. E. NOA No. 11-1013.14 Expiration Date: March 26, 2016 Z� tt Approval Date: November 03, 2011 10 Page 1 ZGT Industries NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: EVIDENCE SUBMITTED A. DRAWINGS 1. Manufacturer's die drawings and sections. 2. Drawing No 4040-20, titled "Alum. Single Hung Window, Impact", sheets 1 through 11 of 11, dated 09/01/2005, with revision "D" dated 10/07/2011, prepared by manufacturer, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P. E. B. TESTS 1. Test reports on: 1) Air Infiltration Test, per FBC, TAS 202-94 2) Uniform Static Air Pressure Test, Loading per FBC TAS 202-94 3) Water Resistance Test, per FBC, TAS 202-94 4) Large Missile Impact Test per FBC, TAS 201-94 5) Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading per FBC, TAS 203-94 6) Forced Entry Test, per FBC 24113.2. 1, TAS 202-94 along with marked -up drawings and installation diagram of an aluminum single hung window, with fm frame, prepared by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc., Test Report No. FTL-4957, dated 10/03/06, signed and sealed by Edmundo Largaespada, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No.07-0322.06) 2. Test reports on: 1) Uniform Static Air Pressure Test, Loading per FBC TAS 202-94 2) Large Missile Impact Test per FBC, TAS 201-94 3) Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading per FBC, TAS 203-94 along with marked up drawings and installation diagram of an aluminum single hung window, with fin frame, prepared by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc., Test Reports No.'s FTL -4958 and FTL-5063, dated 10/03and 11121/06, both signed and sealed by Edmundo Largaespada, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No. 0 7-0322.06) 3. Test reports on: 1) Large Missile Impact Test per FBC, TAS 201-94 2) Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading per FBC, TAS 20394 along with marked up drawings and installation diagram of an aluminum single hung window, with fin frame, prepared by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc., Test Report No. FTL--4645, dated 08/11/05, signed and sealed by Edmundo Largaespada, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No. 0 7-0322.06) 4. Test reports on: 1) Large Missile Impact Test per FBC, TAS 201-94 2) Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading per FBC, TAS 20394 along with marked -up drawings and installation diagram of an aluminum single hung window, with fin frame, prepared by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc., Test Reports -No.'s FTL-4649 and FTL-4723, dated 10105 and 08/11105, both signed and sealed by Edmundo Largaespada, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No. 05-10101)5�A t Ja me D. Casco , P. E. Product Control Section Supervisor NOA No. 11-1013.14 Expiration Date: March 26, 2016 Approval Date: November 03, 2011 E-1 PGT Industries NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: EVIDENCE SUBMITTED B. TESTS (CONTINUED) 3) Test reports on: 1) Air Infiltration Test, per FBC, TAS 202--94 2) Uniform Static Air Pressure Test, Loading per FBC TAS 202-94 3) Water Resistance Test, per FBC, TAS 202-94 4) Small Missile Impact Test per FBC, TAS 201-94 5) Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading per FBC, TAS 203-94 6) Forced Entry Test, per FEC 24113.2. 1, TAS 202-94 along with marked -up drawings and installation diagram of an aluminum single hung window, with fin frame, prepared by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc., Test Reports No.'s FTL-4947 and FTL-4650, dated 08/11/05, both signed and sealed by Edmundo Largaespada, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No. 05-1018. 01) 4) Test reports on: 1) Uniform Static Air Pressure Test, Loading per FBC TAS 202,-94 2) Large Missile Impact Test per FBC, TAS 201-94 3) Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading per FEC, TAS 203-94 along with marked -up drawings and installation diagram of an aluminum single hung window, with fin frame, prepared by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc., Test Reports No.'s FTL-4948 and FTI, -4646, dated 08/10/05, both signed and sealed by Edmundo Largaespada, P. E. (Submitted under previous NOA No. OS 1018.01) C. CALCULATIONS I. Anchor verification calculations and siruciural analysis, complying with FBC-2007, dated 01/11/2011, prepared, signed and sealed by Robert L. Clark, P. E. Complies with ASTM F1300--04 (Submitted underprevious NOA No.11-0128.03) D. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Miami -Dade Department of Permitting, Environment, and Regulatory Affairs (PERA). E. MATERIAL CERTIFICATIONS 1. Notice of Acceptance No. 11-0624.01 issued to E.I. DuPont DeNemours & Co., Inc. for their "DuPont Butacite® PVB Interlayer" dated 09/08/11, expiring on 12/11/16. 2. Notice of Acceptance No. 11-0325.05 issued to Solutia Inc. for their "Saflex and Vaneeva clear and color mtcrlaycrs" dated 05/05/2011, expiring on 05/21/2016. !:1 � � �- - , Jaime D. Gasco i, P. E. Product Control Section Supervisor NOA No. 11-1013.14 Expiration Date: March 26, 2016 Approval Date: November 03, 2011 E--2 PGT Industries NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: EVIDENCE SUBMITTED , F. STATEMENTS 1. Statement letter of conformance and compliances with the FBC 2007 and FBC-2010, dated October 07, 2011; signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P. E. 2. Statement letter of no financial interest and independency, dated October 07, 2011, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P. E. 3. Laboratory compliance letter for Test Reports No.'s FTL-4957, FTL-4958, FTL-5063, FTL-4645, FTL4649, F!PL--4723, FTL4947, FTL-4650, FTL-4948 and FTL-4646, issued by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, dated 10/03/06 through 08/10/05, all signed and sealed by Edmundo Largaespada, P, E. {Submitter) under previous NOA No. 07--0322.06 and 05-11118.01) G. OTHERS 1. Notice of Acceptance No. 11-0405.10, issued to PGT Industries for their Series "SH -700 Aluminum Single Hung Window - L.M.I.", approved on 04/21/2011 and expiring on 03/23/2016. Jaime D. G , n, P. E. Product Control Section Supervisor NOA No. 11-1013.14 Expiration Date: March 26, 2016 Approval Date: November 03, 2011 MIAM!•DADE MIAMI-DADS COUNTY ffellan PRODUCT CONTROL SECTION DEPARTMENT OF REGULATORY AND ECONOMIC RESOURCES (RER) 11805 SIV 26 Street, Room 208 BOARD AND CODE ADMINISTRATION DIVISION T(786)315-2590 F(786)315-2599 NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE (NOA) www.miamldade.eov/economv PGT industries 1070 Technology Drive North Venice, FL 34275 SCOPE: This NOA is being issued under the applicable rules and regulations governing the use of construction materials. The documentation submitted has been reviewed and accepted by Miami-Dade County RER - Product Control Section to be used in Miami Dade County and other areas where allowed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). This NOA shall not be valid after the expiration date stated below. The Miami-Dade County Product Control Section (In Miami Dade County) and/or the AHJ (in areas other than Miami Dade County) reserve the right to have this product or material tested for quality assurance purposes. If this product or material fails to perform in the accepted manner, the manufacturer will incur the expense of such testing and the AHJ may immediately revoke, modify, or suspend the use of such product or material within their jurisdiction. RER reserves the right to revoke this acceptance, if it is determined by Miami-Dade County Product Control Section that this product or material fails to meet the requirements ofthe applicable building code. This product is approved as described herein, and has been designed to comply with the Florida Building Code, including the High Velocity Hurricane Zone. DESCRIPTION: Series "CA-740" Outswing Aluminum Casement Window — L.M.I. APPROVAL DOCUMENT: Drawing No. MD-CA740-LM, titled "Casement Window Details — LM & SAC, sheets I through 10 of 10, dated 08/08/12, prepared by manufacturer, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P.E., bearing the Miami—Dade County Product Control Approval stamp with the Notice of Acceptance number and approval date by the Miami Dade County Product Control Section. MISSILE IMPACT RATING: Large and Small Missile Impact Resistant. LABELING: Each unit shall bear a permanent label with the manufacturer's name or logo, city, state, model/series, and following statement: "Miami-Dade County Product Control Approved", unless otherwise noted herein. RENEWAL of this NOA shall be considered after a renewal application has been filed and there has been no change in the applicable building code negatively affecting the performance of this product. TERMINATION of this NOA will occur after the expiration date or if there has been a revision or change in the materials, use, and/or manufacture of the product or process. Misuse of this NOA as an endorsement of any product, for sales, advertising or any other purposes shall automatically terminate this NOA. Failure to comply with any section of this NOA shall be cause for termination and removal of NOA. ADVERTISEMENT: The NOA number preceded by .the words Miami-Dade County, Florida, and followed by the expiration date may be displayed in advertising literature. If any portion of the NOA is displayed, then it shall be done in its entirety. INSPECTION: A copy of this entire NOA shall be provided to the user by the manufacturer or its distributors and shall be available for inspection at the job site at the request ofthe Building Official. This NOA consists of this page I and evidence page E-1, as well as approval document mentioned above. The submitted documentation ivas reviewed by Manuel Perez, P.E. =' APPROVED NOA No. 12-1218.09 Expiration Date: April 11, 2018 Approval Date: April 11, 2013 Page 1 PGT Industries NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE: EVIDENCE SUBMITTED A. DRAWINGS 1. Manufacturer's die drawings and sections. 2. Drawing No. MD-CA740-LM, titled "Casement Window Details — LM & SM", sheets 1 through 10 of 10, dated 08/08/12, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P.E. B. TESTS 1. Test reports on: 1) Air Infiltration Test, per FBC, TAS 202-94 2) Uniform Static Air Pressure Test, Loading per FBC TAS 202-94 3) Water Resistance Test, per FBC, TAS 202-94 4) Large Missile Impact Test per FBC, TAS 201-94 5) Cyclic Wind Pressure Loading per FBC, TAS 203-94 6) Forced Entry Test, per FBC 2411 3.2.1, TAS 202-94 along with marked -up drawings and installation diagram of a series CA740 outswing aluminum casement window, prepared by Fenestration Testing Laboratory, Inc. Test Report No. FTL-7065, dated 10/05/12, signed and sealed by Marlin D. Brinson, P.E. C. CALCULATIONS 1. Anchor verification calculations and structural analysis, complying with FBC-2010, dated 12/07/12, prepared by manufacturer, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P.E. 2. Glazing complies with ASTM E1300-04 D. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Miami -Dade Department of Regulatory and Economic Resources (RER) E. MATERIAL CERTIFICATIONS 1. Notice of Acceptance No. 11-0624.01 issued to E.I. DuPont DeNemours & Co., Inc. for their "DuPont Butacite® PVB Interlayer" dated 09/08/11, expiring on 12/11/16. 2. Notice of Acceptance No. 114624.02 issued to E.I. DuPont DeNemours & Co., Inc. for their "DuPont SentryGlas® Interlayer" dated 08/25/11, expiring on 01114/17. F. STATEMENTS 1. Statement letter of conformance, complying with FBC 2010, dated December 10, 2012, issued by manufacturer, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P.E. 2. Statement letter of no financial interest, dated December 10, 2012, issued by manufacturer, signed and sealed by Anthony Lynn Miller, P.E. 3. Proposal No. 12--1499 issued by Product Control, dated July 31, 2012, signed by Manuel Perez, P.E. G. OTHER 1. None. Manuel er Product Control Ex mi r NOA No. 12- .09 Expiration Date: April 11, 2018 Approval Date: April 11, 2013 E-1 NOTES: OUTSWING IMPACT FRENCH DOOR(S) AND SIDE 1. GLAZING OPTIONS: A. 3/8" LAMI NOM. (.402°) CONSISTING OF (1) LITE OF 118" ANNEALED GLASS PLUS AN .090 PVB INTERLAYER OF DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUMp PLUS (1) LITE OF 3116" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS. it B. 3/8" LAM[ NOM. (.402") CONSISTING OF (1) LITE OF 118" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS PLUS AN .090 PVB INTERLAYER OF DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAZ.EXIKEEPSAOE--__-- ,, MAXIMUM PLUS (1) LITE OF 3/16" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS. J " `- ' UV1 I , ALL FEDERAL C. 7116" LAMI NOM. (.465") CONSISTING OF (1) LITE OF 3/16" ANNEALED GLASS PLUS AN .090 PVB INTERLAYER OF DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KE?[* MAXIMUM D. 7/16" LAMI NOM. (.465 CONSISTING OF () LITE OF 3/16 HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS PLUS AN .090 PVB INTERLAYER OF DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAE () LITE OF 3/19'HEAT STENGTHENED GLASS. "L - MAXIMUM PLUS (1) LITE OF 3/16" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS. " NOA DRAWING MAP E. 13116 LAMI IG NOM. (.840) CONSISTING OF (1) LITE OF 3116 TEMPERED GLAAS ,114 AIRSPACE, (1) LITE OF 1/8 HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS PLUS AN .090 PVB INTERLAYER OF DUPONT BUTACITE PLUS (1) LITE OF 3/16" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS. 2. DESIGN PRESSURES: SEE TABLES 1 AND 2 ON SHEET 2. A. NEGATIVE DESIGN LOADS BASED ON TESTED PRESSURE AND GLASS TABLES ASTM E 1300-04. B. POSITIVE DESIGN LOADS BASED ON WATER TEST PRESSURE AND GLASS TABLES ASTM E 1300-04. 3. CONFIGURATIONS: X_, O, XX, XO, OX, XXO, OXX, OXO, AND OXXO. 4. ANCHORAGE: THE 331/3% STRESS INCREASE HAS NOT BEEN USED IN THE DESIGN OF THIS PRODUCT. MATERIALS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO STEEL SCREWS, THAT COME INTO CONTACT WITH OTHER DISSIMILAR MATERIALS, SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE. FOR ANCHORAGE REQUIREMENTS SEE SHEETS 8 THROUGH 10. 5. SHUTTERS ARE NOT REQUIRED. 6. SEALANT: INSTALLATION SCREWS, FRAME AND PANEL CORNERS SEALED WITH CLEAR COLORED SEALANT. 7. REFERENCES: AD TEST REPORTS FTL4964, 5212 & 6864; ELCO ULTRACON NOA: 11.0406.01,12-0126.09; ANSI/AF&PA NDS -2005 FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION AND ADM 2005 ALUMINUM TOPIC SHEET GENERAL NOTES............ 1 CONFIGURATIONS ........... 1 GLAZING DETAILS ........... 1 DESIGN PRESSURES...... 2 ELEVATIONS .................... 3 VERT. SECTIONS ............. 4 HORIZ. SECTIONS ........... 5 PARTS LIST ...................... 6 EXTRUSIONS ................... 6,7 ANCHORAGE .................... 8-10 DESIGN MANUAL. 8. THIS PRODUCT HAS BEEN DESIGNED & TESTED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, INCLUDING THE HIGH VELOCITY HURRICANE ZONE (HVHZ). GLASS ABBREVIATIONS 9. CONFIGURATIONS WHICH CONTAIN A SIDE LITE TO DOOR CONNECTION: AN. = ANNEALED A. THE LOWER DESIGN PRESSURE FROM TABLE 1. OR 2. PREVAILS. HS. = HEAT -STRENGTHENED B. FULL LENGTH REINFORCEMENT (ITEM 22 SHOWN IN SECTION E -E, SHEET 5), IS REQUIRED ONLY AT ALL DOOR TO SIDE LITE CONNECTIONS FROM TP. = TEMPERED TABLE 1., SHT. 2. REFER TO TABLE 2, SHT. 2 FOR DOOR TO SIDE LITE CONNECTIONS WHICH DO NOT REQUIRE ITEM 22 REINFORCEMENT. M 30 73) I I I I 11112" GLASS BITE EXTERIOR 94 1/8" AN. OR HS. GLASS .090 PVB INTERLAYER O GLASS (DUPONT BUTACITE OR <[ o SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE , MAXIMUM) P -, 3/8" NOM. O o GLASS STACK 3/8" LAMI NOM. GLAZING OPTION A OR B. NOTE 1 3/16" AN. OR HS. GLASS .090 PVB INTERLAYER (DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM) 1/2" GLASS BITE 3116",HS. GLASS 7116" NOM. GLASS STACK 7/16" LAMI NOW GLAZING OPTION C OR D, NOTE 1 AD 91 30 90 74 EXTERIOR 1/4" AIRSPACE 3116" TP. GLASS .090 PVB INTERLAYER (DUPONT BUTACITE) 13/16" NOM. GLASS STACK 1/2" GLASS BITE 94 _ 3/16" HS. GLASS 1/8" HS. GLASS 13/16" LAMI IG NOM. GLAZING OPTION E, NOTE 1 DDUCT RENE.WED complying %vide the Floridi xilding Code �' " '..pntance No � — 1 `��tttfttrrr All • A.,.J�uj co.m.w �;0. Q—:� -i :.v d use: 0Zzw y• z a nj lfll O o <[ o o , P -, V3 O o LLI r W LLJ 0 W N � � A !L to � OC O I— C/) z � W I. -oz 2 W QZ W ¢ LL b CV a. Q N LL'I-' z¢ 0 o `��tttfttrrr All • A.,.J�uj co.m.w �;0. Q—:� -i :.v d use: 0Zzw y• z a nj lfll IC)le X15 Q 0 oo $ o Q2! P `��tttfttrrr All • A.,.J�uj co.m.w �;0. Q—:� -i :.v d use: 0Zzw y• z a nj lfll TABLE 1. DESIGN PRESSURES FOR ALL CONFIGURATIONS A APPROVED CONFIGURATIONS: X, XX, O, OX, XO, OXO, XXO, OXX & OXXO 68 - 79 3/4" (FOR DOORS W/ SIDE LITES THE LOWER DP FOR THE DOOR OR SIDE LITE PREVAILS) REINFORCEMENT IS REQUIRED AT DOOR & SIDE LITE CONNECTIONS 9131411 DOORS WITH GLASS TYPES A, B, C, D OR E 3/4" HEIGHT 49 47 3/4" X WIDTH XX WIDTH 68 - 79 3/4" 7° - 833/4-11 873/411 1 913/411 8° - 9531411 39 37 1/2"1 60 713/41'. +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.01+75.01 -49.8 -75.01+75.01 -47.4 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 O WIDTH SINGLE SIDE LITES WITH GLASS TYPE A +49.0 +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 2731411 361 /6' +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 +71.4 -71.4 +67.6 -67.6 +64.2 -64.2 3631411 +75.01-75.01+74.91-74.91+70.4,-70.41+66.6 50 59 3/4" +49.0 -49.0 -66.6 +63.1 -63.1 O WIDTH SINGLE SIDE LITES WITH GLASS TYPES B, C, D OR E +75.0 -75.01+75.01 54 63 3I4" -75.01+75.01-75-01+75.01 -43.1 +43.1 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 t363/411 TABLE 2, DESIGN PRESSURES FOR COMBINED DOOR /SIDE LITES ONLY A APPROVED CONFIGURATIONS: OX, XO, OXO, XXO, OXX & OXXO (THE LOWER DP FOR THE DOOR OR SIDE LITE PREVAILS.) REINFORCEMENT IS NOT REQUIRED AT DOOR & SIDE LITE CONNECTION GLASS TYPES A, B, C, D OR E HEIGHT X WIDTH XX WIDTH 68 - 79 3/4" 70 - 83 3/4" 873/419 9131411 8° - 95 3/4" 2° 251/2" 49 47 3/4" +58.6 -58.6 +55.4 -55.4 +52.4 -52.4 +49.8 -49.8 +47.4 -47.4 271 /2" 513/411 +54.9 -54.9 +51.8 -51.8 +49.0 -49.0 +46.5 -46.5 +44.3 -44.3 291/2" 55 3/4" +51.7 -51.7 +48.81-48.8 +46.1 t -46.1 +43.8 -43.8 +41.6 -41.6 26 31 1/2" 50 59 3/4" +49.0 -49.0 +46.2 -46.2 +43.6 -43.6 +41.4 -41.4 +39.3 -39.3 28 33112" 54 63 3I4" +43.1 -43.1 +43.1 -43.1 +41.5 -41.5 +39.3 -39.3 +37.3 -37.3 35112" 67 3/4";+38.1 -38.1 +38.1 -38.1 +38.1 -38.1 +37.5 -37.5 +35.6 •35.6 3° 371/2" 60 71 3/4" +34.0 -34.0 +34.0 -34,0 +34.0 -34.0 +34.01-34.01+ 34.0 -34.0 SINGLE SIDE LITE O WIDTH GLASS TYPES A, B, C, D OR E 103/411 +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 12 3/4" +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 +75.0 -75.0 19" +72.4 -72.4 +68.5 -68.5 +65.0 -65.0 +61.9 -61.9.+59.0 -59.0 213/411 +64.5 -64.5 +61.0 -61.0 +57.8 -57.8 +55.0 -55.0 +52.4 -52.4 27 3/4" +52.9 -52.9 +49.9 -49.9 +47.2 -47.2 +44.7 -44.7 +42.6 -42.6 361/8" +35.2 -35.2 +35.2 -35.2 +35.2 -35.2 +35.2 -35.2 +34.4 -34.4 363/41r+34.0 -34.0 +34.0 -34.0 +34.0 -34.0 +34.0 -34.0 +34.0 NOTES: 1. GLASS TYPES: A. 3/8" LAMI (1/8"A, .090 PVB, 3/16" HS) B. 3/8" LAMI (118" HS, 090 PVB, 3/16" HS) C. 7/16" LAMI (3116" A, .090 PVB, 3116" HS) D. 7/16" LAMI (3/16" HS, .090 PVB, 3/16" HS) A E. 13/16" LAMI IG (3/16' TP, 1/4" AIRSPACE, 118" HS, .090 PVB, 3/16" HS) 2. COMBINED DOOR & SIDE LITE WIDTHS FOR TABLE 1 OR 2. MAX. OX/XO WIDTH = 731/2" MAX. OXO WIDTH = 109112" MAX. XXO/OXX WIDTH =107 314" MAX. OXXO WIDTH =143 314" 3. SINGLE DOORS 33 5/8" WIDE OR OVER AND THE OPERABLE PANEL OF DOUBLE DOORS 641/8" WIDE OR OVER FROM EITHER TABLE COMPLY WITH THE EGRESS REQUIREMENTS OF THE FBC. NARROWER DOORS MAY BE USED WHERE EGRESS IS NOT REQUIRED BY CODE. 4. DESIGN PRESSURES UNDER 40 P.S.F. ARE NOT APPLICABLE IN MIAMI-DADE COUNTY. 6. EXAMPLES OF COMBINED DOOR AND SIDE LITE DESIGN PRESSURES: EX. A FROM TABLE 1. OXO WITH GLASS TYPE A 30" WIDE x 90" HIGH SINGLE DOOR WITH 29" SIDE LITES DESIGN PRESSURE = +67.6 / -67.6 PSF EX. B FROM TABLE 1. OXXO WITH GLASS TYPE A 68" WIDE x 85" HIGH DOUBLE DOOR WITH 361/2" SIDE LITES DESIGN PRESSURE = +70.41-70.4 PSF EX. C FROM TABLE 2. OXO WITH GLASS TYPE C 30" WIDE x 87 314" HIGH SINGLE DOOR WITH 26" SIDE LITES DESIGN PRESSURE = +43.61-43.6 PSF EX. D FROM TABLE 2. OXXO WITH GLASS TYPE C 63 3/4" WIDE x 80" HIGH DOUBLE DOOR WITH 26" SIDE LITES DESIGN PRESSURE = +43.11-43.1 PSF 6. FOR COMBINED DOOR AND SIDE LITES FROM TABLE 1, WHICH REQUIRED REINFORCEMENT AT DOOR TO SIDE LITE CONNECTION SEE SECTION E -E, SHEET 5 FOR REINFORCEMENT DETAIL. PRODUCT' `' as complying with ::: - ula Build'utigCode el 02 Acceptance No t' xpisatian DatM.. . M(ir Dude Product COAtta � o 14 RI A�9 v o � v x �_ 'vi W zo U U 14 RI A�9 v o ;•O 2A •....zw 2 x �_ 'vi W zo ax F- w J W o CI) LL W X10 fY 0 F- uJ IX W a z 0LL W LL 2� r CD CO _j Q N [4 14 RI A�9 v o ;•O 2A •....zw 2 x �_ 'vi ax w ('J -,L 47•ko . ,.1L v o ;•O 2A •....zw 2 731 i2" MAX. 3631411 MAX WL-"111%011-�`OX OR XO 40" {TYP.) Di 37112" 95 3/4" 49 MAX. HT. TYP. / I 84 3!8" MAX. DLO /\ TYP. ABX 36 3/4" 109112" MAX. 36 3/4" _ _ -`r SEE NOTE 3 ►� MAX. MAX 49 Building Cods .�.< 49 E.1! Q...w 49 LU na• 0 ABX 36 3/4" 109112" MAX. 36 3/4" _ _ -`r SEE NOTE 3 ►� MAX. MAX 49 Building Cods .�.< 49 Acceptance No"" 8xpitatlop Date ' { Q...w 49 LU na• MinimDade Product Contr t wo"izw 10Of3 z�32-N 103 95 314" MAX. U j o Er 1X F- JE Er T dAC JE O d o Q 13- 0 40 SEE NOTE 4 ---" OXO ~-SEE NOTE 4 713/4" MAX. 24 9/16" MAX. DLO (TYP) MAX., MAX.' 49 Building Cods .�.< 49 Acceptance No"" 8xpitatlop Date ' { Q...w 41 LU na• MinimDade Product Contr t wo"izw 10Of3 z�32-N 95 314" MAX. U j o 9C, 2! F- X AC . dAC (7YP.) X INACT d o 41 Ic Fr 1 9Q WAII 4 -143 3/4" MAX. 36 36 SEE NOTE 3 �-�— MAX., MAX.' .......2 Building Cods .�.< 49 Acceptance No"" 8xpitatlop Date ' { Q...w 41 LU na• MinimDade Product Contr t wo"izw 04 z�32-N 95 314" MAX. U j o 9C, 2! F- +� dAC (7YP.) O cf)„ d o Q 13- E� T 40 k-XINACT JE 0 O W z: SEE NOTE 4 J�-SEE NOTE 4 OXXO 41 95 3/4" MAX. (TYP.) �G G DOOR DLO HEIGHT =HEIGHT -11316' DLO WIDTH'X' =DOOR WIDTH -1215/16" DLO WIDTH'XX' = DOOR WIDTH/2 -11511 IT' SIDE LITE DLO HEIGHT= HEIGHT -11 3/8" DLO WIDTH = WIDTH -31/8" NOTES: 1. FOR ANCHORAGE DETAILS SEE SHEETS 8 THROUGH 10. 2. FOR HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SECTIONS SEE SHEETS 4 AND 5. 3. SIDE LITES OVERLAP 'X' AND'XX DOORS BY 3/4" WHEN ASSEMBLED TO MAKE 'XO','OX','OXO''XXO','OXX' AND'OXXO' CONFIGURATIONS. 4. REINFORCEMENT LOCATION FOR SIDE LITE TO DOOR CONNECTIONS (SEE APPLICABILITY SHEET 2). 5. CLEAR OPENING FOR W AND'XX' DOORS AS FOLLOWS: ('X' DOORS = WIDTH - 5.646) ('XX' DOOR = DOOR WIDTH/2 -4.079) PRODUCT RBNE%VF-D as complying with the Florida .......2 Building Cods .�.< pN01N Acceptance No"" 8xpitatlop Date ' { Q...w Lo LU na• MinimDade Product Contr t wo"izw 04 z�32-N 95 314" MAX. U j o 9C, 2! F- +� r (7YP.) O cf)„ d o Q 13- r 40 2 o W z: C0 o = CO LL W iO z oF- z z m tip=z t p wv- LL CD Q N a W�`t` LL w d o •. .......2 ® pN01N Q...w Lo LU na• J.� wo"izw iL z�32-N r�Q r k O 9C, 2! r � •. .......2 `. qui Q...w Lo LU na• J.� wo"izw iL 416, 3 VJL�U 0s c mplcr Ith ttte 1?torlda 40 wildingCodo 4PA& Aeceptanco N10xpiraliputDate EXTERIOR INTERIOR .. Munni Dade Product Con O 10 1 60 N o oF • 37 64 AT HEADIJAMB O a Q 60 6t5 AT SILLIJAMB 0 LO CLEAR -COLORED w 10 O EXTER' INTERIOR SEALANTAa "•�' H 62 zo w o ® 63 co 0) T- u - 0 o ca o Nt � 0 z o cn ow _ z MAX. MAX. I i H 11 SIDE 62 p Q N z DOOR DLO LITE <[ < W HEIGHTQ OC HEIGHT OC N U u- d N •q of U- ® d N N obi SL VIEW G -G k aY 30 61 CORNER ASSEMBLY Qz 12 UJ 40 1.4$9 �.�',• '••'Zuj ;. ,a, �- Z7 td 13 DOOR SECT. A -A SL SECT. B -B .• VERTICAL VERTICAL • •....••••' I�- 67 SPACING, SAME AS MAX. SL WIDTH .;AMB ANCHOR SPA j (SEE SHEETS 7, 8 ANDND 9 9) MAX, DLO 66 62 SL SECT. E -E HORIZ. (DOOR WI SIDE LITE) �SEE TABLES 1 AND 2 AND 2)NOTES ON SHEETS 1 & 2 FOR APPLICABILITY MAX. SL WIDTH INTERIOR EXTERIOR tJLV SL SECT. F -F HORIZ. (SINGLE SIDE LITE) PRODUCT RENEWED as cornplyin8 with the Florida Building Coda Acceptance No 1 iQionD;;- I I fn • U vim¢ Ln A04 Z ' ti ao63 (6 Lh 10 0 o C/) T- LL 06 Z O o to U O p cf) -m1- � 1: J Z W z LL N a(e _o LL • •Q ul vim¢ Ln A04 Z ' ti ao63 ITEM DWG # PGT# DESCRIPTION 60 820D 6820D SIDELITE HEADER 61 921D 6921 SIDELITE SILL 62 916B 60381 SIDELITE JAMB 63 1155 781 POA #8 X 1.000 QUAD PN. SMS 64 998 7988 HEAD GASKETS (STOCKING #70998} 65 999 7989 SILL GASKETS (STOCKING #70999) 66 934A 61641M SIDELITE JAMB ADAPTER 67 #12 X 1.000 SHEET METAL SCREW 70 712653K SETTLING BLOCK, 3132" X 114" X 1" WlPSA, 85 +I-5 DURO. 71 71267K SETTING BLOCK, 1l16" X 112" X 1" W/PSA, 85 +/-5 DURO. 72 4222A 64222 BEAD, 7/16" 73 988 6988 BEAD, 318" 74 40678 64067 BEAD, 13116" IG 90 6DURAK14 114" DURASEAL IG SPACER 91 6TP248 BULB, THIN (USED IN EXTRUDED BEAD} 92 986 64986 BEAD, INTERIOR 93 1224 6TP247 BULB, THICK (USED IN EXTRUDED BEAD}, 65 +1-1 DURO. 94 GLAZING SILICONE, DOW 888 OR 883 95 GLASS, 3/8" LAMI -118" A. .80 PVB, 3/16" HS 86 GLASS, 3t8" LAMI -118" HS, .90 PVB, 3/16" HS 87 GLASS, 7118" LAMI 3/16" A. .80 PVB, 3116" HS 98 GLASS, 7116" LAMI - 3116" HS, :80 PVI, 3116" HS 99 GLASS, 13!16" LAMI IG - 3116" TP, 114" AIRSPACE, 'I!8" HS, .90 PVB, 3116" HS 903 OFF -THE SHELF DEAD BOLT LOCK PH FL. SMS ITEM DWG # PGT# DESCRIPTION 60 820D 6820D SIDELITE HEADER 61 921D 6921 SIDELITE SILL 62 916B 60381 SIDELITE JAMB 63 1155 781 POA #8 X 1.000 QUAD PN. SMS 64 998 7988 HEAD GASKETS (STOCKING #70998} 65 999 7989 SILL GASKETS (STOCKING #70999) 66 934A 61641M SIDELITE JAMB ADAPTER 67 #12 X 1.000 SHEET METAL SCREW 70 712653K SETTLING BLOCK, 3132" X 114" X 1" WlPSA, 85 +I-5 DURO. 71 71267K SETTING BLOCK, 1l16" X 112" X 1" W/PSA, 85 +/-5 DURO. 72 4222A 64222 BEAD, 7/16" 73 988 6988 BEAD, 318" 74 40678 64067 BEAD, 13116" IG 90 6DURAK14 114" DURASEAL IG SPACER 91 6TP248 BULB, THIN (USED IN EXTRUDED BEAD} 92 986 64986 BEAD, INTERIOR 93 1224 6TP247 BULB, THICK (USED IN EXTRUDED BEAD}, 65 +1-1 DURO. 94 GLAZING SILICONE, DOW 888 OR 883 95 GLASS, 3/8" LAMI -118" A. .80 PVB, 3/16" HS 86 GLASS, 3t8" LAMI -118" HS, .90 PVB, 3/16" HS 87 GLASS, 7118" LAMI 3/16" A. .80 PVB, 3116" HS 98 GLASS, 7116" LAMI - 3116" HS, :80 PVI, 3116" HS 99 GLASS, 13!16" LAMI IG - 3116" TP, 114" AIRSPACE, 'I!8" HS, .90 PVB, 3116" HS 903 OFF -THE SHELF DEAD BOLT LOCK PRODUCT PFNEXVED as complying %vith the Florida Building Code t Acceptance l�lo� Ex o Date17 -�'�_ MPioanl Dade Ptoduct Contr Y N a . (n a- r Q �0 .o o �, W . A U) W F_ o CO u < 0. 05 O W O ki 2 F- W = z p U Q z W .504 •.j N J L p .360 CL O .055- *�iF�'- Q N W D LL OUTSWING THRESHOLD 3 CHANNEL COVER 6063 T6 aN 2.750 Z r1.000 .125 w o �-us o'_: 22 6063 xSTUBE ULL J usv o N ��� Z � �Ga\ Z a • p��.` ��1111ttllt� ITEM DWG # PGT# DESCRIPTION 1 9438 60411 FRAME HEAD 2 1010 6Q30p WSTP.,Q-LON .19Q X .375 HIGH 3 7070 67070K BULB WEATHERSTRIP .187 X .3QQ HIGH 4 955 7955X FLUSHBOLT STRIKEPLATE 5 938 7938X 2 PT. LOCK STRIKEPLATE 6 956 7956A FRAME HEAD STRIKEPLATE BACKING PLATE 7 7832X12FPXP #8-32X.500 PH. FL. MS - S.S. WlSILICONE PATCH 8 995 70995 GASKET (BETWEEN THRESHOLD &FRAME JAMB) 9 996 70996 GASKET (BETWEEN HEAD &FRAME JAMB} 10 952A 6533016 FILLER HEAD ADAPTER 11 11Q00 611000M OUTSWING THRESHOLD 12 1670 671670 WSTP, .350 RD FOAM FILL T SLOT (AMSBURY#32011} 13 11004A 611004M OUTSWING THRESHOLD CHANNEL COVER 14 11001A 411001A ACETAL SPACER .065 (INHOUSE INJECTION MOLDED) 15 11002A 411002A ACETAL SPACER .095 (INHOUSE INJECTION MOLDED) 16 11003A 411003A ACETAL SPACER .140 (INHOUSE INJECTION MOLDED} 20 915D 60380 FRAME JAMB (OUTSWING} 21 1010 6Q300 WSTP.,Q-LON .190 X .375 HIGH 22 660$ 66608M REINFORCEMENT, 1.00Q X 2.750 X 0.650, 6061 T5 23 1140 78X112PSATS #8 X 1.500 PH SQ A TIS 24 1048 71048 JAMB SCREW COVER CAR 25 930 41721N STRIKE PLATE INSERT 26 1118 710X34PFA #10 X .750 PH. FL. SMS 27 7070 67070K BULB WEATHERSTRIP .1$7 X .300 HIGH 30 910D 6910 DOOR PANEL, TOP &BOTTOM RAIL 31 911E 6911 DOOR PANEL, SIDE RAIL 32 917 7FRM0 HINGE EXTRUSION 33 1178 71058FP W,8 #10X.625 PH. FL. SMS 34 813A 60378M TRUSS CLAMP 35 1130 6TRODA 5116-18 THREADED ROD 36 990 7990NUTA 5116-18 FLANGED HEX NUT 37 914A 60379M WEATHERSTRIP CHANNEL 38 7834FPT #8X.75 PH. FL. TEK 39 997 70997 GASKET (BETWEEN PANEL HEAD/SILL &PANEL STILES} 40 1023 67924G WSTP., .187 X .250 HIGH, FINSEAL 41 1928 41720 SLIDE BOLT ASSY. (INACTIVE PANEL ONLY) 42 1145 76X12FPAW #6 X .500 PH FL SMS TYPE BDS 43 1212 7P30GG SILL DUST PLUG (INACTIVE PNL} 44 9838 6983 DOOR PANEL ASTRAGAL 1 (OUTSWING} 45 984B 6984 DOOR PANEL ASTRAGAL 2 (OUTSWING} 46 1213 6Q200K WSTP.►Q-L4N .190 X .200 HIGH 47 929 74UBLOK LOCK SUPPORT ASSY. (41707 & 41708) 48 1139 7634E #6X.754 PH. FL. SMS 49 982 FD2PTAY 2 PT. LOCK ASSY. 50 6R18flFS RUBBER SLEEVE 51 93Q 41721 STRIKE PL. INSERT (INACTIVE PANEL} 52 931 7FRSPX DEADBOLT STRIKE PLATE 53 111$ 710X34PFA #1fl X .750 PH FL. SMS 54 957 70957X HANDLE STRIKE PLATE 55 1118 710X34PFA #10 X.750 4.626 4.000 x1.750-1 DOOR PANEL . 30 TOP & BOTTOM RAIL 6063-T5 4.726 4.100 1-1.760-1 DOOR PANEL 31 SIDE RAIL 6063-T5 3.655---- 3.111 j �� .550 1.400 .050 10 FILLER HEAD ADAPTER 6063-T6 3.000 1.2,72 1.479 LL4 0 FRAME HEAD 6063 T6 .050 .079 1.489 .489 3.000 OUTSWING THRESHOLD 6063-T6 4.726 4.100 101 {----1.750 DOOR PANEL INTERIOR ASTRAGAL 6063-T5 j- 1--.668 .050 .683 73 3/8" GLAZING BEAD 6063-T5 1---3.100 1. 5.459 6.085 .075 .750 1.750 4.726 .062--- 4.675 4.100 DOOR PANEL 45 EXTERIOR ASTRAGAL 6063-T5 .050 .683 -F '*'+ 72 7/16" GLAZING BEAD 6063-T5 O SL HEADER 6063-T6 SL SILL 6063-T6 5.212 4.586 x-+1.480 1 Film 3.000 '050 20 DOOR FRAME, JAMB 6063-T6 1.578 -� .890 .050 3.000 62 SL JAMB 6063-T6 -�-{ .830 �-+- 2.980 .050 I- SLJAMB 66 ADAPTER 6063T6 1.620 .250 f 37 WEATHER STRIP CHANNEL 6063-T5 2.125 32 HINGE 6063-T5 .125 ki �--.172 0 .050 .683 -�•-� 1.092 74 IG GLAZING BEAD 6063-T6 PRODUCTRENEWED as complying with the Florida Building Coda �� e Acceptance No Bxpir n•Do 9Wn-1 Dade Product ContrOy 1.500 P .125 o �LU U a .750 �f2� t TRUSS CLAMP Q 34 6063-T5 of {----1.750 DOOR PANEL INTERIOR ASTRAGAL 6063-T5 j- 1--.668 .050 .683 73 3/8" GLAZING BEAD 6063-T5 1---3.100 1. 5.459 6.085 .075 .750 1.750 4.726 .062--- 4.675 4.100 DOOR PANEL 45 EXTERIOR ASTRAGAL 6063-T5 .050 .683 -F '*'+ 72 7/16" GLAZING BEAD 6063-T5 O SL HEADER 6063-T6 SL SILL 6063-T6 5.212 4.586 x-+1.480 1 Film 3.000 '050 20 DOOR FRAME, JAMB 6063-T6 1.578 -� .890 .050 3.000 62 SL JAMB 6063-T6 -�-{ .830 �-+- 2.980 .050 I- SLJAMB 66 ADAPTER 6063T6 1.620 .250 f 37 WEATHER STRIP CHANNEL 6063-T5 2.125 32 HINGE 6063-T5 .125 ki �--.172 0 .050 .683 -�•-� 1.092 74 IG GLAZING BEAD 6063-T6 PRODUCTRENEWED as complying with the Florida Building Coda �� e Acceptance No Bxpir n•Do 9Wn-1 Dade Product ContrOy i P 3: o �LU U a Uj�za �f2� t a� z Q of � � W Lh �o 0 0 C0 LL ars to a o I - LU U d aleO z Fn W OC LT. o i P Z _.-J 2 �LU .. .►• j Uj�za �f2� •'�l(f�: q: a� z i Z _.-J 2 .. .►• j Uj�za �f2� •'�l(f�: q: HEAD HEAD HEAD HEAD HEAD HEAD ZONEn n C ZONEn Dtt tt n ZONE D ! n n ZONE E n rt 'E'll n _1ZONE D ZONE E . , PRODUCT RENEWED as complying with the Florida Building Code 1 — Acceptance No x airx�ir to Dato17 x = MINIMUM JAMB ANCHOR By.. LOCATION. • IYiianai Dade Product ConW �t Q Q Q sD x x m ¢1 m z X z z XX z zz O z z XO OR OX z =ADDITIONAL JAMB N • p N N N N N N N N ANCHOR LOCATION, m m m m m m to In EQUALLY SPACED AS x x REQUIRED PER TABLES 0 Q 3-7 ON SHEET 9. O Qo W as If SILLS "� SILL „_� SILL F „�t }-- SI"En--� �ZONESIL;'D"SILZONE "04 _ p o AD ZONE C ZONED ZONED ZONE SEE TABLE 3., SHT. 9 SEE TABLE 4., SHT. 9 SEE TABLE 5., SHT. 9 SEE TABLE 6•, SHT. 9 Z Q � p HEAD HEAD HEAD HEAD HEAD HEAD EXAMPLE C0HEAD HEAD HEAD HEAD < �'" D= 00 4 ZONE ZONE "F" ZONE ZONE "D" 20NE "F„ ZONE ZONE ZONE "F" ZONE "F" ZONE W z Q fi E E E E: E ANCHORAGE SOLUTION o LL _j. F - FOR A CONCRETE •• LU = z OXXO INSTALLATION o a w A. 19" x 83 3/4" SIDE LITES "B" AND IY N 0 U. O op ap a Qp �p "E" ZONE ANCHORS FROM EL 0 = �' iu w w w w it w TABLE 7, SHEET 9. Q N 0 �� LL. N OXO N N -XO OR OXX N N OXXO N PLUS;im co ca co m B. 71314" x 83 314" XX DOOR ZONE,40 "F" ANCHORS FROM TABLE 4, ® c►N N SHEET 9, EACH F ZONE.M c� r� SEE ENCIRCLED VALUES, SHEET 9 z LJ• 8 SOLUTION: a: x ¢ TOTALS (4) TYPE 1 OR 2 ANCHORS c i z SILL SILL SILL SILL ILL EACH JAMB AND 2+5+5+2 = (14)SILr ZONE -�— NE 11 '1___,�__ZONEA �_ZONE SILLS "� _ SILLS ��4ZONEj -ZONE-- _S1E ���___ SILLS,l4ZONE--ZONE F D ZONE F TYPE 1 OR 2 ANCHORS AT HEAD "E" "E" "E° Q „E„ ZONE F ZONE F ••E" AND AT SILL. SEE TABLE 7., SHT. 9 SEE TABLE 7., SHT. 9 SEE TABLE 7, SHT. 9 EXAMPLE OF ANCHORAGE FOR A 713/4" x 83 3/4"'XX` DOOR, = ANCHOR LOCATION FOR ��` �Q- . • ' •' ' • ��� �� WITH 19" x 83 3/4" SIDE LITES (SEE SOLUTION AT RIGHT) EXAMPLE ABOVE _ �`'.•'c• •'•, �- ; U; NOTES:CID _ _ 1. APPROVED ANCHOR TYPES ARE: 1.1/4" ELCO TAPCONS 2.1/4" ELCO 884 CRETE -FLEX MASONRY ANCHORS 3. #12 SCREWS eta ai z ��3 2.ANCHOR QUANTITIES ARE BASED ON SPACING AS FOLLOWS (3" MIN. O.C. FOR CONCRETE): SEE EXAMPLE OXXO ANCHOR LAYOUT ABOVE. = 6 N `'r 2 w JAMBS (ALL): 131/4" MAX. FROM CORNERS AND 231/8" MAX. O.C. 72oy, �� HEAD & SILL OF DOORS: 6" MAX. FROM CORNERS, 9" MAX. FROM ASTRAGAL CENTERS AND 20 718" MAX. O.C.41k. .....HEAD & SILL OF SIDE LITES: 6"MAX. FROM 3. TO DETERMINE ANCHOR QUANTITIES FIND HECORNERS CONF GURAT ON ABOVE HEN REFER TO THE APPROPRIATE TABLES ON SHEET 9. TABLE 3. X DOORS A TABLE 4. XX DOORS Ao TABLE 6.0 SIDE LITE Ao TABLE 6. XO & Ox A F_ U a (ALSO X DOOR OF XO & OX) n 2 o� v A, B, C, D. E A. B. C. D, E A, B, C. D. E A, B, C, D, E GLASS TYPES GLASS TYPES GLASS TYPES GLASS TYPES ANCHOR TYPE ANCHOR TYPE ANCHOR TYPE ANCHOR TYPE < W_ x W Z & SUBSTRATE 2.3• WOOD 1,2, CONC & SUBSTRATE 2,3, WOOD 1,2, CONC & SUBSTRATE 2,3, WOOD 1,2, CONC & SUBSTRATE 2.3, W�OODJ 1,2, CONC DOOR WIDTHS LOAD ZONES DOOR WIDTHS LOAD ZONES WIDTHS "O" - 10.75 LOAD ZONES DOOR WIDTHS LOAD ZONES "X'- 25.50 0 C7 '%C' - 47.75 }0Ix }. F- ui w z = H - z "X'- 25.50 TO 37.50 ' ❑ TO 71.75 = Z , TO 36.75 a W clf O) TO 37.50 LL ' IL Q N oO 2` C) < m< I ❑ w �J`` w iu a c J mrm Q _m_m ¢ m a 0m g ir5 t�i Q to o rim u� u�a ma au3�sw�Qtali�Su�l?,` -� a- xpx -� xpx to a o co a o m o �a¢g�a�� a w o m ui a¢ m 3 o m a SIDE 4 z m `- a i Z 1 . t t W X t 1 N -� -a x LITE T -3 Z x -� WIDTH x HT. x x x 3 x x X, 3: WIDTH x HT. '' a y x a s'2 WIDTH x HT. o O o o WIDTH x HT. a O x x O o x x 25.50 x 79.75 5 2 7 14 2 3 47.75 x 79.75 4 3 6 4 2 3 10.75 x 79.76 4 1 1 4 1 10.75 x 79.75 4 21 4 2 83.75 83.75 83.76 83.76A 4 2 § 4 2 6 2 7 4 2 3 5 4 7 4 2 3 4 1 4 1 5 2 7 4 2 3 5 4 7 4 2 3 4 1 4 1 87.75 87.75 87.75 87.75 4 2 ad 4 2 IZ 5 2 7 412 3 5 4 7 4 2 3 4 1 4 1 91.75 91.75 91.75 91.75 4 2 0 4 2 0 6 2 7 4 2 3 5 4 7 4 2 3 4 1 4 1 95.76 95.75 95.75 95.75 4 2 4 2 4 4 2 2 LL X27.50 x 79.76 6 2 7 4 2 3 51.75 x 79.75 5 4 7 4 2 3 12.75 x 79.75 4 2 4 2 12.75 x 79.75 83.76 83.75 83.75 83.76 4 2 d 4 2 IF 5 2 7 4 2 3 5 4 7 4 2 3 4 2 4 2 J 5 2 7 4 2 3 5 4 7 4 2 3 4 2 4 2 87.75 87.75 87.75 87.75 4 2 m 4 2 m 6 2 7 -4.2. 6 6 4 7 4 2 3 4 2 4 2 91.75 91.75 91.75 91.7514 2 M 4 2 95.75 95.75 95.75 96.75 ;4 2 4 3 LE 4 4 2 2 OR 6 2 7 4 2 5 61 4 7 4 3 6 4 2 4 2 29.60 x 79.75 6 2 8 4 2 3 55.76 x 79.76 5 4 7 41 2 3 19.00 x 79.75 4 2 1 4 2 19.00 x 79.75 5 2 8 4 2 3 6 4 7 4 2 3 4 2 4 2 83.75 83.75 83.75 83.75 4 3 W 4 2 13 6 2 8 4 2 6 6 4 7 4 2 3 4 2 4 2 87.75 87.75 87.75 87.75 4 3F: 4 2 r- 6 2 8 4 2 5 6 4 7 4 3 5 4 2 4 2 91.76 91.75 91.75 91.75 4 3 4 4 2 4 6 2 8 4 2 5 S 4 8 4 3 5 4 2 4 2 95.75 95.75 96.75 95.75 4131 3 m a 4 4 2 2 D 31.50 x 79.75 5 2 8 4 21 3 59.76 x 79.76 6 6 8 4 2 3 21.75 x 79.75 4 2 4 2 21.75 x 79.76.4 83.75 6 2 8 4 21 6 83.75 5 5 8 4 2 3 83.75 4 2 4 2 83.75 4 3 4 2 6 2 8 4 21 5 6 5 8 4 3 5 4 2 4 2 87.76 87.75 87.75 87.75 4,3 ua 4 21 w 8 4 2 5 6 5 8 4 3 5 5 2 4 2 91.75T62 91.75 91.75 91.75 5 3 J 4 295.75 95.75 95.76 95.76 5 3 6 3 2 y 4 4 2 2 U 1 10 4 2 5 6 5 8 4 3 5 5 2 4 2 33.50 x 79.75 6 3 8 4 3 3 63.75 x 79.75 5 6 8 4 2 3 27.75 x 79.75 5 2 4 2 27.75 x 79.75 6 3 8 4 3 5 6 5 8 4 3 5 5 2 4 2 83.75 83.75 83.75 83.75 6 3 Z 4 2 0 6 3 8 4 3 5 6 5 8 4 3 5 5 2 4 2 87.76 87.75 87.75 87.75 5 3 6 4 2 a 91.75 91.75 91.75 91.75 6 3 w 4 3 w 7 3 10 4 3 5 6 5 8 4 3 5 6 2 4 2 95.75 95.75 95.75 95.76 6 3 m 4 3 m 7 3 101413 5 7 6 10 4 3 5 6 2 4 2 35.60 x 79.75k73 8 4 3 5 67.76 x 79.76 6 5 8 4 3 6 36.13 x 79.76 6 3 4 3 36.13 x 79.76 6 4 4 3 8 4 3 6 6 5 8 4 3 6 6 3 4 3 83.76 83.75 83.75 83.75 6 4 p 4 3 0 87.75 87.75 87.75 87.75 7 6 LL 4 3 UL 8 4 3 6 6 5 8 4 3 5 7 3 4 3 91.75 91.75 91.75 91.75 7 6 0 4 3 0 10 4.3. 5 7 6 10 4 3 6 7 3 4 3 95.75 95.75 95.75 95.75 7 6 6 4 V Q 4 4 3 3 v Q 10 4 3 5 71 6 10 4 3 5 7 3 4 3 37.50 x 79.75 6 3 8 4 3 5 71.75 x 79.75 6 5 8 4 3 5 36.75 x 79.75 6 3 4 3 36.75 x 79.75 83.75 83.76 83.75 83.75 6 4 4 3 6 3 8 4 3 6 6 5 9 4 3 5 6 3 4 3 7 3 10 4 3 5 6 5 9 4 3 5 7 3 4 3 87.75 87.75 87.75 87.75 7 5 4 4 3 91.75 91.75 91.75 91.75 7 5 tu 4 3 y 7 3 10 4 3 5 7 6 10 4 3 5 7 3 4 3 95.76 95.7.57 95.75 95.7517,51 14131 7 3 10 4 3 5 6 10,41 3 1 5 7 3 4 3 APPROVED ANCHOR TYPES: 1. 1/4" ELCO TAPCONS 2.1/4" ELCO SS4 CRETE -FLEX MASONRY ANCHORS 3. #12 SCREWS (G5) 4. ENCIRCLED ANCHOR QUANTITIES IN TABLES 4 AND 7 PERTAIN TO THE EXAMPLE ANCHORAGE SOLUTION ON SHEET 8. PRODUCT RENEWED as complying with the Florida Building Code Acceptance No $xpiralion Dag, t r ,By ..r Mia t Dade Pioduct Contr i ® 04 m ❑ U) 0 $fix zL zt� � to F_ U a a Y o n 2 o� v ((/) to o (/}�.. J o L6 O -� < W_ x W Z J a W N o }a. (n od lo Ix 0 C7 }0Ix }. F- 0 w z = H - z ' ❑ = Z a Q a W clf O) t v LL ' IL Q N oO 2` C) < m< I ❑ ® tn ON h m $fix zL zt� � to a a Y o n 2 o� v 2X WOOD BUCK, NOTE 2 13/6, MIN. 3.4 KSI MIN. CONC. 1X WOOD BUCK, NOTE 2 114" MAX. SHIM WOOD EXT. ANCHOR TYPE 2 OR 3, NOTE 1 DOOR HEAD (WOOD) 13/8" 1/4" MAX. SHIM MIN. _1 3/4" W- 13/4" MIN E.D. rMIN E.D. I 2X WOOD BUCK, NOTE 2 3.4 KSI MIN. CONC. ANCHOR • ON .; ••. '•-. • 4 :, _,.� 1X WOOD BUCK, NOTE 2 s"'°' •'• �::::f ' ` 1318" TYPE 1 •�• «* TYPE • r:, _+' .:� .�; -a.; 13/4" TYPE 2 13/8" MIN. NOTE 1 NOTE 1 2X WOOD EXT• 1X WOOD BUCK, 1/4" MAX. 1/4" MAX. EXT. SHIM SHIM CONC. EXT. WOOD 7 ANCHOR, ANCHOR NOTE 1 11 A 17A7 TYPE 2 OR 3, DOOR HEAD (CONC) 114" MAX. SHIM a WOOD ' ANCHOR • ON CONC STAGGERED ANCHOR CENTERS, ON TYPE STAGGERED 2 OR 3, CENTERS, NOTE 1 NOTE 1 2X WOOD EXT• 1X WOOD BUCK, BUCK, NOTE 2 NOTE 2 1 114" TYPE 1 OR 2 (CMU) NOTE 1 13/8" TYPE 1 (CONC) SIDE LITE HEAD (WOOD) 1 3/4" TYPE 2 (CONC) �:•': •1 3 IN. E.D. I.. 13/4!' . [ 13/4" MIN. E.D. 13/8" TYPE 1 L� �F ��•;��`�.� _•;;�:.'J�'=a 13/4" TYPE 2 EXT. SHIM CONC. ANCHOR, NOTE 1 SIDE LITE HEAD (CONC) - .-� 1 114" TYPE 1 OR 2 (CMU) 1/4" MAX. SHIM 1/4" MAX. SHIM 13/8" TYPE 1 (CONC) �}�--�-�--1 3/8n MIN. 'ys 1 314" TYPE 2 (GONG) CONC. ;.:.•'� 1 314 ANCHOR, y ;•;:;�f, =MIN. E.D. NOTE 1 ANCHOR, TYPE r . + '• �:• ••• • •� 1 314"T MIN. E.D. �!=� �o �� U e _ i 2X WOOD EXT• ' NOTE 1 1.5 KSI MIN. CMU OR BUCK, NOTE 2 3.4 KSI MIN. CONC. SIDE LITE JAMB (WOOD) F_AOR WOOD ANCHOR TYPE 2 WOOD ANCHOR, TYPE 2 OR 3 NOTE 1 CONC. ANCHOR, NOTE 1 i qOR 3, NOTE 1 _ EXT. 114" MAX. EXT. NOTE 3 SHIM MAX. �',: �,.'.. 13/8 TYPE 1 3/8" MIN. '"�'••". ' ' �' '` ' _" _ ~:;' '� •' .`.�•.:: �,� 13/4" TYPE 2 DOORJAMB(WOOD) DOOR JAMB (CONC) -2X WOOD BUCK, NOTE 2 DOOR SILL (WOOD) INOTES: 1 3/4" 3.4 KSI MIN. CONC. 1N. E.D. DOOR SILL (CONC) EXT. 2X WOOD BUCK, NOTE 2 •'�► �''� ".�'. 1.5 KSI MIN. CMU OR :•; ;`.;<�• 3.4 KSI MIN. CONC. ?• � :.._ � *1314 MIN. E.D. 1X WOOD BUCK, NOTE 2 EXT. SIDE LITE JAMB (GONG) CONC. ANCHOR, A F -A SIDE LITE SILL {WOOD} I-.- 1314" NOTE 1 UP - 1X WOOD EXT. BUCK, NOTE 2 ?114" MAX. 114" MAX. SHIM � SHIM 1 3l8TMIN. .�•• . ..• .. .:• •• ,•. � ••;� •;�`; ,�:f • a .�+' :•• »; .1, 'TYPE 1 3.4 KSI MIN. ''• • _• �` ~� � ."A 3i4"'TYPE 2 •-�-.-I MIN. E.D. SIDE LITE SILL {GONG} 1. FOR CONCRETE INSTALLATIONS IN MIAMI -DADS COUNTY, USE ONLY MIAMI -DADS COUNTY APPROVED ELCO 114" TAPCONS EMBEDDED 1 318" MIN. (TYPE 1) OR 114" SS4 CRETE -FLEX EMBEDDED 1314" MIN. {TYPE 2}. THE MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM.CENTER OF ANCHOR TO CONCRETE EDGE IS 13/4". FOR WOOD INSTALLATIONS USE #12 SCREWS, G5 (TYPE 3) OR ELCO 114" SS4 CRETE -FLEX ANCHORS EMBEDDED 13/8!' MIN. (TYPE 2), 2. WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED AS 1x ARE LESS THAN 1 112" THICK. 1x WOOD BUCKS ARE OPTIONAL IF UNIT 1S INSTALLED DIRECTLY TO SOLID CONCRETE. WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED AS 2x ARE 1 112" THICK OR GREATER. INSTALLATION TO THE SUBSTRATE OF WOOD BUCKS TO BE ENGINEERED BY OTHERS ORAS APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION (AHJ). 3. IF SILL IS TIGHT TO SUBSTRATE, GROUT OR OTHER MATERIAL IS NOT REQUIRED. IF USED, NON -SHRINK, NON-METALLIC GROUT (3400 PSI MIN.), (DONE BY OTHERS) MUST FULLY SUPPORT THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE SILL THAT IS NOT TIGHT TO THE SUBSTRATE, AND TRANSFER SHEAR LOAD TO SUBSTRATE. IF SUBSTRATE IS WOOD, 30# FELT PAPER OR MASTIC 1S REQUIRED BETWEEN THE GROUT AND WOOD SUBSTRATE, ORAS APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. PR(?DUCC RENBWED as complying with the Ftotift Building Code �� " Acceptance No 12 Dale. ' APs'` ' Miamt Dade Product Contra'1C6 40 a J o U)0 0 I- � O Wr0 Z Q O I�- = 0 � Z . � W � U 0 _ (DW a Z (1) g fY r LL O k uL v ® CN n �ppoyy N tf)zws- O a0 o a� Uj o; f 0 J:01 zw Nrqj ; j o a� GENERAL NOTES: SERIES 740 IMPACT -RESISTANT CASEMENT WINDOW 1) THIS PRODUCT HAS BEEN DESIGNED & TESTED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, INCLUDING THE HIGH VELOCITY HURRICANE ZONE (HVHZ). 2) SHUTTERS ARE NOT REQUIRED WHEN USED IN WIND-BORNE DEBRIS REGIONS. FOR INSULATED GLASS INSTALLATIONS ABOVE 3(Y IN THE HVHZ, THE OUTBOARD LITE (CAP) MUST TEMPERED. 3) FOR MASONRY APPLICATIONS IN MIAMI-DADE COUNTY, USE ONLY MIAMI-DADE COUNTY APPROVED MASONRY ANCHORS. MATERIALS USED FOR ANCHOR EVALUATIONS WERE SOUTHERN PINE, ASTM C90 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS AND CONCRETE WITH MIN. KSI PER ANCHOR TYPE, SEE TABLE 3, SHEET 4. 4) ALL WOOD BUCKS LESS THAN 1-112" THICK ARE TO BE CONSIDERED 1X INSTALLATIONS. IX WOOD BUCKS ARE OPTIONAL IF UNIT IS INSTALLED DIRECTLY TO SUBSTRATE. WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED AS 2X ARE 1-1/Y THICK OR GREATER. IX AND 2X BUCKS (WHEN USED) SHALL BE DESIGNED TO PROPERLY TRANSFER LOADS TO THE STRUCTURE. WOOD BUCK DESIGN AND INSTALLATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF RECORD. 5) ANCHOR EMBEDMENT TO BASE MATERIAL SHALL BE BEYOND WALL DRESSING OR STUCCO. USE ANCHORS OF SUFFICIENT EMBEDMENT AS SPECIFIED ON TABLE 3, SHEET 4. NARROW JOINT SEALANT IS USED ON ALL FOUR CORNERS OF THE FRAME. INSTALLATION ANCHORS SHOULD BE SEALED. OVERALL SEALINGIFLASHING STRATEGY FOR WATER RESISTANCE OF INSTALLATION SHALL BE DONE BY OTHERS AND IS BEYOND THE SCOPE OF THESE INSTRUCTIONS. 6) SHIMS ARE REQUIRED AT EACH ANCHOR LOCATION WHERE THE PRODUCT IS NOT FLUSH TO THE SUBSTRATE. USE SHIMS CAPABLE OF TRANSFERRING APPLIED LOADS. WOOD BUCKS, BY OTHERS, MUST BE SUFFICIENTLY ANCHORED TO RESIST LOADS IMPOSED ON THEM BY THE WINDOW. 7) DESIGN PRESSURES., A. NEGATIVE DESIGN LOADS BASED ON STRUCTURAL/CYCLE TEST PRESSURE, FRAME ANALYSIS AND GLASS PER ASTM E1300. B. POSITIVE DESIGN LOADS BASED ON WATER TEST PRESSURE, STRUCTURAL/ CYCLE TEST PRESSURE, FRAME ANALYSIS AND GLASS PER ASTM E1300. 8) THE ANCHORAGE METHODS SHOWN HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO RESIST THE WINDLOADS CORRESPONDING TO THE REQUIRED DESIGN PRESSURE THE 33-113% STRESS INCREASE HAS NOT BEEN USED IN THE DESIGN OF THIS PRODUCT. THE 1.6 LOAD DURATION FACTOR WAS USED FOR THE EVALUATION OF ANCHORS INTO WOOD. ANCHORS THAT COME INTO CONTACT WITH OTHER DISSIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE FOR CORROSION RESISTANCE. 9) REFERENCES; TEST REPORTS FTL-7065, 3579, 35$0, 3724; ELCO ULTRACON NOA; ELCO CRETEFLEX NON ANSIIAF&PA NDS FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION AND ADM ALUMINUM DESIGN MANUAL. TABLE 1, DESIGN PRESSURE RATING IMPACT RATING VARIES, RATED FOR LARGE & SMALL SEE SHEETS 5.9 MISSILE IMPACT RESISTANCE bltLAMINATED G GLASS STACK _ I 118' ANNEALED 090' DUPONT GLASS _ BUTACITE PVB EXTERIOR 37' WIDTH a 25.476" MAX. O.C. IF WIDTH IS 35 UNDER 33.476" (HEAD & SILL 4" MAX. is B. SEE SHEET 2 . Glass Types Sheet # 1 611 IF Lami (1/8 An -.0917 PVB -1/8 An) 5 2 7116' Laml (3116 An -.09W SGP - 3116 An) 6 3 7116' Lami 3116 HS -.0917 SGP - 3/16 HS) 7 4 7/80 Lami. IG (1/8' An - 7/16" Air -118' An - .090" PVB -1/8" An) 5 5 71W Lami. IG (118* T - 7/16" Air -118" An -.OW PVB -118' An) 8 6 718' Lami. IG (3116" An -1/4- Air - 3/16' An -.0901 SGP - 3116" An) 9 7 7181' Lami. IG (3116- An -1/4- Air - 3/1W HS -.0V SGP - 311W HS) 7 8 7/8" Lami. IG (3/16' T -1/4" Air - 3/16- An - .090' SGP - 3/16' An) 9 9 7/8" Laml. IG (3116' T -1 /4" Air - 3116" HS - .090- SGP - 3/16' HS) 7 DESIGN PRESSURE RATING IMPACT RATING VARIES, RATED FOR LARGE & SMALL SEE SHEETS 5.9 MISSILE IMPACT RESISTANCE bltLAMINATED G GLASS STACK _ I 118' ANNEALED 090' DUPONT GLASS _ BUTACITE PVB EXTERIOR 37' WIDTH a 25.476" MAX. O.C. IF WIDTH IS 35 UNDER 33.476" (HEAD & SILL 4" MAX. is B. SEE SHEET 2 . EVATION OF tAS,81VIENT WINDOW GENERAL NOTES .............................1 ELEVATION.........................»............1 GLAZING DETAILS ........................». I INSTALLATION ................................. 2 ASSEMBLY TUBE DETAILS ............. 3 ANCHOR SPECIFICATIONS............ 4 ANCHOR QUANTITIES ..................... 4 DESIGN PRESSURES .................... 5-9 ASSEMBLY DETAILS/BOM.».»»...... 10 F1L / w /1 C:7 Cc 0 EVATION OF tAS,81VIENT WINDOW GENERAL NOTES .............................1 ELEVATION.........................»............1 GLAZING DETAILS ........................». I INSTALLATION ................................. 2 ASSEMBLY TUBE DETAILS ............. 3 ANCHOR SPECIFICATIONS............ 4 ANCHOR QUANTITIES ..................... 4 DESIGN PRESSURES .................... 5-9 ASSEMBLY DETAILS/BOM.».»»...... 10 GLASS TYPE 1 -� -1W ANNEALED GLASS 11116" GLASS BITE 7118' LAMINATED GLASS STACK 311$' ANNEALED OR AT -STRENGTHENED, GLASS EXTERIOR a .090' DUPONTSGP 311$" ANNEALED OR HEAT -STRENGTHENED GLASS 11/16' GLASS BITE GLASS TYPES 2 & 3 718' NOM. 71$' NOM. GLASS STACK611$' LAMINATED GLASS STACK 711$' LAMINATED GLASS STACK GLASS STACK 1/8 ANNEALED GLASS 3116° ANNEALED OR Tt1$'AIRSPA114' AIRSPACES HEAT -STRENGTHENED GLASS AW DUPONT 918' ANNEALED OR T.,-- eUTACITE PVB 3118"ANNEALED M AceGLASS 14-1/2' MAX. O.C. IF WIDTH IS 33.476' & OVER (HEAD & SILL) _��•11111t1Jr� %0 LYNN QN� •' �1GENS� ` ND. 58705 ' 3 12:13 QT . STA E O 'i • '•.PLORIOP.•''��"�� A. LYNN MILLER, P.E. l/8' ANNEALED GLASS EXTERIOR 11116' GLASS BITE a/.-, mmew, 03mmumm; f--.090" OUPONT SGP 3/16'ANNEAL£DOR `HEATSTRENGTHENED GLASS 4 11116" GLASS SITE GLASS TYPES 6 & 7 STACK 711$' LAMINATED IL-1 GLASS STACK 31161ANNEALED OR 114" AIRSPACE• 311$" TEMPERED GLASS @J -` EXTERIOR a 37 3 1 i w mm MW e TAI GLASS 1.090" OUPONT SGP 311$' ANNEALED OR HEATSTRENGTHENEO GLASS 11/16" GLASS SITE GLASS TYPES 8 & 9 By. I Dote: I Revision: Dote: I Revision: 4pproved as complylogwith Ike Florida Puldium Cods Description: °'- 11 -'r' GLAZING DETAILS J ROSOWSKI 1070 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE 77tle:"""'= N. VENICE, FL 34275 CASEMENT WINDOW DETAILS — LM & SM 08/08/12 P.O. BOX 1529 NOKOMIS, FL 34274 Series/Modef. Scots: Ishele t 1"Mrowling-80A740-1—M . Rev: CERT. OF AM. #29296 CA -740 NTS OF 10 INSTALLATION OPTION 1 EDGE INSTALLATION ANCHORS DISTANCE INTO 2X WOOD. AS REQUIRED PER TABLE 3, SHEET 4 EXTERIOR WINDOW HEIGHT ATTACHED TO r FRAME JAMB L 4m ATTACHED TO VENT JAMB VISIBLE LIGHT HEIGHT (DLO) ATTACHED TO FRAME JAMB 4w ATTACHED TO VENT JAMB -CONCRETE PER ANCHOR . REQUIREMENT INSTALLATION OPTION 3 INSTALLATION ANCHORS THROUGH 1X BUCKSTRIP INTO MASONRY. EDGE DISTANCE EMBEDMENT f CONCRETE/CMU PER ANCHOR REQUIREMENT TYP. ANCHOR TYPE, EMBEDMENT - AND EDGE DISTANCE PER SUBSTRATE, SEE TABLE 3, SHEET 4. EDGE DISTANCE I EMBEDMENT •'4 OPTIONAL ADDON FLANGE @ HEAD, SILL & JAMBS INSTALLATION OPTION 2 INSTALLATION ANCHORS DIRECTLY INTO MASONRY. 114' MAX SHIM ATTACHED TO VENT SILL BUCK WIDTH 0 ATTACHED TO FRAME SILL � 82 82 L ATTACHED TO VENT SILL VISIBLE LIGHT WIDTH (DLO) FOR SNUBBER REQUIREMENTS, SEE TABLE 4, SHEET 4. WINDOW WIDTH -- HORIZONTAL SECTION A -A SEE MIMI! JAMB NOTES- Al, BE HARD- 1) USE ONLY SUBSTRATE -APPROPRIATE WARE ANCHORS LISTED ON TABLE 3, SHEET 4. FOLLOW EMBEDMENT AND EDGE BUCK DISTANCE LIMITS. ANY INSTALLATION HEIGHT OPTION SHOWN MAY BE USED ON ANY SIDE OF THE WINDOW. TO'FRAME 2) ALL WOOD BUCKS LESS THAN 1-112" JAMB THICK ARE TO BE CONSIDERED 1X INSTALLATIONS. IX WOOD BUCKS ARE OPTIONAL. UNIT MAY BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY TO SUBSTRATE, WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED AS 2X ARE 1-112' THICK OR GREATER. 1X AND 2X BUCKS (WHEN USED) SHALL BE DESIGNED TO PROPERLY TRANSFER LOADS TO THE STRUCTURE. WOOD BUCK DESIGN AND INSTALLATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT OF RECORD. MAXIMUM :1 SHIM THICKNESS TO BE 1/4'. 19 84 v 1X WOOD BUCKSTRIP, SEE NOTE 2. THIS SHEET. 1/4" MAX SHIM EMBEDMENT 41. a a. VERTICAL SECTION B -B LOW I W MAX. !a INSTALLATION OPTION 4 INSTALLATION ANCHORS DIRECTLY INTO METAL. #12 STEEL SELF -DRILLING SMS, SEE TABLE 3, SHEET 4. DADE APPROVED MULLION, ALUMINUM, STEEL FRAMING OR r STEEL STUD. EXTERIOR lu EGRESS FORMULAS: WIDTH, WASH HINGE: WINDOW WIDTH -13-112 NOTES: WIDTH, EGRESS HINGE: WINDOW WIDTH - 7-112 1) WHEN INSTALLING HEIGHT: WINDOW HEIGHT - 6 COMBINATION UNITS, ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION VISIBLE LIGHT FORMULAS: ANCHORS MAY NEED TO BE WIDTH: WINDOW WIDTH - 7 INSTALLED THROUGH THE HEIGHT: WINDOW HEIGHT - 7 WINDOW FRAMES AT 10' MAX. FROM EACH SIDE OF THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE CENTERLINE. SEE TABLE BELOW: 10' MAX. AdrBtlonal Anchors ReWlmd on each — �- SEE DETAIL A2, BELOW Side of the Frame Assembly Tube (FAT) Window Anchor Type LL Width A B, C & D 17' - 22-W 0 0 D 23' - 25.9' 0 1 > 28'+ 1 1 Window Anchor Type -ftm0-22. A B,C8,D 17" -22.8` 0 0 DETAIL 23' - 25.8• 0 1 Al A2 28•+ 1 1 Approved in eonrpl)lag with The LYNN Mrd No. 58705 ' E� F ' tc,�� i��'•'• fi(ORIOP`. '�' •��� ''ZSiorvnt � `N FIE� A. LYNLLER, P.E. P.E.# 58705 Revision: Revision: I CROSS SECTIONS & INSTALLATION 1 J ROSOWSKI f 1070 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE Title: " N. VENICE, FL 34275 CASEMENT WINDOW DETAILS - LM & SM 08/08/12 P.O. BOX 1529 NOKOMIS* FL 34274 SerieslModeh Scaie: Sheet- Drawing No. Rev: CERT. OF AUTH.2929ti CA -740 NTS 2 OF 10 1 MD-CA740-LM CASEMENT (X) CASEMENT / CASEMENT (XX) AWNING / CASEMENT / FIXED CASEMENT (XXO) I I ��provedogeo�n�tylaSirlU�Ili4+ Florida UnIdInn Codi. �.. . WINDOW HEIGHT I WINDOW WIDTH 740 SERIES CASEMENT WINDOW FOR SINGLE UNITS: EXTERIOR 1) DETERMINE YOUR WINDOW SIZE AND GLASS. 2) KNOWING YOUR ANCHOR TYPE AND SUBSTRATE, DETERMINE YOUR ANCHOR GROUP FROM TABLE 3, SHEET 4. 3) FROM SHEETS 5-9, FIND THE SHEET FOR YOUR GLASS TYPE. FIND THE PRODUCTS DESIGN PRESSURE FROM THE TABLE LABELED 'DESIGN PRESSURE (PSP) FOR SINGLE WINDOWS, ALL ANCHOR GROUPS". 4) DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TIP -TO -TIP. FOR SIZES NOT SHOWN, ROUND UP TO THE NEXT AVALABLE WIDTH OR HEIGHT DIMENSION SHOWN ON THE TABLES. 5) USING THE TABLE LABELED 'WINDOW ANCHORS REQUIRED' (TABLE 2, SHEET 4), DETERMINE THE NUMBER OF ANCHORS NEEDED IN THE HEAD, SILL AND JAMBS OF YOUR WINDOW. 6) INSTALL AS PER THE INSTRUCTIONS ON SHEET 2. --�I �— 10", SEE NOTE 7, THIS SHEET FIGURE 1: }- /C C \ \ / 10", SEE NOTE 7, THIS SHEET f 740 SERIES FRAME � i 740 SERIES CASEMENT ASM CASEMENT WINDOW TUBE WINDOW Width REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR 17" - 22.8' RESPECTIVE NOA. 0-1- �` XL'- 4) FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE TO BE 740 SERIES FASTENED TO WINDOW. AS SHOW IN MIN. # 12 X 1" SMS THROUGH INSTALLATION HOLES 740 SERIES740 SERIES CASEMENT EXTERIOR FRAME CASEMENT WINDOW J/ TUBE t ASSEMBLY WINDOW \ HORIZONTAL SECTION C -C M MIN. # 12 X 1- SMS THROUGH INSTALLATION HOLES EXTEI G FOR EACH WINDOW IN A VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY COMBINED ASSEMBLY: FIGURE 2: 1 740 SERIES m WINDOW` }-D FRAME �-+► ASSEMBLY TUBE UK 740 SERIES CASEMENT " WINDOW FRAME ASSEMBLY E TUBE 740 SERIES ! FIXED WINDOW*-., / 'SEE PRODUCTS NOA FOR INSTALLATION SPECS VERTICAL SECTION D -D {0 SERIES NNING INDOW FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE 10 SERIES ASEMENT NNDOW EXTERIOR FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE NOTES: 1) DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TIP -TO -TIP DIMENSIONS FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL WINDOW. FOR SIZES NOT SHOWN, ROUND UP TO THE NEXT AVAILABLE WIDTH OR HEIGHT DIMENSION SHOWN ON THE TABLES. 2) ANY 740 -SERIES PRODUCT (CASEMENT, AWNING OR FIXED CASEMENT) MAY BE ATTACHED TO THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE. FOR ALL WINDOWS, USE THE WINDOW'S NOA FOR ANCHORAGE, SIZE AND DESIGN PRESSURE LIMITATIONS. VERTICAL SECTION E -E 740 SERIES FIXED 7) FOR ALL COMBINATION UNITS. CASEMENT ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION ANCHORS WINDOW" MAY NEED TO BE INSTALLED THROUGH THE WINDOW FRAMES AT 10" MAX. FROM EACH SIDE OF THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE CENTERLINE. SEE TABLE BELOW: 1) DETERMINE EACH INDIVIDUAL WINDOW TYPE, SIZE AND GLASS MAKER, SEE FIGURES 1 & 2, THIS SHEET. DETERMINE YOUR ANCHOR GROUP FROM TABLE 3, SHEET 4. 2) FROM SHEETS 5-9, FIND THE SHEET FOR YOUR GLASS TYPE. 3) FIND THE DESIGN PRESSURE FROM THE TABLES LABELED "DESIGN PRESSURE (PSR FOR WINDOWS ATTACHED TOA VERTICAL FRAMEASSEMBLY TUBE` OR -DESIGN PRESSURE (PSF) FOR WWNDOWS ATTACHED TO A HORIZONTAL FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE, DEPENDING ON WHICH WAY THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE IS ORIENTATED. THIS MUST BE DONE FOR EACH WINDOW IN THE ASSEMBLY, AND THE LOWEST DESIGN PRESSURE APPLIES TO THE ENTIRE ASSEMBLY. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TIP -TO -TIP. FOR SIZES NOT SHOWN, ROUNDUP TO THE NEXT AVAILABLE WIDTH OR HEIGHT DIMENSION SHOWN ON THE TABLES. 4) USING THE TABLE LABELED -WWNDOWANCHORS REQUIRED` (TABLE 2. SHEET 4), DETERMINE THE NUMBER OF ANCHORS NEEDED IN THE HEAD, SILL AND JAMBS OF YOUR WINDOW: 5) INSTALL AS PER THE INSTRUCTIONS ON SHEETS 2-3. NOTE THAT ADDITIONAL ANCHORS THROUGH THE WINDOW FRAME INTO THE SUBSTRATE MAY BE REQUIRED (SEE SHEET 2). AND THAT MIN. #12 X 1- ANCHORS ARE TO BE USED THROUGH THE FRAME INTO THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE (SEE DETAILS ON THIS SHEET}. Additional Anchors Required on each 3) ALL WINDOWS IN THE COMBINATION UNIT MUST BE ABLE TO Anchor Type INDIVIDUALLY COMPLY WITH THE Width REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR 17" - 22.8' RESPECTIVE NOA. 0-1- �` XL'- 4) FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE TO BE 740 SERIES FASTENED TO WINDOW. AS SHOW IN CASEMENT DETAILS, WITH MIN. #12 X 1" SHEET WINDOW METAL SCREWS. USE THE SAME Window SPACING AND QUANTITY AS THE FRAME OPPOSITE FRAME MEMBER. —ASSEMBLY 5) THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE MAY TUBE NOT EXCEED 62" IN LENGTH (AS USED MIN. # 12 X IN A 63" FLANGED WINDOW) OR BE �'_ 1" SMS USED IN TEE OR CROSS T14ROUGH CONFIGURATIONS. INSTALLATION ,6) THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE IS - HOLES NOT REQUIRED TO BE CLIPPED TO THE SUBSTRATE. ALL EXTERIOR JOINTS TO BE SEALED BY INSTALLER. VERTICAL SECTION E -E 740 SERIES FIXED 7) FOR ALL COMBINATION UNITS. CASEMENT ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION ANCHORS WINDOW" MAY NEED TO BE INSTALLED THROUGH THE WINDOW FRAMES AT 10" MAX. FROM EACH SIDE OF THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE CENTERLINE. SEE TABLE BELOW: 1) DETERMINE EACH INDIVIDUAL WINDOW TYPE, SIZE AND GLASS MAKER, SEE FIGURES 1 & 2, THIS SHEET. DETERMINE YOUR ANCHOR GROUP FROM TABLE 3, SHEET 4. 2) FROM SHEETS 5-9, FIND THE SHEET FOR YOUR GLASS TYPE. 3) FIND THE DESIGN PRESSURE FROM THE TABLES LABELED "DESIGN PRESSURE (PSR FOR WINDOWS ATTACHED TOA VERTICAL FRAMEASSEMBLY TUBE` OR -DESIGN PRESSURE (PSF) FOR WWNDOWS ATTACHED TO A HORIZONTAL FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE, DEPENDING ON WHICH WAY THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE IS ORIENTATED. THIS MUST BE DONE FOR EACH WINDOW IN THE ASSEMBLY, AND THE LOWEST DESIGN PRESSURE APPLIES TO THE ENTIRE ASSEMBLY. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TIP -TO -TIP. FOR SIZES NOT SHOWN, ROUNDUP TO THE NEXT AVAILABLE WIDTH OR HEIGHT DIMENSION SHOWN ON THE TABLES. 4) USING THE TABLE LABELED -WWNDOWANCHORS REQUIRED` (TABLE 2. SHEET 4), DETERMINE THE NUMBER OF ANCHORS NEEDED IN THE HEAD, SILL AND JAMBS OF YOUR WINDOW: 5) INSTALL AS PER THE INSTRUCTIONS ON SHEETS 2-3. NOTE THAT ADDITIONAL ANCHORS THROUGH THE WINDOW FRAME INTO THE SUBSTRATE MAY BE REQUIRED (SEE SHEET 2). AND THAT MIN. #12 X 1- ANCHORS ARE TO BE USED THROUGH THE FRAME INTO THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE (SEE DETAILS ON THIS SHEET}. Additional Anchors Required on each Side of the Frame Assembly Tube (FAT) Window Anchor Type a Width A B, C & D 17" - 22.8' 0 0 0-1- �` XL'- 23- - 25.9` 0 1 > 28"+ 1 1 H Window Anchor Type ua Height A S. C & D w 17--22.9' 0 0 23" - 25.9' 0 1 J —1 Cqr O D p W W H J � Z Y � CO C/) Z �C S O a � C<,)WLuw "') ALL U 0 T UL O 81M Z 0 Q U V `,�ltirrrrrti/ LYNN ��; •.fir' No. 56705 STTE OF 141 %'4� •' • •.FLORIDA`. •' • ���� k' LA 0 Jet PA.#'S8705 �M04 �M 0-1- �` XL'- O zvmvi a''Y o oz z w V `,�ltirrrrrti/ LYNN ��; •.fir' No. 56705 STTE OF 141 %'4� •' • •.FLORIDA`. •' • ���� k' LA 0 Jet PA.#'S8705 TABLE 2• TABLE 4: Approved 29 eoMply,14 ivftlt ft Florida aldhi C }f } Date �` t h0 m{ le Pradaet " 1 Y x J O g i~ 1) USE THIS TABLE FOR 0) z° (¢"} ALL WINDOWS PER THE o od e ELEVATIONS ON SHEET 1. SAMPLE CONFIGURATIONS: DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE a 4 WINDOW TIP-TO-TIP- / J X � p 2) FOR SIZES NOT X X X X O tr_ 'r' SHOWN, ROUND UP TO 0 THE NEXT AVAILABLE X z WIDTH OR HEIGHT � D DIMENSION SHOWN ON THE TABLE. X O O o < zz TABLE 3: W EXAMPLE 1: FOR WINDOW COMBINATION SHOWN BELOW, 7116 ANNEALED SGP LAML GLASS, X O X X X Y (L 1/4' MASONRY ANCHORS INTO CONCRETE, +701- 80 PSF DP REQUIRED, NO ANCHOR PLATE 2 j— �. � z � CASEMENT ANCHORS: Q I� 1J.) A) FROM TABLE 9, ANCHORS C & D ALLOW A DP OF +701-90. Q 00 O a O (%� a= W g 8) FOR THE JAMB, FROM TABLE 3, ANCHOR TYPE C HAS THE ANCHOR AND SUBSTRATE DESIRED Qti1'� Q t��'� 0 c 9-U Q U AND DOES NOT REQUIRE THE ANCHOR PLATE,. C) FROM TABLE 2,6 ANCHORS ARE REQUIRED IN EACH JAMB. D) SIMILARLY, 2 ANCHORS ARE REQUIRED IN THE HEAD & SILL. ® o t- E) DISTRIBUTE ANCHORS FOLLOWING GUIDELINES FROM ELEVATION ON SHEET 1. 10" 10' "� to 04 M F) PER RULES ON SHEETS 2 & 3. INSTALL 1 ADDITIONAL ANCHOR ON THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE 4" 4" }+- 4" o C) co v 4" l �"- z cr''� ago"N a SIDE OF THE AWNING {HEAD &SILL}, w — w4o 0 F- a Y o_z z FIXED CASEMENT ANCHORS (SEE SEPERATE NOA): / o A) FROM TABLE 9. ANCHORS C & D ALLOW A DP OF +701-83.1. B) FOR THE JAMB, FROM TABLE 3, ANCHOR TYPE C HAS THE ANCHOR AND SUBSTRATE 10.6113.25" `\��� I.YNM /)1/1 DESIRED AND DOES NOT REQUIRE THE ANCHOR PLATE. h� ��� '�� • �CENSF •'•�F� �� 81" 4 C) FROM TABLE 2B. 5 ANCHORS ARE REQUIRED IN EACH JAMB. ;' \ No. 58705 D) SIMILARLY. 3 ANCHORS ARE REQUIRED IN THE HEAD & SILL. = _f�Y _ E) DISTRIBUTE ANCHORS FOLLOWING GUIDELINES FROM ELEVATION ON SHEET I. ` U NO' uj STATE OF F) PER RULES ON SHEET 2, INSTALL 1 ADDITIONAL ANCHOR ON THE FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE 4- 4' ,�. •. ,FL OR10P •. SIDE OF THE FIXED CASEMENT (HEAD & SILL). ��SS FCa NOTES: 25" 1) ANCHOR MUST EXTEND A MIMIMUM OF 3 THREADS BEYOND ANY METAL SUBSTRATE. 48 A. LYNN ULLER, P.B. 2) ANCHORS MAY BE HEXHEAD, PANHEAD OR FLATHEAD. P.E.# b87� Window Anchors Required Window Width (tn) under 23' 25-15118' 27-3J4' 34' 331!2' 35' 3T Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Gra no No Cn oup A 8 C&D A B G&D A B G&D A e C&D A e G&0 A 8 C8,D A B C&D under 23' '�5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Headi3111 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Jamb 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 25-15118" tlead/S111 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 �8, Jamb 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 A 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Head/Sill 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 �" Jamb 4 4 4 4 8 4 4 8 4 4 8 4 4 6 4 4 8 4 8 B 4 � HeadJSip 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 � ��8, Jamb 4 6 4 d 8 4 4 8 4 4 8 4 8 6 b 8 e 4 8 8 4 � P-- Head/Sill 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 �, Jamb 8 8 4 8 8 4 8 8 4 8 8 4 6 8 4 8 8 4 8 8 4 � Head/Sill 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 Jamb 6 8 8 $ 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 6 8 8 8 8 8 e Head/SRI 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 �, Jamb 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 8 S 10 8 8 i0 8 8 40 8 Head/3i11 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 76„ Jamb 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 iQ 8 8 10 8 8 10 8 8 10 8 8 10 8 Head/31I1 2 2 2 2 2 ]d2 Group Anchor Substrate Min. Min. Edge O.C. Distance Distance Min. Embedment Anchor Plate Required? 114" steel Ultracon Hollow Block 1" $" 1-114" No A #14, stent SMS {G5) or #14, 410 SS SMS S. Phe 5J8" 1" 1 3/$' No 8083-T5 Alum. 3J$" 518° 0.050 � A38 Steel 318" 5J8' 0.050 No A853 Stud, Gr. 33 318" 518" .035 , 20 Ga. No B #12, steal SMS (G5) or#!2, 410 SS SMS S. Phe 5/8' 1" 1-318 No 81183-T5 Alum. 318" 518 .050" No A36 Steel 318" 518" .050" No A853 Stud, Gr. 33 318" 5/8" .035", 20 Ge. No 1/4' stent UHntcan 2.85k Concrete 2-1/2" 4" 1318 No 2.85k Concrete 1" 4" 13/4" No Hollow Block 21/2" 5 1-114" No C #12, steel SMS (G5) or#12, 410 SS SMS S. Pine 518" 1" 131$" Yes 8083 75 Alum. 3!8" 518" 1118° Yes A3B Steel 3/8 518 .050" es A853 Stud Gr. 33 3J8" 518" .045", 18 Ga. Yes #1d, steel SMS (G5) or#14, 410 SS SMS S. Pile 518" 1' 1-3/8" Yes 8083-T5 Alum. 318" 5i8" 1118" Yes A38 Steel 3/8 518" .050'° Yes A853 Stud, Or. 33 318" 5/8' .045", 18 Ga. Yes p t!d° steal Ultn;con 2.$Sk Concrete 1° 4" 1314" Yes 2.85k Concrete 2-1/2" 4" 1.318" yes Hollow Block 2-1i2' 5" 1-114" Yes Filled Block 2-112" 4" 1314" Yes 1J4' 410 SS CreleFlex 3.35k Concrete 1" 5" 1314" No Hollow Block 2-112° 5° 1-1J4" No 5118" steal Ultracon 3.5k Concrete 1-1J4" 5" 1 314" No Hollow Block 3-118" 5" 1-1/4 No Filed Block 2-112" 5" 1314" No 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Jamb 8 8 8 8 10 8 10 8 8 i0 8 8 10 8 lieadlSlll 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 Group Anchor Substrate Min. Min. Edge O.C. Distance Distance Min. Embedment Anchor Plate Required? 114" steel Ultracon Hollow Block 1" $" 1-114" No A #14, stent SMS {G5) or #14, 410 SS SMS S. Phe 5J8" 1" 1 3/$' No 8083-T5 Alum. 3J$" 518° 0.050 � A38 Steel 318" 5J8' 0.050 No A853 Stud, Gr. 33 318" 518" .035 , 20 Ga. No B #12, steal SMS (G5) or#!2, 410 SS SMS S. Phe 5/8' 1" 1-318 No 81183-T5 Alum. 318" 518 .050" No A36 Steel 318" 518" .050" No A853 Stud, Gr. 33 318" 5/8" .035", 20 Ge. No 1/4' stent UHntcan 2.85k Concrete 2-1/2" 4" 1318 No 2.85k Concrete 1" 4" 13/4" No Hollow Block 21/2" 5 1-114" No C #12, steel SMS (G5) or#12, 410 SS SMS S. Pine 518" 1" 131$" Yes 8083 75 Alum. 3!8" 518" 1118° Yes A3B Steel 3/8 518 .050" es A853 Stud Gr. 33 3J8" 518" .045", 18 Ga. Yes #1d, steel SMS (G5) or#14, 410 SS SMS S. Pile 518" 1' 1-3/8" Yes 8083-T5 Alum. 318" 5i8" 1118" Yes A38 Steel 3/8 518" .050'° Yes A853 Stud, Or. 33 318" 5/8' .045", 18 Ga. Yes p t!d° steal Ultn;con 2.$Sk Concrete 1° 4" 1314" Yes 2.85k Concrete 2-1/2" 4" 1.318" yes Hollow Block 2-1i2' 5" 1-114" Yes Filled Block 2-112" 4" 1314" Yes 1J4' 410 SS CreleFlex 3.35k Concrete 1" 5" 1314" No Hollow Block 2-112° 5° 1-1J4" No 5118" steal Ultracon 3.5k Concrete 1-1J4" 5" 1 314" No Hollow Block 3-118" 5" 1-1/4 No Filed Block 2-112" 5" 1314" No Jamb Snubber Locations Glass Type: PVB SGP (hypes 1, 4 & 5) {7jrpas 2, 3 & S•9} 12" max. from �tese� each end & 30" � Required max O.C. � 12" max. from 12w max. from over 83" each end & 30' each end & 30" max O.C. max O.C. WX FOR GLASS TYPES: TABLE 8: +lpprvved ns comptylr,8 with JW 2) 7/16" LAM (3/16 AN - .090" SGP - 3/16 AN) Worido ntrtla Ced 1[latc NOA# T Alt 1 U de t'taduet C t BYE WINDOW { HEIGHT WINDOW a WIDTH SEE SHEETS 1 &4 FOR WINDOW ANCHOR p LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. LSI }a a V ~ 06 P 14; � r� g a Z Q I p r TABLE 9' CTO _j LL p C, < O ,o a to (� p Z Z a w o Z O `a ( 1 C � W $U 0 .a 0) tl) t. FRAME x o "'i Q U 10" MAX ^� ASSEMBLY TUBE TABLE 10: w ® ��rnN m WINDOW > M , M HEIGHT 8-1 _ ZUi Q WINDOW ADDITIONAL W Z a o 0 WIDTH ANCHOR ~ a: Y (4), IF REQ. a z z hf SEE SHEETS 1 & 4 FOR WINDOW ANCHOR LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. SEE SHEET 3 FOR ANY ADDITIONAL ANCHORS `�� Y LYNN REQUIRED FOR THE FRAME ASSEMBLY �� ON TUBE. �� ta�� ' �ICENst�'''��'P C2' i SEE SHEETS 1 & 4 FOR WINDOW ANCHOR ' . No. 58705 LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. SEE SHEET 3 FOR ANY ADDITIONAL ANCHORS �� REQUIRED FOR THE FRAME ASSEMBLY = '0 '. : � � 3 Ix TUBE. Q STATE OF . '• �(/ ��� '• FCORID�`.•' ''/1S/GNAL NOTES: � 0 I! I I 1 I I 1) SEE SHEET 4 FOR ADDITIONAL SAMPLE CONFIGURATIONS. A. LYNN M�LLER, P.E. 2) SEE SHEET 4 FOR SNUBBER REQUIREMENTS. P.E.# 68705 Design Pressure (psQ for Single Windows, All Anchor Groups Window Width under 23° 25-15118° 27-314" 30' 33-112' 35" 37" under 23" +901-130 +9Q1-130 +9Qi-930 +80t -13Q +901.130 +gQI 130 +901-130 25.15116" +901-13Q +901-130 +901-130 +90t-130 +901-130 +901-130 +80t-130 38�3J8" +901-130 +801-130 +901-130 +901-130 +gp1-130 +901-130 +901-130 AM LLI Cn co LU Design Pressure (psf) for Windows Attached to a Horizontal Frame Assembly Tube FRAME HEIGHT Design Pressure {psQ to Windows Attached to a Vertical From Assembly Tube ASSEMBLY - w�Id+hv wlah ADDITIONAL under 23" 25.15!70' 27-314" 30" 33-112" 35" Window wish 37° �7 WIDTH 48" +901-130 +90l--130 +801-130 +801-130 +801-130 +801-130 +901-130 x 50.5/8* +801-130 +80/-130 +801-130 +90/-130 +801-130 +80/-130 +901-130 � 60" +901-130 +901-130 +801-130 +90/-130 +901-130 +901-130 +901-130 }y 83' +90t-130 +801-130 +901-130 +901-130 +901-130 +gt>! 130 +901-129.8 Anchor Group 72" +901-130 +BQJ--130 +SOV -130 +901-130 +901-129.1 +90V-122.5 +901-113.8 +701-90 78" +901-130 +90/-130 +9�-130 +9Q/-130 +901-124.1 +9�-118.7 +�/-107.8 A 84" +90/-130 +901-130 +901-130 +901-130 +901-116.4 A 8 LLI Cn co LU Design Pressure (psf) for Windows Attached to a Horizontal Frame Assembly Tube FRAME HEIGHT Design Pressure {psQ to Windows Attached to a Vertical From Assembly Tube ASSEMBLY - w�Id+hv wlah ADDITIONAL under 23" 25.15!70' 27-314" 30" 33-112" 35" Window wish 37° �7 WIDTH Andra Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group FH Anchor Group under 23" 25.75116" All 27-31d' Ali 30" A, C& D A 33112" C& 0 35" B C& D 37° under 23" +7N-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +781-82.7 Anchor Group +70P-90 +701-78.5 Anchor Group +70190 Anchor Group +74'-90 Anchor Gaup 2x75118" Anchor Group +701-90 Anchor Group +701-90 Anchor Group +701-90 +701-88.8 +701-90 A B C D A B C&D B A,C&D A B C&D A 8 C&D B A,C&D A B C&D 48" under 23° +70/ 90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-9f} +701.90 +70/-90 +70�-� +701-90 +7Q'-90 +70190 +7W-90 +70190 +7Q'-90 +701-90 +70190 +701-90 +70190 +701-9025-15!16° +70V-90 +701-90 +70/-90 +701-90 +70190 +701.90 +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +70V-40 +701-90 +lOV-90 +70190 +7N-90 +701-90 -gp +701-90 +701-90 +70f-90 +701-90 +701-9038-3l8" Ci" +70P-90 +701-90 +7N-71.8 +70f90 +701-90 +701-81 +701-90 +70190 +701-90 +7Q'-90 +701-90 +74<-90 +701-90 +7Q'-90 +701-90 -90 F+7 +701� +701-90 +70190 +70190 +70/-90�48"+701-731 +TO' -80 +701-90 +TOI-90 +1-57.3 +741-90 +70190 +194.8 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +7W-90 +701-98 +701-87.8 +70l-90 +701-90 +70l-90 -90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-88.9 +701-90 84" +70`-98 +1-69.3 +/.54,3 +701.90 +70/90 +191.4 +70!•90 +701-90 +7Q1-90 +70190 +701-90 +701.83.2 +701-90 +70'-94 +70/_g0-90 +701-892 +701-90 +701-90 +7Q�-84.3 +701-90 �50-5f8" 80" +l-58.5 +1-45.8 +701-84.7 +701-90 +1-51.8 +7Q+-81.2 +701-90 +7N 75.9 +7Q'-90 +701-89.8 +701-70.2 +70190 +70l-80.3 +701-78.8 +70190 +701-75.2 +741-90 +70190 +7Q'•71.2 +70190 83" +1.55.7 +/-43.8 +701-80.7 +701-89.5 +1-49.3 +7(Y-77.3 +TOI-90 +TOS' -72.3 +70V-90 +701-85.3 +t�8.9 +701-90 +701-78.5 +70174.9 +7Q'-90 +70171.8 +70190 +70/-88.5 +1-8'l.8 +701-90 Design Pressure (psf) for Windows Attached to a Horizontal Frame Assembly Tube FRAME HEIGHT ASSEMBLY - w�Id+hv wlah ADDITIONAL under 23" 25.15!70' 27-314" 30" 33-112" 35" - 37° �7 WIDTH Andra Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Andra Group All All All Ali 8 A, C& D A B C& 0 A B C& D under 23" +7N-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +781-82.7 +7W-90 +70P-90 +701-78.5 +701-90 +70190 +701-74.3 +74'-90 2x75118" +70V-90 +701-90 +781-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-88.8 +701-90 +701-90 +701-84 +701-90 +7Q+•90 38.318' +701-90 +701-90 +70l-90 +70190 +701-90 +70P 90 +70'-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701.90 +701-90 +7Q' 90 � 48" +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +70190 +701-90 +70f-90 +7W-90 +701-90 +701.90 +701-90 +701-90 +7Q'-90 x 50.8" +7Q'-90 +701-90 +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +70'-98 +70V-90 +701-90 +701-�1 +701-90 +701-90 +7Q'-90 $ 60" +70'-90 +701-90 +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +70'-90 +7Q'-90 +781-90 +701-90 +701-90 +7QI-90 +TOV-90 Ci" +70P-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +70!90 +7Q1-90 +7N-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701.90 +7Q'90 72" +74'-90 +701-90 +701-90 +70l-90 +701.90 +701.90 +TO' -80 +701-90 +TOI-90 +701-90 +70190 +7Q'-90 78" +7Q'-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +70f-90 +7U'-90 +71:Y-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701.90 +701-90 84" +70`-98 +701-90 +701-90 +781-90 +701-9Q +70V-90 WINDOW FRAME HEIGHT ASSEMBLY TUBE 10' MAX. ADDITIONAL ANCHOR (4), IF 12E4. - I WINDOW �7 WIDTH FOR GLASS TYPES: TABLE 11: 3) 7/16" LAM[ (3/16 HS - .090" SGP - 3/16 HS) Approved as complying with the 7) 7/8" LAMI. IG: (3/16" AN -1/4" AIR - 3116" HS -.090" SGP - 3/16" HS) baoledat3uldlnacoda11 18 9) 718" LAMI. IG: (3/16" T -1/4" AIR - 3/16" HS - .090" SGP - 3/16" HS) Ko" Dade 2-P1, uet trof l t3y WINDOW HEIGHT a WINDOW �,.� J WIDTH 0 SEE SHEETS i & 4 FOR W I WINDOW ANCHOR LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. z () 06 °' a N � Ri Z o m TABLE 12: r O _ LL o Q O $ oW W ~ o 11. C) W��" H 0 m 0 "aZ z _ �LLJ CO �' a w a d' i §CO s 0 b Q W ° stn t/)U a W e( FRAME k q 0 U 10" MAX. ASSEMBLY TABLE 13' TUBE m � N ® a � WINDOW M N It , HEIGHT 0 � r _ y TUmUl Q `I WINDOW ADDITIONAL �,z,_, 0 0 0 T t WlDr}{ ANCHOR > o Y (4). IF REQ. r, z z La 3EE SHEETS 1 & 4 FOR WINDOW ANCHOR U LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. SEE SHEET \ 111 ! ill'///, 3 FOR ANY ADDITIONAL ANCHORS �� .� 1. N //� REQUIRED FOR THE FRAME ASSEMBLY ��t�`Q�-. • EN •.����� /ice TUBE. �.,•'•\,\G S'n • •.'A SEE SHEETS 1 & 4 FOR WINDOW ANCHOR = ' • No. 58705 LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. SEE SHEET 3 FOR ANY ADDITIONAL ANCHORS -- REQUIRED FOR THE FRAME ASSEMBLY 'C3 �11 jr TUBE. STATE OF LJ 4 '' •. FtoRio�.•'•���: sl4NA% ��• NOTES: 1) SEI: SHEET 4 FOR ADDITIONAL SAMPLE CONFIGURATIONS. A. LYNN MILLER, P.E. 2) SEE SHEET 4 FOR SNUBBER REQUIREMENTS. P.E.# 68705 Design Pressure ipsry for Single Windows, All Anchor Groupe Windovl Width under 23' 25.15116' 27-314° 30` 33-U2' 35' 37' under 23' +gp/-130 +901-130 +gpJ-130 +g01-130 +9p/-130 +g0/-130 +g0/-130 26-16176' +90%130 +1101-130 +801-130 +9a-130 +9pJ-130 +001-130 +g0%130 38-318' +901-130 +ga-130 +gp/-130 +801-130 +90%130 +801-130 +941-130 48' +941-130 +901-130 +801-130 +941-134 +801-130 +801-130 +801-130 60-518' +901-134 +901-i34 +901-130 +901-130 +901-130 +901-136 +9a-130 80' +901-130 +941-130 +941-130 +90/-130 +901-130 +901-130 +901-134 63' +901-134 +941-130 +901-130 +9a-130 +901-130 +941-730 +901-130 72' +901-730 +901-730 +901-130 +901-130 +901-130 +90%134 +901-730 76' +94/-730 +801-i30 +901-130 +901-130 +901-130 +g0%130 +901-134 84° +941-130 +90/-734 +801-734 +901-730 +941-130 Design Pressure {psi to Windows Attached to s Vertical Frame Assembly Tube m Window Widh under 23" 25.15116" 27-314" 30" 33•tI2" 35" 37° Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group ic hor Group Anchor Group A B C D A B C8D B A,C&D A B C&D A B C&0 A,C&D A B C&D under 23" +70f-� +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +70I-90 +7x90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +7�-90 +70190 �7a-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 L' 25.15/18" +701-90 +TOt-90 +TOI-90 +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +TOI-90 +701-90 +TQ' -90 +70190 +7Q'-94 +701-90 +7Q'-90 +70190 +7a-90 +70/-90 +701-90 +TO/ -90 +701-90 +701-90 38-318" +701-90 +701-71.8 +70190 +701-90 +701-81 +701-90 +70190 +70190 +7a-� +70190 +7a•90 +TOI-90 +7a'-� +701 � +701-90 +701-90 +TOI-90 +70190 +701-90 +701-90 48" +701-731 +1-57.3 +70190 +70190 +1.84.8 +701-90 +701-� +701-90 +74'-90 +701-90 +701-87.8 +701-90 +74'90 +701-90 +7a-90 +70194 +701.90 +701-90 +7a-88.9 +701-� 50.518" +l-89.3 +J-54.3 +701-90 +741-90 +1-81.4 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +TOV 90 +701-90 +701-63.2 +701-90 +7a-90 +701-90 +7a-90 +701-89.2 +70190 +701-90 +Ta -84.3 +701 80" +1-58.5 +t-45.8 +701-84.7 +701-90 +151.8 +1a-81.2 +70f-90 +701-75.9 +7N-90 +701-89.8 +701-7D.2 +701-90 +701-80.3 +70/-78.8 +74' 90 +701-75.2 +701-90 +70190 +TQ' -71.2 +701-90 83" +1-55.7 +t-43.8 +70/-807 +701-$9.5 +1-49.3 +7x•77.3 +TOI-90 +7a'-72.3 +7a-90 +701-85.3 +1-86.9 +701-90 +701-78.5 +701 fi4.9 +la -9(i +TOI-T 1.8 +701-90 +701-8&5 +J-87.8 +701-90 Design Pressure (psi) for Windows Attached to a' Horizontal Frame Assembly Tugs Window Width under23" 25-15/18" 27-314° 30" 33-7lY 35" 37" Anchor Anchor Anchor Anchor Anchor Anchor Anchor Group Anchor Group Group Group Group Group Group Getup AN All All A41 B A, C& D A 8 C& D A B C& D under 23' +701-90 +7a-90 +70f-90 +7a-90 +701-82.1 +701-90 +701-90 +70178.5 +70190 +701-90 +7D/--74.3 +701-90 25-15118" +701-90 +7a�90 +7a-90 +7a90 +7a90 +7a-90 +70t-88.8 +701-90 +701-90 +70%84 +70%90 +701-90 3&3/8° +7x-90 +70'90 +701-90 +7a90 +7a�90 +7x-90 +7x-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 � 48" +701-90 +7asJ0 +7x90 +TaAO +7a�90 +7a-90 +Ta90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +T0/-90 +70/-90 = 50-518" +7asJD +7a-90 +7x-90 +7a 9D +Ta 90 +7(Y-90 +70d-90 +7D/-90 +701-90 +701-90 +70/-90 +701-90 ,� 8D" +7a90 +7x90 +71Y-90 +Ta90 +7x90 +7x90 +7a-94 +701-90 +701-90 +7D/-90 +701-90 +701-90 � 83' +7019D +7x90 +7x90 +1a-90 +7a-90 +7x90 +7x90 +701-90 +7D1-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 72° +7x90 +7x-90 +7a90 +Ta9D +7(Y-90 WINDOW FRAME HEIGHT ASSEMBLY TUBE 74` MAX. ADDITIONAL ANCHOR i4). #F REQ. I I WINDOW '1 WIDTH t� +1x90 +1x-90 +701-90 +70/-9D +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 78' +7x90 +7x90 +7a90 +Ta 90 +Ta90 +701-9D +7a-90 +701-90 +70/-90 +701-90 +70/-90 +701-90 s4' +Ta -90 +7a -so +Ta -90 +Ta sD +Ta -90 +Ta -90 WINDOW FRAME HEIGHT ASSEMBLY TUBE 74` MAX. ADDITIONAL ANCHOR i4). #F REQ. I I WINDOW '1 WIDTH t� FOR GLASS TYPES: TABLE 14: 5) 718" L.AMI. IG: (1/8"T - 7116" AIR - 918" AN -.090" PVI -118" AN) A-ppl'owd n9 vimplyl►:o.,alh f �� l:lartibx'i:,lding ode Deli c• ; _ T- - till @JA 2 ft 01111, WINDOW:,. .� HEIGHT^- wlNoow a WIDTH SEE SHEETS 1 & 4 FOR WINDOW ANCHOR ' LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. Uj� (L h � zV ori k a Z o� TABLE 15: 04 r J_ O O Q 0 o d0 W W a LL X00 IZ LU p dF- p Z N Z Y LLI a- wo ti � oU w Q FRAME g Q (f) (n �C) 10' MAX. -s►� ASSEMBLY Si ;t LU S < USE x o� 0 V n TABLE 16: WIN >,n ro HEIGHT ® q � N U-4M C-4 C*4 It ) V) WINDOW ADDITIONAL o x � x zoo. ANCHOR m a WIDTH {4}, IF REQ. 0 U X. u SEE SHEETS 1& 4 FOR WINDOW ANCHOR 0 a Y p LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. SEE SHEET z z 9j: 3 FOR ANY ADDITIONAL ANCHORS t t l l l !!! REQUIRED FOR THE FRAME ASSEMBLY ��� TUBE. EN Q: N0.58705 SEE SHEETS 1 & 4 FOR WINDOW ANCHOR - = LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. SEE SHEET = 3 FOR ANY ADDITIONAL ANCHORS "d w = REQUIRED FOR THE FRAME ASSEMBLY '' ST TE OF ' TUBE. i�T�••., fiLORIDt'`.,•'•��`� NOTES: 1} SEE SHEET 4 FOR ADDITIONAL SAMPLE CONFIGURATIONS. A. LYNN MILLI, P.E. 2) SEE SHEET 4 FOR SNUBBER REQUIREMENTS. P.E.t168706 Design Pressure {psij for Single Windows, All abhor Groups a Window Width under 23° 25.15118" 27-3l4' 30 33-1/2" 35° 37" under 23' +7a-90 +7a-90 +701-90 +701-90 +7a-90 +701-90 +701-90 25.15118" +Ta-9Q +701-90 +701-90 +7Q190 +7a-90 +70t-90 +'!'0J-90 $8-318° +7a-9Q +70J41t1 +701-90 +701-90 +7a-80 +70t-90 +70t-90 48" +70/-90 +70/-90 +701-90 +701 90 +7a-90 +7a-90 +70/-90 = 50.5/8" +7a-90 +70/-90 +70/-90 +7Q! 90 +701-80 +701-90 +7a-9Q 60" +7Qu90 +7oi90 +Tor 94 +7a-90 +70/-90 +7a-ea.s +7a-x4.6 83` +7a-90 +701-90 +70/-80 +TO! 90 +701-87.2 +701-84 +7a-79.9 72° +'1a-90 +701-90 +1a-88.5 +701-81.5 +80V-70 +80/-89.4 +801.87.8 78" +7a-90 +701-90 +7a-88.3 +701-78.7 +801.87.2 +801.85.2 +8a•83.3 84" +7a90 +701-90 +7a-81.3 +60f-70 +8a-81.8 Design Pressure {pst) for Windows Attached to a Vertical Frame Assembly Tube M WindomWidth under 23' 25-15118' 27-314' 30' 33.112' 35" 37' Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor GrIiiiiii oup Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group A B G D A B C&D B A,CIi�D A B C&D A B G&D B A,Ca%D B A,CBD under 23• +70190 +70/90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +70! 90 +70/-9Q +70190 +701-90 +7a•90 +7a-90 +70190 +701-90 +7a-80 +7a-90 +7Q/ 90 +701-90 +70N90 +Tar-ea 25-15/18" +7fll90 +701-90 +To!-90 +To190 +7x-90 +70f-90 +To/-90 +Ta90 +7a-8o +Ta90 +70f-90 +701-90 +701.90 +Ta-90 +Tar 90 +To/-90 +7a-9a +Ta90 +70i-80 3a-3!s` +7x90 +7aa1.6 +7oJ90 +7x90 +To/-e1 +7a90 +Tor-90 +Ta90 +7a90 +Ta90 +701-90 +7a-90 +70f-90 WINDOW Design Pressure (psf} for Windows Attached to a Horizontal Frame Assembly Tube FRAME HEIGHT ASSEMBLY TUBE 10` MAX. Window Wklth ADDITIONAL ANCHOR under 23' 2b-15118' 27-314" 30• 33.112• 35` 37' Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group AU AU All All B A,C&D A B C&D A B C&D under 23' +Ta90 +70180 +70190 +70!90 +701-82.1 +Ta80 +7x80 +7a 78.5 +70180 +701-90 +7a-74.3 +7x84 26-15/1S" +70194 +70/•90 +101-90 +70/ 90 +70/-90 +7a-90 +7a-88.8 +70!90 +7a -8t1 +701-84 +70190 +7a-90 3&318• +7Ql90 +7a90 +701.80 +74190 +7x80 +701-80 +70! -SO +70190 +7x90 +7a-90 +7a80 +701-90 � 48° +Ta90 +7x90 +70/90 +701-90 +7x90 +Ta -90 +7a-90 +TOJ 90 +7a-90 +70190 +7a-90 +7x90 50-518' +7a-80 +701-90 +701-90 +70t-90 +7x-90 +70194 +7a-90 +70190 +7x90 +70190 +7x90 +7a-90 � 80' +701-90 +7a-84 +70190 +70!90 +7a-80 +TO/ -SO +701-88.8 +7fl/�.8 +70!•88.8 +701-84.6 +7a-84.8 +701.84.6 s5• 83` +Ta-eo +Ta -90 +Ta90 +Tof`90 +Ta90 +To190 +70%84 48' +70173.1 +!-fi7.3 +70190 +70190 +/.8q.8 +70!90 +70190 +Ta90 +7a90 +7a-90 +TOf-87.8 +7a-90 +70/-90 +70! 78.6 +7a-90 +70!90 +701-80 +TO/ -88.9 +1a-90 'g 505/8' +/-89.3 +/-53�I.3 +70180 +70!90 +1-81.4 +70/80 +7a-80 +701-80 +7x-90 +Ta90 +T0/-83.2 +Ta -80 +7x90 +7Q! 74.8 +7x-90 +701-89.2 +70190 +701.84.3 +70/90 � 80• +i-68.5 +/-45.8 +701.84.7 +701-80 +151.8 +70/-81.2 +7x90 +701-76.9 +7a-� +70f-89.8 +701-70.2 +7a-90 +701.80.3 +1.82.9 +7a-90 +70/-75.2 +70/-08.8 +70! 71.2 +701-84.8 83• +/.55,7 +1.43.8 +7a-80.7 +701.59.5 +t-49.3 +Ta -77.3 +70i -g0 +70! 72.3 +70!80 +701-85.3 +1.88.8 +7a-90 +701-78.5 +/-58.9 +Ta -87.2 +70171.8 +TOi-84 +1.87.8 +70/-79.9 WINDOW Design Pressure (psf} for Windows Attached to a Horizontal Frame Assembly Tube FRAME HEIGHT ASSEMBLY TUBE 10` MAX. Window Wklth ADDITIONAL ANCHOR under 23' 2b-15118' 27-314" 30• 33.112• 35` 37' Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group AU AU All All B A,C&D A B C&D A B C&D under 23' +Ta90 +70180 +70190 +70!90 +701-82.1 +Ta80 +7x80 +7a 78.5 +70180 +701-90 +7a-74.3 +7x84 26-15/1S" +70194 +70/•90 +101-90 +70/ 90 +70/-90 +7a-90 +7a-88.8 +70!90 +7a -8t1 +701-84 +70190 +7a-90 3&318• +7Ql90 +7a90 +701.80 +74190 +7x80 +701-80 +70! -SO +70190 +7x90 +7a-90 +7a80 +701-90 � 48° +Ta90 +7x90 +70/90 +701-90 +7x90 +Ta -90 +7a-90 +TOJ 90 +7a-90 +70190 +7a-90 +7x90 50-518' +7a-80 +701-90 +701-90 +70t-90 +7x-90 +70194 +7a-90 +70190 +7x90 +70190 +7x90 +7a-90 � 80' +701-90 +7a-84 +70190 +70!90 +7a-80 +TO/ -SO +701-88.8 +7fl/�.8 +70!•88.8 +701-84.6 +7a-84.8 +701.84.6 s5• 83` +70190 +7x80 +70180 +70190 +70/-87.2 +7x•87.2 +701-84 +70%84 +7x-84 +70179.9 +7a-7S.S +70i-79.9 72' +7x90 +7x90 +Tx -88.b +7a-81.6 +001-70 +8aJ0 +8x98.4 +C�4/-85.4 +80/.8g.4 +6x•57.8 +x/.87.8 +�1-87.6 T8' +7a-90 +701-90 +701.88.3 +701-76.7 +601.87.2 +6Q1.57.2 +801.85.2 +8a-85.2 +80/-85.2 +801-83.3 +8x83.3 +8p1.83.3 Bet• +7x90 +70190 +7a-81.3 +80!70 +801.81.8 +801-81.8 WINDOW FRAME HEIGHT ASSEMBLY TUBE 10` MAX. ADDITIONAL ANCHOR (4}, tF REQ. �l ` 1'�� I WINDOW WIDTH FOR GLASS TYPES: TABLE 17: 6) 7/8" LAMI. IG: (3/16" AN -1/4" AIR - 3/16" AN -.09011 SGP - 3116" AN) 4FI)MYC4189Coglplyt8gwl!h&4, " u u u u n Fifloda IIU1414 C t 8) 7/8 LAMI. IG: (3/16 T -1/4 AIR - 3116 AN -.090" SGP - 3/16 AN) 1A._1 : M rut tide i.'rorluet ee Ire gy f WINDOW HEIGHT x WINDOW WIDTH SEE SHEETS 1 & 4 FOR w d' WINDOW ANCHOR a 1� LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. U O o C in 0 3 a Z 4� TABLE 18: N O O Q . � w0 4 O a Q tu- N d% w o az CO z y Y a z O oc� g0 $o� w oa 12W ¢ U FRAME 10' MAX. -- I ASSEMBLY TUBE TABLE 19 j- n toN TT d�tnN N WINDOW EIGHT HEIGHT WINDOW FRAME d �` x I- HEIGHT ASSEMBLY i v m'uj I TUBE I WINDOW ADDITIONAL Z r. d o 1i li - -�{ WIDTH ANCHOR % a Y 10' MAX. (4), IF REQ. no z z w SEE SHEETS 1 & 4 FOR WINDOW ANCHOR ADDITIONAL. LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. SEE SHEET ti 1 I I I 1 ANCHOR 3 FOR ANY ADDITIONAL ANCHORS (4), IF REO, REQUIRED FOR THE FRAME ASSEMBLY ���\ pQ�� , l.Yid1V, j WINDOW TUBE. �� �'�� '............ ��GENSF -"l WIDTH SEE SHEETS 1 & 4 FOR WINDOW ANCHOR No. 58705 -_ LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES. SEE SHEET 3 FOR ANY ADDITIONAL ANCHORS REQ IRED FOR THE FRAME ASSEMBLY i g� AT£ OF 41 Z_ i . • • �• NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 4 FOR ADDITIONAL SAMPLE CONFIGURATIONS. 2) SEE SHEET 4 FOR SNUBBER REQUIREMENTS. A. LYNN MILLER, P E P.E.# 58705 Design Pressure (psfj �r Single Windows, All a Anchor Groups Oeslgn Pressure (pal) for Windows Attached to a Horizontal Frame Assembly Tube Window Width under 23' 25.15/18' 27 314' 30' 33-112" 35" 37' [)wigs Pressure (psf} (a Windows Attached to a Vertical Frame Assembly Tube under 23` +901-130 +901-130 +901-130 +801-130 +901-130 +901-130 +901-130 25-15116` +801-130 +801-130 +801-130 +9pJ-130 +901-130 +801-130 +901-130 35' 383/8` +801-i30 +901-130 +90/-130 +901-7� +90/-130 +eW-130 +901-130 Anchor Group 46' +901-130 +901-t30 +901-130 +901-130 +801-130 +90!_i30 +801-130 x 50.5!8' +901-130 +901-130 +901-130 +80V-130 +801-130 +901-130 +801-130 C& p 60' +gW-130 +901-930 +901-130 +801-130 +801-130 +901-130 +901--130 .yg 63" +90/-130 +901-130 +g01-130 +801-130 +90/-130 +90/-130 +80/-130 Anchor Group 72' +801-130 +901-130 +901-130 +801-130 +901-130 +901-124.6 +901-115.7 B 78' +901--130 +901-130 +901-130 +901-130 +901-128.2 +801-118.7 +801-109.8 C&D 84" +901-130 +901-130 +g0/-130 +gOJ-130 +80/-118.4 B C&D Oeslgn Pressure (pal) for Windows Attached to a Horizontal Frame Assembly Tube [)wigs Pressure (psf} (a Windows Attached to a Vertical Frame Assembly Tube Window Width wider 23" 25-15118" 27.314" 30' 33-112" 35' Window Width 37' Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor oup GrWRIO m under 23" 25.15118" All 27-314" All 30" A, C& D A 331!2' C& p 35" 6 C& D 37" under 23' +70190 +701-90 +701-90 Anchor Group +701-82.1 +701-80 Anchor Group +70t-78.5 Anchor Group +701-90 Anchor Group +70i-90 Anchor Group 25-15118" Anchor Group +701-90 Anchor Group +70190 +TO/ 90 +701-90 A B C D A B C&D B A,C&D A B C&D A B C&D B A,C&D A B C&D +Ta -90 under 23" +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +T0/-90 +701.90 +701-90 +701-90 +?OV -90 +TO/ -90 +7Q!-90 +701-90 +7Q�-90 +701-90 +7Q'-90 +701 � +701.90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 � 25.15!18" +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-911 +701-� +701-90 +78' 90 +TOJ-90 +7W-90 +701-90 +7Q'-90 +701-90 +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 °D 38-318" +701-90 +70V-71.8 +701-90 +701-90 +701-81 +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +70V-90 +701-90 +7Q'-� +701-90 +7Q'-90 +701-80 +70V-90 +TOJ 9EI +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +TOL-90 +701-90 48" +701.731 +/-57.3 +701-90 +701-90 +t-84.8 +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +70190 +701.90 +701-87.8 +70190 +7U'-90 +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +70190 +7Q'-$8.9 +701-90 $ 50-518" +1.89.3 +1-54.3 +701-90 +701-90 +1-81.4 +70190 +70i-90 +701-90 +TO! -90 +70190 +701-83.2 +701-90 +70!'-90 +70190 +TOt-90 +70/-89.2 +701-90 +701-90 +7Q'-84.3 +70190 � 60" +1.58.5 +►_45.8 +701-64.7 +TOJ-90 +t-51.8 +701-81.2 +70/-90 +7d-75.9 +701'-90 +701-89.8 +701-70.2 +701-90 +701-80.3 +701-78.8 +7Q'-90 +701-75.2 +TO! -90 +701-90 +7Q' 71.2 +701-90 83" +1-55.7 +/-43.8 +701-80.7 +7d-89.5 +1-49.3 +701-77.3 +701-90 +701_72.3 +7Q'-90 +701-85.3 +1-88.9 +701-90 +701-78.5 +70/-74.9 +TQ' -90 +701-71.8 +701-90 +70!•$ti5 +i-87.8 +701-90 Oeslgn Pressure (pal) for Windows Attached to a Horizontal Frame Assembly Tube Window Width wider 23" 25-15118" 27.314" 30' 33-112" 35' 37' Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor Group Anchor oup GrWRIO Anchor Group Anchor Group All All All All B A, C& D A B C& p A 6 C& D under 23' +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-82.1 +701-80 +701-90 +70t-78.5 +TOL-90 +701-90 +70/.74.3 +70i-90 25-15118" +70190 +701-90 +70!,90 +70190 +TO/ 90 +701-90 +701-86.8 +70! 90 +701-90 +701-84 +70! 80 +7W-90 38-318' +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +70h90 +TOJ-90 +701-90 +701-94 +70/-80 +Ta -90 48' +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +70/-90 +701-90 +70d-90 +70190 +701-90 +7W-90 +701-90 +70!90 +70190 54518" +70/-90 +74!90 +701-90 +70/-90 +701-90 +7�-90 +70190 +TO! -90 +70190 +70190 +701-90 +TO! -80 60" +701.90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-80 +70! 90 +70190 +70190 +701-90 +70190 +70190 63* +70190 +70!90 +70190 +701-90 +701-80 +701-90 +70/-80 +701-90 +70180 +TOL-90 +701-90 +701-90 72" +TO! -90 +701-90 +70190 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +701-90 +70!90 +70190 +70!90 +701-90 +701-90 78' +701.90 +70180 +70190 +701-80 +70190 +701-90 +701.90 +70i-90 +701-90 +70/-90 +70180 +701-90 84" +701-90 +70190 +70/-90 +70/-90 +70180 +70)-90 TABLE 2a - Item Dwg, # Description Material 1 7002 Main Frame Head, Sill &Jamb 6063-T6 Alum. 2 7071 Anchor Plate 6083-76 Alum 3 7003 Sash Top,Bottom & Side Rail 6063-T6 Alum. 4 7008 Frame Corner Key Steel 5 7009 isash Corner Key Steel b 7078 1 Frame Gasket Vinyl Foam 7 7072 ISash Corner Gasket Vinyl Foam 8 7070 Bulb Weatherstri .187" x.275" Flax PVC 70 10 7024 Maxim Multi -Point Lock Steel 11 7026 Lock Support Plate Steel 12 1 7014 Multi -Lock Keeper Steel 13 7013 ITle Bar Guide Nylon 14 7015 Tie 8arAssembly Steel or SS 15 7028 Maxim Dyad Operator, 1AW<=24" Steel 16 7027 Maxim Dual Arm Operator, WW>24" Steel 17 7030 O erator Gasket Vinyl Foam 18 7031 Operator Backing Plate Steel 19 7051 loperator Spacer Block Nylon 20 7032 Stud Bracket Steel 21 7033 O erator Track & Slider Dual Arm) Steel 22 7023 Egress Hinge (Heavy Duty), Manuf. by Truth Steel 23 7050 E cess Hinge/Washable (HD), Manuf. ky Truth Steel 24 Snubber, Anti -blowout Clip Steel 31 Dura Seal Spacer Steel 32 1713 Setting Block 5/32" x 3/16" x 1-1/4" EPDM 33 1714 Settin Block 5/32" x 711V x 1-1/4" EPDM 35 7035 Lami Bead 8 6063-T6 Alum. 36 7042 Laml Bead C 6063-T6 Alum. 37 7059 Lami Bead D • 6063-76 Alum. 38 1224 Vinyl Bulb Wst Thick Flex PVC 70 39 1225 Vinyl Bulb Wstp (Thin) Flex PVC 70 50 Dow 899 Silicon Backbedding 60 7006 Screen Frame 3105-1-114 Alum. 61 7040 Screen Comer Key Polypropolene 62 Screen Cloth Fiberglass 63 1635 Screen Spline EM. PVC 64 320 Screen Spring Stainless Steel 70 134 Add-on Flange 6083-T6 Alum. 71 7004 Frame Assy Tube 6063-T6 Alum. 80 #8-32 x 1/2" Ph. Pn. Mach. Scr TYPE B Stainless Steel 81 1157 #8 x 1/2" Ph. Pn. SMS Stainless Steel 82 #8 x 5/8" FI. Ph. SMS Stainless Steel 83 #8 x 7/8" FI. Ph. SMS Stainless Steel .84 #8 x 1" FI. Ph. TEK Stainless Steel 85 #8 x 1" Quad Pn SMS Stainless Steel 86 #8 X 1-1/2" Quad Pn SMS Stainless Steel #10 x 1/2" Ph. Pn./TEK Stainless Steel [L7 #10-24 x 9/16" Ph. Pn. TYPE F Stainless Steel #12 x V Ph. Pn. TEK Stainless Steel ASSEMBLY DETAILS ALL DETAILS SHOWN FROM THE INTERIOR AS T, SASH �`��``ON� • LYNN No. 58705 :"�• rile ��_ TE OFPLO Ri f `/sS/ONA'L ��. A. LA MILtER, P.E. .062' NOM. 2.919' 439" 2.784" FRAME HEAD, SILL & JAMB #7002, 6063-T6 1.366" }�-- .441' .095' —T OANCHOR PLATE #7071, 6063-T6 .708' .050° .61N7' 35 BEAD B #7036, 6063-T6 —•j �— .172" .870"�iL •050" [-- .666" 37 BEAD D #7059, 6063-T6 1070 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE N. VENICE, FL 34275 P.O. BOX 1529 NOKOMIS, FL 34274 CERT. OF AUTH. x%29296 Revised Bv:l Dote: 11 434" f .062" NOM. 1.159" 3 SASH TOP, BOTTOM & SIDE #7003, 6063-T6 i .040° 1.000" .423" V;;j FIXED 60 SCREEN FRAME #7006, 6063-T6 .523 .050" ::LX—A rf .865" 36 BEAD C #7042,6063-T6 Revision: Revision: 2.203' .093' 093" 70 ADDON FLANGE #134, 6063-T6 Description: Drown 8y: BOM AND CORNER VIEWS I J ROSOWSKI Title. Dote: CASEMENT WINDOW DETAILS - LM & SM 108/08/12 ServeslAWeL scow.She: Drawing No. Rev: CA -740 NTS I,e0f OF 10 MD-CA740-LM —� 1.124- .125" 2.7101` .062" .093" 71 FRAME ASSEMBLY TUBE #7004, 6063-T6 2.203' .093' 093" 70 ADDON FLANGE #134, 6063-T6 Description: Drown 8y: BOM AND CORNER VIEWS I J ROSOWSKI Title. Dote: CASEMENT WINDOW DETAILS - LM & SM 108/08/12 ServeslAWeL scow.She: Drawing No. Rev: CA -740 NTS I,e0f OF 10 MD-CA740-LM SUITABLE FOR ALL LOCATIONS REQUIRING NON -IMPACT OR LARGE AND SMALL MISSILE IMPACT -RESISTANT PRODUCTS FIGURE 1: MULTIPLE OPENING WIDTH FOR VERTICAL MULL MULLIONS / --� SEE DETAILS A•D,G,H; _ SHEETS 2-3 _ / i�� _ I i ► ����� \ SEE DETAILS 1 A THRU G; % I i ' I SHEETS 2-3 _ i _ _ ` _I I \` VEFUrr. MULL LENGTH — /SEE DETAILS HORIZONTAL AEETSH� MULLrc LENGTH SHET82.3 HORIzo MULLL LENGTH GENERAL NOTES: "-� @ L01,-) 1) DETAILS SHOWN ARE FOR THE MULLION ONLY. ANCHORS SHOWN ARE IN ADDITION TO ANY ANCHORS REQUIRED -FOR THE FENESTRATION PRODUCT INSTALLATION. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS ARE SHOWN. EACH SITUATION IS UNIQUE AND SHO�CDEf - GENERAL NOTE EVALUATED BY AN EXPERIENCED INSTALLER FOR THE BEST INSTALLATION METHOD. OPTIONAL 1X OR 2X WOOD BUCKS IF USED, INSTRUCTIONS. ELEVATIONS..... MUST BE ANCHORED PROPERLY TO TRANSFER LOADS AND ARE TO BE DESIGNED BY OTHERS. MULL 70 2X wo o a w ARCHES TO BE MULL TO 1X & INSCRIBED INSIDE 2) THE TYPE AND NUMBER OF ANCHORS IS CRITICAL TO THE STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE OF THE MULLED UNITS. MULLIONS INSTALLATION .. li RECTANGULAR HAVE BEEN TESTED AS "FREE-FLOATING" AND DO NOT NEED TO BE DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO THE MULLION CLIPS, BUT SHALL MULL TO MA 0 Y '° ..Im NOT HAVE A GAP OF MORE THAN 1/4" FROM THE CLIP. MULL TO STEE TUD.. ' MULL TO MULL 3 ) THE ANCHORAGE METHODS SHOWN HAVE BEEN DESIGNED 70 RESIST THE WINDLOADS CORRESPONDING TO THE REQUIRED ANCHOR SPEC' N r ALTERNA7A7E .��..�...: Z DESIGN PRESSURE. MULLIONS ARE CALCULATED TO DEFLECT NO MORE THAN 0180. THE 113 STRESS INCREASE WAS NOT USED BAY MULL INSTALLATION..............4 0 IN THIS ANCHOR EVALUATION. THE 1.6 LOAD DURATION FACTOR WAS USED FOR THE EVALUATION OF WOOD SCREWS. 1 X 2 X.125 MULL SPECS...............5 --I 4) PROPER SEALING OF ENTIRE ASSEMBLY IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF OTHERS AND IS BEYOND THE SCOPE OF THESE 1 X 2 X MULL SPECS............... 6 1 X 2.7b X .375 MULL SPECSS.......... 7 X. INSTRUCTIONS. 1 X2.75 X.65 MULL SPECS ............ 8 Z 75 600 MULL SPECS X .1.728 MULL $PEGS. ... ..90 Im 0 SEE DETAILS IX' 5 USE THE COMBINED WIDTH OR HEIGHT OF ONLY TWO ADJACENT FENESTRATION PRODUCTS TO DETERMINE PRESSURES AND 00 ~ M A THRU G; } X .376 MULL SPECS.......... -...11 QCID SHEETS 2-3 ANCHORAGE FOR THE COMMON MULLION, SEE EXAMPLES ON THIS SHEET AND SHEET 21. FOR MULTIPLE UNITS, CONSIDER 1.25 X 3.188 X.285 MULL SPECS ... 12 OPENING ONLY TWO ADJACENT UNITS AT A TIME WHEN USING THE DESIGN PRESSURE AND ANCHORAGE TABLES. THE LOWEST DESIGN 2 X 4 X.26 MULL SPECS................13 HEIGHT PRESSURE OF MULTIPLE MULLIONS OR FENESTRATION PRODUCTS SHALL APPLY. 2 X 6 X.26 MULL SPECS.--......._ 14 Z LU FOR 1.28 X 2.11 X.126 MULL SPECS.... 15 J Q HORIZONTAL 6) WHEN FINDING YOUR SIZE IN THE MULLION TABLES, ALWAYS ROUND UP TO THE NEXT SIZE SHOWN ON THE TABLE(S). 30" 5 BAY MULL BAY MULL SPECS.__.�16 � SEE DETAIL E. MULL X 3.2 MULLION & CLIP DIMENSIONS ...... 18-ZB SHEET 3 7) ANCHOR EMBEDMENT TO BASE MATERIAL SHALL BE BEYOND WALL DRESSING OR STUCCO. WOOD BUCKS BY OTHERS, MUST EXAMPLES 1 & 2.........-.-.......--...21 W Q BE ANCHORED PROPERLY TO TRANSFER LOADS 70 THE STRUCTURE. ANCHORS SHALL BE COATED OR CORROSION RESISTANT LOADING EXAMPLES..-.. .... „.... „.... 22 AS APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATE MATERIAL. DISSIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL BE PROTECTED AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT F FENESTRATION REACTIONS. Z ' O PRODUCTS E OFFANYTYPE. 8) REFERENCE: TEST REPORTS: FTL-6443; ELCO ULTRACON/AGGRE-GATOR NOA'S; ANSNAF&PA NDS FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION; CO) MUST BE ADM ALUMINUM DESIGN MANUAL MANUFACTURED Z cf) Lu BY PGT. 9) MULLIONS AND CLIPS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED 8, TESTED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUIL CODE, AND ARE APPROVED FOR IMPACT AND NON -IMPACT APPLICATIONS. MULLIONS ARE ONLY TO BE USED PGT -APPROVED FENESTRATION PRODUCTS HAVING CURRENT APPROVALS. �. ;r,i Shcr�77—VilidL 10) MULLIONS ARE IN COMPLIANCE FOR USE IN THE HVHZ. APPROVED BY DATE INSTRUCTIONS: ZONING DEPT _ 1) DETERMINE THE DESIGN PRESSURE REQUIREMENT (LBSIFT2) FOR THE OPENING USING THE ASCE-7 STAND 2) CHOOSE A MULLION TYPE THAT WILL FIT THE DEPTH OF THE FENESTRATION PRODUCTS FRAME DEPTH. SUBJECT fo CCkIPLl ICE VVI -i ci ALL r EUEPLAL 3) REFER TO SHEET 22 TO DETERMINE IF THE WIND LOADING IS "RECTANGULAR" OR "1'RIANGULAWMAPEZO ADDITIONAL EXAMPLES OF MULL CONFIGURATIONS: TE ANo Lr,IiPv'i'f riI,I-ZS AND REr3� 4) FIND THE CHOSEN MULLIONS MULLION CAPACITY (LBS/FT2) FROM TABLES 1A THROUGH 13A, ON SHEETS 6 THROUGH 17 3®m riLtcT RR ISED H~HORIZ. MULL LENGTH --I RESPECTIVELY, USING THE MULLION TYPE, LENGTH AND OPENING WIDTH OR HEIGHT (DEPENDING IF THE MULLION IS SPANNING as compIY�B with Ow Fbdda MULL OPENING WIDTH --I VERTICALLY OR HORIZONTALLY). THE MULLION CAPACITY (LBS/FTZ) OBTAINED SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE DESIGN PRESSURE BuitdmS Cade LENGTH I" REQUIREMENT (LBS/M FOR THE OPENING OBTAINED IN STEP 1). ExcePtenne ilio •� 1 ! Expiration Date Ot(o OPENING 5) FROM THE SAME TABLE USED IN STEP 4) ABOVE, FIND THE VALUE IN THE NEXT COLUMN ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED (LBS). THIS B HEIS VALUE REPRESENTS THE WINDLOAD TRANSFERRED TO THE SUBSTRATE BY THE ANCHORS AND MUST BE MET TO ATTAIN THE FULL Miami/ ado PraductCo OPE ING MULL HORIZ. VERT. MULLION CAPACITY. (,. HEIGHT LENGTH MULL y� MULL 1 I t I f LENGTH 6) FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY (LBS) TABLE ON THE SAME SHEET AND USING YOUR ACTUAL SUBSTRATE CONDITION ( MULTIPLE ��� .( LYNN MI(t ANCHOR/SUBSTRATE/ANCHOR-CLIP PATTERN MAY APPLY) SELECT AN ANCHOR CLIP PATTERN AND VERIFY THAT THE REQUIRED �0 • •GBIySS''•.F�'►t ANCHOR CAPACITY IS MET. '� . �.� '•,. SINGLE MULLION SINGLE MULLION FOR VERTIC ING L MUULL 7) IF THE MULLION CAPACITY (LBS/FT2) OBTAINED IN THE TABLE IS HIGHER THAN THE DESIGN PRESSURE REQUIREMENT (LBSIFT2) = * No 58246 OPENING WIDTH FOR THE OPENING, YOU MAY USE THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA" TO OBTAIN THE LOWER ANCHOR CAPACITY...: L)~ FOR VERTICAL MULL REQUIRED. WITH THIS VALUE A LOWER ANCHOR CAPACITY OPTION MAY BE SELECTED FOR THE SAME SUBSTRATEW SEE CORRESPONDING DETAILS MULTIPLE MULLIONS " 'O '•, 11 $01, � W FROM FIGURE 1 ABOVE. 8) VERIFY THE DESIGN PRESSURE RATING (LBS/FT-) FOR THE FENESTRATION PRODUCT TO BE USED AND COMPARE WITH THE FINAL �'f� '• S'\ TES MULLION CAPACITY (LBS/F72,2) OBTAINED FOR THE MULLION SYSTEM. THE LOWER OF THE TWO SHALL APPLY FOR THE ENTIRE �i��%'• •• , FLO(t\OQ:•' `C9 MULLED FENESTRATION PRODUCT ASSEMBLY. �ii�iS 8) HIGHLIGHT OPTION USED AND TABLE VALUES USED IN A SPECIFIC APPLICATION WHEN USING THIS NOA TO APPLY FOR A PERMIT. //� S1pNA�%% A. L 14,1N'IIIILLA, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 DETAIL A: MULLION TO 2X WOOD BUCK OR WOOD FRAMING (OFFSET CLIP SHOWN) EITHER THE STANDARDOR OFFSET MULL CLIP MAY BE INSTALLED BY THIS METHOD. TYP. ANCHOR PER SUBSTRATE, SEE TABLES 1B -40B DETAIL B: MULLION MULLION ATTACHED TO 1X BUCKSTRIP WOOD BUCK AND MASONRY AND ATTACHMENI (STANDARD CLIP SHOWN) BYOTHERS, SEE NOTE 1, SHEET 1. ° .a .4 I I I I SEE SHEETS a 18-20 FOR HOLEla I LOCATIONS ° 4 ° EDGE DISTANCE a I. e FOR WOOD a SCREWS 260' MAX FOR d a ALL MULLIONS 4.- 4 :d 4. ° °•a EXTERIOR a a ' q EDQE DISTANCE ° a ° : a FOR ° o MASONRY a V. ANCHORS INSTALLATION NOTES: 1) ANCHOR EMBEDMENT TO BASE MATERIAL SHALL BE BEYOND WALL DRESSING OR STUCCO, 2) QUANTITY OF ANCHORS AND MULLION SIZE SHOWN ABOVE ARE FOR PICTORIAL REPRESENTATION ONLY. BECAUSE THE ANCHOR CAPACITY IS BASED PARTLY ON THE ANCHOR TO ANCHOR DISTANCE, THE CORRECT QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF ANCHORS MUST BE FOLLOWED, REFER TO THE TABLES ON THE FOLLOWING SHEETS. FOR DETAILS A D, EITHER THE STANDARD OR INTERIOR CLIP MAY BE USED. 3) ANCHOR HEAD TYPE MAY BE PANHEAD, HEXHEAD OR FLATHEAD. 4) WOOD BUCKS ARE OPTIONAL, SEE DETAIL C. SHEET & 5) FOR MASONRY APPLICATIONS IN MIAMI -DADS COUNTY, USE ONLY MIAMI -DARE COUNTY APPROVED ELCO ULTRACON OR ELCO 1/4° S.S. AGGREGATOR MASONRY ANCHORS. TYP. ANCHOR PER SUBSTRATE, SEE TABLES 1B4013 SEE TABLES 1B -10B O TYP. ANCHOR 4 PER SUBSTRATE, c SEE SEE TABLES 113-10B " MIN 2.7 KSI •.... ; ' • EDGE CONCRETE OR CMU ' . ' ��•DISTANCE, SEE SEE TABLES EDGE DISTANCE 1B -10B FOR MASONRY ANCHORS TYP. ANCHOR PER SUBSTRATE, SEE TABLES 11340B AND ,:' ; : ; ,..• : �''• ATTACHMENT ��..' ..:r ;:.•: BY OTHERS, �'. . •.p y..'. •. SEE NOTE 1, • " :4:t • • ; :. '' SHEET 1. MIN 23 KSI CONCRETE OR CMU FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW EITHER THE STANDARD OR OFFSET MULL CLIP MAY BE INSTALLED BY THIS METHOD. O co co PRODUCT REVIS$D as complyht wish the Florida Building Cade Acceptance No Exleommian Date 4 BY- wLa^— menDade Pradttctcol ,. lyo. 58705 71Lo Ii w S t 3 OF �� PLORW A. LYWAIIAR, P.E. FL P.E.# 68705 BUCKSTRIP AND .. ... ,: • ,:.. r ATTACHMENT BY OTHERS. a . 'q• w .:.. • w ,,. •;.9 ;" SEE NOTE 1, .. 4•. *,; •':y: .,A':� �•e.'. :�•," •P . ••��' �.a ;-a SHEET I. • • r:,••� •• ' SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW INSTALLATION NOTES: 1) ANCHOR EMBEDMENT TO BASE MATERIAL SHALL BE BEYOND WALL DRESSING OR STUCCO, 2) QUANTITY OF ANCHORS AND MULLION SIZE SHOWN ABOVE ARE FOR PICTORIAL REPRESENTATION ONLY. BECAUSE THE ANCHOR CAPACITY IS BASED PARTLY ON THE ANCHOR TO ANCHOR DISTANCE, THE CORRECT QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF ANCHORS MUST BE FOLLOWED, REFER TO THE TABLES ON THE FOLLOWING SHEETS. FOR DETAILS A D, EITHER THE STANDARD OR INTERIOR CLIP MAY BE USED. 3) ANCHOR HEAD TYPE MAY BE PANHEAD, HEXHEAD OR FLATHEAD. 4) WOOD BUCKS ARE OPTIONAL, SEE DETAIL C. SHEET & 5) FOR MASONRY APPLICATIONS IN MIAMI -DADS COUNTY, USE ONLY MIAMI -DARE COUNTY APPROVED ELCO ULTRACON OR ELCO 1/4° S.S. AGGREGATOR MASONRY ANCHORS. TYP. ANCHOR PER SUBSTRATE, SEE TABLES 1B4013 SEE TABLES 1B -10B O TYP. ANCHOR 4 PER SUBSTRATE, c SEE SEE TABLES 113-10B " MIN 2.7 KSI •.... ; ' • EDGE CONCRETE OR CMU ' . ' ��•DISTANCE, SEE SEE TABLES EDGE DISTANCE 1B -10B FOR MASONRY ANCHORS TYP. ANCHOR PER SUBSTRATE, SEE TABLES 11340B AND ,:' ; : ; ,..• : �''• ATTACHMENT ��..' ..:r ;:.•: BY OTHERS, �'. . •.p y..'. •. SEE NOTE 1, • " :4:t • • ; :. '' SHEET 1. MIN 23 KSI CONCRETE OR CMU FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW EITHER THE STANDARD OR OFFSET MULL CLIP MAY BE INSTALLED BY THIS METHOD. O co co PRODUCT REVIS$D as complyht wish the Florida Building Cade Acceptance No Exleommian Date 4 BY- wLa^— menDade Pradttctcol ,. lyo. 58705 71Lo Ii w S t 3 OF �� PLORW A. LYWAIIAR, P.E. FL P.E.# 68705 DETAIL E: MULLION TO MULLION R d DETAIL C: --I .126"MIN. INTERSECTION NOTES: �.. MULLION DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO MULLION INTERSECTION � k � MASONRY STRUCTURE (STANDARD CLIP SHOWN) { 1) MAY BE INSTALLED IN "TEE" OR 'CROSS"ol ' INTERSECTIONS. Rio VARIES 2) MAY BE INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY� TYP. ANCHOR (SHOWN) OR VERTICALLY. EITHER THE I IN STANDARD PER SUBSTRATE, OFFSET MULL ► I I SEE TABLES 18.108 L 3) SEE U -CLIP DRAWINGS, SHEETS 18-20 V 1 CLIP MAYBE TOP VIEW FOR CORRESPONDING MULLION. Z Co I I INSTALLED BY I - EDGE DISTANCE MULLION 0 THIS METHOD. I 1 j v FOR MASONRY 4 ANCHORS VARIES—I-----I J INSTALLATION NOTES: 1) ANCHOR EMBEDMENT TO BASE MATERIAL SHALL BE BEYOND WALL DRESSING OR STUCCO. 2) QUANTITY OF ANCHORS AND MULLION SIZE SHOWN ABOVE ARE FOR PICTORIAL REPRESENTATION ONLY. BECAUSE THE ANCHOR CAPACITY IS BASED PARTLY ON THE ANCHOR TO ANCHOR DISTANCE, THE CORRECT QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF ANCHORS MUST BE FOLLOWED, REFER TO THE TABLES ON THE FOLLOWING SHEETS. FOR DETAILS A -D, EITHER THE STANDARD OR INTERIOR CLIP MAY BE USED. 3) ANCHOR HEAD TYPE MAYBE PANHEAD, HEXHEAD OR FLATHEAD. 4) WOOD BUCKS ARE OPTIONAL, SEE DETAIL C, SHEET 3. 6) FOR MASONRY APPLICATIONS IN MIAMI-DADE COUNTY, USE ONLY MIAMI-DADE COUNTY APPROVED ELCO ULTRACON OR ELCO 114" S.S. AGGREGATOR MASONRY ANCHORS. FRONT VIEW te12 STEEL SCREWS, SELF -DRILLING OR PRE-DRLL �/ MULLION AND USE SMS MULLION EXTERIOR SEE SHEETS 18-20 FO HOLE LOCATION EDGE DISTANCE SEE TABLES 1&10B DETAIL D: MULLION ATTACHED TO STEEL STUD (STANDARD CLIP SHOWN) STRUCTURE TYP. ANCHOR A PER SUBSTRATE, SEE TABLES IB -108 A � SEE SHEETS Qx 18-20 FOR HOLE LOCATIONS MULLION FOR STEEL STUDS. THINNER THAN FRONT VIEW 16 GA ANDE,A 2X WOPL BACKER WITH MUS FL USED ATTACHMENT BY OTHERS. EXTERIOR USE WOOD ANCHOR SPECS SIDE VIEW NOTES: 1) FOR 2X WOOD -BACKED STEEL STUDS, WOOD ANCHOR VALUES MAY BE USED. 2) SEE CORRESPONDING MULLION TABLES, SHEETS 6.17, FOR QUANTITY OF SCREWS. SIDE VIEW EDGE DISTANCE SEE TABLES 18-10B ril PRODUCT REVLWD as compiyf ft with time Fbdds DW[diitg Code Acceptance No d Ex 'ratian Qat0 By Mi ado Fro6et " tt `�itilllrr��� ` A,�`.•��GtiNSS� tc� ��� No. 5870 � 13 ell � 4 F 'p SATE SS�ONAL ti A. LYNNIIiA� Il�ER, P.E. FL P.E.# 68705 9 d 4 EXTERIOR 4,1 4 a+ - EDGE DISTANCE " • ° FOR MASONRY ° At, ANCHORS a TYP. ANCHOR • •4 PER SUBSTRATE, 4 Q a SEE TABLES 1B-108 TYP. ANCHOR BUCKSTRIP PER SUBSTRATE, •° AND ATTACHMENT BY OTHERS, SEE TABLES IB -109 i !• . a �. �' .:'• .. .� '� a' .' ate' SEE NOTE 1. SHEET 1. • ' " "• EDGE D15TANCE MIN 2.7 KSI CONCRETE OR CMU MIN 2.7 KSI CONCRETE OR CMU SEE TABLES 10-IOB FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW INSTALLATION NOTES: 1) ANCHOR EMBEDMENT TO BASE MATERIAL SHALL BE BEYOND WALL DRESSING OR STUCCO. 2) QUANTITY OF ANCHORS AND MULLION SIZE SHOWN ABOVE ARE FOR PICTORIAL REPRESENTATION ONLY. BECAUSE THE ANCHOR CAPACITY IS BASED PARTLY ON THE ANCHOR TO ANCHOR DISTANCE, THE CORRECT QUANTITY AND LOCATION OF ANCHORS MUST BE FOLLOWED, REFER TO THE TABLES ON THE FOLLOWING SHEETS. FOR DETAILS A -D, EITHER THE STANDARD OR INTERIOR CLIP MAY BE USED. 3) ANCHOR HEAD TYPE MAYBE PANHEAD, HEXHEAD OR FLATHEAD. 4) WOOD BUCKS ARE OPTIONAL, SEE DETAIL C, SHEET 3. 6) FOR MASONRY APPLICATIONS IN MIAMI-DADE COUNTY, USE ONLY MIAMI-DADE COUNTY APPROVED ELCO ULTRACON OR ELCO 114" S.S. AGGREGATOR MASONRY ANCHORS. FRONT VIEW te12 STEEL SCREWS, SELF -DRILLING OR PRE-DRLL �/ MULLION AND USE SMS MULLION EXTERIOR SEE SHEETS 18-20 FO HOLE LOCATION EDGE DISTANCE SEE TABLES 1&10B DETAIL D: MULLION ATTACHED TO STEEL STUD (STANDARD CLIP SHOWN) STRUCTURE TYP. ANCHOR A PER SUBSTRATE, SEE TABLES IB -108 A � SEE SHEETS Qx 18-20 FOR HOLE LOCATIONS MULLION FOR STEEL STUDS. THINNER THAN FRONT VIEW 16 GA ANDE,A 2X WOPL BACKER WITH MUS FL USED ATTACHMENT BY OTHERS. EXTERIOR USE WOOD ANCHOR SPECS SIDE VIEW NOTES: 1) FOR 2X WOOD -BACKED STEEL STUDS, WOOD ANCHOR VALUES MAY BE USED. 2) SEE CORRESPONDING MULLION TABLES, SHEETS 6.17, FOR QUANTITY OF SCREWS. SIDE VIEW EDGE DISTANCE SEE TABLES 18-10B ril PRODUCT REVLWD as compiyf ft with time Fbdds DW[diitg Code Acceptance No d Ex 'ratian Qat0 By Mi ado Fro6et " tt `�itilllrr��� ` A,�`.•��GtiNSS� tc� ��� No. 5870 � 13 ell � 4 F 'p SATE SS�ONAL ti A. LYNNIIiA� Il�ER, P.E. FL P.E.# 68705 9 EXTERIOR EDGE DISTANCE PER ANCHOR DETAIL F: FIELD -MODIFIED MULLION CLIP (F -CLIP) SEE DETAILS XS, SHEETS 2 AND 3 FOR INSTALLATION TO SPECIFIC SUBSTRATES. SIDE VIEW SHOWN WITH 1"X r X .125" MULLION STANDARD MULLION CLIP /—MODIFIED TO FIT FIELD \ CONDITIONS. TYP.ANCHOR PER SUBSTRATE, SEE TABLES IS -10B INTO WOOD, STEEL, STANDARD CLIP TO BE ALUM, CMU OR MASONRY MODIFIED IN -FIELD, NOTES FOR INSTALLATION OPTIONS F: 1) DETAIL IS NOT APPLICABLE FOR THE BAY OR 1.26" X 2.11° X.125' MULLION. 2) SEE TABLES 113-1013 FOR ANCHOR QUANTITIES AND SHEETS 18-20 FOR HOLE LOCATIONS. 3) THE 2X5 CLIP IS NOT SUITABLE FOR THIS APPUCATION. DETAIL G: ANGLE MULLION CLIP (ANGLE CLIP) TYP. ANCHOR PER SUBSTRATE, SEE TABLES 1B -11B 1:: EXTERIOR INTO WOOD. STEEL. J � J TOP VIEW 2'X 5"X.125" ANGLE CLIP, 2 PER MULLION END, MUST BE INSTALLED INSIDE OF MULL. 1 EDGE DISTANCE PER I� ANCHOR Eo DETAIL H: BAY MULLION INSTALLATION (ANGLE CLIP) 's O O P VIEW R 1313 P. NO, MUST BE OF BAY MULL. INTO WOOD, STEEL, ALUM OR MASONRY NOTES FOR INSTALLATION OPTION G & H: 1) USE 2 ANGLE CLIPS PER MULLION END. CLIPS MUST BE INSERTED INSIDE OF MULLION. 2) DETAIL G: SEE TABLES 1 B-11 B FOR ANCHOR QUANTITIES AND SHEETS 18-20 FOR HOLE LOCATIONS, 3) DETAIL H: SEE TABLES 128 OR 13B FOR ANCHOR QUANTITIES AND SHEETS 18-20 FOR HOLE LOCATIONS. PRODUCT REV1S D Sul COMP104 With the Florida dihgAcacpt3nce No .• Ex iraRtlou Rate BY 1I.Ji�2 L lll11II((4J NO .58705 * ; sz �i�i(� • FLOR`0�''�Ci�� A. LYNMIL14k P.E. FL P.E.# 68705 TABLE 1A Mullion Capacity Table (Ibse) Opening Width (for verlfcaff"panning mullions) or Opening Height (for horizordally-spaming mullions) 1 x 2 x .125 50 in Rectangular TreplTdarrg. Leading Loading W In Rectangular TreplTdang. Loading Loading 70 In Rectangular Trepl7dang. Loading Loading 80 in 001n Rectangular Tmp/Tdang. Rectangular Trep/Tdang. Loading Loading LosftLoading 100 in Rectangular TreplTdang. Loading Loading 120 In Rectangular TWITdsng. Loading Loading 140 In Rectangular Trapmieng. Loading Loading 160 in Rectangular Tmp/TdaM Loading Loadtr� Alum Tube Mullion 2.7k Concrete 3.6k Conc. Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Woad Metal Anchor Type: Anchor Clip Pattern 3110° EfcoUllracm Of Elco Uitaacon 5418" Elea Ultrecon 3118" Efoo Ultreaon 114" Elco Ultracon U4" SS Eloo 5/16" Eloo 114" SS Elco #10 Steel #12 Steel 012 Steel AggreGator Uitrecon 42 In 111.9 408 129.5 332 03.2 408 115.5 325 79.9 408 107.8 321 69.9 408 104.4 319 62.1 408 104.0 319 66.9 408 104.0 319 48.6 408 104.0 319 39.9 408 104.0 319 35.0 408 104.0 319 1-318° 481n 74.9 312 83.8 258 82.4 312 73.4 252 53.5 $12 67.0 248 48.8 312 83.2 248 41.8 312 81.3 244 37.5 312 61.0 244 31.2 312 61.0 244 26.8 312 81.0 244 23.4 312 61.0 244 1120 Iba 50,025 In 63.8 281 70.0 234 63.2 281 61.5 228 45.8 281 55.7 224 30.9 281 52.1 222 35.5 281 50.1 220 31.9 281 49.3 219 28.6 281 49.3 219 22.8 281 49.3 218 20.0 281 49.3 219 195 Iba 1 64 In 52.6 247 57.5 207 43.9 247 49.8 '202 37.6 247 44.8 109 32.9 247 41.5 198 29.2 247 39.4 194 28.3 247 38.4 193 21.8 247 38.1 193 18.8 247 38.1 193 18.4 247 38.1 193 60 In 38.4 200 41.2 170 32.0 200 35.4 186 27.4 200 31.5 183 24.0 200 28.9 160 21.3 200 27.1 159 192 200 25.9 157 18.0 200 25.0 158 a 631n 33.1 181 35.3 155 27,8 181 30.3 152 23.7 181 28.9 149 20.7 181 24.5 146 18.4 181 22.8 144 18.6 181 21.7 143 '.� 86 In 28.8 165 30.6 142 24.0 165 28.1 138 20.6 185 23.1 138 18.0 185 21.0 134 721n 22.2 139 23,3 120 18.5 139 18.9 118 15.9 139 17.5 118 76 In 18.9 126 19.7 109 15.7 126 16.8 107 78 In 17.6 118 18.2 104 I At3L.t 15 NOTE: FOR THE OFFSET CLIP, USE THE SAME ANCHOR PATTERN AND ANCHOR VALUES AS THE STANDARD CLIP. FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: milimi FIGURE 3: 0 0 ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: o • 111 ! - E 0 - I ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP.) X f. l ANCHOR CAP.,,,,, t _ ANCHOR CAP.,, `MULLION CAP. � USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION, IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI $01 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.65. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T6 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .048" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. VX 2° X .126" MULLION tis PRODUCT REVISED as complying with the Florida Building Code Acceptance No /- Exttiration ElMo I.-, 11t1ii'�ef LYNN, Ml� "-1/ Of - 'EN Se No. 58705 r r , Gt Il cX ��'��SSjONAL x ., .` A. LYNN MitV R. P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 Anchor Capacity Table (lbs) Substrete: 2.7k Concrete 3.6k Conc. Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Woad Metal Anchor Type: Anchor Clip Pattern 3110° EfcoUllracm Of Elco Uitaacon 5418" Elea Ultrecon 3118" Efoo Ultreaon 114" Elco Ultracon U4" SS Eloo 5/16" Eloo 114" SS Elco #10 Steel #12 Steel 012 Steel AggreGator Uitrecon AggreGator Screw (GS) Screw (G6) Screw (G6) Edge Distance (ink 1° 21/2" 1" 2112" 3.1/8" 1" 2 -IW 1° 2112" 2" 3.118, 2" 0.48" 0.84" 0.324" Embedment (Ink 1-314" I -we 1-314" 1-314" 2" 1-1/4" 1-114° 1-114° 1-114" 1-114" 1-114" 2" 1-318° 113/8" (see nye 4) 2 Anchors ® 4.761 Min. O.C. / Standard or Otlset Cop (FIg.1k 390 The 390 [be 450 Iba 89D 8m 1644 Ibs 270 Iba 280 Iba 354 lbs 740 Iba 468 Ibs 684 Ibs 11821bs 328 lbs 420 Ibs 600 me 4 Anchore a 1.18' Min. O.C. / Standard (or 0111se!) CUP (Fig. 2): 480 [be 7001t* NIA WA WA WA 380 Ibs NIA NIA WA IIA WA 852 The 840 We 1120 Iba 4 Anchors 0 3" Min. O.C.1(2) 2x8 Angle Cllpe I (Fig. 4 780 Ib9 780 Iba 880 Iba 160 Iba 1890 Iba 540 Drs 560 Ibs WA 760 ft 938 [be 880 81a 2364 The 0521163 840 Ibs 1120 The 2 Anchors @ 0.45" MIn. O.C. I U-ClIp, into 118" Alum. (Fig. 4): WA WA WA WA WA NA NSA NA WA WA WA WA WA WA 716 Iba 1 Anchor/ F -Clip (Fig. 6):1 195 Iba 1 195 [be 225 Ibs 4451t* 822139 136 The 140 The 177 Iba 370 His 234 Iba 332Iba 581 [be 163 me 210 The 2801169 2 Anchm @ 1.15" Min. O.CJ F-Mp (Fig. 8):11 240 Ibs 1 350 The WA WA NA WA 190 Ibs WA WA WA WA WA r 3261ba 420 Um tf80 Oss NOTE: FOR THE OFFSET CLIP, USE THE SAME ANCHOR PATTERN AND ANCHOR VALUES AS THE STANDARD CLIP. FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: milimi FIGURE 3: 0 0 ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: o • 111 ! - E 0 - I ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP.) X f. l ANCHOR CAP.,,,,, t _ ANCHOR CAP.,, `MULLION CAP. � USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION, IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI $01 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.65. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T6 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .048" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. VX 2° X .126" MULLION tis PRODUCT REVISED as complying with the Florida Building Code Acceptance No /- Exttiration ElMo I.-, 11t1ii'�ef LYNN, Ml� "-1/ Of - 'EN Se No. 58705 r r , Gt Il cX ��'��SSjONAL x ., .` A. LYNN MitV R. P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 FIGURE 3: 0 0 ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: o • 111 ! - E 0 - I ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP.) X f. l ANCHOR CAP.,,,,, t _ ANCHOR CAP.,, `MULLION CAP. � USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION, IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI $01 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.65. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T6 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .048" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. VX 2° X .126" MULLION tis PRODUCT REVISED as complying with the Florida Building Code Acceptance No /- Exttiration ElMo I.-, 11t1ii'�ef LYNN, Ml� "-1/ Of - 'EN Se No. 58705 r r , Gt Il cX ��'��SSjONAL x ., .` A. LYNN MitV R. P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 TABLE 2A I AtiLt "Lt3 -1 1.000" �-- 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. Anchor Capacity Table (Ibs) ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN 2 000„ THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED L 375° CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED Substrate: YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125' Mullion Capaft Table Ibsw 3.6k COnc, LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND Follow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood Mets Anchor Type: Anchor CUp Patterns 3118" Elco Ultracon 114" Elco Ultracon 6118° Elco 3116" Elco Utracon 114" Elco Ultrecmr 14 SS Elco 5118` Eloo 114° SS Elco 510 Steel #12 Steel #12 Steel Opening Width (for verticeily-spenning mullions) or Opening Height (far horizontally -spanning mttlUons) AggreWor Uttnecon AggraGator Screw (O5) Screw (G6) Screw (G5) Edge I3lstance (in): 1' 2-112" so InlRn,, 2112" 3.118° 60 in 2-112" 1° 70 in 2" 3.18° 8o In 0.48" 0.64" 90 In Embedment On): 100 In 1.314" 1-314` 120 In 2" 1-114" 140 In 1-14" 1-114" M In 1.114" 7 x 2 x .376 Rectengular Loading Trapirillanular Loadingg (see ride 4) TreptTdang. Loading Rectangular Loading Tmp/ Www Loading Rectangular Loading Trap/Tdang. Loading Reetangutar Loading Trap/Tdang_ Loading Rectangular Loading Trep/Tdang. Loading Rectangular Loading TraptTdang. Loading Rectangular Loading TraplTdang. Loading Rectangular Loading Trap/Tdang. Loading Alum. Tube Mullion 421n 170.0 620 170.0 4 435 151.3 682 170.0 476 129.7 862 170.0 r 506 113.5 s 882 169.5 518 100.9 882 188.9 517 90.8 G 682 186.9 617 78.7 882 168.9 817 64.9 882 180.8 517 58.7 882 168.9 517 WA 49 to 121.8 607 136.0 419 101.4 607 119.2 410 86.9 807 108.7 403 78.0 607 102.6 399 67.8 607 99.8 397 80.8 507 99.0 396 50.7 807 99.0 398 43.4 807 99.0 390 30.0 607 09.0 398 WAI 50.625 in 103.7 468 114.6 379 86.4 456 89.0 371 74.1 456 90.5 384 64.8 456 84.8 380 57.8 458 81.3 357 61.8 458 80.0 358 43.2 458 80.0 358 37.0 458 80.0 368 32.4 468 80.0 3 54 in 65.4 400 83.3 336 71.2 400 80.9 328 61.0 400 72.7 322 53A 400 67.3 318 47.6 400 64.0 316 42.7 400 82.3 314 35.6 400 81.8 $13 30.6 400 61.8 313 28.7 400 81.8 313 60 in 62.3 324 88.9 278 61.8 324 57.5 270 44.6 324 1 81.2 284 38.9 3244 46.9 280 34.6 324 1 43.9 267 1 31.1 324 42.0 1 255 U 28.0 324 1 40.6 253 22.2 324 40.5 263 19.6 324 40.6 1 253 83 In 83.8 294 67.4 252 44.8 294 49.2 248 38.4 294 43.6 241 33.6 294 39.8 237 29.9 284 37.1 234 28.9 284 35.2 232 22.4 294 33.5 230 19.2 294 33.4 230 16.8 294 33.4 230 OS In 48.6 286 49.8 230 39.0 268 42A 225 33.4 288 37.6 221 29.2 288 34.1 218 28.0 268 31.8 216 23.4 289 20.8 212 19.5 208 28.0 210 16.7 288 27.7 209 14.6 268 27.7 209 721n 36.0 225 37.8 198 $0.0 225 32.2 101 25.7 226 20.4 168 22.5 225 26.6 165 20.0 225 23.6 182 18.0 226 22.1 180 15.0 228 20.3 177 12.9 225 1 19.6 178 11.3 226 19.8 178 761n 30.8 202 32.4 177 28.5 202 27.2 173 21.9 202 23.8 170 192 202 21.8 187 17.0 202 18.7105 18.3 202 18.4 163 12.8 202 16.7 180 10.9 202 16.9 188 9.6 202 18.8 168 701n 28.3 192 29.8 188 23.8 192 25.1 165 20.2 192 22.0 182 17.7 192 19.7 189 15.7 192 18.1 157 14.2 192 16.0 15511.8 192 15 2 162 10.1 192 14.4 150 8.9 192 14.2 150 901n 18.8 144 19.0 128 16.4 144 18.1 126 661n 15.2 127 16.8 113 I AtiLt "Lt3 rvn , na wrrvr= r a.ur, uac r nr: oAmc mN%,nvm rAI I tKN ANU ANCMUK VALUES AS THE STANDARD CLIP. 910111110:6F FIGURE 2: 0 • 1111 • 0 FIGURE 3: 0 0 111 1 0 ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP,�,)X /ANCHOR•CAP.�, _) -ANCHOR CAP... (MULLION CAP..„,. USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE 'ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED' CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. -1 1.000" �-- 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. Anchor Capacity Table (Ibs) ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN 2 000„ THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED L 375° CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED Substrate: YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125' 2.7k Concrete THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT 3.6k COnc, LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND Follow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood Mets Anchor Type: Anchor CUp Patterns 3118" Elco Ultracon 114" Elco Ultracon 6118° Elco 3116" Elco Utracon 114" Elco Ultrecmr 14 SS Elco 5118` Eloo 114° SS Elco 510 Steel #12 Steel #12 Steel Ultraeon AggreWor Uttnecon AggraGator Screw (O5) Screw (G6) Screw (G5) Edge I3lstance (in): 1' 2-112" 1'1 2112" 3.118° v 2-112" 1° 2112" 2" 3.18° 2 0.48" 0.64" 0.324° Embedment On): I -W 1.314" 1-314` 1 1.314" 2" 1-114" 1-114" 1-14" 1-114" 1-114° 1.114" 2" 1.318" 1-9/8° (see ride 4) 2 Anchors @ 4.75° Min. O.C. /Standard or OOeet M (Fig. 1}: 3901be 39D lbs 480 Ibs890 Ore 16441 ba 270 lbs 280 Itis 364 We 740 ms 480 [be 884 lbs 1182 lbs 328 Ibs 420 Itis 58011 33 4 Anchors 01.16" Min. O.C. i Standard (or OMW) Clip (Fig. 2): 480 His 700 Itis WA NIA NIA WA 380 Ons WA WA NIA WA NIA 652 Itis 840 lbs 1120 Ibs 4 Anchors 0 3" Min. O.C.1(2) 2x8 Angle Clips 1(Fig. 4 760 lbs 780 lbs 880 Itis 1560 lbs 1896 The 640 lbs 660 Obs WA -W"-r 838 We $80 lbs 2304 We Wits 840 lbs 1120 Fibs 2 Anchors @ 0.46" Min. O.C./ U-Clip,into 118" Alum.(Fig. 4): WA WA WA WA NIA N1A N/A NA NtA WA NIA NLA NIA NLA 718 tbs 1 Anchor 1 F -01p (Fig. 5):1 196 One 1 195 lbs 225 [be 445 The 622 Ilia 135 lbs 140 lbs 177 [be 370 We 234 Ibs 332lbs 591 lbs 163 lbs 210 lbs 280 lbs 2 Anchors 01.18° Mln. O.C.1 F -Clip (Fig. 8) 240 Us 1 350 Its NIA I WA I WA NIA 1 190 Ibs WAI WA NIA I NIA WA 326 lbs 420 [be 580 lbs rvn , na wrrvr= r a.ur, uac r nr: oAmc mN%,nvm rAI I tKN ANU ANCMUK VALUES AS THE STANDARD CLIP. 910111110:6F FIGURE 2: 0 • 1111 • 0 FIGURE 3: 0 0 111 1 0 ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP,�,)X /ANCHOR•CAP.�, _) -ANCHOR CAP... (MULLION CAP..„,. USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE 'ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED' CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. -1 1.000" �-- 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN 2 000„ THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED L 375° CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125' THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT 1" X 2" X.376" MULLION LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. Z-1 as complying with the Florida Bulldiitg Code J Acceptance No Ex isati0 Datero By A+fiatlai ads ,�,it{tllllttr. LYN 16Z`�• �,�CENSF•'•tF�Q 'moi No. 58705 ='0 � (loll i� ••• STA OF iO�•• F(OR1DQ'• ••.• �� 00- A. LYNItiIUIILL�R, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 TABLE 3A 1 f'►rsLr- stS Anchor Capacity Table pbs) Substrate: Mullion Ca c Table (Ibslfe 3.5k Conc. Hallow CMU Fllled CMU PT Wood Metal Anchor Clip Patbem8 Anchor Type: 3118" Elco Ultrecon 114" Elco UltracOn 6/18° Elco Uttracon 3118" Ekro UBraoorn 14 Elco Ultraaon 1/4 SS Elco 6/18" Eloo 114" SS Elco 810 Steel 8'12 Steal #2 Steel '1 Opening Width (forv+erticaliy-aparining mullions) or Opening Helght(forhorizontally-spanning mullions) Ultrecon AggraGator Screw(GS) Screw (G6) Screw (G6) Edge Distance on): 1" 2-112' 1" 2-1/2' 3418" 1" 50 In 1° 21/2" so in 3.1/0" 2" 70 In 0.64" 0324" 80 In 1-314" 1-314" 90 In 1.314° 2" 100 In 1-114 1-14 120 In 1-1/4" 1-114" 140 in 1-318 1 -NO' 160 In 2 Anohore @ 4.75" In. O.C. / Stan lard or Offset Cop ft.1): 7 X 2,75 X Rectangular loading Trap/Trlang. Loading Rectangular Loading Tmprrftng. Loading Rectangular Loading Trap/Triang. Loading Rectangular Loading TreplWang. Rectangular Tra de p!T �. Rectangular tengular Tre da p/T ng. Rectangular g Tre prillang. Rectangular Trep/Trlang. Rectangular Tiap/Tdano. .375 Alum. NIA wA 360 lbs VA WA NIA WA WA Loading Loading Loading Loading Loading Leading Loading Loading Loading Loading LAadino TubeMullion 760 Ibs 936 Ibs Sao lbs 2384 The 662 On 8401ts 11201bs 2 Anchors C 0.48" Min. O.C. / U -Clip, Into 118" Alum. (Fig. 4}: NA WA WA NA WA wA NIA wA WA wA wA WA WA wA 718 iba - 1 Anchor / F -Clip (Flo. 5r 1061bs 185 lbs 225 lbs 445 lbs 8221ba 135 1138 140 lbs 177 lbs 370168 234 [be 3321168 681 FM 1831bs 2101bs 2W ft 2 Anchors 1.16" Min. O.CJ F -Clip (Flg. 6i .,,.�.-.,-....�..�,.��,._-...._ ..---••4444-= --•4444---4444-- 240 lbs 350168 WA 4444 WA wa wA 190 tba wA wA wA wA wA 328 Its 420 its 660 We 421n 170.0 620 170.01 435 170.0 744 170.0 478 170.0 888 170.0 506 170.0 992 170.0 518 170.0 1116 170.0 521 170.0 1240 170.0 621 148.7 1301 170.0 521 127.6 1301 170.0 521 111.6 1301 170.0 521 481n 170.0 708 170.0 524 170.0 860 170.0 584 170.0 902 170.0 630 170.0 1133 170.0 661 151.8 1139 170.0 677 138.8 1139 170.0 680 113.9 1138 170.0 680 97.6 1139 170.0 680 85.4 1138 170.0 680 50.826 In 170.0 747 170.0 883 170.0 896 170.0 631 187.8 1032 170.0 884 148.8 1032 170.0 723 130.5 1032 170.0 747 117.4 1032 170.0 756 97.9 1032 170.0 756 83.8 1032 170.0 768 73.4 1032 170.0 758 64 in 170.0 797 170.0 812 181.3 907 17.0.0 891 138.2 907 184.7 730 120.9 807 162 8 720 107.6 907 146.0 714 98.8 907 141.1 710 80.6 907 140.0 709 69.1 007 140.0 708 60.6 907 140.0 709 80 In 141.1 735 161.6 826 117.8 735 130.3 811 100.8 735 116.0 589 88.2 735 108.2 590 78.4 735 98.6 563 70.5 735 85.1 678 68.8 735 91.8 574 60.4 735 91.8 574 44.1 736 91.6 514 831n 121.8 686 130.0 570 101.8 888 111.5 557 87.0 668 98.9 547 78.2 068 90.1 538 87.7 868 63.9 631 60.9 888 79.8 528 50.8 888 76.8 521 43.6 888 76.8 521 38.1 888 75.8 521 66 In 106.0 807 112.4 522 88.3 807 96.1 511 75.7 607 m 66.0 501 86.2 607 77.1 493 58.9 607 71.5 488 53.0 007 67.6 481 44.2 607 63.4 476 37.9 807 62.7 474 33.1 607 62.7 474 •� 721n 81.6 610 86.8 443 88.0 610 73.0 434 58.3 10 64.3 426 51.0 510 57.8 419 45.4 510 53.3 413 40.6 510 50.0 408 34.0 510 45.9 402 29.2 Sin 44.4 399 26.8 510 44.3 399 76 In 88.4 468 72.5 400 67.8 468 81.7 392 49.6 458 64.1 385 43.4 458 48.8 378 38.8 458 44.8 373 34.7 458 41.8 358 28.9 455 37.7 382 24.8 468 36.0 359 21.7 458 35.7 368 79 In 64.2 435 67.0 381 53.5 435 56.8 373 45.9 435 48.8 388 40.1 436 44.7 380 35.7 436 40.0 355 32.1 435 38.1 351 28.6 435 34.4 344 22.9 435 32.8 341 20.1 435 32.2 340 80 in 41.8 327 43.1 200 34.8 327 36A 285 29.8 327 31.8 280 28.1 327 28.3 276 23.2 327 25.7 271 20.9 327 23.7 268 17.4 327 21.0 262 14.8 327 18.3 258 98 In 34.4 287 35.4 257 28.7 287 29.fl2s2 24.8 287 26.0 248 21.5 287 23.1 244 19.1 287 20.9 240 17.2 287 19.3 237 14.4 287 18.9 232 1081n 24.2 227 24.7 206 20.2 227 20.17.3 227 18.0 188 16.1 18.0 196 111 In 22.3 215 22.7 194 18.8 215 79.15.9 216 16.6 188 1201n 17.8 1 184 1 17.9 167 1 f'►rsLr- stS .v , d. , v" , nv. vrrvc I LOOM r r1c %ruvrm PtnVLr1UR rA r 1 t11111 ANU ANUMUK VALUE -5 AS THE STANDARD CLIP. FIGURE 1: 0 0 FIGURE 2: Mill= FIGURE 3: 0 0 0 0 ANGLE CUP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: 0 ! CIRCLED VALUES ARE USED IN THE EXAMPLE ON SHEET 21. ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DPS,) X / ANCHOR CAP.,�,�) =ANCHOR CAP. . 1 MULLION CAP.„„ USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2.4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 1&20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .126" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. got' l l K Nte 4 FO x 0 i RI as camptyiag with the Piorlda Building Code Acceptance IVO E iiatioa''L?tttc ito By Miam Dade ProductLYNN (. 1{{IlII1/ * • No. 58705-11 ' a -Y %'ST AI E OF A. 04W NI(IIIIER, P.E. FL P.E.# 68706 Anchor Capacity Table pbs) Substrate: 27k Concrete 3.5k Conc. Hallow CMU Fllled CMU PT Wood Metal Anchor Clip Patbem8 Anchor Type: 3118" Elco Ultrecon 114" Elco UltracOn 6/18° Elco Uttracon 3118" Ekro UBraoorn 14 Elco Ultraaon 1/4 SS Elco 6/18" Eloo 114" SS Elco 810 Steel 8'12 Steal #2 Steel '1 Aggre for Ultrecon AggraGator Screw(GS) Screw (G6) Screw (G6) Edge Distance on): 1" 2-112' 1" 2-1/2' 3418" 1" 2-12" 1° 21/2" 2' 3.1/0" 2" 0.48" 0.64" 0324" Embedment On): 1-314" 1-314" 1-3/4° 1.314° 2" 1-114 1-114 1-14 1-114" 1-1/4" 1-114" 2" 1-318 1 -NO' (see rae 4) 2 Anohore @ 4.75" In. O.C. / Stan lard or Offset Cop ft.1): 390 81s 390 lbs 460 Ibs 890 lbs 1644 lbs 270 lbs 280 lbs SUM 740 Ibs 1 488 The 664 lbs 1182 Ibs 328 Ibs 420 lbs 680 Iba 4 Anchwe ®1.16" MIn. O.C. / Standard (or Offset) Clip (Fig. 2): 480 lbs 700 ft wA WA NIA wA 360 lbs VA WA NIA WA WA 062 its 840 lbs 1120 lbs 4 Anchors a 3" Min. D.C.1(2) 2x8 Angle Clips / (Fig. 3): 780 lbs 780 Ibs BBD lbs 1880 Ibs 1898 Ibs 840 Ibs 580 lbs IWA 760 Ibs 936 Ibs Sao lbs 2384 The 662 On 8401ts 11201bs 2 Anchors C 0.48" Min. O.C. / U -Clip, Into 118" Alum. (Fig. 4}: NA WA WA NA WA wA NIA wA WA wA wA WA WA wA 718 iba - 1 Anchor / F -Clip (Flo. 5r 1061bs 185 lbs 225 lbs 445 lbs 8221ba 135 1138 140 lbs 177 lbs 370168 234 [be 3321168 681 FM 1831bs 2101bs 2W ft 2 Anchors 1.16" Min. O.CJ F -Clip (Flg. 6i .,,.�.-.,-....�..�,.��,._-...._ ..---••4444-= --•4444---4444-- 240 lbs 350168 WA 4444 WA wa wA 190 tba wA wA wA wA wA 328 Its 420 its 660 We .v , d. , v" , nv. vrrvc I LOOM r r1c %ruvrm PtnVLr1UR rA r 1 t11111 ANU ANUMUK VALUE -5 AS THE STANDARD CLIP. FIGURE 1: 0 0 FIGURE 2: Mill= FIGURE 3: 0 0 0 0 ANGLE CUP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: 0 ! CIRCLED VALUES ARE USED IN THE EXAMPLE ON SHEET 21. ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DPS,) X / ANCHOR CAP.,�,�) =ANCHOR CAP. . 1 MULLION CAP.„„ USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2.4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 1&20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .126" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. got' l l K Nte 4 FO x 0 i RI as camptyiag with the Piorlda Building Code Acceptance IVO E iiatioa''L?tttc ito By Miam Dade ProductLYNN (. 1{{IlII1/ * • No. 58705-11 ' a -Y %'ST AI E OF A. 04W NI(IIIIER, P.E. FL P.E.# 68706 FIGURE 3: 0 0 0 0 ANGLE CUP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: 0 ! CIRCLED VALUES ARE USED IN THE EXAMPLE ON SHEET 21. ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DPS,) X / ANCHOR CAP.,�,�) =ANCHOR CAP. . 1 MULLION CAP.„„ USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2.4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 1&20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .126" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. got' l l K Nte 4 FO x 0 i RI as camptyiag with the Piorlda Building Code Acceptance IVO E iiatioa''L?tttc ito By Miam Dade ProductLYNN (. 1{{IlII1/ * • No. 58705-11 ' a -Y %'ST AI E OF A. 04W NI(IIIIER, P.E. FL P.E.# 68706 TABLE 4A TABLE 4B Anchor Capacity Table (Ibe) Anchor Clip Patterns Substrate: Mullion Capacity Table Ibse Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood Metal iN18" Elco 114" SS Elm 5118" Elco 114" SS Elco #10 Steal #12 Steal #12 Steel AnchorType* $118 Elco Macon 114" Elco Ultras vn Ultracon 3118 Elco lAtrewn 114 Elco tktracon AggreGator llltracon AggraGalor Screw (G5) Scream (G5) Screw (05) Edge Olatance (in): 1" 2-112" 1" 2-112" 3.118 1" 2-112" 1" 2.112" 7' 3-118" r 0.40° 0.w 0.324" Embedment On): 1-W4" 1-314" 1.314" 1-3/4" 2" 1414" 1-114" 1-114 1-U4" 1-114" 1-114" r 1 -we, 148" (see note 4) 2 Anchors ® 4.75" Min. O.G. t Standard ar et Gip (Fig. 1): 390lbs 39011ba 450lbs 880 Ibs 1844 Ibs 1 2701bs 260 Ibe 354 Ibs 740 lbs 488 lbs 864 Ibe 1182 lbs 1 326 lbs 420lbs 660 Ibs 4 AnOors ®1.16' Min. O.C.1 Standard (or Offset) Gip (Fig. 2): 480 Its 700 ms Opening Width (for verlica*spanning mullions) or Opening Height (for horizonlellyspanning mullions) WA WA 380 lbs WA WA WA WA WA 652 lbs 0 1120 lbs 4 Anchors 0 3" Min. O.C.1(2) 2u8 Angle Gips 1(Fig. 3): 50 in 780lbs 880 lbs 00 In 9898 lbs 540 The 70 in WA 760 Ibe 801n 880 lbs 2384 lbs 90 in 71201be 100 In WA WA 120 in WA WA 140 In WA WA 180 in WA 1 X 2.76 X Alum. Rectangular Loading TreplTdang. Loading Rectangular Loading Trapfrrieng. Loading Rectangular Loading Trep/Tdang. Loading Rectangular Loading Trapfrdang. Loading Rectangular Loading TreplTdang. Lang Rectangular Loam Trap/Tdang. Loading Rectangular Loading Trep/Tdang. Loading Rectangular Loading Trap/Triare. Loading Rectangular Loading TreptTdang. Loading .650 Tube Mullion '$' Q a: .�' 0: �' G Q O: g G Q I K •'i d.' G Q O.' : E' G Q R' .F' G R' g' G 420lbs 880 Iba Q: H G Q' .I G 421n 170.0 820 170.0 435 170,11 744 170.0 478 170.0 868 170.0 608 170.0 992 170.0 610 170.0 1118 170.0 521 170.0 1240 170.0 621 170.0 1488 170.0 621 158.7 1620 170.0 521 138.8 1820 170.0 521 48 In 170.0 708 170.0 524 170.0 850 170.0 584 170.0 992 170.0 830 170.0 1133 170.0 651 170.0 1276 170.0 677 170.0 1417 170.0 6W 141.7 1417 170.0 680 121.5 1417 170.0 880 108.3 1417 170.0 660 50.626 In 170.0 747 170.0 563 170.0 898 170.0 631 i70.0 1046 170.0 884 170.0 1196 170.0 723 9828 1268 170.0 747 148.3 1288 170.0 766 121.9 1286 170.0 750 104.5 1288 170.0 768 911A 1288 170.0 756 541n 170.0 797 170.0 812 170.0 958 170.0 691 170.0 1116 170.0 754 160.7 1130 170.0 803 133.9 1130 170.0 837 120.8 1130 170.0 856 100.5 1130 170.0 861 88.1 7730 170.0 861 75.3 1130 970.0 861 60 in 170.0 886 170.01 701 146.6 915 1102.3 781 1125.61 915 144.51 748 109.91 915 1132.3 736 97.8 915 123.9 728 87.9 915 118.5 720 73.2 915 114A 715 82.8 915 114.4 716 54.9 915 114.4 716 631q 181.8 830 181.9 790 128.6 830 138.9 894 148.6 830 123.2 891 94.9 830 1722 870 84.4 630 104.8 882 75.9 830 99.4 858 83.3 830 94.5 849 64.2 830 94.1 849 47.4 830 94.1 649 C J 88 In 132.1 767 140.0 650 110.0 757 119.8 838 94.3 727 757 SW 105.9 624 825 757 98.1 614 73.4 757 89.1 808 68.0 757 84.2 800 55.0 757 79.0 693 47.2 757 78.2 691 41.3 767 78.2 599 72 in 101.7 688 108.8 562 84.8 638 91.0 540 80.1 530 83.8 838 722 521 S&S 638 86.5 514 50.9 838 82.3 808 42.4 838 67.2 500 36.3 638 55.3 497 31.8 636 65.2 497 781n 88.6 571 90.4 498 72.1 571 76.8 488 8. 1 87.4 479 54.1 571 60.8 479 48.0 571 65.6 454 43.2 571 51.8 459 38.0 671 47.0 461 30.9 671 44.8 447 27.0 571 44.5 449 781n 80.0 642 83A 474 85.7 542 1 70.8 465 57.1 542 82.1 458 50.0 542 55.7 449 44.4 542 51.0 442 40.0 642 47.5 437 33.3 542 42.9 429 28.8 542 40.6 425 25.0 642 40.1 423 00 In 1 52.1 407 63.7 381 43.4 407 45.4 355 37.2 407 39.8 349 325 407 35.3 343 28.9 407 32.1 338 28.0 407 29.6 334 21.7 407 28.1 327 18.8 407 24.1 322 16.3 407 23.0 319 9B In 429 358 44.1 320 35.8 358 37.2 314 3541 32.4 309 28.8 358 28.8 304 23.8 3S8 28.1 SW 21.5 358 24.0 298 17.8 358 21.0 289 16.3 358 19.2 284 1081n 30.1 283 30.8 255 26.1 283 26.9 251 E30.7 283119 to 27.6 287 28.3 242 23.1 287 23.6 231201n 22.0 229 22.3 209 183 229 18.2 202 TABLE 4B NOTE: FOR THE OFFSET CLIP, USE THE SAME ANCHOR PATTERN AND ANCHOR VALUES AS THE STANDARD CLIP. CIRCLED VALUES ARE USED IN THE EXAMPLE ON SHEET 21. FIGURE 1: !=III= FIGURE 2: Mill= FIGURE 3: Ee 1.11 0 0 ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: • O • TABLE NOTES: ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP„�) X 1. \ ANCHOR CAP. \ = ANCHOR CAP..,. MULLION CAP.,,, USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YiELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125"THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. 1" X 2.75" X .850" MULLION w PRODUCT REVISM) 8s Ownplying with tate Fhv14F Duildiirg Code Acceptance No Es Batton UMe 1� By 'I .. , ... &I No. 58705 uta ajC/ /ON AIL A. LYNR�Md!�--R, P.E. FL P.E.# 68705 Anchor Capacity Table (Ibe) Anchor Clip Patterns Substrate: 2.7k Concrete 3.6k Cam Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood Metal iN18" Elco 114" SS Elm 5118" Elco 114" SS Elco #10 Steal #12 Steal #12 Steel AnchorType* $118 Elco Macon 114" Elco Ultras vn Ultracon 3118 Elco lAtrewn 114 Elco tktracon AggreGator llltracon AggraGalor Screw (G5) Scream (G5) Screw (05) Edge Olatance (in): 1" 2-112" 1" 2-112" 3.118 1" 2-112" 1" 2.112" 7' 3-118" r 0.40° 0.w 0.324" Embedment On): 1-W4" 1-314" 1.314" 1-3/4" 2" 1414" 1-114" 1-114 1-U4" 1-114" 1-114" r 1 -we, 148" (see note 4) 2 Anchors ® 4.75" Min. O.G. t Standard ar et Gip (Fig. 1): 390lbs 39011ba 450lbs 880 Ibs 1844 Ibs 1 2701bs 260 Ibe 354 Ibs 740 lbs 488 lbs 864 Ibe 1182 lbs 1 326 lbs 420lbs 660 Ibs 4 AnOors ®1.16' Min. O.C.1 Standard (or Offset) Gip (Fig. 2): 480 Its 700 ms WA WA WA WA 380 lbs WA WA WA WA WA 652 lbs 0 1120 lbs 4 Anchors 0 3" Min. O.C.1(2) 2u8 Angle Gips 1(Fig. 3): 780 IIS 780lbs 880 lbs 1880 lbs 9898 lbs 540 The 660lbs WA 760 Ibe 938 8ns 880 lbs 2384 lbs e52 lbs 71201be 2 Anchors ® 0.46" Min. O.C.1 ll -Clip, Into 118" Alum. (Fig. 4): WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA 778 Ibs 1 Anchor / F -Clip (Fig. 5): 195 lbs 195 lbs 2251bs 445 ft 822 lbs 135 lbs 140lbs 177 lba 370 On 234 ft 332 Ibs 501 ft 183 Iba 210 lbs 280 !bs 2 Anchors ®1.15" Min. O.CJ F -Gip (Fig. 6):l 2401bs 360 Oft WA I WA WA WA 190 lbs WA WA WA I WA WA 326 lbs 420lbs 880 Iba NOTE: FOR THE OFFSET CLIP, USE THE SAME ANCHOR PATTERN AND ANCHOR VALUES AS THE STANDARD CLIP. CIRCLED VALUES ARE USED IN THE EXAMPLE ON SHEET 21. FIGURE 1: !=III= FIGURE 2: Mill= FIGURE 3: Ee 1.11 0 0 ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: • O • TABLE NOTES: ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP„�) X 1. \ ANCHOR CAP. \ = ANCHOR CAP..,. MULLION CAP.,,, USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YiELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125"THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. 1" X 2.75" X .850" MULLION w PRODUCT REVISM) 8s Ownplying with tate Fhv14F Duildiirg Code Acceptance No Es Batton UMe 1� By 'I .. , ... &I No. 58705 uta ajC/ /ON AIL A. LYNR�Md!�--R, P.E. FL P.E.# 68705 FIGURE 2: Mill= FIGURE 3: Ee 1.11 0 0 ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: • O • TABLE NOTES: ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP„�) X 1. \ ANCHOR CAP. \ = ANCHOR CAP..,. MULLION CAP.,,, USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YiELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125"THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. 1" X 2.75" X .850" MULLION w PRODUCT REVISM) 8s Ownplying with tate Fhv14F Duildiirg Code Acceptance No Es Batton UMe 1� By 'I .. , ... &I No. 58705 uta ajC/ /ON AIL A. LYNR�Md!�--R, P.E. FL P.E.# 68705 FIGURE 3: Ee 1.11 0 0 ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: • O • TABLE NOTES: ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP„�) X 1. \ ANCHOR CAP. \ = ANCHOR CAP..,. MULLION CAP.,,, USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YiELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125"THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. 1" X 2.75" X .850" MULLION w PRODUCT REVISM) 8s Ownplying with tate Fhv14F Duildiirg Code Acceptance No Es Batton UMe 1� By 'I .. , ... &I No. 58705 uta ajC/ /ON AIL A. LYNR�Md!�--R, P.E. FL P.E.# 68705 TABLE 5A II�1�7�37=' Anchor Capacity Table (Ibs) Substrate: Mullion Ca acs Table 41ff 3.6k Cone. I Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood Matas Anchor Type: Anchor Clip Patterns 3110" Elco Ultrecmn 114" Elco Ultrecon 5118" Elco 3116" Ekw Udracon 114" Elco Ulh�n 114" SS Eks 6118' Eloo 114° SS Elco #10 Steel #12 Steil MOW Ultnaaon Opening Width (for vertically -spanning mUMOns) or Opening Height (for horizontally -spanning mullions) Aggrecator Umaoon, A0gret3atar Screw (d6) Screw {G7,, Screw(G% Edge Distance on): 1" 2112" In 1 "' X 3.126" x 50 In 60 in 2112" 1" 70 In 2" 3.118" 80 In 0.48" 0.54" 80 In 100 In 120 In 140 In 160 in Rectangular Loading TfWTdang. Ling Rectangular Loading Trap/mans Rectangular Loading Loading TMN t V. Rectangular Loading Loading TrapMa%. Rectangular Loading Loading Tmp/Tdang. Rectangular Loading Wading TreplTriang. Loading Rectangular Loading Trapfrdang. Loading Rectangular Loading TreplTdang. Recterwar Loading Loading TraplTdeng. Loading .600" Alum Tube Mull 300 The e' i" G _• g5 ' R Q.' •. ted' G _ 1 K 6• � .� G 740 Ibs 486 Ibs W K -' _ O ,N Q D: i" '� `d G _• (5� Y �• _ k g' G Q rg WA NIA _ '�Qj a PYA _ Q� t'� •'� G _ Q' '3 C , py .�' G _ .� G i± � •� G _ •� � S ted' G _• D: y8 g I- 18@8 lbs 540 lbs 42 In 421n 170.0 820 170.0 435 170.0 744 170.0 478 170.0 886 170.0 508 170.0 992 170.0 518 170,0 1118 170.0 521 170.0 1240 170.0 521 170.01 14M 170.0 521 170,0 1735 170.0 521 154.4 1802 1 170.0 821 591 on 46 In 170.0 708 170.0 524 170.0 850 170.0 584 170.0 902 170.0 830 170.0 1133 170.0 881 170.0 1275 170.0 677 170.0 1417 170.0 880 157.7 1577 170.0 060 135.1 1577 170.0 680 118.2 1577 170.0 880 80.825 In 170.0 747 170.0 683 170.0 898 170.0 031 170.0 1048 170.0 884 170.0 1196 170.0 723 170.0 1345 170.0 747 170.0 1494 170.0 768 141.7 1496 170.0 759 121.5 1496 170.0 758 108.3 1495 170.0 758 54 In 170.0 797 170.0 612 170.0 958 170.0 681 170.0 1116 170.0 764 170.0 1276 170.0 803 166.1 1401 170.0 837 149.5 1401 170,0 858 124.6 1401 170.0 881 108.8 1401 170.0 WI 03.4 1401 170.0 861 601n 170.0 865 170.0 701 170.0 1063 170,0 797 158,5 1158 170,0 878 138.7 1158 187.0 928 123.3 1158 156.6 917 111.0 1158 149.7 910 92.6 1166 144.6 903 79.3 1158 144.5 809 89.4 11b8 144.b 903 63 In 170.0 830 170.0 745 169.8 1049 170.0 860 137.0 1049 155.6 880 119.8 1049 141.7 840 106.5 1049 132.0 038 95.9 1049 125.6 928 79.9 1049 119.3 620 88.5 1049 118.9 618 58.9 1049 118.9 619 C 66 In 166.8 955 170.0 789 139.0 955 161.3 804 119.1 955 133.7 788 104.2 955 121.4 775 92.8 955 112.6 785 83.4 955 108.4 757 69.6 055 99.8 749 89.8 055 08.7 748 62.1 855 86.7 748 J 72 in 128.6 803 134.9 697 107.0 803 114.9 882 91.8 an 101.1 070 80.3 am 91.2 859 71.4 803 83.9 849 84.2 803 78.6 642 53.5 803 722 632 46.9 003 89.8 828 40.1 803 89.7 027 g 761n 109.2 721 114.1 029 91.0 721 97,0 818 78.0 721 85.1 605 66.3 721 76.5 595 60.7 721 70.1 686 54.6 721 05.4 579 48.8 721 59,4 569 39.0 721 68.8 584 34.1 721 581 583 70 In 101.0 884 105.4 599 84.2 864 89.4 587 72.2 884 78.4 576 63.1 064 70.4 687 68.1 SIN 84.4 556 50.5 604 59.9 651 421 884 54.1 541 36.1 684 51.3 538 31.6 884 50.6 534 90 In 86.8 514 67.9 468 64.8 514 67.3 448 47.0 514 60.0 440 41.1 514 44.8 433 36.5 514 40.5 427 32.0 614 37.3 421 27.4 514 33.0 412 23,5 614 30.4 408 20.8 514 28 0 403 98 In 54.2 452 55.7 404 45.2 452 47.0 398 38.7 452 40.9 390 33.9 452 38.4 384 30.1 452 32.9 378 27.1 462 30.3 373 22,8 452 28.8 365 19,4 452 24.2 359 18.9 462 22.8 355 108 In Al 357 38,9 3rd 31.7 357 32.7 317 27.2 367 28A 312 23.8 367 28.2 308 21.1 367 22.7 303 19.0. 357 20.8 299 115.9 357 18.0 293 19.6 357 18.2 207 .11.9 357 15.0 283 111 1n 35.1 338 35.8 308 28.2 338 30.1 301 25.0 338 28.1 298 21.9 338 23.1 282 19.6 338 20.8 288 17.5 338 18.0 284 14.6 338 16 5 278 12.5 338 14.8 273 11.0 .. 338 13.6 289 120 in 27.7 289 28.2 283 23.1 289 23.7 259 18.8 289 20.5 266 17.3 289 16.1 262 1&4 1 289 1 98.3 249 11 1&0 280 14.9 246 41.8 280 17-a 240 1 8.0 289 1 11.4 1 238 8.7 1 289 1 10.4 232 II�1�7�37=' . �...... ............- . v.-.. I - 1 9 - v"VII- rvNvnvf% r79I I GR1R PM'ML# AIYVI"rVf% VALVCJ AO I F -M0 IMMUAKU %Our. FIGURE 1 lyl;CI`11111�4" milli= FIGURE 3: • • • • ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: � 0 • i • • SABLE NOTES: ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: {DP„�) X \ ANCHOR CAP.....) It ANCHOR CAP.,, `MULLION CAP.., USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL, i- »1.000"-i 7�,d )PRODUCT REVIMb as complyil%with the ftift Building Cade Acceptance No % - /1111111 > N0.58705 t� 3 I EO ��0�• STA ��,�': ��'�••' ••.�tOR10P••'�aa%j�,• At A. LYNN MIL R. P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 Anchor Capacity Table (Ibs) Substrate: 2.7k Concrete 3.6k Cone. I Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood Matas Anchor Type: Anchor Clip Patterns 3110" Elco Ultrecmn 114" Elco Ultrecon 5118" Elco 3116" Ekw Udracon 114" Elco Ulh�n 114" SS Eks 6118' Eloo 114° SS Elco #10 Steel #12 Steil MOW Ultnaaon Aggrecator Umaoon, A0gret3atar Screw (d6) Screw {G7,, Screw(G% Edge Distance on): 1" 2112" In 2112" 3.118" 1" 2112" 1" 2-112" 2" 3.118" 2' 0.48" 0.54" 0.324" Embedment Coy: 1-314" 1-314" 1414" 1-314" r 1-114 1-114" 1-114" 1-114" 1-114 1-114` T 1-318° 1-318° (am note 4) 2 Anchors ® 4.75" Min. O.C. I Standwd Clip ft. 1y: 390 lbs 300 The 450 The 690 lbs 1044 Its 270 lbs 260 Iba 354 lbs 740 Ibs 486 Ibs 664 Ile 1182 [be 328 Ibs 42011s 580 ft 4 Anchors @ 1.18" Min. O.C. I Standard Clip (Fig. 2): 460 Ibs 700 We WA WA WA NIA 360 Iba PYA WA WA NIA NIA 652 ft 840 Ibs 1120 Its 4 Anchors ® 3" Min. O.C.1(2) 2x6 Angle Clips {Ftg. 3): 780 lbs 780 lbs 660 lbs 1660 Iba 18@8 lbs 540 lbs 580 iba WA 780 lbs 038 We Silo Ibs 2354 lbs 862 Ibs 840 lbs 1120 lbs 3 Anchors Q 0.45" Min, O.C. / U -dip, Into 118" Atom. (Fig. 4}: NIA WA PYA NIA NIA WA I NIA WA WA WA WA NIA NIA WA 1074 Ibs 1 Anchor 1 F Clip (Fig. 5r 185 IIs 195 Ibs 226 lbs 445 The 822 Iba 136Ibs 140 the 177 lbs 370 Its 234 Ibs 332 lbs 591 on 1831bs 210 Ibs 280168 2 Anchors @ 1.15" Min. O.C.1 F -Clip {Fig. 0): 240 lbs 350 We WA WA WA WA 190 We WA WA WA WA WA 328 We 420 Ibs 600 The . �...... ............- . v.-.. I - 1 9 - v"VII- rvNvnvf% r79I I GR1R PM'ML# AIYVI"rVf% VALVCJ AO I F -M0 IMMUAKU %Our. FIGURE 1 lyl;CI`11111�4" milli= FIGURE 3: • • • • ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: � 0 • i • • SABLE NOTES: ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: {DP„�) X \ ANCHOR CAP.....) It ANCHOR CAP.,, `MULLION CAP.., USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL, i- »1.000"-i 7�,d )PRODUCT REVIMb as complyil%with the ftift Building Cade Acceptance No % - /1111111 > N0.58705 t� 3 I EO ��0�• STA ��,�': ��'�••' ••.�tOR10P••'�aa%j�,• At A. LYNN MIL R. P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 FIGURE 3: • • • • ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: � 0 • i • • SABLE NOTES: ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: {DP„�) X \ ANCHOR CAP.....) It ANCHOR CAP.,, `MULLION CAP.., USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL, i- »1.000"-i 7�,d )PRODUCT REVIMb as complyil%with the ftift Building Cade Acceptance No % - /1111111 > N0.58705 t� 3 I EO ��0�• STA ��,�': ��'�••' ••.�tOR10P••'�aa%j�,• At A. LYNN MIL R. P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 TABLE 6A Mullion Capacity Table (ibsw) Opening Width (for vertically -spanning mullions) or Opening Height (forhorizonta*spanning muMons) 50 in 60 in 70 do 80 In 90 In 100 In 120 In 140 In 180 In 1 x 4 x .125 Rectangular Loading TMVMjigRectangular Load Loading Trapf7dang. Loading Rectangular Loading TnWlftlang. Rectangular Loading Loading Traptnlang. Rectangular Loading Leading Trapmeng. Rectangular Loading loading Trep/Tdang. Recterrgular Loading Loading TraplTdang. Rectangular Loading Loading TraptTdeng. Rectangular Loading Loading TraptTdang. Loading Alum. Tube Mullion g Filled CMU d g g 2 Anchors @ 4.75" Mtn. O.C. / Standard Glp (Fig.1 ora): 380 lbs 390 lbs 460 Ibs g 1644 Ibs 270 the 280 Ibe :? P a P :P 468 [be 684 lbs 1182 lbs g 420 Ibs 66o lbs 4 Anchors @ 2.25" Min. O.C. / Standard Clip (Fig. 3}: 700 Ibs 700 Ibs 42 M 170.0 620 170.0 435 170.0 744 170.01 478 170.0 888 170.0 508 170.0 992 170.0 519 170.0 1116 170.0 521 170.0 1240 170.0 621 170.0 1488 170.0T7M27 .8 1469 170.0 521[30.1 1489 170.0 521 N/A 48 In 170.0 708 170.0 524 170.0 860 170.0 584 170.0 992 170.0 630 170.0 1133 170.0 061 170.0 1275 170.0 877 158.3 1303 170.0 680 130.3 1303 170.0.7 1303 170.0 880 1303 170.0 680 WA 60.626 In 170.0 747 170.0 583 170.0 896 170.0 631 170.0 1040 170.0 684 170.0 1185 170.0 723 156.1 1235 170.0 747 140.5 1236 170.0 766 117.1 1235 170.0.4 1235 i70.0 758 1235 170.0 768 440 lbs 54 ht 170.0 797 170.0 612 170.0 958 170.0 691 170.0 1116 170.0 754 154.4 1168 170.0 803 137.2 1156 170.0 837 123.5 1158 170.0 856 102.9 1168 170.02 1168 170.0 861 1168 170.0 861 601n 170.0 885 170.0 701 188.7 1042 170.0 797 142;9 1042 181.1 832 125.1 1042 148.7 815 111.2 1042 138.8 801 100.0 1042 130.2 791 83.4 1042 125.1 1042 125.1 782 1042 126.1 782 83 In 170.0 930 170.0 745 167.2 892 163.8 818 129.6 992 144.4 799 113.4 992 131.0 762 100.8 092 121.4 768 90.7 892 114.8 758 76.8 992 108.4 992 108.0 744 992 108.0 744 60 In 165.4 047 170.0 788 137.8 947 148.0 788 118.1 947 130.3 768 103.4 947 117.7 762 91.8 947 108.7 738 82.7 047 102.2 727 68.9 947 96.1 1 947 94.0 711 947 04.0 711 72 in 136.9 848 142.7 737 113.2 849 121.6 722 97.0 849 106.9 708 64.0 848 98.4 890 76.5 849 88.7 688 57.9 849 82.7 675 66.6 849 75.3 849 72.5 852 849 72.4 651 76 In 116.5 762 120.7 SBS 98.3 762 102.8 652 82,5 782 90.0 640 72.2 782 80.9 629 84.2 782 74.2 620 57.8 762 69.2 613 48.1 762 62.8 002 41.3 782 68.8 597 762 59.4 595 781n 108.8 724 111.4 634 89.0 724 94.8 621 76.3 724 82.8 608 66.8 724 74.4 590 59.4 724 68.1 591 53.4 724 63.4 1 583 44.5 724 67.3 573 38.2 724 54.3 587 33.4 724 53.5 686 90 In 68.6 543 71.8 483 58.0 543 60.7 474 40.7 543 82.9 408 43.5 543 47.1 458 38.8 543 42.6 462 34.8 543 39.5 448 29.0 543 34.9 438 24.8 543 32.1 430 21.7 643 30.7 426 g8 in 67.3 478 58.9 427 47.8 478 49.7 410 40.0 476 43.2 412 35.8 478 38.5 408 31.8 478 34.8 400 28.7 478 32.0 386 23.9 478 28.1 388 20.5 478 25.8 380 17.9 478 24.2 376 108 In 40.3 377 41.1 341 33.5 377 34.6 336 28.8 377 30.0 330 26.2 377 28,0 325 22.4 377 24.0 321 20.1 377 22.0 $17 16.8 377 19.0 310 14.4 377 17.1 304 111 In 37.1 357 37.8 323 30.9 357 31.6 318 28.6 367 27.6 313 23.2 367 24.4 308 20.6 367 22.0 306 18.5 367 20.1 301 15.4 357 17.4 294 1201n 29.3 308 29.8 279 24.5 308 25.1 274 21.0 308 21.7 270 18.3 308 19.2 287 18.3 308 17.3 263 144 in 17.0 212 17.2 196 18I�7��37=1 MW r C. rVr% r n¢ vrrx I %,LIF•, Usrc I Mt *AMI ANC;HOk P 1 rem ANU ANCHOR VALUES AS THE STANDARD CLIP. FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: FIGURE 3: • o 11100*0 O•• O LOO Ill O O 0. 0 0 O O• O FIGURE 4: FIGURES: FIGURE 9: • • • • o • • • • • • • O • • • FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: FIGURE 7: ANGLE CLIP (FIGURES 586) MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DPS,) X ( ANCHOR CAP..--) -ANCHOR CAP.,.,. MULLION CAP....,,- USE AP....,,-USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 24 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS ANDIOR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 113-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. --f 1.000" f -- VX4"X.125"MULLION V_ As complying with the Flarill!a Building Code Acceptance No f filpi a Nil" ProdactCa /" %%%%I 11 d /I//,. d' Al r - W v E! 0 N 46 '* ........ ���'t�' •• NSE. T � �r NQ• 58705 IX .-p qt 30 l� Ly z �O�'• S TE OF 125" i ��'•., PCOR10 ONN - A. LYNN MILLER, P.E. FL P.E.# 68705 Anchor Capacity Table (lbs) Anchor CUp Patterns Substrate: 2.7k Concrete 3.6k Corm. Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood Motel Anchor " 5116" Elco 114° SS Elco 5/18" Elco 114" SS Elco 010 Sfed #12 Stall 1112 Steal 3/18 Elco Ultracon 1/4° Elco Uttrarxsn Ultrac on 3116" Etre UlUaoon 14° Elco Ultracan AggireGator Ultracon AggreGator Sta9w (G5) Scr•Ir (G5) S+ara+u (G6) Edge Distance (In): 1" 21/2° 1" 2-112" 3'118" 1" 2-112" i" 2-112" 2" 3-118" 2" 0.48" 0.54" 0.324" Embedment (In): 1.314" 1-3/4" 144" 1 -WV" 2" 1-114" 1-1/4" 1-114" 1414" 1414" 1-114" 2" 1-318° 1-318" (see note 4) 2 Anchors @ 4.75" Mtn. O.C. / Standard Glp (Fig.1 ora): 380 lbs 390 lbs 460 Ibs 890 Ibs 1644 Ibs 270 the 280 Ibe 354 On 740 fln 468 [be 684 lbs 1182 lbs 328 The 420 Ibs 66o lbs 4 Anchors @ 2.25" Min. O.C. / Standard Clip (Fig. 3}: 700 Ibs 700 Ibs 580 The 1410 0x 952 lbs WA 660 IIx NIA 830 Ibs WA 880 lbs WA 652 lbs 840 lbs 112011x 8 Anchors ®1.15" Min O.C, I Standard Gip (Fig. 4): 050 Ibs 1400 lbs WA NIA WA WA 760 Ibs WA WA WA N/A NIA 1304 Ibs 1680 Iba 2240 lbs 4 Anchors Q 3" Min. O.C.1(2) 2x5 Angle Clips (Fig. 6): 6 Anchors @ 3" Min. O.C.1(2) 2x5 Angie Caps (Fig. 6): 780 lbs 1170 Ibs 780 [be 1170 lbs 900Ib8 1020 lbs 1780 Ib9 2340 lbs 3288 Ibs 2844 Ilii 640 9e 810 Ibs 660 Ibs 840 lbs 708 lbs WA 1480 Ibs 1140 lbs 938 lbs 1404 lbs 1328 Ibs 1320 lbs 2364 We 3548 lbs 652 dbs 978 Ibs 840 Ibs 1260 Ibs 1120 lbs 1860 The 4 Anchors ® 0.46 Min. Q.C. I U -Clip, Into 1/8" Alum. (Fig. 7): WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA 1432 Ibs 2 Anchors @ 2.25° Min. O.C. I F421p (Fig. 8): 350 In i 360 Ibs 280 lbs 705 lbs 476 Ibs WA 280 IIx WA 315 Ux 018 440 lbs 0 IS 328 lbs 420 lbs 580 IIx 4 Anchors @ 1.18" Min. O.C. I F -Clip (Ftg. 9): 480 lbs I 700 Ibs WA WA WA WA 380 036 WA NIA WA WA WA 652 lbs 940 Ibs 1120 Ibs MW r C. rVr% r n¢ vrrx I %,LIF•, Usrc I Mt *AMI ANC;HOk P 1 rem ANU ANCHOR VALUES AS THE STANDARD CLIP. FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: FIGURE 3: • o 11100*0 O•• O LOO Ill O O 0. 0 0 O O• O FIGURE 4: FIGURES: FIGURE 9: • • • • o • • • • • • • O • • • FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: FIGURE 7: ANGLE CLIP (FIGURES 586) MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DPS,) X ( ANCHOR CAP..--) -ANCHOR CAP.,.,. MULLION CAP....,,- USE AP....,,-USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 24 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS ANDIOR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 113-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. --f 1.000" f -- VX4"X.125"MULLION V_ As complying with the Flarill!a Building Code Acceptance No f filpi a Nil" ProdactCa /" %%%%I 11 d /I//,. d' Al r - W v E! 0 N 46 '* ........ ���'t�' •• NSE. T � �r NQ• 58705 IX .-p qt 30 l� Ly z �O�'• S TE OF 125" i ��'•., PCOR10 ONN - A. LYNN MILLER, P.E. FL P.E.# 68705 TABLE 7A -1 AtSLIZ lb Anchor Capacity Table (lbs) Substrate: Mullion Capacity Table slit?) 3.6k Cone. Hallow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood Metal Anchor Type: Anchor CIIp Patterns 3N8" Eloo Ultreem 1141 Eloo Ultmem 511W Elco Ultracon 3118° Elco Ultracon 114" Elco Ultracal 1 X 4 X.37$ 50 in Rectangular Tiap/Wang. Loading Loading 80 In Rectangular TraplTdang. Loading Loading Opening Width (tor ver8cally-spanning mulllons) or Opening Height 70 in in 90 In Rectengular TiaplTdang. Rectangular Tmplhiang. Rectangular TraWdeng. Loading Loading Loading Loading Loading Loading (for horizontally -spanning mullions) 100 in 120 In Rectangular Tmp/Tdang. Rectangular Tiap/Triang. Loading Loading Loading Loading 140 In Rectangular Trap/idang. Loading Loading 180 in Rectangular Trap/Triang. Loading Loading Alum. Tube Mullion Aggregator URmcon AggmWor Screw (G6) Screw (GS) Screw (05) Edge Distance (Iny 2 2112° 1" 2-1/2" 3-118" 1" 2-112" 1" 2-1/2" 2" 3-118" r 0148" 0.54" 0.324" Embedment (in): I -W' 13/4" 1314" 143/4" 2" 1-114" 1-114" 1-114" 1-114" 42 in 1170.0 620 170.0 435 170.0 744 170.0 478 170.0 868 170.0 508 170.0 992 170.0 518 170.0 1118 170.0 521 170.0 1240 170.0 621 170.0 1488 170.0 621 170.0 1735 170.0 521 170.0 1963 170.0 621 1120 lbs 48 in 170.0 708 170.0 624 170-0 850 170.0 $84 170.0 992 170.0 830 170.0 1133 170.0 881 170.0 1275 170.0 877 170.0 1417 170,0 Sao 17&0 1700 170.0 880 170.0 1963 170.0 880 161.8 2024 170.0 690 2844 [be 60.826 to 170.0 747 170,0 583 170.0 896 170.0 631 170.0 1046 170.0 884 170.0 1195 170.0 723 170.0 1345 170.0 747 170.0 1484 170.0 750 170.0 1703 170.0 758 158.0 1919 170.0 756 138.5 1919 170.0 768 440 Ib9 54 In 170.0 787 170.0 812 170.0 658 170.0 eel 170.0 1118 170-0 764 170.0 1275 170.0 803 170.0 1434 170.0 837 170,0 1594 170.0 668 159.9 1799 170.0 861 137,1 1789 170.0 861 120.0 1709 170.0 eel 60th 170.0 886 170,0 701 170,0 1063 170.0 797 170.0 1240 170.0 076 170,0 1417 170.0 944 170.0 1694 170.0 998 155.6 1819 170.0 1033 129.8 1619 170.0 1063 111.0 1619 170.0 1063 97.2 1619 170,0 1083 63 In 170.0 030 170.0 745 170.0 1118 170.0 850 170.0 1302 170.0 940 170.0 1488 170.0 1015 168.7 1542 170.0 1076 141.0 1542 170.0 1122 117.5 1542 168.6 1158 100.7 1542 187.8 1157 88.1 1542 187.9 1157 66 In 170.0 974 170.0 769 170,0 1169 170.0 903 170.0 1304 170.0 1002 180.6 1472 170.0 1088 142.8 1472 188,8 1148 128.6 1472 168,8 1130 107.1 1472 147.8 1108 91.8 1472 146.0 1104 80.3 1472 148.0 1104 72 In 170.0 1063 170.0 878 170.0 1275 170.0 1009 160-6 1320 166.2 1101 132.0 1320 149.9 1082 117.3 1320 137.8 1088 106.6 1320 128.6 1049 88.0 9320 117.0 1024 75.4 1320 112.8 1013 88.0 1320 112.5 1012 76 in 170.0 1122 170.0 937 149.8 1184 159.4 1013 128.2 1184 139.9 904 1122 1184 126.7 976 89.7 1184 115,3 984 89.8 1184 107.6 852 74.8 1184 97.6 935 04.1 1184 93.1 927 58.1 1184 92.3 925 70 In 166.1 1124 170.0 967 138.4 1124 147,0 986 118.8 1124 128.8 947 103.E 1124 116,8 031 92.3 1124 105.8 918 03,0 1124 08.5 908 69.2 1124 80.0 890 59.3 1124 84.3 881 51.9 1124 83.2 878 901n 108,1 844 111.5 750 90.1 844 94.3 736 77.2 844 62.1 724 87.8 844 73.3 712 60.1 844 68-5 702 54.0 844 61.4 893 45.0 a44 64.2 678 38.8 844 60.0 668 33.8 844 47.7 882 90 In 89.1 742 91.6 883 74.2 742 77.2 852 63.8 742 87.2 641 66,7 1 742 59.8 631 49.5 742 64.1 822 44.5 742 48,8 614 37.1 742 43.6 600 31.8 742 39.8 $90 27.8 742 37.6 554 108 in U-41 588 83.9 S30 52.1 586 53.8 521 44.7 588 46.8 1 513 39.1 58M41.46005 34.8 588 37.3 498 31.3 588 34.2 492 28.1 668 28,8 481 22.3 586 28.8 472 10.5 see 24.7 488 1111n 57.6 555 68.6 503 48-0 6S5 48.5 495 41,2 655 42.9 487 30.0 5532.0 555 34.2 473 28.8 666 313 487 240 555 271 457 208 S55 243 448 180 442 120 In 45.8 475 46.4 433 38.0 476 39.0 426 32.8 475 33.7 420 28.5 4752b.5 476 28.8 408 22 8 478 246 404 180 476 211 396 783 478 187 387 17.2 381 1A4 in 28.4 330 28,7 305 22 0 330 22,4 301 18.9 330 19.3 297 18.6 330 -1 AtSLIZ lb ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: ) X ! ANCHOR CAP.�,,,r, � = ANCHOR CAP. %MULLION CAP.�,„� USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. FIGURE 1: FIGURIll E 2: FIGURE 3: FIGURE 4: FIGURES: FIGURE 9: TABLE NOTES: • a 0 0 • o o • • 0 Ill 0 • • • • • o • • • 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 • o o • • • • • o • • • 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: FIGURE 7: • ANGLE CLIP (FIGURES 5&6) MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BEA MINIMUM OF. 126" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BEA MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL --•j 1.000° p -- VX 4'X .375" MULLION a - PRODUCT REVISHD as complying with the FWMA Buildibg Code Acceptance No E 'ration#ttate1 f Ir+ By Mi Prodact ti�t1111111//// 101TV 44 i * N0.58705 v1 �� 3oltl LU: i�O'•' ST TE OF 41 . 'i �•' •• FLORIDA •••(j A. LYNN I�IVER,,P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 Anchor Capacity Table (lbs) Substrate: 2.7k Concrete 3.6k Cone. Hallow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood Metal Anchor Type: Anchor CIIp Patterns 3N8" Eloo Ultreem 1141 Eloo Ultmem 511W Elco Ultracon 3118° Elco Ultracon 114" Elco Ultracal 114" SS Elco 5/18" Elco 114"88 Eloo #10 Steel #12 Steil #12 Steel Aggregator URmcon AggmWor Screw (G6) Screw (GS) Screw (05) Edge Distance (Iny V 2112° 1" 2-1/2" 3-118" 1" 2-112" 1" 2-1/2" 2" 3-118" r 0148" 0.54" 0.324" Embedment (in): I -W' 13/4" 1314" 143/4" 2" 1-114" 1-114" 1-114" 1-114" 1-1/4' 1414" 2' 14W 1318" (see note 4) 2 Anchors @ 4.75" Min. O.C. / Standard Cllp (Fig, i or 4 . 380 ilia 390 Ibs 450 lbs 890 lbs 1644 lbs 270 lba 280 lbs 354 lbs 740 Ibs 468 lbs 854 Ibs 1182 lbs 33 On 420 [be 560 lbs 4 Anchors @ 2.26 Min. O.C. / Standard Clip (Fig. 4. 700 lbs 700 Ibs 580 [be 1410 The 952 lbs NIA 660 lbs WA 6301bs NIA 880 Ilia WA 652 Itis 840168 1120 lbs S Anchors @ 1.15" Mtn. O.C. / Standard Clip (Fig. 4): 960 lbs 1400 lbs WA NIA WA NIA 780 The WA WA WA WA WA 1304His 1680 [be 2240 Um 4 And licre @ W Min. O.C. / (2) 2x5 Angle Clips ft. 6j 780 Itis 780 lbs 900 [be 1780 lbs 3288 Ibs 540 lbs 580 lbs 708 Itis 148003s 938 On 132E We 2384 lbs 852 --ft- 840 Me 1120 Itis 6 Anchors @ 3' Min. O.C. 1(2) 2x5 Angle Clips (Fig. 4 1170 Ilia 1170 Ilia 1020 Me 2340 lbs 2844 [be 810 [be 840 113a NIA 1140 lbs 1404 Pas 1320 Ibs 3548 Ili 978 I� 1280 !lis 1680 IIS 4 Anchors @ 0.45 Min. O.C. / U -01p, Into 1/8" Alum. ft 7r WA NIA NIA WA WA NIA NIA WA WA NIA WA WA NIA WA 1432 1 b 2 Anchors 2 26" Min O.C. / F Glp (Fig. 8): 350 Ibs 360 !be 290 Ilia 705 !Ire 478 Ilia WA 2801 WA Sib ilia 0 (lis 440 Ib9 a rbe 328 Ibs 420 Ibs 680 lbs 4 AncFrore @ 1.16' Min. Q.C. / F -Clip (Fig. 9} 480 lbs 700 lbs WA NIA WA WA 3801 WA WA WA NIA WA 852168 8401be 712011x NOTE: FOR THE OFFSET CLIP_ USE THE RAMP ANr.14M 0AT7T;12A1 AArM Anrrunu vAr r nee Ae rue 0rAkrnanr. 04 e ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: ) X ! ANCHOR CAP.�,,,r, � = ANCHOR CAP. %MULLION CAP.�,„� USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. FIGURE 1: FIGURIll E 2: FIGURE 3: FIGURE 4: FIGURES: FIGURE 9: TABLE NOTES: • a 0 0 • o o • • 0 Ill 0 • • • • • o • • • 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 • o o • • • • • o • • • 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: FIGURE 7: • ANGLE CLIP (FIGURES 5&6) MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BEA MINIMUM OF. 126" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BEA MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL --•j 1.000° p -- VX 4'X .375" MULLION a - PRODUCT REVISHD as complying with the FWMA Buildibg Code Acceptance No E 'ration#ttate1 f Ir+ By Mi Prodact ti�t1111111//// 101TV 44 i * N0.58705 v1 �� 3oltl LU: i�O'•' ST TE OF 41 . 'i �•' •• FLORIDA •••(j A. LYNN I�IVER,,P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 TABLE M Mullion Capacity TableIbeHe Opening Width (for verfjcaliy-spanning mullions) or Opening Height (for horizontaIVspanning mullions) 60 In 60 In 70 In 80 In 90 in 100 In 120 In 140 In 180 in 9.26" x 3.188" x Rectangular Loading TmWdang. Rectangular Loading Loading Trap/Titang. Rectangular Loading Loading Tiap/Tdana, Rectangular Loading Loading Trap/rdang, Rectangular Loading Loading Va dg an Rectarlguler LoadingLoading Tra ria Rectangular Loading Loading T Rectangular tang Loading Loading T p/Tdang. Rectangular Loading Loading Tlrap/Tdang. Loading .265" Alum Tube MUD 2.7k Concrete 3.5k Conc. 8 a ci Filled CMU PT Wood Metal Anchor Type: Anchor Clip Patterns Anchor 3/18° Elco Macon IW Efoo Ultracon 6M6' Elco SMB° Elcoltrecon U" 1/4 Elco Ultracon 114" SS EIcO 6/18" Elco 114" SS Edco 010 Steel /12 Steel 012 Steel 42 In 170.0 620 170.0 435 170.0 744 170.0 478 170.0 888 170.0 508 170.0 992 170.0 619 170.0 1116 170.0 521 170.0 1240 170.0 521 170.0 1486 170.0 521 170.0 1736 170.0 521 151.6 1768 170.0 621 2" 48 in 170.0 708 170.0 524 170.0 850 170.0 684 170,0 992 170.0 630 170.0 1133 170.0 881 170.0 1276 170.0 677 170.0 1417 170.0 880 154.8 1548 170.0 880 132.7 1548 170.0 880 118.1 1548 170.0 880 380 Ibs 50.825 In 170,0 747 170.0 563 170.0 898 170.0 831 170.0 1048 170.0 884 170.0 1195 170.0 723 170.0 1346 170.0 747 187.0 1488 170.0 768 139.2 1488 170.0 768 119.3 1488 170.0 758 104.4 1486 170.0 758 WA 641n 170.0 707 170.0 612 170.0 968 170,0 691 170.0 1118 170.0 754 170.0 1275 170.0 803 163.1 1376 170.0 637 148.8 1378 170.0 855 122.3 1378 170.0 861 104.8 1378 170.0 eel 91.7 1376 170.0 889 WA 60 In 170.0 885 170.0 701 170.0 1083 170.0 797 166.8 1168 170.0 878 139.0 1168 167A 030 123.8 1158 168.8 918 111.2 1168 160.0 912 92.7 1158 144.8 905 79.4 1158 144.8 905 69.5 1158 144.8 906 234 lbs 631n 170.0 930 170.0 745 160.1 1051 170.0 860 137.2 1061 155.9 802 120.1 1051 142.0 848 106.7 1061 132,3 637 98.1 1061 125.7 830 80.1 1051 119.5 822 88.8 1051 119.1 821 60.0 1051 119.1 821 t 66 In 167.1 957 170.0 769 139,3 957 151.8 805 119.4 957 134.0 790 104.4 967 121.6 777 92.8 957 112.8 787 63.8 967 106.8 789 69.8 087 100.0 780 69.7 857 98.9 746 62.2 067 98.9 748 C721n 128.7 804 136.2 698 107.3 804 118.2 684 91.8 804 101.3 671 80.4 804 91A 880 71.5 804 64.1 850 84A 804 78.8 843 53.8 804 72.3 633 46.0 804 89.9 829 40.2 804 89.8 628 78 In 109,4 722 114.4 830 91.2 722 97.2 815 78.2 722 85.3 806 68.4 722 78.7 698 60.8 722 70.3 586 64.7 722 86.6 580 45.6 722 59.5 570 39.1 722 56.7 585 34.2 722 58,2 564 70 In 101.2 886 105.8 800 04.4 885 89.8 686 72.3 885 78.6 $77 63.3 885 70.5 666 68.2 685 84.6 560 60.8 685 60.1 653 42.2 686 54.3 643 38.2 685 51.4 537 31.8 686 50.7 638 90 In 65.9 515 68.0 457 64.9 515 67.5 449 47.1 515 50.1 441 41.2 515 44.7 434 38.8 516 40.8 428 33.0 515 37.4 422 27.5 616 33.1 413 23.5 616 30.6 407 20.6 616 29.1 404 06 in 64.3 463 86.8 404 45.3 453 47.1 397 38.8 463 41.0 391 33.9 463 38.4 306 30.2 453 33.0 979 27,2 463 30.4 22.8 463 20.6 968 18.4 463 24.3 380 17.0 453 22 9 358 108 in 38.1 368 30.0 323 31.6 368 32.8 318 27.2 358 26.4 313 23.8 358 26.2 308 21.2 358 22 7 304 19.1 358 20.8 16.9 3 68 18.0 203 1111n 35.1 338 35.8 308 20.3 336 30.1 301 25.1 338 28.1 207 22.0 338 23.2 293 19.5 338 20.9 289 17.0 338 19.1 d286 120 In 27.8 2!80fl 23.3 204 23.2 290 23.8 260 19.9 290 20.8 268 17.4 290 18.2 263 15.4 290 16.4 249 144 In 18.1 201 1 16.3j_186 1 ABLE 435 •.- • �• • .... ...� - v - . v-„ , w� . r,� vr%,r,c nivvnvrt rn I r r-rav /i1V6F 1`U'A%0 VM VALVr-0 140 1 rIt 31 ANUAKU GLI'. FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: wim Anchor Capacity Table ([be) Substrate: 2.7k Concrete 3.5k Conc. Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood Metal Anchor Type: Anchor Clip Patterns Anchor 3/18° Elco Macon IW Efoo Ultracon 6M6' Elco SMB° Elcoltrecon U" 1/4 Elco Ultracon 114" SS EIcO 6/18" Elco 114" SS Edco 010 Steel /12 Steel 012 Steel AggreOator Ulirecon AgpreGator Screw (06) Sarew (06) Sorow (Q8) Edge Distance pn): 1" 211Sp' 1' 2-112° 3-116° 1" 21/2" 1' 21/2" 2" 3.11W 2" 0AW 0.64"0.324?' Embedment pnr 1-wV 1-3/4' 1-3/4" 1-V4 2' 1-114' 1.1/4" 1.1/4' 14/4" 1-1/4" 1-114 2" 1-318" 144 (am mote 4) 2 Anchors ® 4.76" Min O.C. / Standard Clip (Fig. V. 390 On 380 Ibs 450 lbs 690116 1644 Ib6 270 Its 280 Ibs 354 Ibs 740 IIx; 468 lbs 804 Ibs 1182116 328 lbs 420 lbs 680 lbs 4 Anchors @ 1.16" Min. O.C. / Standard Clip (FIg. 2): 460 We 700 The WA WA WA WA 380 Ibs WA WA WA WA N/A 652 0s 840 Ibs 1120 IM 4 Anchors ® 3" Mln. O.C. 1(2) 2x6 AW9 Cops (Fig. 3}: 780 Ibs Mite e80 Ibs 1660 Ibs 1898 Ibs 640 Ibs 680 It WA 760 Ibs 936 Its 880 Ibs 2384 Ibs 862 Ibs 840 Ibs 1120 Ibs 4 An:hm ® 0.45" Min. O.C. I U•Clip, Into 116' Alum. (Fig. 4g WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA 1432 Ibs 1 Anchor/ F•COp (Fig. Isyl 195 lbs 195116 225 [be 445 Ibs 822 Ibs 136 Its 140116 177 IKj 370 [be 234 lbs 332 1b, 591 Ibs 183 Ibs 2101bs 280116 2 Anchors ®1.16" Min. O.C. / F -Clip (Fig. ft1l AIATt. CAr•J •rLc AL-rl. F•7• Al Iw 240 8s 1 � �� � 350 [be �� WA � � WA �� WA __ _ _ _- WA _- _ _ _- 190 Ibs _ - - _ _ WA I N/A WA WA WA 328 [be 420 We 680 Its •.- • �• • .... ...� - v - . v-„ , w� . r,� vr%,r,c nivvnvrt rn I r r-rav /i1V6F 1`U'A%0 VM VALVr-0 140 1 rIt 31 ANUAKU GLI'. FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: FIGURE 3: ANGLE . • • • CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: • • O . • • • TABLE NOTES: ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP„„) X / ANCHOR CAP.,„*,, ) -ANCHOR CAP.,, `MULLION CAP. % USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE °ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20, ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6083-T6 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .046" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. 1.25'X 3.188" X .285" MULLION (1-11C VF MULLION) N PRODucr REVISED a6 complyiq with the Florida Building Code Acceptance No iafratio lRate By B ade Preduct ��y111111/// 0•'��GENSE • ' �F'Q '/moi N0.58705 _V • a t4 3 It LU ��� •• ST TEOF ��� '••.FLORIOP'••�G.��� A. LYNN Nil' 94, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 wim FIGURE 3: ANGLE . • • • CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. FIGURE 4: FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: • • O . • • • TABLE NOTES: ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP„„) X / ANCHOR CAP.,„*,, ) -ANCHOR CAP.,, `MULLION CAP. % USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE °ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20, ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6083-T6 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .046" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. 1.25'X 3.188" X .285" MULLION (1-11C VF MULLION) N PRODucr REVISED a6 complyiq with the Florida Building Code Acceptance No iafratio lRate By B ade Preduct ��y111111/// 0•'��GENSE • ' �F'Q '/moi N0.58705 _V • a t4 3 It LU ��� •• ST TEOF ��� '••.FLORIOP'••�G.��� A. LYNN Nil' 94, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 TABLE 9A I /A 3LC Ub Anchor Capacity Table pbs) Substrate Mullion Ca acl TableIbs/ft� 3.5k Conc. Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Wool Metal Abhor Clip Patterns �� EYP@: 3/781 Ekro Ultracort V4° Elco lHtreCorn 5118" Elco X98 Elco Ullacal 1/4' Elco Ultr�on 1/4' SS Eloo 6118" Elco 1/4" SS Elco 010 Steel 812 Steel +512,9tee1 p UtU&con Opening Width (foraer6cally spanmlg mullions) or Opening Height (for horizontally -spanning mui6ons) A ggreGator Ultrecon AggreGator Screw (G5) SCON (05) SGMW (05) Edge Distance pn): 1" 2 1l2° 1" 2-1f2° 3.1/8" 50 In 2-11/r 1° 60 in r 3-118" 70 in 0.48° 0.54° 8o In Embedment pn): -or-:b-: 114 90 In 1-W 100 In r 1-V4' 120 M 1.114 1-1/4 140 In 1-114° 2' 180 in 1-318' 2 X 4 x .25 Recta War Loading Trap/Triang. Loading Rectangular Loading TrapMang. Loading Rectangular Loading Tmp/Tfiang. Loading Rectangular Loading Trap/Tdera Loading Rectangular Loading Trap/Tdang. Loading Rectangular Loading Trap/Tdang. Loading Rectangular Loading TraprWang. Loading Rectangular Loading Tiap/Tdog. Loading Rectangular Loadhg T1apf1'riang. Loading Alum. Tube Mullion 630 Iba 1485 We 1424 gra IIA 580 [be rc 095 lbs oro 880 lbs a 852 lis dad �GGaG� 6 Anohora ®1.71' Min. Q.C.1 Standard Clip (Fig. 4): 81 lbs 0501 75811% 1848 lbs WA WA 705 Ills WA 799 lbs WA WA WA e78 lbs 1280 lbs 1860 gs 4 Anctim @ W WrL O.C.1(2) 2x5 Angle Clips (Fig. 5): 170.0 621 170.0 1983 170.0 oro 521 6801103 421n 170.01 620 170.0 1 438 170.0 744 170.0 476 170.0 888 170.0 608 170.0 992 170.0 518 170.0 1118 170.0 521 170.0 1240 170.0 821 170.0 1488 170.0 521 170.0 1735 81 lbs 48 in 170.0 708 170.0 624 170.0 850 170.0 584 170.0 902 170.0 630 170.0 1133 170.0 861 170.0 1276 170.0 677 170.0 1417 170.01 680 170.0 1700 170.0 860 170.0 1983 170.01 680 170.0 2267 170.0 680 WA 50.826 in 170.0 747 170.0 583 170.0 898 170.0 631 170.0 1048 170.0 884 170.0 11W 170.0 123 170.0 1345 170.0 747 170.0 1494 170.0 756 170.0 1793 170.0 768 170.0 2002 170.0 758 170.0 2391 170.0 768 541n 170.0 797 170.0 612 170.0 966 170.0 881 170.0 1116 170.0 754 170.0 1275 170.0 803 170.0 1434 170.0 837 170.0 1594 170.0 868 170.0 1913 170.0 881 170.0 2231 170.0 881 170.0 2660 170.0 681 501n 170,0 1 885 170.0 1 701 170.0 1083 170.0 707 170.0 11240 1 170.0 878 170.0 1417 170.01 944 170.0 1594 1170.0 998 170.01 1771 170,0 1033 11170.0 21261 170.0 1083 170.0 2479 170.0 1083 180.0 26801 170.0 1063 631n 170.0 930 170.0 745 170.0 1116 170.0 850 170.0 1302 1 170.0 940 170.0 1488 170.0 1016 170.0 1873 170.0 1076 170.0 18W 170.0 1122 170.0 2231 170.0 1169 166.7 2553 170.0 1171 145.9 26M 170.0 1171 W In 170.0 974 170.0 789 170.0 1189 170.0 903 170.0 1384 170.0 1002 170.0 1658 170.0 1088 170.0 1763 170.0 1156 170.0 1848 170.0 1210 170.0 2338 170.0 1276 151.9 2437 170.01 1285 132.8 2437 170.0 1288 CC 72 in 170.0 1063 170.0 678 170.0 1275 170.0 1000 170.0 1488 170.0 1128 170.0 1700 170.0 1228 170.0 1813 170.0 1315 170.0 2126 170.0 1387 145.8 2184 170.0 1488 124.8 2184 170.0 1629 108.2 2184 170.0 1530 'J 0 76 in 170.0 1122 170.0 1.837 170.0 1346 170.0 1080 170.0 1670 170.0 1. 1209 170.0 1794 170.0 1322 165.1 1880 170.0 1421 148.8 1960 170.0 1506 123.8 1980 161.6 1648 108.1 1959 154.0 1536 92.9 1850 152.7 1531 re 781n 170.0 1161 170.0 957 170.0 1381 170.0 1116 170.0 1611 170.0 1260 170.0 1842 170.0 1369 162.7 1851 170.0 1474 137.4 1881 1 183.1 1500 114.5 1881 147.3 1473 98.2 1861 139.8 1458 86.8 1881 137.8 1454 90 In 170.0 1328 170.0 1144 149.1 1398 168.0 1219 127.8 1398 136.0 1198 111.8 1398 121.3 1179 09.4 1398 110.2 1162 89.6 1398 101.6 1147 74.5 1398 69.8 1122 83.9 1398 82.7 1105 65.9 1398 78.9 1088 961n 147.4 1229 161.5 1088 122,9 1220 127.8 1078 105.3 1229 111.2 1081r92Z1228 98.9 1044 81.8 1220 89.6 1029 73.7 1229 82.4 1018 61.4 1228 72.2 983 62.7 1220 86.9 977 48.1 1228 62.1 987 1081n 103.5 071 105.8 877 86.3 871 89.0 862 74.0 971 77.2 B49 971 86.4 637 57.5 971 81.8 826 51.8 971 68.5 815 43.1 971 48.0 708 37.0 971 44.0 782 32.4 071 40.8 771 1111n 95.4 918 97.3 832 78.5 919 81.9 818 68.1 918 70.9 808919 62.9 794 63.0 919 58.7 784 47.7 919 51.6 774 39.7 819 44.8 769 34.1 919 40.2 742 29.8 919 37.1 732 12019 76.6 788 76.8 716 82 9 768 64.6 706 63.8 758 65.8 895 47.2 788 40.4 886 41.0 768 44.4 677 37.7 788 40.5 688 31.6 788 34.9 863 27.0 788 31.0 841 23.8 788 26.4 631 1441n 43.7 548 44.2 604 38.4 648 37.0 498 31.2 648 31.8 401 27.3 546 28.2 465 24.3 848 25.3 479 21.8 648 22.9 474 18.2 548 19.5 464 15.6 840 17.2 456 13.7 546 15.5 448 I /A 3LC Ub ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP,,,) X f, ANCHOR CAP.,",,,,,,,,,\ =ANCHOR CAP.., %MULUON CAP.,,,,,,„ USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT 1S LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. CIRCLED VALUES ARE USED IN THE EXAMPLE ON SHEET 21. FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: FIGURE 3: FIGURE 4: • or 0 0 10-10. Lo ! o o • • o o • TABLE NOTES: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • o o •1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2.4 FOR O oo • • oo • • oa • GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. FiGUF 5: FiGURE 6: 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY • • • ! BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED W THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON # • SHEETS 18-20. FIGURE 7: FIGURE 8: FIGURE 9: FIGURE 10: ANGLE CUP 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT o • • • o o • o o • (FIGURES 586) (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-80. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. • o • • o o a o a • MUST BE USED ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6083-T5 AND BEA MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BEA MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045' THICK (18 IN PAIRS. GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW o • • • o o • o o • THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. 2" X 4° X .25" M[ULL10N iY tODUCT REVISED complying with the Flotift didifig Code :centaace No 11-DgVA ,.xIIIIIlt)-/-, LYNN 1 •, No. 58705 T 0W�z t 3 11 ' w ��O '• STA E O ' , i T•�'•. fiCOR10�'•'•• •, A. LYNN) MILL' R, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 Anchor Capacity Table pbs) Substrate 2.7k 0MOM a 3.5k Conc. Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Wool Metal Abhor Clip Patterns �� EYP@: 3/781 Ekro Ultracort V4° Elco lHtreCorn 5118" Elco X98 Elco Ullacal 1/4' Elco Ultr�on 1/4' SS Eloo 6118" Elco 1/4" SS Elco 010 Steel 812 Steel +512,9tee1 p UtU&con A ggreGator Ultrecon AggreGator Screw (G5) SCON (05) SGMW (05) Edge Distance pn): 1" 2 1l2° 1" 2-1f2° 3.1/8" 9" 2-11/r 1° 2-1/2° r 3-118" 2° 0.48° 0.54° 0.324" Embedment pn): -or-:b-: 114 1-3/4" 1-W 1-W r 1-V4' 1-1/4' 1.114 1-1/4 1-1/4" 1-114° 2' VW 1-318' (am note 4) 2 Anchore ® 4.75" Min. O.C. / Stenrsrd 5 p (F1g. 1 300 lbs 396 Ube 45016% 890 [be 1644 ibs 270 Its 280 Ws 354 lbs 740 lbs 4681bs M41ba 1182 lbs 328 Iba -42Dft M lbs 4 Anchors @ 2.88" Mn. O.C. / Standard Clip (Fig. 3): 740 lbs 740 ft 630 Iba 1485 We 1424 gra IIA 580 [be WA 095 lbs WA 880 lbs WA 852 lis 840 gs 1120 gs 6 Anohora ®1.71' Min. Q.C.1 Standard Clip (Fig. 4): 81 lbs 0501 75811% 1848 lbs WA WA 705 Ills WA 799 lbs WA WA WA e78 lbs 1280 lbs 1860 gs 4 Anctim @ W WrL O.C.1(2) 2x5 Angle Clips (Fig. 5): 780 [be Ibs 680 Iba 1860 Ibs 1896 Ins C540 1160 6801103 WA 780 lbs ON lbs 880 Ibs 2384 lbs 652 lbs 840 Ibs 1120 gs 6 Anchom Q 3" Mtn. O.C. / (2) 2x5 Angle (lips (Fig. 0. 1170 fix 1170 The 1020 lbs 2340 lbs 2844 ibe 81 lbs 840 Ibs WA 1140 Ibs 1404 lbs 1320 lbs 3546 gs 978 lbs 1260 lbs 1680 lbs 3 Anctwrs ®1.34" Min, O.C. / U-CgR Into 118" Aium. (Fig. 7): WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA 074 i 6 Anchors Q 0.84" Min. O.C. / U -0p, into V8" Alum (Fig. 8): WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WAWA WA WA WA WA WA 21 Ibs 2 Anchors @ 2.68" Min. O.C. / F-Cgp (Fig. 9): 370 IIs 370 rm 3161 743 Ib@ 712 tbs WA 280 Its WA A 440 lbs WA 328-- 28 gs 420 Its 580 I� 3 Anchors.@ 1.714 Min. O.C. / F -011p (Fig. 10} 390 lbs 390lbs 340 be 780 Its Me lbs 2701bs 2a0 W WA E34b%L4]W Solbslbs I 440 Ibe I118216% 3� 168 420 ins li60 Ibs ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP,,,) X f, ANCHOR CAP.,",,,,,,,,,\ =ANCHOR CAP.., %MULUON CAP.,,,,,,„ USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT 1S LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. CIRCLED VALUES ARE USED IN THE EXAMPLE ON SHEET 21. FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: FIGURE 3: FIGURE 4: • or 0 0 10-10. Lo ! o o • • o o • TABLE NOTES: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 • o o •1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2.4 FOR O oo • • oo • • oa • GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. FiGUF 5: FiGURE 6: 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY • • • ! BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED W THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON # • SHEETS 18-20. FIGURE 7: FIGURE 8: FIGURE 9: FIGURE 10: ANGLE CUP 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT o • • • o o • o o • (FIGURES 586) (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-80. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. • o • • o o a o a • MUST BE USED ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6083-T5 AND BEA MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BEA MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045' THICK (18 IN PAIRS. GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW o • • • o o • o o • THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. 2" X 4° X .25" M[ULL10N iY tODUCT REVISED complying with the Flotift didifig Code :centaace No 11-DgVA ,.xIIIIIlt)-/-, LYNN 1 •, No. 58705 T 0W�z t 3 11 ' w ��O '• STA E O ' , i T•�'•. fiCOR10�'•'•• •, A. LYNN) MILL' R, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 TABLE 10A Murton Capacilly Table (lbs/fIl Opening Width (forverdesi -spanning mulfions) or Opening Height (for horizontally -spanning mullions) Anchor Capacity Table (Ill 50 in 80 in 70 in11 80 In 90 In 100 in 120 In 140 in 160 In 2 x 6x.25 Rectangular Loading TrapfMang. Rectangular Loading Loading Trap/Mang. Loading Rectangular Loading TrawMang. Rectangular Locating Loading TrapfMang. Rectangular Loading Loading Trap/Mang. Loading Rectangular Loading Trap/Triang. Rectangular Loading Loading TrapfMang. Loading RWar Loading TraplTdeng. Rectangular Loading ll Trap/Triang. Loading Alum. Tube Mullion � '� ` TF C7 � ii' �� � V � G � � C7 c •� � � V �• V V G � � � •�� U � U b1R � 0 V G � C7 � G � U � L L ,�' t7 .�Zi V V � si V c � � �` C� � G 8' V •sin V c V G7 � '3 G7 G >� 8' WA 42 In 170.0 620 170.0 435 170.0 744 170.0 478 170.0 868 170.0 508 170.0 992 170.0 519 170.0 1116 170,0 621 170.0 1240 170.0 521 170.0 1488 170.0 521 170.0 1735 170.0 521 170.0 9883 170.0 521 1120 lbs 48 in 170.0 708 170.0 524 170.0 850 170.0 584 170.0 982 170,0 830 170.0 1133 170.0 651 170.0 1275 170.0 677 170.0 1417 170.0 680 170.0 1700 170.0 680 170.0 1983 170.0 890 170.0 2267 170.0 680 WA 60.625 In 170.0 747 170.0 563 170.0 898 170.0 831 170.0 1048 170.0 884 170.0 1165 170,0 723 170.0 1345 170.0 747 170.0 9494 170.0 756 170.0 1793 170.0 768 170.0 2092 170.0 756 170.0 2391 170.0 756 WA 64 in 170.0 797 170.0 612 170.0 858 170.0 891 170.0 1918 170.0 754 170.0 1275 170.0 803 170.0 1434 170.0 937 170.0 1594 170.0 868 170.0 1913 170.0 881 170.0 2231 170.0 881 170.0 2550 170.0 881 890 Ibs 80 In 170.0 685 170.0 709 170,0 1063 970.0 787 170.0 1240 170.0 878 170.0 1417 170.0 944 170.0 1594 17MO 998 170.0 1771 170.0 1033 170.0 2125 170.0 1083 170.0 2479 170.0 1083 170.0 2833 170.0 1083 WA 63 In 170.0 9W 170.0 745 170.0 1118 170.0 850 170.0 1302 170.0 940 170.0 1488 170.0 1015 170.0 1873 170.0 1078 170.0 1868 170.0 1122 170.0 2231 170.0 1189 170.0 2803 170.0 1171 170.0 2975 170.0 1171 S 08 In 170.0 974 170.0 788 170.0 11W 170.0 903 170.0 1384 170.0 1002 170.0 1558 170.0 1080 170.0 1753 170.0 1165 170.0 1848 170.0 1210 170.0 2338 170.0 1275 170.0 2727 170.0 1286 170.0 3117 170.0 12BB 72 In 170.0 1083 170,0 878 170.0 1275 170.0 1009 170.0 1488 170.0 1928 170.0 1700 170.0 9228 170.0 1913 170.0 1315 170.0 2125 170.0 1387 170.0 2580 170,0 1488 170.0 2975 170.0 1529 170,0 34W 170.0 1630 0 9 78 In.h 970.0 1122 170.0 937 170.0 1346 170.0 1090 170.0 1570 170.0 1209 170.0 1784 170,0 1322 170.0 2019 170.0 1421 170.0 2243 170.0 1505 170.0 2892 170,0 1629 170.0 3140 170.0 1694 170.0 3589 170.0 1705 rB 78 In 170.0 1151 170.0 967 170.0 1361 17MO 1118 170.0 1811 170.0 1250 170.0 1842 170.0 1369 170.0 2072 170.0 1474 170.0 2302 170.0 1584 170.0 2763 170.0 1700 170.0 3223 170.0 1777 170.0 3883 170,0 1796 00 In 170.0 1328 170.0 1144 170.0 1594 170.0 1328 170.0 1859 170.0 1498 170.0 2125 170.0 1853 170.0 2391 170.0 1793 170.0 2956 170.0 1918 110.0 3188 170.0 2125 INA 3413 170.0 2273 138.6 3413 170.0 2381 961n 170.0 1417 170.0 1232 170.0 1700 170.0 1434 170.0 1983 170.0 1822 170.0 2287 170.0 1794 170.0 2550 170.0 1952 170.0 2833 170.0 2095 180.0 3199 170.0 2336 137.1 3199 966.6 2470 12D.0 3199 159.1 2428 1081n 170.0 1594 170.0 1409 170.0 1913 170.0 1847 1 170.0 1 2231 170.0 1670 170.0 1 2550 170.0 2078 164.8 2761 170.0 2271 1 140.31 2781 1 181.9 2333 123,8 2781 140.4 2281 105.8 2781 125.9 2234 927 2781 116.0 2190 ' 191 In 17MO I 1838 170.0 1454 170.0 1988 170.0 1700 170.0 2293 170.0 1932 170.0 2621 170.0 2149 151.8 2632 162.3 2245 138.6 2832 148.4 2218 113.8 2832 128.4 2188 87,8 2832 11b.1 2928 85.4 2832 108.3 2098 120 In 170.0 1771 170.0 1588 170.0 2125 170.0 1859 154.4 2252 159.9 1991 135.1 2252 141.4 1984 120.1 2252 127.2 9898 109.1 2282 118.1 1995 90.1 2252 89.8 7872 77.2 2282 88 9 1838 87.8 2252 81.4 1806 144 in 925.1 1584 1288 1445 904.3 1584 108.1 1426 Be.4 1584 81.5 9407 782 1884 80.7 1390 89.B 1594 72.3 1373 82.6 9584 85.7 9358 52.1 1594 88.0 1330 44.7 1584 49.2 1SOb 39.1 1584 44.4 1283 TABLE 1OB FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: FIGURE 3: FIGURE 4: FIGURE 8: FIGURE 9: FIGURE 10: FIGURE 11: • oo O • oo • • oro • • 00 • 00 so • 00 • 00 O oo O O oo O O 00 O • oo • •o •• O oe • 00 0 00 O 0 00 0 0 00 0 • 00 • o• •• 0 00 • 00 O 00 • O 0o O • 110o • • j10o -01 110o •• 16 11001 1* 11001 FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: FIGURE 7: ANGLE • • • • • • • • CUP (FIGURES Is • Is • • • • • 5-7) MUST BE • • • • • • • • USED IN PAIRS. TABLE NOTES: ANUMLIK GAPAW 1 T AUJUD 1 MCN f POK1111 A: (Dp ) X \ - ANCHOR CAP.....\ MULLION _ANCHOR GAP.,,, . CAP USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18.20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BEA MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045' THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. 1----2.000"--1 2"X6'X.25" MULLION 's r s PRODUCT REVLSL'R as complying with the Florida Building Code t Acceptance No Ex Miami ads product Poo RA �'t��•'��GENS,F •,'��'F' '�: No, saTos r0 o �( Lu ��0•�• ATE 01 S I ;ON A A. LYNN N�LR, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 Anchor Capacity Table (Ill Substrate: Anchor Type: Anchor C Pattem9 �p Edge Distance (Inp Embedment (In): 2 Anchors @ 4.75" Min. O.C. / Steii and Clip (Fig. 1 of 2r 2.7k Concrete 3118" Elco Ullman 1/4" Elco Ulbecon 1" 2-1/2' 1" 2-12" 1-3/4" 13/4" 1-314" 13/4" 390 Ib8 390 Ifs 450 to 880 The 3.5k Canc. 6118" Elco UAracan 3-1/8" 2' 1644 heti 3/18° Elco Uitracon 1" 2-1/2" 1-1/4" 1-9/4" 270 lbs MO- Ibs Hollow CMU 114" Elco Ultraracn 1- 2-1/2" 1-114" 1-U4" 364 lbs 7401bs 1/4" SS Elco 5118" Elco A ggreGetar Ultraran 2' 3-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" 488 Iba 664 lba Filled CMU 114" SS Elea A ggreGator 2° 2" 1182 Ibs PT Wood Metal 010 Steel 1112 Steel 012 Steel Screw (06) Screw (G5) Screw (05) 0.46" 0.64" 0.324" 1318" 1-3W face note 4) 3281bs 420 lbs 660 Ibs- 4 Anchors Q 4.88" Min. O.C. / Standard COP (Fig. 3$ 780 lbs M lits 900 Ibs 1780 lbs 3084 Ore 5400)3 560 lbs 708 lbs 1460 ft 938 lbs 1104 lbs 2384 lbs 662 The 840 lbs 1120 We 8 Anchors @ 1.71" Min. O.C. / Standard Clip (Fig. 0 1180 The 1400 Ib8 1010 Ola 2695 lbs WA WA 940 lbs WA 1065 Ox WA WA N/A 13041)s 1860 Ibs 2240 Ibs 4 Anchors Q 3' Min. D.C. / (2) 2x6 Angle Cops (Fig. 5N 780 Ara 780 A• "00 Ib s 1650 An 1896 Ill 640 lbs 660 lbs WA 780 [be gum Sao lbs 2364 lbs 662 lbs 840 Ill 1120 lbs 8 Anchors (ij 3" Min. O.C. / (2) 2x5 Angle Clips (Fig. 8y 1580 lbs 1680 Ibs IND lbs 312D lbs 3782 Ibs 1080 Bre 1120 lbs WA 1520 lbs 1672 Ill 1760 The 4728 ft 1304 Its 1880 lbs 2240 lbs 92 Anchors @ 1.6" Min. O.C. / (2) 2x5 Angle Clips (Fig. 7): 1680 ft 2100 Ib8 1440 The 3780 lbs WA WA 1320 lbs WA 16001ba WA WA NIA 1958 Ill 2520 lbs 3360 Bis 4 Anchors Q 1.34" Min. O.C. / LWAP, Into 118" Alum. (Fig. 8$ N/A NIA WA WA WA WA N/A WA N/A N/A WA WA WA NIA 1432 W 8 Anchors @ 0.64" Min. O.C. / U -01p, Into 1Alum. (Fig. 9� /8" WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA WA 28N We 2 Anchors (g? 4.66" Mtn. O.C. / F-Cllp (Fig. Illy 390 lbs 390 IFs 460 lbs 890 Ibs 1532Ibs 270 Ibs 280 lbs 364 lbs 740 The 488 On 662 The 1182 Ibs 328 o -m 420 lbs 680 Ibs 4 Anchors ®1.71" Min. O.C. I F -Clip (FIV. 11): 590 lbs 1 700 lbs 505 lbs 1288 lbs NIA WA 470 lbs WA 533 lbs I WA WA WA 862 Ibs 840 Asa 1120 lbs FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: FIGURE 3: FIGURE 4: FIGURE 8: FIGURE 9: FIGURE 10: FIGURE 11: • oo O • oo • • oro • • 00 • 00 so • 00 • 00 O oo O O oo O O 00 O • oo • •o •• O oe • 00 0 00 O 0 00 0 0 00 0 • 00 • o• •• 0 00 • 00 O 00 • O 0o O • 110o • • j10o -01 110o •• 16 11001 1* 11001 FIGURE 5: FIGURE 6: FIGURE 7: ANGLE • • • • • • • • CUP (FIGURES Is • Is • • • • • 5-7) MUST BE • • • • • • • • USED IN PAIRS. TABLE NOTES: ANUMLIK GAPAW 1 T AUJUD 1 MCN f POK1111 A: (Dp ) X \ - ANCHOR CAP.....\ MULLION _ANCHOR GAP.,,, . CAP USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18.20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BEA MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045' THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. 1----2.000"--1 2"X6'X.25" MULLION 's r s PRODUCT REVLSL'R as complying with the Florida Building Code t Acceptance No Ex Miami ads product Poo RA �'t��•'��GENS,F •,'��'F' '�: No, saTos r0 o �( Lu ��0•�• ATE 01 S I ;ON A A. LYNN N�LR, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 TABLE 11A Mullion Capacity Table Ibsltiz Opening Width (torverticaliy-spanning mulilorks) orOpaning Height (for horizontally -spanning mullions) 50 in 60 In 70 In 80 In 90 In 100 in 120 in 140 in 1601n 1.26" x 2.11" Rectangular Loading Trap/Mang, Rectangular Loading Loading Trap/Mang. Rectangular Loading t�clfng Tiaprvang. Rectangular Loading Loading TreplVang. Rectangular Loading Loading TreptTdang. Rectangular Loading Loading Tre"ang, Loading Rectangular Loading TrapiTrleng. Rectangular Loading Loading Traplydang. Rectangular Loading loading Trep/7deng. Loading x.126" Alum Tube Mull MSI Anchor Atichor Clip Patterns Ti+P� a� 1!4" Elco Uttracon 6/18" Elco 3/18" Elco Wtracdn 1!4 Elco Uitracon 114" SS Elco 6116° Elco 1/49 SS Elco dF 012 Sleet Unre�rr e Ultrecon 42 In 144.2 628 187.0 42a 120.2 528 148.9 419 103.0 , 526 138.9 414 90.1 528 134.8 411 80.1 628 134.1 411 72.1 528 134.1 411 80.1 628 134.1 411 51.5 526 134.1 411 45.1 528 134.1 411 1-114 48 In 98.0 403 100.0 333 60.5 403 94.7 326 89.0 403 66.4 320 80.4 403 81.4 317 53.7 403 79.1 315 48,3 403 78.8 314 40.3 403 7&6 314 34.6 403 78.6 314 30.2 403 7&8 314 60.825 In 82.3 382 91.0 301 68.6 362 79.3 294 58.6 302 71.0 289 61.5 362 87.2 286 45.7 362 84,0 284 41.2 382 63.8 283 34.3 382 83.6 283 29.4 382 83.5 283 25.7 382 83.5 283 641n 67.8 318 74.1 267 68.5 318 84.2 261 48.6 318 67.7 268 42.4 310 53.6 253 $7.7 318 60.8 250 33.9 318 49.6 249 28.3 318 49.1 248 24.2 318 49.1 248 21.2 315 49.1 248 �c 601n 49.5 268 53.1 219 412 268 45.7 214 36.3 268 40.7 210 30.9 268 37.2 207 27.5 258 34.9 204 24.7 258 33.4 203 20.8 268 32.2 201 17.7 258 32.2 201 1b.b 258 32.2 201 031n 427 234 45.8 200 35.8 234 39.1 195 30.6 234 34.7 192 28.7 234 31.6 169 23.7 234 29A 186 21.4 234 28.0 184 17.8 234 28.6 183 16.3 234 26.6 183 13A 234 28.6 183 66 In 37.2 213 39.4 183 31.0 213 33.7 179 28.6 213 29.5 176 23.2 213 27.0 173 20.6 213 26.1 170 18.8 213 23.7 169 15.5 213 22.2 167 13.3 213 22.0 188 11.6 213 220 188 72 In 2&6 179 30.1 165 23.9 179 26.6 162 20A 179 22.6 149 17.9 179 20.3 147 16.9 179 18.7 146 LL76 In 24,3 181 26.4 140 20.3 161 21.8 137 17.4 161 19.0 135 15.2 161 17.0 133 78 In 226 162 23.6 133 18.8 162 18.9 131 16.1 162 17.6 128 IAHLE 11H FIGURE 1: 0 0 0 ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.65. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6083-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045° THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125' THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP.,) X ANCHOR CAP.,„-„\ -ANCHOR CAP., MULLION CAP.,..,, USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE °ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 126'X 2.11"X.125" MULLION (INTEGRAL. FIN MULLION) ®RJR 4� To O O M to 1E' PRODUCT REYISM as complying; with an Fluids Buildibg CoWO AcceptWee No 1' Ex iia Vale�v M We �t{11177/t YNN 01 * No. 58705 ' `•b. �t 343F11•W� '�©'• STA E OF ; �jv; A. LYNN Mftl!!ER", P.E. FL P.E.# 5S706 Anchor Capacity Table Obs) Substrate: 27k Concrete 3.5k Calc. Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood MSI Anchor Atichor Clip Patterns Ti+P� ° 3H8 Eico Ultracon 1!4" Elco Uttracon 6/18" Elco 3/18" Elco Wtracdn 1!4 Elco Uitracon 114" SS Elco 6116° Elco 1/49 SS Elco 010 Steel 012 Steel 012 Sleet Unre�rr AggreGator Ultrecon AggreGator Screw (G5) Sam (05) Screw (G6) 1(seenote4fl Edge Distance on). 1" 2-112" 1" 2-1/2" 341W 1" 2-112° 1" 2" 3-1/8" 2° 0.45' 0.64" 0.324" Embedment Mx 13/4" 13/4" 1314" 1 1-3/4" LP 1-1/4" i-114° 1-1/4° 1-114° 1-114 1-1/4" 2" 1.3/9" 13/8 4 Anchore W Mtn. O -C. ! (2) Angle Cgps (Fig. 1): 780 Ns 780ltn3 880 Ibs 1580Ibs 1888 Ibe 640Ibs 680 bs WA 7801bs 930 Ibs 860 lbs 1 2364 Ibs I 862 lbs 840 lbs 1 1432 lbs FIGURE 1: 0 0 0 ANGLE CLIP MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.65. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6083-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045° THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125' THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP.,) X ANCHOR CAP.,„-„\ -ANCHOR CAP., MULLION CAP.,..,, USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE °ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. 126'X 2.11"X.125" MULLION (INTEGRAL. FIN MULLION) ®RJR 4� To O O M to 1E' PRODUCT REYISM as complying; with an Fluids Buildibg CoWO AcceptWee No 1' Ex iia Vale�v M We �t{11177/t YNN 01 * No. 58705 ' `•b. �t 343F11•W� '�©'• STA E OF ; �jv; A. LYNN Mftl!!ER", P.E. FL P.E.# 5S706 TABLE 12A Mullion Capacl Table (lbsV) - Opening Width (for varfic alit'- spanning mullions) or Opening Height (for horizontally -spanning mullions) 50 In 8o M 70 M 80 M 90 M 100 M 120 M 140 In 180 in 3.26" 30 Rectangular Loading Trap/Trlang. Rectangular Loading Loading TmpfTdaM Loading Rectangular I-** TrapfrdaM. Reotenguler Loading Loading TmplWang. Rectangular Wading Loading Tmpfrdang. Rectangular Loading loading Trap/Trtang. Rectangular Loading Loading Trapfmar4 Loading Rectangular Loading I TRIMIang. Loading Rectangular Loading Tcap/Tdarag. Loading DEG. AL BAY MULL ^ r� � j Q{ Y G Anchor T Y Anchor r G � ^ Q Q: s•F G � ^ o g G `�' �' G Q: Ab G Q. Q" .E G G D: G � Q Q' �' G CS K � p+i Q R' �' G Q w G at a Ultracon w Scum (G6) 42 in 170.0 820 170.0 435 1170.01 744 170.0 478 170.0 898 170.0 506 170.0 992 170.0 698 170.0 1116 170.0 521 170.0 1240 170.0 521 170.0 1488 170.0 621 170.0 1736 170.0 621 149.1 17401 170.0 521 1-1/4° 48 M 1700 708 170.0 524 170.0 850 170.0 584 170.0 992 170.0 630 170.0 1133 170.0 061 170.0 1275 170.0 677 170.0 1417 170.0 880 152.2 1522 170.0 660 130.5 1522 170.0 680 114.2 1572 170.0 880 780 lbs 50.026 In 1700 747 170.0 683 170.0 898 170.0 631 170.0 1048 9700 684 970.0 1185 170.0 723 170.0 1346 170.0 747 184.2 1443 170.0 768 138.8 1443 170.0 758 117.3 1443 170.0 788 102.8 1443 170.0 758 97811m 54 M 170.0 797 170.0 812 170.0 958 170.0 691 170.0 1116 170.0 754 170.0 1275 170.0 803 180.4 1353 170.0 837 144.3 1353 170.0 858 1203 1363 170.0 861 103.1 1353 170.0 881 90.2 1353 170.0 a1 00 in 170.0 885 170.0 701 170.0 1083 170.0 797 167.0 1218 170.0 578 140.1 1218 170.0 944 129.9 1298 169.8 936 118.0 1218 152.1 924 97.4 9218 148.1 913 83.6 1218 146.1 913 73.1 1218 148.1 913 631n 170.0 830 170.0 745 170.0 1118 1700 850 150.2 1150 188.8 933 131.4 1160 183.0 914 116.8 1160 141.9 698 105.1 1160 134.2 885 87.8 1150 126.7 671 76.1 1180 128,2 670 85.7 1150 128.2 870 66 in 170.0 974 170.0 789 152.4 1048 166.8 e81 1308 1046 146.6 884 114.3 1046 133.1 850 101.8 1048 123.4 838 91.4 1048 118.8 830 78.2 1048 909.4 821 86.3 1048 108.2 618 67.1 1048 108.2 818 J 72 In 140.8 89 147.8 784 117.4 8$a 128.0 748 100.8 800 110.8 T34 88.0 880 100.0 722 78.2 880 92.0 712 70.4 860 88.2 703 58.7 880 79.2 698 60.3 880 78.5 668 44.0 880 76.4 888 s= 3 76 M 781n 119.7 790 110.6 750 125.1 e90 we 115.6 857 92.3 790 750 INA 98.1 676 644 86.5 78.1 700 750 93.3 85.8 683 74.8 832 68.2 790 750 83.9 852 68.5 790 77.1 621 81.6 750 78.9 643 69.9 70.6 812 66.4 790 760 71.7 65.7 83S 49.9 700 805 46.2 780 65.1 624 58.4 694 42.8 $9.8 790 760 62.1 58.2 819 588 37.4 790 34.8 750 61.6 85.6 817 5138 90 M 72.1 583 74.4 500 60.1 683 82.9 491 61.5 683 54.8 483 46.1 583 48.9 478 40.1 563 44.4 466 38.1 683 40.9 482 30.0 583 38.2 452 25.8 663 33.3 445 22.5 sea 31.8 442 solo 59.4 495 61.1 443 49.5 495 51.8 435 42.4 485 44.8 427 37.1 495 39.9 421 33.0 495 38.1 415 29.7 495 33.2 409 24.8 495 29.1 400 21.2 495 28.8 394 98.8 495 25.0 390 108 M 41.7 399 .42.8 353 34.8 391 35.9 348 28.8 391 31.1 342 28.1 391 27.6 337 23.2 391 24.9 333 20.8 399 22.8 328 97.4. 381 19.7 321 14.9 391 17.8 slit 111 M 38.4 370 39.2 336 320 370 33 0 330 27.5 370 28.8 325 24.0 370 25.3 320 21A 370 22.8 316 19.2 370 20.8 312 18.0 370 18.1 306 120 M 30.4 317 30.8 289 25.3 317 28.0 284 21.7 317 72.6 280 19.0 317 19.8 278 16.9 317 17.9 273 144 M 17.8 220 17.8 203 FABLE 12B FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: FIGURE 3: ANGLE CUP (FIGURES 1-3) MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING, SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS ANDIOR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 8063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .126" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP.)}(( ANCHOR CAP.,, „_\ _ANCHOR CAP.. `MULLION CAP...... USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL. YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. r PRODUCT REVISED as Complying with the Ficrit Buildiisg CoQe ` 1 Accepatt 1 By Mi ade Prodiic ntrol t-1 INIV 06, ��GfcNSF �i No. 58705 %� • STATE O iO��S• ACORIOP.•�G��� A. LYNNIER, P.E. FL P.E.# 58706 Anchor Capacity Table (Ibs) Substrate: 2.7k Concrete 3.5k Cone. I MO= CMU Filed CMU PT Wood Metal Anchor T Y Anchor 3/18 Elco Ultrecon ° 1/4 Elco Ultrecon 11118" Elco 3/16° Eloo Ulbacan 114 Elco Ultracon " 114" SS Elco 5116" Elco 1/4" SS Elco 010 Steel #12 Steel e12 Steel Cfip Patterns Ultmoon AggreGatar Ultracon AggreGator Scum (G6) Screw (G6) Screw (G5) Edge Distance (fn): 1" 2-112" V 21/2" 3-918" 1" 2-1/2" 1" 2' 3118" 2" 0.48° 0.64" 0.324" Embedment (in): 1-314" 1.314" I -w 1-314" 2" 1-114" 1-1/4° 1-1/4° M1 -114C 1-114" 1-114" 2° 14318` 1-1w. (see crate 4) 2 Anchors M 5" MM. O.C. I (2) 2x6 Angle Cope (Fig. 1} 390 Dae 390 740 On 468 lbs 7 O lbs 1182 lbs 328 Ibs 4201bs 580 lbs 4 Anchors ® 3.0' Mtn. O.C.1(2) 2x5 Angle Clips (Fig. 2}: 780 lbs 780 lbs 790 lbs 1670 lbs 2625 Ibs 640 lbs 580 [be WA 1120 lbs 1 936 Ibs 880 Ibs 2384 los 6521bs 04011m; 1120 lbs 6 Anchors® 2.71" MM. O.C.1(2) 2x5 Angle ClijM (Fig. 3}: 17,120 DIM 1120 On SODOM 2246 lbs 2254 lbs WA NO On I WA 106911• WA 1320 lbs WA 97811m 1128011s 1680 lits FIGURE 1: FIGURE 2: FIGURE 3: ANGLE CUP (FIGURES 1-3) MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. TABLE NOTES: 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING, SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS ANDIOR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 8063-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK. STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .126" THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND THE MATERIAL. ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA: (DP.)}(( ANCHOR CAP.,, „_\ _ANCHOR CAP.. `MULLION CAP...... USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT IS LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL. YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. r PRODUCT REVISED as Complying with the Ficrit Buildiisg CoQe ` 1 Accepatt 1 By Mi ade Prodiic ntrol t-1 INIV 06, ��GfcNSF �i No. 58705 %� • STATE O iO��S• ACORIOP.•�G��� A. LYNNIER, P.E. FL P.E.# 58706 -TABLE 13B FIGURE 1: TABLE NOTES: • • 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 24 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. FIGURE 2: 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. • • • • ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED FIGURE 3: CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED • • • • YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6083-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125' THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND • • THE MATERIAL. ANGLE CLIP (FIGURES 1-3) MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA - (DPS,) X ( ANCHOR CAP.,,. _ANCHOR CAP.,, `MULLION CAP.,,,,®„ USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT 18 LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. ®All 4 EI.r 9 PRODUCT REVISCsD as complying with the FlWdn Build ug Code Acceptance No 2.0 uationsate !;p App tore I /L 13y MIMAir Prod X11111111/ LYNN • Mid '�. \���'t�; •' jrENSF�''`�'P 'ter * : No. 58705 -o • itS EO 3 o it ����•� F OR10P,.•' ��: '��, `s10NAL ,•�'�� A. LYNMILW , P.E. FL P.E.# 511705 Anchor Capacity Table (Iba) Substrate: 2.7k Concrete 3.5k Cone. Hollow CMU Filled CMU PT Wood Mete) Anchor Type Anchor Clip Patlems 3/18° Elco Ulbacen 1/4° Elco Ultrecen 6/18" EloO ° 3/18 Elco Ultracon 1/4' Elco UlUacon 114" 88 Elco 6116" Moo 114" 88 Eloo #10 Steel #12 Steel #12 Steel Uitracon AggreGator Ultmoon AggreGator Sciew (GS) Screw (G5) Screw (G5) Edge Distance ft 1" 2.1/2" 1" 2-1/2" 3.118° 1" 2-U2° V 2-112" 2" 3.1/8" 2" 0.48" O.W 0.324° Embedment pny. 1-314° 1-314° 1-3/4" 1-314" 2" 1-114" 1-114" 1-U4" 1-114" 1-114° 1-114" 2" 1318" 13/5" (see note 4) 2 Anchors ® 5" Min. O.C. / (2) 2x$ Angle Clips (FT41 Iba 39016s 450 lbs 890 Ibs 1700 lbs 270 lbs 280 lbs 95411• 740 Ibs 468 Iba 720 Uts 1182 Ibs Ste Ib9 4201 580 lbs 4 Anchors @ 3.6" Min. O.C. I (2) 2x5 Angle Gips (F Wes 780 IN 790 Uta 1670 Ibs 2525 lbs 640 Ibs 580 lbs MIA 1120 lbs 938 lbs 880 Ibs 2384 The 852 ibs 840 Iba 1120039 6 Anchor$ (@ 2.71" Min. O.C. / (2) 2x6 Angle Cllps (F We 1120 lbs 9581 2248 Ute 2264 iba MIA 840 lbs NIA 1059lb9 N/A 1320 lbs MIA 978169 1280 lbs 1880 Ute FIGURE 1: TABLE NOTES: • • 1) SEE SHEET 1 FOR INSTRUCTIONS ON USING THE TABLES AND SHEET 22 FOR INFORMATION ON LOADING. SEE SHEETS 24 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. FIGURE 2: 2) LINEAR INTERPOLATION BETWEEN MULL LENGTHS AND/OR OPENING WIDTHS IS ALLOWABLE. 3) MULLION AND MULLION CLIPS SHOWN ARE NOT TO SCALE. FOR EXACT DIMENSIONS, SEE SHEETS 18-20. • • • • ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON SHEETS 18-20. 4) SUBSTRATES: CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ACI 301 SPECIFICATIONS. HOLLOW AND GROUT -FILLED FIGURE 3: CONCRETE BLOCK UNIT (CMU) SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C-90. WOOD SHALL BE PRESSURE -TREATED • • • • YELLOW SOUTHERN PINE WITH AN SG OF 0.55. ALUMINUM SHALL BE 6083-T5 AND BE A MINIMUM OF .125" THICK STEEL STUDS TO BE A MINIMUM GRADE 33 AND .045" THICK (18 GAUGE). STRUCTURAL STEEL TO BE AT LEAST .125' THICK AND A36. ALL ANCHORS INTO METAL SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST 3 SCREW THREADS BEYOND • • THE MATERIAL. ANGLE CLIP (FIGURES 1-3) MUST BE USED IN PAIRS. ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA - (DPS,) X ( ANCHOR CAP.,,. _ANCHOR CAP.,, `MULLION CAP.,,,,®„ USE THIS FORMULA TO OBTAIN THE "ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED" CORRESPONDING TO AN ACTUAL PRESSURE REQUIREMENT FOR THE OPENING, WHEN IT 18 LOWER THAN THE MULLION CAPACITY (FROM THE TABLE) OF THE SELECTED MULLION. IT WILL YIELD A MINIMUM ANCHOR CAPACITY WHICH MAY BE USED TO QUALIFY ADDITIONAL ANCHOR OPTIONS FROM THE ANCHOR CAPACITY TABLE. ®All 4 EI.r 9 PRODUCT REVISCsD as complying with the FlWdn Build ug Code Acceptance No 2.0 uationsate !;p App tore I /L 13y MIMAir Prod X11111111/ LYNN • Mid '�. \���'t�; •' jrENSF�''`�'P 'ter * : No. 58705 -o • itS EO 3 o it ����•� F OR10P,.•' ��: '��, `s10NAL ,•�'�� A. LYNMILW , P.E. FL P.E.# 511705 j 1.000" .125" 2.000" I " 1"X 2" X .376" MULLION 6083-T6 ALUM. XSECTION }--.125" Ili STANDARD CLIP 6083-T8 ALUM. X SECTION 125" 6.500' 3.125" CUT HERE TO - i .3758 �"� CREATE F -CLIP, SEE MIN. I _ DETAIL F. SHEET 4 STANDARD CLIP 6083-T6 ALUM. TOPVIEW 5.500" .375" MIN. -r-�-- U -CLIP 8083-T6 ALUM. II XSECTION + 2.125" II .126°J r -i .740° h-- .375" MIN. I A .3758 MIN. T s OFFSET CLIP 6063-T6 ALUM. TOPVIEW .740"- i�--�---i 9 .338" MIN. U -CUP 6083 -TS ALUM. A w".225" USED FOR ALL 1" X 2" AND 1" X 275" MULLIONS, SHEETS 6-8 TYP. TOPVIEW � I 338u MIN. U -CUP 6083-T6 ALUM. 1"X 3.125" X .500" A MULL ONLY, SHEET 9 E TOPVIEW 1"X 2.75'X.660* MULLION 6063-T6 ALUM. X SECTION -y x.125" 2.000" .338" MIN. U -CUP 6083-T6 ALUM. 12W X 3.188° X .265" A MULL ONLY, SHEET 12 TOPVIEw E TABLE B 1--1.000"-I 3.125" .125" .500" 1"X 3.125" X.5" MULLION 8063-T6 ALUM. X -SECTION 2X5 ANGLE CUP 6033-T6 ALUM. X SECTION 125" 6.000° .375" MIN. 0.312" 3.000" MIN. 2X5 ANGLE CLIP 8033 -TB ALUM. TOPVIEW F ---1.250°--'i 1.25° X 3.188" X .265" MULLION 6063-T8 ALUM. X -SECTION Mull Dimension (deet #) Mullion Std. Clip PGT Part # Offset Clip U -Clip Angie Clip 1" X 2" X.126" (5) 66605 686113M 6661118M 665243M 666511 M 1" X 2" X.376" (6) 666006 066114M 6661119M 666244M 666512M 1" X 2.76" X .375" (7) 66607 666115M 6661120M 660245M 6SM13M 1" X 2.7&" X .850" (8) 66608 666116M 6661121M 668246M W5514M 1" X 3.125" X.500, (9) 66637M 6661116M 6MI114M W6242M 666515M 1.2&'X3.188" X.2661(12) 66641 M 6661117M 0- W1113M 666241 M 666&16M 1.26'X2.11" X.12&- (15)i 69370 N/A N/A N/A 666&17M NOTES: 1) ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY SE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. IF NEEDED, HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS GIVEN ON THIS SHEET. 2) SEE SHEETS 24 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. TABLE A I ---1.266"-j R 2.116" .125" U.90D" 1.26'X 2.11" X.125" MULLION 6063-T6 ALUM. X -SECTION Dimension Value (In) For Mullion: A 1.825 1" X2" X.12&, Aluminum Tube Mullion B 2.654 C 0.895 D 0.740 E .450 Min. A 1.126 1" X 2" X .375" Aluminum Tube Mullion B 2.444 C 0.635 D 0.490 E 0.450 A 1.875 1" X2.75"" X .375 Aluminum Tube Mullion B 3.000 C 0.757 D 1,118 E :450 Min. A 1.312 1" X2.7&1 X '65" Aluminum Tube Mullion B 3.000 C 0.476 D 0.836 E .450 Min. A 1" X 3.125" X .500" Alum Tube Mull B C n86 D E .450 Min. A 2.625 1.25" X 3.188" X.265" Alum Tube Mull B 3.262 C 0.862 D 1,762 E .450 Min. A 1.813 1.26" X 2.11" X .121" Alum Tube Mull PRODUCT REVISED as complyhft with the Florida Building Code Amptmce No Faauimfloml0ate 16 1tt111I10-41, ,71 .......... 10Ivry, No. 58705 1 :��••' STATE F i ��'•.; cCORIOP' •' Gid �� SS�ONA1 �,�0`��� A. LYNN MkL!A, RE. FL P.E.# 58705 --I I- 25" 125" --1 1.000" �--- 1"X4"X.125" t 1"X4"X.375" MULLION MULLION 8083•T8 ALUM. 8063-T6 ALUM. X -SECTION X SECTION 2.661" 1.377" 125" I .125" G 0.757 30" o I o I 3:250" 309 BAY MULLION 656242M 865518M 6083-T8 ALUM. I 68649 Xv�ECTiO 4 WA .228"1 0685110M I 45° BAY MULLION J 6083-T6 ALUM. I X -SECTION I .22W-1— NOTES: 228" NOTES: 125" STANDARD CLIP 8063-T8 ALUM. X -SECTION .740" rt -j-► j .125" I 2.125" w I .125"� U -CLIP 6063-T8 ALUM. X -SECTION 5.500" „ CUT HERE TO „ 375„ 3.125 ---►� _ CREATE F -CLIP, SEE 375 MIN. i I DETAIL F. SHEET 4 STANDARD CLIP 6083-T6 ALUM. TOPVIEW 5.500" .375" .375" MIN. —.. I MIN.',/ 0.312" O.C. 2.250" 3.000° L __0 H o o 0 i OFFSET CLIP 606346 ALUM. TOPVIEW 1) ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. IF NEEDED, HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS GIVEN ON THIS SHEET. 2) SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. ---1 I--.125" 2.000" .338" MIN. U -CLIP 6063T8 ALUM, USED FOR ALL V X 4" MULLIONS, SHEETS I0 & 11 TOPVIEW TABLE D TABLE C 0.312" 2X5 ANGLE CLIP 8083-T8 ALUM. X -SECTION 5.000"375" MIN. s x 2X5 ANGLE CUP 808346 ALUM. TOPVIEW Dimension Value (in) I F MIN' 1" X 4" X. 1261 Aluminum Tube Mullion + H 2.680 F 0.312" O.C. G 0.757 H 2.430 o I o I I o STANDARD CLIP 6083-T6 ALUM. TOPVIEW 5.500" .375" .375" MIN. —.. I MIN.',/ 0.312" O.C. 2.250" 3.000° L __0 H o o 0 i OFFSET CLIP 606346 ALUM. TOPVIEW 1) ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. IF NEEDED, HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS GIVEN ON THIS SHEET. 2) SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. ---1 I--.125" 2.000" .338" MIN. U -CLIP 6063T8 ALUM, USED FOR ALL V X 4" MULLIONS, SHEETS I0 & 11 TOPVIEW TABLE D TABLE C 0.312" 2X5 ANGLE CLIP 8083-T8 ALUM. X -SECTION 5.000"375" MIN. s x 2X5 ANGLE CUP 808346 ALUM. TOPVIEW Dimension Value (in) For Mullion: F 3.887 1" X 4" X. 1261 Aluminum Tube Mullion G 1.000 H 2.680 F 3.187 1" X 4" X .375" Aluminum Tube Mullion G 0.757 H 2.430 F 2.813 300 Bay Mull F 2.875 45° Bay Mull Mull Dimension (sheet*) PGT Part Mullion Std. Clip Offset Clip U -Clip Angle Clip 1" X4" X.125" 00) 68364 666111M 6661122M 665241M 666518M 1" XC X.3761 (11) 66610 666112M 6661123M 656242M 865518M 30 Degree (16) 68649 WA WA WA 0685110M 45 Degree (17) .66650 N/A NIA N/A 6865111 M .375" q J2.71" MIN. O.0 O (BAY MULLS) 3.00" MIN. O.C. (1" X 4" MULLS) IdI w J LL p� O m ODUCT REVISED comptying with the Florida nkft Code xooj=V% ;piratian o.�.I.YNN Njj( ,i--- * • No. 56705 r • � tTE [� • W= ��T•••. FLORtV4'••'•.�'j��: iONA A. LYI4I 1141111_l'Fk, P.E. FL P.E.# 58706 TABLE E Mull Dimension PGT Part # (sheet #) Mullion Std. Clip U -Clip Angle Clip 2" X 4" X.25- (13) 66602 666261M 666271M 6665112M 2" X 6" X.26" (14) 66604 666282M 666272M 6665113M NOTES: 1) ALL MULLION CLIPS MAY BE FACTORY MACHINED AND CONTAIN UNUSED HOLES. IF NEEDED, HOLES MAY BE DRILLED IN THE FIELD FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS GIVEN ON THIS SHEET. 2) SEE SHEETS 2-4 FOR GENERAL INSTALLATION METHODS. .250" [--2.00W --+ 2" X 4" X 25" MULLION 6063-T8 ALUM. X -SECTION 2"X6"X.25" MULLION 6083-T6 ALUM. X -SECTION n I STANDARD CLIP 6063-T6 ALUM. X -SECTION I i r.126" 5.500" CUTHERETO 3" CREATE F -CLIP, 375" rY ac= nCTAII C MIN. S ON L U -CLIP 6063-T6 ALUM. X -SECTION 125" STANDARD CLIP U -CUP 6083 T8 ALUM. 6063-T8 ALUM. TOPMEW USED FOR 2" X 4" 5.500" _MULLION, SHEET 13 CUT HERETO TOPVIEW .375" 3.500" CREATE F CLIP, 375" I� SEE DETAIL F, MIN. I '-- SHEET 4 r MIN. 0225"---, ' J 1.715" MIN. O. C. C1 L- -2.62V STANDARD CLIP 6063-T6 ALUM. TOP VIEW 0.312" -.375" 438" N. O.C. o 375" I 1.34/14° O.V. Ol0 I t 6,, 010 1—=—►•1—.637" MIN. O.C. U -CLIP 6063-T6 ALUM. USED FOR 2" X 6" MULLION, SHEET 14 TOPVIEW ---I f--.125" 2X5 ANGLE CLIP 6063-T6 ALUM. X -SECTION 5.000" 125" 3.000"MIN. O.C.--j.375" MIN. 0.312"+ o 6- - p— - - 3.438" .375" O of MIN. 1q 2X5 ANGLE CLIP 6083 T8 ALUM. TOPVIEW 5.000" 2X6 ANGLE CLIP 6063-T8 ALUM. TOPVIEW I] gag t a O O 4 PRODUCT REVISED as complyitlg with the Florida BidWhig Cade Acceptance No Ex nation pate B Mia"711 � 1 ��` OlJ • • ........ ze"P, 'ter No. 58705 STA E OF w iQX``�•• IrLORtOA G?: 1SS/0NAL A. LYNN fU�IIL�.IER, P.E. FL P.E.# 68706 EXAMPLE 1: SINGLE VERTICAL MULLION NO ANCHORS IN HEAD SEE SEE FENESTRATION DETAILS, PRODUCT'S SHEETS APPROVAL 2-3 72" MULLION LENGTH SEE . DETAILS, SHEETS ./-23 NO ANCHORS IN WINDOW SILL 32""j'32° I --MULL WIDTH OPENING WIDTH THE BUILDING SUBSTRATE IS KNOWN TO BE WOOD ON ALL FOUR SIDES. THE WINDOW FRAME DEPTH IS 2-1/4". THE OPENING REQUIRES A DESIGN PRESSURE OF +60.0%60.0 PSF. 1) INITIALLY ASSUMING THAT A 1" WIDE MULLION IS SUITABLE,THE MULLION LENGTH IS 72" AND THE OPENING WIDTH IS 32"+32+1" =65". REFERENCING SHEET 22, THE COLUMN USING RECTANGULAR LOADING MUST BE USED. SCAN THE MULLION TABLES FOR A MULLION THAT IS AT LEAST THE WINDOW FRAME DEPTH OF 2-1/4" AND WILL MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIRED DESIGN PRESSURE OF +60.01-60.0 PSF. IF THE TABLE DOES NOT SHOW THE EXACT SIZE, USE THE NEXT LARGER SIZE AVAILABLE. FROM TABLE 3A, SHEET 7, THE 1" X 2.76"X.376* MULLION (LENGTH = 72", OPENING WIDTH = 70") MEETS THE DEPTH REQUIRED, HOWEVER THE DESIGN PRESSURE IS +/-58.3 PSF AND WOULD NOT BE SUITABLE FOR THIS APPLICATION. FROM TABLE 4A, SHEET 8, THE 1"X 2.75" X .650" MULLION (LENGTH = 72", OPENING WIDTH = 70") HAS A DESIGN PRESSURE OF +/-72.7 PSF WHICH EXCEEDS THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPENING AND MAY BE USED IN THIS APPLICATION. NOTE THE ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED OF 636 LBS. 2) USE TABLE 4B TO FIND THE ANCHOR TYPE, ANCHOR QUANTITY AND CLIP TYPE REQUIRED FOR THE WOOD SUBSTRATE. BOTH THE STANDARD CLIP WITH (4) #12 ANCHORS AND THE 2X5 ANGLE CLIPS WITH (4) #12 ANCHORS HAVE A CAPACITY OF 840 LBS. THOUGH EITHER ONE COULD BE USED, THE STANDARD CLIP IS EASIER TO INSTALL. 3) VERIFY THE DESIGN PRESSURE OF THE FENESTRATION PRODUCTS USED WITH THIS MULLION SYSTEM. THE LOWER DESIGN PRESSURE, OF MULLIONS OR FENESTRATION PRODUCTS, WILL APPLY TO THE OVERALL ASSEMBLY. FINAL DESIGN PRESSURE REQUIRES THAT THE BOTH THE MULLION AND THE FENESTRATION PRODUCT BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS INTO RESPECTIVE SUBSTRATES AND FENESTRATION PRODUCTS TO MULLION. IN THIS EXAMPLE, THE DESIGN PRESSURE REQUIRED WAS +/-60.0 PSF. THE OVERALL MULLION SYSTEM WAS DETERMINED TO BE 72.7 PSF WITH AN ANCHOR CAPACITY OF 636 LBS. ALTERNATIVELY, THE ANCHOR CAPACITY ADJUSTMENT FORMULA COULD HAVE BEEN USED TO CALCULATE THE ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED FOR THE EXACT DESIGN PRESSURE OF 60 PSF: (60 PSF) X 636 LBS = 524.9 LBS (MAYBE USED TO QUALIFY # 10 STEEL SCREWS FROM TABLE 4B) 72.7 PSF r cm THE BUILDING SUBSTRATE IS KNOWN TO BE CMU ON THE JAMBS AND USES A CONCRETE HEADER AND SILL. THE WINDOW FRAME DEPTH 1S 2-3/8". THE OPENING REQUIRES A DESIGN PRESSURE OF +60.0/-55.0 PSF. ar FOR THE VERTICAL MULLION: r- ~ Q 1) INITIALLY ASSUMING THAT A 1" WIDE MULLION IS SUITABLE, THE MULLION LENGTH IS 371+72"+11=105" AND THE OPENING WIDTH IS 36"+36"+1" =73". REFERENCING SHEET 22, Z THE COLUMN USING RECTANGULAR LOADING SHALL BE USED. SCAN THE MULLION TABLES FOR A MULLION THAT IS AT LEAST THE WINDOW FRAME DEPTH OF 2-318" AND WILL EXAMPLE 2• MULTIPLE MULLIONS MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIRED DESIGN PRESSURE OF +50.01-55.0 PSF. IF THE TABLE DOES NOT SHOW THE EXACT SIZE, USE THE NEXT LARGER SIZE AVAILABLE. N J A C A K MULL WIDTH FROM TABLE 3A, SHEET 7, THE 1"X 2.75" X .375" MULLION (LENGTH =108", OPENING WIDTH = 80") MEETS THE DEPTH REQUIRED, HOWEVER THE DESIGN PRESSURE IS +1-15.1 PSF Sd Y AND WOULD NOT BE SUITABLE FOR THIS APPLICATION. ' CO) FROM TABLE 9A, SHEET 13, THE 2" X 4" X 250" MULLION (LENGTH =108", OPENING WIDTH a 800) HAS A DESIGN PRESSURE OF +/-64.7 PSF WHICH EXCEEDS THE REQUIREMENTS Q Z o SEE FOR THE OPENING AND MAY BE USED IN THIS APPLICATION. NOTE THE ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED OF 971 LBS. g SEE DETAILS, _ 32' FENESTRATION SHEETS BECAUSE IT IS NOW KNOWN THAT THE MULLION WILL ADD 2" TO THE WIDTH OF THE MULLED UNIT. THE ADJUSTED OPENING WIDTH IS 36"+36"+2"=74", NOT 73" AS PREVIOUSLY -7 PRODUCT'S 2"3 ASSUMED. VERIFY THAT THE DESIGN PRESSURE IS STILL APPLICABLE FOR THE ADJUSTED OPENING. ALTERNATIVELY, THE WINDOW WIDTHS MAY BE REDUCED TO MAINTAIN APPROVAL THE 73" DIMENSION (35-112"+35-1/2"+2"=73"). j r 2) USE TABLE 90 TO FIND THE ANCHOR TYPE, ANCHOR QUANTITY AND CLIP TYPE REQUIRED FOR THE CONCRETE SUBSTRATE. IN THIS EXAMPLE, ASSUME THE POURED VERTICAL;VERnCAL;1 CONCRETE HEADER AND SILL ARE 8" WIDE. IF THE MULLION CLIP WERE TO BE CENTERED WITHIN THE 8", CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO MAINTAIN THE FASTENER'S EDGE DISTANCE. MULLION` - - J USING THE STANDARD CLIP WITH (6) 3/16" ULTRACON ANCHORS AT AN EDGE DISTANCE OF 2-1/2" GIVES AN ANCHOR CAPACITY OF 1050 LBS WHICH IS GREATER, AND LENGTH �-SEE SEE THEREFORE SUITABLE, FOR THE REQUIRED ANCHOR CAPACITY OF 971 LBS. g DETAILS, DETAIL E, OPINING SHEETS 2-3 SHEET 3 FOR THE HORIZONTAL MULLIONS: HEIGHT FOR BECAUSE THE VERTICAL MULL WILL BE A 2" X 4" X.250" MULLION, IN THIS EXAMPLE WE WILL MATCH THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL MULLIONS, ALTERNATIVELY, ANOTHER MULLION MULLION TYPE COULD BE CHOSEN. Muluow �- ODUCT EtBVCSBD 1) THE MULLION LENGTH IS 36" AND THE OPENING HEIGHT IS 32"+72"+2"=106". REFERENCING SHEET 22, THE COLUMN USING TRAPEZOIDALITRIANGULAR LOADING MAY BE is C°1°�N� `the Fforlda mTdmg Cade USED. FROM TABLE 9A. SHEET 13. THE 2" X 4" X.2600 MULLION (® LENGTH = 42", OPENING HEIGHT = 1200) HAS A DESIGN PRESSURE OF +/_170.0 PSF WHICH EXCEEDS THE CCCIT'.BItCB NO & SEE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE OPENING AND MAY BE USED IN THIS APPLICATION. NOTE THE ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIRED OF 521 LBS. itatiarc IWO DETAILS, 2) USE TABLE 9B TO FIND THE ANCHOR TYPE, ANCHOR QUANTITY AND CLIP TYPE REQUIRED FOR THE CMU SUBSTRATE. IN THIS EXAMPLE, ASSUME THE CMU JAMBS ARE W SHEETS WIDE. IF THE 1MULUON CLIP WERE TO BE CENTERED WITHIN THE 8", CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO MAINTAIN THE FASTENER'S EDGE DISTANCE. USING THE 2X5 ANGLE CLIPS WITH 3H etr % 2-3 I t (4) 6" ULTRACON ANCHORS AT AN EDGE DISTANCE OF 1" GIVES AN ANCHOR CAPACITY OF 640 LBS WHICH IS GREATER, AND THEREFORE SUITABLE, FOR THE REQUIRED 11 t i 1111 i ANCHOR CAPACITY OF 521 LBS. 1-vVN .r�1� \� �0 ,...., ,. 38', HORIZ. I II 38`, HORlZ. • —�-1 I- - 4) FOR THE U -CLIP IN THE HORIZONTAL MULLION TO VERTICAL MULLION, USE THE SAME ANCHOR CAPACITY OF 521 LBS. TABLE 9B FOR THE U -CLIP SHOWS THE ANCHOR 't .•''^NS� • •, MULL LENGTH MULL LENGTH CAPACITY IS 1074 LBS WHEN USING 3 ANCHORS, WHICH IS GREATER, AND THEREFORE SUITABLE, FOR THE REQUIRED ANCHOR CAPACITY REQUIREMENT OF 521 LBS. THE•' '•. >�C OPENING WIDTH FOR VERTICAL MULL ANCHOR TYPE IS A #12 STEEL SCREW. = N0.68705 =_ FROM THE ABOVE STEPS, OUR MULLION DESIGN PRESSURE IS: - -- +/-64.7 PSF FROM THE VERTICAL MULLION: +/-170.0 PSF FROM THE 36" HORIZONTAL MULLION ATTACHING TO CMU; „"O j o �{ +/-170.0 PSF FROM THE 36" HORIZONTAL MULLION ATTACHING TO THE VERTICAL MULLION (INTERSECTION). r� STATE F THE LOWEST DESIGN PRESSURE IS +/-64,7 PSF AND WOULD APPLY TO ALL OF THE MULLIONS. iOi(�•••. • PtOR11D •'• ('1 N VERIFY THE DESIGN PRESSURE OF THE FENESTRATION PRODUCTS USED WITH THIS MULLION SYSTEM. THE LOWER DESIGN PRESSURE, OF MULLIONS OR FENESTRATION 0NAL PRODUCTS, WILL APPLY TO THE OVERALL ASSEMBLY. FINAL DESIGN PRESSURE REQUIRES THAT THE BOTH THE MULLION AND THE FENESTRATION PRODUCT BE INSTALLED IN LYNN MILLER, ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS INTO RESPECTIVE SUBSTRATES AND FENESTRATION PRODUCTS TO MULLION. A. FL REMREM$ER, P.E. EXAMPLES OF RECTANGULAR LOADING: LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION SILL OF WINDOWS NOT ANCHORED WITH INTERSECTING HORIZONTAL MULLIONS LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION SILL OF WINDOWS NOT ANCHORED LOADING OF HORIZONTAL MULLION WITH INTERSECTING VERTICAL MULLION tZL� 1HII /Y / /I r_� I LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION I PANEL OF HINGED DOOR IS NOT CAPTURED OR ANCHORED WITH INTERSECTING HORIZONTAL MULLIONS I I I I I I I I EXAMPLES OF TRAPEZOIDALfrRIANGULAR LOADING: LOADING OF HORIZONTAL MULLIOP LOADING OF (2) HORIZONTAL MULLIONS LOADING OF HORIZONTAL MULLION LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION Twiff 531 co LOADING OF HORIZONTAL MULLION LOADING OF HORIZONTAL MULLION NOTES: PRODUCT REVISED ascompl i with the Flaridti 1) DRAWINGS ARE Y ildiug Goudd u e I II II� I wan V to . yrj CONFIGURATIONS NOT SHOWN MAY BE EXTRAPOLATED FROM THOSE SHOWN. Rpiami a Prodet� l! 2) IF THE LOADING TYPE CANNOT BE DETERMINED, USE ���� y �-� , , . , • !(�� ��ii LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION SILL OF WINDOWS NOT ANCHORED WITH INTERSECTING HORIZONTAL MULLIONS LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION SILL OF WINDOWS NOT ANCHORED LOADING OF HORIZONTAL MULLION WITH INTERSECTING VERTICAL MULLION tZL� 1HII /Y / /I r_� I LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION I PANEL OF HINGED DOOR IS NOT CAPTURED OR ANCHORED WITH INTERSECTING HORIZONTAL MULLIONS I I I I I I I I EXAMPLES OF TRAPEZOIDALfrRIANGULAR LOADING: LOADING OF HORIZONTAL MULLIOP LOADING OF (2) HORIZONTAL MULLIONS LOADING OF HORIZONTAL MULLION LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION LOADING OF VERTICAL MULLION Twiff 531 co LOADING OF HORIZONTAL MULLION LOADING OF HORIZONTAL MULLION NOTES: PRODUCT REVISED ascompl i with the Flaridti 1) DRAWINGS ARE Y ildiug Goudd u e RERESENTATIONS OF TYPICAL Acceptwee No CONFIGURATIONS. I wan V to . yrj CONFIGURATIONS NOT SHOWN MAY BE EXTRAPOLATED FROM THOSE SHOWN. Rpiami a Prodet� l! 2) IF THE LOADING TYPE CANNOT BE DETERMINED, USE ���� y �-� , , . , • !(�� ��ii '`��: • ��GENS! ••• * '. RECTANGULAR LOADING. .`� �:• 705 '' 3) SEE PRODUCTS' APPROVAL FOR ACTUAL ANCHOR LOCATIONS.Lu 14 a r �• [Aoi 94:• FLOfkX LOADING OF HORIZONTAL A. LYNN MIL12 ,"P.E. MULLION FL P.E.# 58705 A GENERAL NOTES: IMPACT SINGLE HUNG FLANGED AND INTEGRAL FIN WINDOWS 1. GLAZING OPTIONS: (SEE DETAILS ON SHEET 2) A. 5/16" LAMI CONSISTING OF (2) LITES OF 118" ANNEALED GLASS WITH A.090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB INTERLAYER. B. 5116" LAMI CONSISTING OF (1) LITE OF 118" ANNEALED GLASS AND (1) LITE OF 1/8" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS WITH A.090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB INTERLAYER. C. 5/16"LAMI CONSISTING OF (2) LITES OF 1/8" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS WITH AN .090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB INTERLAYER. D. 7/16" LAMI CONSISTING OF (2) LITES OF 3/16" ANNEALED GLASS WITH AN .090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB INTERLAYER. E. 716" LAMI CONSISTING OF (1) LITE OF 3/16" ANNEALED GLASS AND (1) LITE OF 3/16" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS WITH AN .090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB. F. 7/16" LAMI CONSISTING OF (2) LITES OF 3/16" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS WITH AN .090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB INTERLAYER. G. 13/16" LAMI IG: (1) LITE OF 1/8" TEMPERED GLASS, AN AIR SPACE AND 5/16" LAMI CONSISTING OF (2) LITES OF 1/8" ANNEALED GLASS WITH A .090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB INTERLAYER. AH. 13116" LAMI IG: (1) LITE OF 1/8" TEMPERED GLASS, AN AIR SPACE AND 516" LAMI CONSISTING OF (1) LITE OF 1/8" ANNEALED GLASS AND (1) LITE OF 118" HEAT STRENGTHENED -GLASS WITH A.090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB INTERLAYER. 1.13/16" LAMI IG: (1) LITE OF 1/8" TEMPERED GLASS, AN AIR SPACE AND 5/16" LAMI CONSISTING OF (2) LITES OF 1/8" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS WITH AN .090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB INTERLAYER. J. 13/16" LAMI IG: (1) LITE OF 1/8" TEMPERED GLASS, AN AIR SPACE AND 7/16" LAMI CONSISTING OF (2) LITES OF 3116" ANNEALED GLASS WITH A .090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB INTERLAYER. K.13/16" LAMI IG: (1) LITE OF 1/$" TEMPERED GLASS, AN AIR SPACE AND 716" LAMI CONSISTING OF (1) LITE OF 3/1W ANNEALED GLASS AND (1) LITE OF 3/16" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS WITH AN .090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB. L. 13/16" LAMI IG: (1) LITE OF 1/8" TEMPERED GLASS, AN AIR SPACE AND 7/16" LAMI CONSISTING OF (2) LITES OF 3/16" HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS WITH AN .090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB INTERLAYER. ®M.13/16" LAMI IG: (1) LITE OF 1/8" ANNEALED GLASS, AN AIR SPACE AND 5/16" LAMI CONSISTING OF (2) LITES OF 1/8" ANNEALED GLASS WITH AN .090 DUPONT BUTACITE OR SAFLEX/KEEPSAFE MAXIMUM PVB INTERLAYER. 2. CONFIGURATIONS: "OX" (111, VIEW AND RADIUS TOP, ALL W/ LOW OR HIGH SILL OPTION) R. DESIGN PRESSURES: (SEE TABLES, SHEETS 3) A. NEGATIVE DESIGN LOADS BASED ON TESTED PRESSURE AND GLASS TABLES ASTM E 1300-02. B. POSITIVE DESIGN LOADS BASED ON WATER TEST PRESSURE AND GLASS TABLES ASTM E 1300.02. 4. ANCHORAGE: THE 331/3% STRESS INCREASE HAS NOT BEEN USED IN THE DESIGN OF THIS PRODUCT. SEE SHEETS 8 THROUGH 11 FOR ANCHORAGE DETAILS. 5. SHUTTERS ARE NOT REQUIRED. 6. FRAME AND PANEL CORNERS SEALED WITH NARROW JOINT SEALANT OR GASKET. ®7. REFERENCES: TEST REPORTS FTL-4645, FTL-4646, FTL-4647, FTL-4648, FTL4649, FTL4650, FTL-4651, FTL-4723, FTL4957, FTL-4958 AND FTL-5063. ANSI/AF&PA NDS -2001 FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION ADM -2000 ALUMINUM DESIGN MANUAL 8. SERIES/MODEL DESIGNATION SH700, ALSO REFERRED TO AS SH701. 9. THIS PRODUCT HAS BEEN DESIGNED & TESTED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, INCLUDING THE HIGH ® HURRICANE ZONE (HVHZ). r , r J.J. 1VA7111 I D 2010 FRC UPDATE J.R. 04/01/11 C CHANGED CAP GtAW TYPE TO TEMPERED FROM HS 107NOKOMIS, FL 34276 P T 3 8 . ADD NO P.O. SQX 1ii� H3QB 8 TOS TE 1 NOKOMIS. FL 84274 Visib& BStQsp SHEET GENERAL NOTES ............. I GLAZING DEFTAILS ............ 2 DESIGN PRESSURES....... 3 ELEVATIONS ..................... 4 VERT. SECTIONS ............. 5 HORIZ. SECTIONS ............ 5 PARTS LIST ....................... 6 EXTRUSIONS .................... 7 CORNER DETAIL ............. 7 ANCHORAGE .................... 8-11 PRODUCT RMSM) as complying with the Florida Building Cade Aammmm.M. I 1-. 1 ' ii � y � �C' � � d g9_c_� —_ -- -7ro � I'I +:uwau ayw►sv rawua► avwaau - �/'c`3if11 ATL \.I%1N ,M1tlF,p���. 7nr1 �.1 G CF�^`I_� �h`ZO0 \ G �i _�, _ _ �_�-n ---- � yam" • �� .. r_ p (0 Nl h U %'0 S�AtE GENERAL NOTES%gyp' fiLoa`°P.•'�ON .,��` , ALUM. SINGLE HUNG WINDOW, IMPACT �SStONP�''o �, �I s� nra �. A. L1rlIWLI.L�, P.E. swan NTS 1 d 11 .4040-2a O FL P.E.# 58705 41 37 30.81 or 8: 70 46 38 A 36,87,88 or 9A' 70 Jit I Owl/if Z 1/2" NOM. GLASS BITE EO :)M. SITE A NOTE: LAMI IG OUTBOARD LITES MAY BE UPGRADED TO 3/16" WITH NO CHANGE IN DESIGN PRESSURE. GJ EXTERIOR INTERIOR [> (ALL SECTIONS) 1/8" ANNEALED OR HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS 3116" ANNEALED OR HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS .090 SOLUTIA OR DUPONT PVB INTERLAYER 1!8" ANNEALED OR HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS 6116" NOM. 1/2" NOM. 1/2" NOM. GLASS SITE 46 GLASS SITE 5/16" LAMINATED GLASS 1 .090 SOLUTIA OR DUPONT PVB INTERLAYER 3116" ANNEALED OR HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS 7118" LAMINATED 7116" LAMINATED GLASS 1 38 or 91 70 ritonvcdr Reares� es complying with ehe 1=lorids BUiltlln$ Cade r Accepimtco No.1 O+ i��,; 118"ANNEALED OR HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS 3/16" ANNEALED OR HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS .090 SOLUTIA OR DUPONT PVB INTERLAYER .090 SOLUTIA OR DUPONT PVB INTERLAYER 1/8°ANNEALED OR HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS 3118" ANNEALED OR HEAT STRENGTHENED GLASS i i i i r r 5116" LAMINATED 7118" LAMINATED N Ilg/( AIRSPACE AIRSPACE `�• O�� ,,.....,,, tF,p 1!8" ANNEALED OR TEMPERED GLASS � 1/8" TEMPERED GLASS © ��...•��GENSE •.,,• 13!16" NOM. 13/16" NOM. �'.• 140-661 05 13!16" LAMI IG GLASS W/ 5/16" LAMI 13/16" LAMI IG GLASS W/ 7/16" LAMI TOW-91 w�. ,tu e D NO CHANQES TNtS SHEET 1070 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE � � ••• s�� O� .• ��`\ P MT GLAZING DETAILS , pc�LOFt1.. C CHANQED CAP GLASS TYPE TO'TEMPERED FROM HS NOKOMIB, FL 34278 TM . ADD ITEM 92 TOtiI16L.M�lil.0.0lA$S AJi,A BtAMIIQNOTE Po.eoxls2e ALUM. SINGLE HUNG WINDOW IMPACT ,`sSIONP�;��` oma: NOKOMIS, FL 94274 Y�EsPbly Better -72 neer aaw�r�ra r� A. Ll�r�ll� MILtt�i; P.E. . , „�„/„7 8Ni'� Fill 2 � 49 4t?4 Q-20 D FL P.E.# 58705 III FLANGE OR INTEGRAL FIN WINDOWS WI HIGH SILL OPTION BASED ON FLANGED WINDOW TIP -TO -TIP FRAME DIMENSIONS WINDOW HEIGHT WIDTH GLASS TYPE 83" 88" 88" 7Q" 7x0 74" TABLL I. 76" 48" A.®,M +80.0 -80.0 +80.0 -80.0 +00.0 1 -80.0 +80.0 •80.0 +84.0 -80.0 +80.0 -00.0 +80.0 -80.0 8q" A,81M +80.0 -80.0 +80.0 -80.0 +80.0 -80.4 +80.0 -80.0 +80.0 .80.0 +80.0 -80.0 +79.4 79.0 62" AAM +80.4 -80.0 +80.0 -60.0 +80.0 480.0 +80.0 -80.0 +78.8 -78.8 +77.3 77.3 +76.9 -75.9 88118" A.8,M +80.0 -80.0 +80.0 -80.0 +79.6 -70.8 +78.2 78.2 +76.9 -76.9 +76.4 -75.4 +74.0 74.0 UR TO 631!8" C►G.E,F.G.H,I,J,K,L +80.4 -80.0 +80.0 -80.0 +80.4 1 -80.0 +80.0 -80.0 +80.0 1 -80.0 +80.0 1 -80.0 +80.0 -80.0 STANDARD VIEW & RADIUS TOP FLANGE OR INTEGRAL FIN WINDOWS WI HIGH SILL OPTION A BASED ON FLANGED WINDOW TIP -TO -TIP FRAME DIMENSIONS WINDOW HEIGHT WIDTH GLASS TYPE 38 318" W1 505180 63" 72" 74" TABLE 2. T6" 48" A,S,M +00.0 1 -80.0 +80.0 -80.0 +80.0 40.0 +80.0 -80.0 +70.0 -70.0 +70.0 70.0 +70.0 1 70.0. two &B.M +80.0 -80.0 +00.0 -80.0 +80.0 -80.0 +79.9 79.9 +70.0 .70.0 +70.0 -70.0 +70.0 -70.0 62" A.S. +00.0 40.0 +80.0 -80.0 +80.0 -80.0 +76.9 -70.9 +70.0 -70.0 +68.8 40.8 +67.6 -67.8 631/8" A,B.M +80.0 40.0 +80.0 1 -80.0 1 +80.0 -80.0 1 +76.0 -76.0 +88.0 -68.0 +86.7 -68.7 +88.13 413.5 UP TO 03 I/ri C.O.E,F,G.H,I,J.K,L +80.0 =8a.0 +80.0 1 40.0 1 +80.0 -60.0 1 +80.0 1 -80.0 1 +70.0 1 70.0 +70.0 1 70.0 1 +70.0 -70.0 (CUSTOM VIEW & RAC BASED ON FLANGED WIDTH GLASS TYPE 1 17118 22 11118" 63 Ott D.E.F.J.K.L 1 +80.0 .0 1 +80.0 1 -80 L ASS TYPES! 5110" LAMI - (118"A,.090.1/8"A) 8116" LAMI - (1/1rA..090.1/8"HS) 6116" LAMI - (118" H8,.090,1/8"HS) 7116" LAMI - (3/18"A,.090, 3118"A) 711W LAMI - (3116"A,-090, 31i6"HS) WIN' 1 AMI. MAR"HS__nAd_ 311$"HS1 WI HIGH SILL HBGHT (MAX. WINDOW HT. W/ BASH * 78" FLANG6D AND 780 II 3118" 33 314" 3011116" 4413118" 80 318" i -60.0 1 +80.0 1 -80.0 1 +70.0 1 70.0 1 +70.0 70.0 1 +70.0 I7I FTL4847.4648.4723, 4967 FTL4647, 4648 FTL4647, 4848 FTL4846, 4886 FTL-4W6 FTL-4848 ,loll MEETING RAIL 77 "XI SA SH HT. MEETING "x' G. 13/18" A TABLE 3. HT. "oil '� MEETING RAIL W HT. MINUS SASH HT. 4 IAL FIN) 8$16118" +70.0 70.0 TABLE 4.1 4 MT G. 13/18" LAMI IQ -1l8" T, Alit SPACE, 6/16" LAMI • (1/8"A..090,1/8"A} F L 4846, 4723 H. 13116" LAMI 10 -118" T, AR SPACE, 6118" LAMI - (1t8"A,.090,118"HS) FTL4646 1. 13!18" LAMI IG -118" T. AIR SPACE, 6116" LAM[ - (1/8"HS,.090,1/8"HS) FlL4648 J. 13119, LAM1 IG -118" T, AIR SPACE, 7118" LAMI - (3f*'&.090, MWA) M4849, 4860 K. 13/16" LAMI IG -118" T, AIR SPACE, 7116" LAMI - (3118"A,.090, 3119 -HS) FTL 4649, 4850, 4958 L. 13/16" LAMI IG -1/6" T. AIR SPACE, 7118" LAMI - (3/1WHS,.090, 3!18"H8) FTL-4849, 4660 LAMI IG -1/8"A. AIR SPACE, 5118" LAMI - (1!8"A„080, 1 FTL-=3 In NOTES: 1. WINDOWS WITH THE LOW SILL OPTION ARE LIMITED TO A POSITIVE DESIGN PRESSURE OF +64.0 PSF OR LOWER AS SHOWN IN THE TABLES. NEGATIVE DESIGN I PRESSURES ARE UNEFFECTED. 2. FOR INTEGRAL FIN WINDOW DESIGN PRESSURES USE THE ABOVE TABLES BY DEDUCTING 1" FROM THE FLANGED TIP -TO -TIP FRAME DIMENSIONS. 3. AVAILABLE SASH HEIGHTS FOR CUSTOM WINDOWS ARE 12 518" MINIMUM TO 38" MAXIMUM. 5er107�°VE IM1 MTS" �QES/GN PRESSURES rrnuTOrt:MPtcREOFROM HS N��la�SWaTft rd. u�;m ALUM. SINGLE HUNG WINDOW IMPAC P.O W 1628 AMOA* sow 0 -Aft NOKQMM. FL SW4 Visibly Bever 8HYM NTS 3 a 11 1 4040-20 :ODUCTVI � Florida u1d14 Coda p =ntanoe No �,♦tttttt���_ 1;Y1�IN.MjIjF -jr ; No• yg705 TAT � . fi�pRti'aA��O`� ��ss1oNAL,,�' A. LYWA nhI ILA P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 48 518" MAX. FIXED DLO (ALL) SEE DLO 0 j TABLE SEE DLO TABLE X j (MAX.) S 481/4" MAX. FENT DLO (ALL) DETAIL A 1/1 53118" MAX. FLANGED WIDTH 52 1/8" MAX. I.F. WIDTH D- 1 175" MAX. I.F. D _J HEIGHT A 76" FLAI 38 116" HEI MAX. SASH s 75" MAX. I.F. EE DLO HEI T TABLE 0 j 76" MAX. FLANGED HEI HT I 20" SEE DLO TABLE X j SASH HEIGHT 4A t B DETAIL D VIEW CUSTOM SASH 75" MAX. A A I.F. SEESD EO O � HEI WT 76" MAX. FLANGED HEI HT SEE DLO X 0 S E TABLE f NO E 4 DETAIL B VIEW STANDARD SASH I 75" MAX. I.F. E —JHEf WT SEE DLO AG' TABLE O 7 FIA SASH HE SEE DLO TABLE X j HEIGHT DETAIL E RADIUS TOP (CUSTOM SASH) NOTES: 1. SEE SHEET 5 FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SECTION DETAILS. 2. SEE SHEET 7 FOR CORNER DETAIL VIEWS. 3. SEE SHEETS 8 THROUGH 11 FOR ANCHORAGE INFORMATION. 4. SASH HEIGHTS FOR STANDARD SASH WINDOWS (DETAILS B & C) ARE BASED ON A THREE OVER TWO FORMAT. STABLED I I!I x , !III Sk NOTE 4 DETAIL C RADIUS TOP (STANDARD SASH) VERTICAL DAYLIGHT OPENING DETAIL FIXED LITE 75" MAX. C _J I.F. SEE DLO/ HEI HT TABLE O B 41518" 411/4" C 76" MAX. 40 7/8" FLANGED 52 5/8" ----r HEIGHT STABLED I I!I x , !III Sk NOTE 4 DETAIL C RADIUS TOP (STANDARD SASH) VERTICAL DAYLIGHT OPENING DETAIL FIXED LITE 1070 T3Y DRIVE NOKOMISKOMtB. FL 34271 P.O. Iox tt NOKOMIS, FL 34274 LOW SILL HIGH SILL A 341/2" 34 3/16" B 41518" 411/4" C 41 114" 40 7/8" D 52 5/8" 5211/16" E 521/4" 52 5116" SASH DETAIL LOW SILL HIGH SILL A 341 /2" 34 3/16" B 27 7/16" 271/8" C 27 7/16" 271/8" D 1631811 1153/40 E 16 318" 15 3/4" TABLE 5. 10/07/91 D NO CHANGES THIS ShM7 1070 T3Y DRIVE NOKOMISKOMtB. FL 34271 P.O. Iox tt NOKOMIS, FL 34274 _ r91/93108 visibly Bea ff ELEVATIONS 04/01/91 C NO CHANGES THIS MEET' rft ALUM. SINb000ft GLE HUNG WINDOW IMPACT SH7t70 NTS 4 a 11 4040-20 LD W.— ow 8 — ADD INTEGRAL FIN .F. VERSION, CHG. NOTE 3 ADD NOTE 4. ,N 8/9/05 mar J.J. n* 2/23/07 ,ODUtr!' REVISED complying with the 1-fooridfe Ififfirar, "e, -cewancn No kSNN•lylj�t 8705 " �Ic , go.5 •• "' lit :LUZ: ATIE OF %D.r •..! opo.•• �0 � A. LYURMILLL�, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 MAX. HEIGHT gn JA MAX. MAX. FIXED LITE DAYLIGHT 10107111 1 D 2.784!' INSIDE �F92.339' (LO SILL) SEE NOTE ABOVE SECTION B -B LOW SILL SHOWN) s NO CHANGES THIS SHEET 4 NO CHANGES THIS SHEET ADD I.i=. SECTIONS & CONSOLIDATE 31 NOTE: MIN. (1) SWEEP LATCH AT VENT CENTERLINE OR Z6 C27 OPTIONAL BOTTOM LOCKS, (1) W FROM EACH SIDE OF SASH. INSIDE -MAX. VENT DAYLIGHT OPENING I I I NOTE: BALANCE PARTS USED A BASED ON SASH WEIGHT 9,10,11,15,16 I I I OUTSIDE I MAX. FIXED LITE DAYLIGHT OPENING —_– MAX. WIDTH QPf%T1nkI A -A INTEGRAL FIN (I.F.) FRAME SECTIONS HIGH SILL u LOW SILL HEAD JAMB ALTERNATE HIGH SILL '0 TECHNOLCOY DRIVE NOKOMIS, FL 34278 P.O. Bgx 1820 NOKOMIS, FL 34274 2.710" ®I.F. FRAME n OUTSIDE SECTION C -C RADIUS TOP (HEAD DETAIL - FLANGED VERSION) SECTIONS ALUM. SINGLE HUNG WINNOW, IMPACT Visibb Beater I SH7oo I Half Iw 5 ► 11 1'-40,W-20 I D 2.710" 0 :ODUCT REVISED complying with the Florida aiding Code =ntm= No U" I� ,\��� �� LYNN• M/� �''�i� se 58705 i'p••'• S'CA'C5Of ••�'�.': NN A. LYON MILLw*,\P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 "m mve# ITw owe 1 4002A FLANI 2 1155 #8X1 3 4003C I:LANI 5 1826 . ADHE 8 4004 PLANI 7 4628' SASH 6 4025 SASH 9 4029 ISPINA 10 1080 11 40748 I.F. JAMB 12 BALM 13 1085/1008 SASH 15 #8X1 18 1080.1 BALM 17 4063 SASH 18 4028-1 SASH 19 #8-32 1 II 31 1 44 DESCRIPTION POU 42504 ITw owe IEAD 612225 60 163: PN. SMS 781 POA 61 111.1.(LOW SILL) 612228 63 505 CELL FOAM PAD 7PAD1826 64 1161 812227 87 812244 66 4051, HE 1.125 LONG 812244 69 4060, ji 44 42504 A ® 83 D. ,AT HEAD S. STL 78X1FPAX 84 E, 91h8" 6BALCVR870 85 F. 2 04053 88 G 7ULORKT 87 H I. FH. TYPE; F S. STL 7832X12FPFX 88 1. , III. 84064C 89 J. ji 44 1 422ZA GLAZING BEAD, 7118- LAN 04222 45 985C GLAZING OEM, 7116"LAMI W GRILL KIT 8986 46 4087 GLAZINS BEAD,13/18" LAN I.G. 04067 47 4071A FRAME, Ut. AM 84071 48 4072A FI.F.. L SILL 64072 49 4073A FRAME, I.F. HOR ELL IFRMIF, 64073 1 60 40748 I.F. JAMB 64074 91 DFB+ INE-. 531-. 631 010 TH NNE . BUGLE TOK g_ ' 1 1 1 47 FRAME, I.F. HEAD A #4071A, 6063-T8 48 FRAME I.F. LOW SILL #4072A, 6063-T6 2.908 PRODUCT REVISED � 4�*�I as complying with asl Florida Q -} I sonaing caae Aecentance No 1 POT# 81635K 81818 033402 708X1 22 V1S1 80 64050 55 1 1014 SCRER,Jtit FRAME (HOR. 8 VER.) 61014 L.oe2 NOM 56 1630 SCREEN CORNER KEY WIRINGS 71830 THICKNESS 87 18$1 SCREEN IrY CORNER. KWOUT RINGS 71831 �.``y � Mitt 5$ 1073 SCREEN SP ING 7CASP :` o�.••••ti�SE '••.• 58 1624 SCREEN SPLINE -.135 DIA FOAM 01024K FRAME I.F. ,IAMB FRAME, LF. HIP SILL 50 #40746, 6063-T6 _ ,P No 5* �cl 48#4o73A 808'.1-T6 (USED AS RADIUS TOP HEAD) a LLlzz PANJ.J. 10x07/11 D NO CMWO THIS 8'HEEi • �P�tiP �: PARTS LIS ','Q� '•..........toa`.••' �,�; • JA 001/11 4 CHMfOEOCAP ©tAS3 TYPE TO TEMPER©bFROM H8 ��N % L 3427 � � �i ��. . ALUM. SINGLE HUNG WINDOW IMPACT '��, SS IOIyP ��� F.►G 11/13108 8 po. sqx A. LYNN MNLL�t;`P.E. NOKONS9. Fi 84274 YRstbly Benet• 8H70D NTS 8 11 4040.20 D FL P.E.# 58705 F.1G 6Y1Aic► J.J. ?l.Z�Oi ® I.F. FRAME 1 or 47 I 2 SEALANT ALONG ENTIRE JOINT qI.F. FRAME n � 2.784 1.363.2.830 .062- .062 2.8W 2.330 II I II _i_____� .062 6 or 50 O FLANGE FRAME HEAD I N #4002A, 6063-T6 �--2.784--�•� m i 1.749 Q FLANGE FRAME SILL �./ #4003C, 6063-TS (LOW) 6 or 50 WELD ALONG SCREW 2.710 .082 A82 � '490 �•�-1.461 •� � (•4-1.513 .738 .040 SEALANT OR GASKET BOSS (2) AT HEAD AND SILL I VIEW D-D VIEW E-E (1/1 & VIEW HEAD & SILL, RADIUS TOP SILL) (RADIUS TOP HEAD ONLY) 6 FLANGE FRAME JAMB #4004, 8083-T5 (USED AS RADIUS TOP HEAD) 1'342 -1 -0-1 SASH STOP SASH STOP COVER O #4025,6063-T5 17 #4053,6063-T6 2.326---1 2.278 j FRAME CORNER CONSTRUCTION - - - - .050 --� 1.165 �- .678 1.096 -• 1.. 0. ,Q62 1.349 41 GLAZING BEAD, 6/1611 1 F901-L #4039B, 6063-T5 .062 A2.155 r 1.707 1.978 :.062] SASH SIDE RAIL 31 FIXED MEETING RAILSASH 21 #4054A, 6063RD-T6 23 .062 #4008,6063-TS TOP RAIL SASH BOTTOM RAIL (LOW) #4006C, 6063HS-T6 28 #4007, 6063-T5 .050- .878 � -T L050. 878 42 GLAZING BEAD, 5/16" #40448, 6083-T5 2.328 1.096 �, 8 1. T (USED W/GRIL! KIT) T 2.946 O GLAZING BEAD 7/16" 3.446 #4222,6063-T6 2.638 •683 .050 .062 �._�• .678 T 1.097 46 GLAZING BEAD, 13/16" IG #4067,6W3-T5 FLANGE FRAME SILL (HIGH) 68 SASH BOTTOM RAIL (HIGH) 45 GLAZING BEAD,. 7/16" 69 O #4051A, 8063-T5 #986C, 6063-T6 #4060A, 6063-T6 USED W1 GRILL KIT) ( e J.J. • 90/07/14 D NO GHANt3ES 77fiS SHEET 1070TECHNOLOGY DRIVE EXTRUSIONS & FRAME CORNER DETAIL Alit Isa. 04/01/11 G NO CHANOES THIS SHEET NOKOMIS, FL 34276 P T tae 1wim aft UPDATEFRAMEGORNERASSEMBLYTOINCLUDELF ALUM. SINGLE HUNG WINDOW, IMPACT RIG 91/1s41s B. P.O. � 1629 sem: iffaft Na rw. �„� aft. NOKOMIS, FL 34274 Visibly Better SH700 Haff 7 d 1 4040-20 O F.K 911105 "J.J. 2/23/07 MoDuar.-REVISED °acomplying with theFlorida $widMl; Coda gcceptanceAlo � � ['"` on ANA62 iami ade Product Control ivi 1tIItiIJ �� \,YNN �� o�........... � � ,.•��Erls� •'•.' �c ;' No•B7Q =_ - •ic/�--; LL' - ,o go : � •'•• sTAZE of •' 2`� %D,p '•.FLpµ10P•'�0 �, FS ' "' •' '��, SIONX\- A. LYNI(1 MILL0, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 ANCHOR QUANTITIES SUBSTRATE: ANCHOR TYPE: FOR 111 FLANGED WINDOWS TABLE S. WINDOW HEIGHT 28.603 34.603 40.603 46.603 52.603 58:603 64.603 76.000 j3 0 j M� U Z v v Z p v M a C40O U Z U v Z v��O 0 �`Z U U Z U�v 0 � 0 Z "-oe UOv ZM V V Z O v ZM��ZPZcM O U V JO0 U Z NWIN v Z OQ MCO)NZ O UU v Z O DOW WIDTH GLASS TYPE 19.125 C,D,E,F,G, H,I,J,K,L 1 �1 21 _1 1 1_ 1 1 1 1 2 1_ 1 11 2221222222222221-21222222222222222232238 -2F2' 1_ 1_ 1 1 _1_ A,B,M -_1^ 1 2 -1 1 1 _1_ -iTl -1 1 2 - 1 1 1 -1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 -1_ 2 2 1 2 2 1� 2 2 1- 2 2 �1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 ,1 2 2 9_ 2 2 1i 2 2 1_ 2 2 _1_ 2 2 1 2 3 1_ 2 2 1 w 3 3 24.000 C,D,E,F,G, H,l,J,K,L 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 _7 _ 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 _1_ 2 3 _1 2 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 _1 3 3 A,B,M 1. 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 _1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 _1 2 2 _ 1 1 2 1 2 2 _7_ 2 2 1 2 Z _1 2 2 1_ 2 2 1 2 2 _1_ 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 2 _1 2 2 1_ 2 3 _1 2 2 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 C,D,E,F,G, H,I,J,K,L 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 132.000 121 222231 22223122323222323332233343233343344 _1_ _1 A,B,M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 21 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 j 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 4 C,D,E,F,G, 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 37 000 H,I,J,K,L 2 2 _1 1 2 _1 2 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 _1 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 4 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 3 4 4 &B,M 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 212 1 2 2 2 2 3 9 2 E3 2 3 2 F2 2 F3 2 3 2 2 2 F3 2 5-2 F 2 3 3 4 2 3 3L3 314 3F3 3 F4 3151313 4 4 PSF 79 40.000 C,D,E,F,G, H,I,J,K,L 2 2 2R22 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 _2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 221 _2 22223232322232323232423333423 _2 4x353334453344 A,B,M 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Z 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 E2 2L3,-21-2,-21-3 2 3 2 2 2 3 -21-3[2F3,-2 3 -2T4.-2 3 3T3 12 2 3 3 4 375 35' 3 F4 4 5 3 3,414 PSF 79 44.000 C,D,E,F,G, H,I,J,K,L 2 222222232223232233242333342333342334353334453445 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 A,B,M 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 -22-3,-2 2 2 3 721-3,-i 2 3 3 2 4 -2 2 3 3 3 3 4 2T3. 313 3 4 2 3 3 4 3 5 3 3 3T4 415.3 445 PSF 79 79 48.000 C,D,E,F,G, H,I,J,K,L 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2t34 2 2 2 3 2 2 _3 2 2 222222232223342333342334 _2 4:2353334353345463455 A,B,M 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 22 -3F4 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 4 2 3 3 3 3 4 2 3 3 4 3 4 2 3 5 3F31 3 5 3 3 4 5 4 6 3 4 5 5 PSF 72 79 79 53.125 C,D,E,F,G, H,I,J,K,L 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 222222232223342334342334343334353344463445463456 _2 _2 A,B,M 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2- 3 2 2 3 2 �3 2 2 3 2 3- 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 3 4 �2 2 3 3 4 3 4 2 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 4 3 5 _2 3 3 4 4 4 5 3 3 4 5 4 6 3 4 4 5 CHANGES THIS SHEET THIS SHEET 1I/Iwo 1 B 0 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE NOKOINtB, FL 34275 P.O. 89X 4628 NOKOMIS, FL 34274 Visibly Bi3tw ANCHORAGE NOTES: 1. ANCHOR TYPES: 1-1/4" ELCO TAPCONS 2 -1/4" ELCO SS4 CRETE -FLEX ® 3 - #12 SCREWS 2. ANCHOR LOCATIONS ARE BASED ON THE FOLLOWIING DIMENSIONS. HEAD -181/2" MAX. FROM TOP CORNERS JAMBS -171/2" MAX. FROM TOP CORNERS 15" MAX. FROM BOTTOM CORNERS W MAX. BELOW MTG. RAIL ®SILL - ANCHORS NOT REQUIRED 3. INSTALL PER THE ADJACENT TABLE ANCHOR QUANTITIES USING THE DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA OF TE 2. 4. TABLE WIDTH AND HEIGHT DIMENSION ARE FOR FLANGED WINDOWS. INTEGRAL FIN DIMENSIONS ARE 1" LESS. 5. DESIGN PRESSURE LIMITATIONS: SIZE BLOCKS OF THE ADJACENT TABLE WITH A BOLD ITALICIZED VALUE ABOVE THEM, INDICATE A MAXIMUM DESIGN PRESSURE WITH THE QUANTITY OF ANCHORS SHOWN IN BOLD. OTHERWISE, THE MAXIMUM DESIGN PRESSURE FOR THE RESPECTIVE SIZE AND GLASS TYPE IS AVAILABLE. A TABLE KEY: (DP LIMITED) 118 HEAD 2 PRODUCT REVISED complying with the Florida JAMB ABOVE 2 3 Bluldlngco& MTG. RAIL Mance No -1011-1+ 8o/G JAMB BELOW MTG. RAIL (FULL DP) HEAD 2 JAMB ABOVE2 3 MTG. RAIL JAMB BELOW MTG. RAIL ANCHORAGE SPACING. 1/1 WINDOWS ALUM. SINGLE HUNG WINDOW. IMPACT SHMO I NTS 1 8 a 11 1 4040-20 1 D 11111+11 ,ro. • `C _14SEF R * 140. 05 ��rLu::w :,Oil ,OiltASEOF '• �: L A. LY��1 ri1IIIL1.0i, P. E. FL P.E.# 55705 ANCHOR QUANTITIES FOR STANDARD VIEW AND RADIUS TOP FLANGED WINDOWS TABLE S. WINDOW HEIGHT SUBSTRATE -"29.655 37.155 44.655 52.155 59.655 1 67.155 74.655 76.000 ANCHOR TYPE. © 0 v 0 0 0 o v 0 o c k 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 WINDOW GLASS z zcgo z zc)0 z zM z zco0 z Zcgo z zch0 z zch0 z z N N0 0NONO�ONON0 8ci NO�ONONO'-Oc-I NO�ONONO-ONONO'-0 WIDTH TYPE U U U U U fig' 19.125 p.,D,E.F.G, H,I,J,K,L1111112221222221222222222222222222 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 21 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 31 1 223322232 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 _1_ 2 2 _ 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1L22L 3 2 3 2 2 �_32 PSF 79 24.000 C,D,E,F,G, H,I,J,14,L 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 9 1 2 2 _1_ ]-_2j_ 1 1 22222 _1 _ 1 1 2 222 1 1 2222222232322232322232322232 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A,B,M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1�22 1 1 1 1 -1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 Z 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 -3721-272- 3 2 3 2 2 Z 3 2 PSF 68 77 32.000 C,D,E,F,G, H,I,J,K,L 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 _1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 11 2222222322223322333332333322334332=43124[-3 _1 243 A,B,M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1--1 1 1 1 11 12 22 2Z 22 �1 32 22 2 3 32 23 3 3 33 23 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 4 3 3 2 PSF 59 671 791 1 37.000 C,D,E,F,G, H,I,J,K,L 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 11 1 11 1 222222232223332233333343333233433243443243 A,B,M 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1- 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2__Ti 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 4 3 3 2 4 3 4 4 3 2 4 3 PSF 54 79 62 791 l 40.000 C,D,E,F,G, H,I,J,K,L 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 171 11 1 1 222222232233332233_4333 33 3333434433434433 33 A,B,M 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 III 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 Z 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 4 3 3 3 4 3 �2 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 3 5 3 PSF 49 79 56 79 79 44,000 C,D,E,F,G. H,I,J,K,L 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 _2 2 2 2 2 2 2 111 1 11 2222223_32233342333443333443343443343443354 A,B,M 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2M 2 2 2 2- 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 j1 2 2 :2L2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 4 2 3 µ 3 3 4 4$ 3 4 3 4 4 3 3 4 3 T 4 4 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 3 5 4 PSF 45 74 51 74 1 79 791 1 C,D,E,F,G, 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 48.000 H,1,J,K,L 111 1 1 1 222222332233343333443344443344444364444354 A,B,M 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 3 5 4 -4-T4 4 3 5 4 PSF 41 67 46 ST 76 r8 53.125 C,D,E,F,G, H,I,J,K,L 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 _3 _2_ 3 111 1 11 222222333333443344443344443344554354554354 A,B,M 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3� 2 3 M3 2 2� 3 2 3_ 3 2 i3 1 1 1 1 7 1 2 2 2 2 212135 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 4 3 3 4 4 4 4.:3]L3 4 4 5 4 4=3 5 4 5 4 4=3 5 4 J Jw. 0107/1? 1 D IW CHANGES THIS SHEET J.IZ I 04101/19 C F.K 91/93/08 R B 1070 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE 8Y3lT.E. NOKOMIS, FL 84278 By$r P.O. 09X 1828 NOKOMIS. FL 34274 ftwwaw ANCHORAGE ALUM. SINGLE HUNG ANCHORAGE NOTES: 1. ANCHOR TYPES: 1-1/4" ELCO TAPCONS 2 -1/4" ELCO SS4 CRETE -FLEX ® 3 - #12 SCREWS 2. ANCHOR LOCATIONS ARE BASED ON THE FOLLOWING DIMENSIONS: HEAD -18112" MAX. FROM TOP CORNERS JAMBS -171/2" MAX. FROM TOP CORNERS 16" MAX. FROM BOTTOM CORNERS B" MAX. BELOW MTG. RAIL ©SILL - ANCHORS NOT REQUIRED 3. INSTALL PER THE ADJACENT TABLE ANCHOR QUANTITIES USING THE DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA OF NOTE 2. AABLE WIDTH AND HEIGHT DIMENSION ARE FOR FLANGED WINDOWS. INTEGRAL FIN DIMENSIONS ARE 1" LESS. A 5. DESIGN PRESSURE LIMITATIONS: SIZE BLOCKS OF THE ADJACENT TABLE WITH A BOLD ITALICIZED VALUE ABOVE THEM, INDICATE A MAXIMUM DESIGN PRESSURE WITH THE QUANTITY OF ANCHORS SHOWN IN BOLD. OTHERWISE, THE MAXIMUM DESIGN PRESSURE FOR THE RESPECTIVE SIZE AND GLASS TYPE IS AVAILABLE. k TABLE KEY: MAX. PSF (DP LIMITED)19pullding HEADRODUCT MVISEDt1orida JAMB ABOVE Cola MTG. RAIL JAMB BELOW MTG. RAIL HEAD 1 2 JAMB ABOVEL MTG. RAJL JAMB BELOW MTG. RAIL STANDARD VIEW IMPACT Visibly Better- NTS 9 -f 19 4040-20 D Z/ %40- �c w Lu Z I: 0�•• FL00 ' ;� A. LYNN MIL918k, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 ANCHOR QUANTITIES SUBSTRATE: ANCHOR TYPE: ABOVE MEETING RAIL HEAD & JAMBS CUSTOM FLANGED WINDOW HEIGHT MINUS SASH HEIGHT TABLE 7. WINDOW HEIGHT MINUS SASH HEIGHT FROM TABLE 8. 17.125 22.668 28.211 1 33.754 1 39.296 44.839 50.382 55.925 o NONOT-Om0NOPzmO (.) U (.) v o U U () 0 U rio v Z v V -OmONO,-C?NOc,4z,z v o �$ U U V v o U U V v o ONO,ONON0�0�ONOv-O 3 U v V v o 3 U v (L) U o 3 v U v U WINDOW WIDTH GLASS TYPE 19.125 D,E,F,J,1 KL - ._._....._......_.._._._. 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 2 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 24.000 D'E'F'J' KL 1 1 1 _..__........_....._.__... 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 __-.. 2 1 .....�.._ 2 1 2 1 _.-._.._ 2 1 _.._.._.. 2 1 3 1 3 1 2 1 3 1 .--------- 3 1 2 1 _ 3 1 _ ........_....._..._.._ 3 1 3 1 3 1 ......_._......- 3 1 -.. 3 1 __.._ _. 4 32.000 DIE,F,J, KL . -T-'--T---I 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 1 -3--.-3 2 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 3 1 4 1 4 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 3 1 5 2 PSF 2 3 3 79 3 3 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 37.000 D,E,F,J, KL 1 1 _.._1.._ .._ 1 _. 1 _. __-- 2 _--_Z -- 1 •- 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 3 1 3 2 4 2 3 1 3 2 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 2 4 1 4 2 5 2 5 1 4 2 5 2 P$F 1 2 79 79 79 3 --47 79 3 4 1 3 1 4 40.000 40.000 D,E,F,J, 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2..._ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 78 K,L } 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 ._._3_..._ 2 4 4_ 3 4 4 3_-5 3 3 -4- 4- 5---.5 3 4. 6- 3 1 PSF 7.9 76 79 77 79 79 79 44.000 D,E,F,J, K,L 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 -4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 _4_._ 2 2 22 _6 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3^ 3 4 _.4 4 3 5 4 .__ 3 5 5 2 2 3 3 3 4 6_ 4 4 PSF 78 79 70 79 79 71 79 73 76 48.000 D,E,F,J, KL 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 24.2 2 3 2 2 3 22 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4~-4 T 4 5 4 5 `5- 4- 6 5-- 44 6_.. g 5. 6 PSF 71 79 63 71 79 64 74 66 77 69 69 53.125 D,E,F,J, K,L 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3__j 2 3 3_ W6 2 3 1_7 3 2 3 - 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 �4 4 -5 4 ^5 �6-5- 6 5 6 5 1 7 ANCHOR QUANTITIES AT JAMBS BELOW MEETING RAIL, CUSTOM FLANGED WINDOWS BASED ON SASH HT. TABLE 8. SASH HEIGHT SUBSTRATE. 12.776 15.776 18.776 21.776 24.776 27.776 30.776 31.106 'ANCHOR TYPE. WINDOWN o 0 N V o zZ q 8h§ (3 v N Z Z M r� U NZ 0 Z 010 $Ni. NZ Z of $`q I N Zi M c's t7 Z Z 0 N - WIDTH8 . 19.125 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 24.000 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 32.000 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 37.000 79 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 2 3 3 7TT3 3 1 3 3 --47 3 3 4 1 3 1 4 40.000 74 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 4 44.000 68 78 -5-T 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 --4-F-3 3 4 1 3 1 4 3 1 4 5 3 4 48.000 63 72 79 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 53.125 73 56 66 72 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 4 5 3 4 --5--F-3-FS 5 3 5 J.J. 90/07/19 1 D INO CNANOES THIS SHEET J.R 1 04!04/19 1 'c I NO CHANGES THIS SHEET 11/13(001 B 1070 TECHNOLOGY DRIVE NOKOMIS, FL 34276 BYS/ZE P.O. 69x 1628 NOKOMIS, FL 94274 ANCHORAGE NOTES: 1. ANCHOR TYPES: 1-1/4" ELCO TAPCONS 2 -1/4" EL CO S CRETE -FLEX 3 - #12 SCREWS 2. ANCHOR LOCATIONS ARE BASED ON THE FOLLOWIING ® DIMENSIONS: HEAD -181/2" MAX. FROM CORNERS JAMBS -171/2" MAX. FROM TOP CORNERS 111/2" MAX. ABOVE THE MEETING RAIL 6" MAX. BELOW MTG. RAIL 15" MAX. FROM BOTTOM CORNERS SILL - ANCHORS NOT REQUIRED 3. DETERMINE THE ANHCOR QUANTITIES FOR CUSTOM ®VIEW WINDOWS FROM TABLES 7. AND 8. USING THE DIMENSIONAL CRITERIA OF NOTE 2. USE TABLE 7. FOR ABOVE THE MEETING RAIL AND TABLE 8. FOR BELOW. 4. AVAILABLE SASH HEIGHTS FOR CUSTOM VIEW 0 WINDOWS ARE 12 5/8" MIN. TO 38" MAX. ATABLE WIDTH AND HEIGHT DIMENSION ARE FOR FLANGED WINDOWS. INTEGRAL FIN DIMENSIONS ARE 1" LESS. S. DESIGN PRESSURE LIMITATIONS: ® SIZE BLOCKS OF THE ADJACENT TABLE WITH A BOLD ITALICIZED VALUE ABOVE THEM, INDICATE A MAXIMUM DESIGN PRESSURE WITH THE QUANTITY OF ANCHORS SHOWN IN BOLD. OTHERWISE, THE MAXIMUM DESIGN PRESSURE FOR THE RESPECTIVE SIZE AND GLASS TYPE IS AVAILABLE. TABLE 7. KEY: MAX. PSF (DP LIMITED) 112 HEAD 2 JAMB ABOVE 2 MTG. RAIL (FULL DP) HEAD 2 JAMB ABOVE 4 MTG. RAIL TABLE 8. KEY: MAX PSF SDP LIMITED) 192 JAMB BELOW 2 MTG. RAIL FU( LL DP) JAMB BELOWE2 MTG. RAIL ANCHORAGE SPACING. CUSTOM VIEW = ALUM. SINGLE HUNG WI VistBly Beater sHM 1*0k load NTS 90 d 11 IMPACT 4040-20 I D ODUCT gg�SBD Go in widl,tug F10fid0 slaina Code s Imp l Q LYNN• 4f1z ` 1i No. 56705 cic :`rteW .•c�u SiAT of � � �v, O'• : � � .��'••., Fto+?�o�:•• Oma: 'IS/ONAV A. LYNIG'0LUW, P.E. FL P.E.# 58705 EXTERIORINTERIOR NOTES: 1. FOR CONCRETE APPLICATIONS IN MIAMI-DADE COUNTY, USE ONLY MIAMI-DADE COUNTY ALL HEAD AND SILL DETAIL) APPROVED 1/4" ELCO TAPCONS OR 1/4" SS4 CRETE-FLEX. MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM CONCRETE ANCHOR ANCHOR TO CONCRETE EDGE IS 13/4". 3.35 KSI MIN. CONCRETE (SEE NOTE 1 & 3)eQ 2x WOOD BUCK WOOD ANCHOR 2. FOR WOOD APPLICATIONS IN MIAMI-DADE COUNTY, USE #12 STEEL SCREWS (G5) OR ,&(SEE NOTE 4) (SEE NOTE 2 & 3)J& 1/4" SS4 CRETE-FLEX. 3. FLAT HEAD ANCHORS, WHERE REQUIRED, MUST HAVE #12 TRIMFIT HEADS. • s •. ', a 13/8". MIN., 1/4' TAPCON, 8� 4. WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED IN THE SECTIONS ON THIS PAGE AS 1x ARE BUCKS WHOSE p ,:„.; TOTAL THICKNESS IS LESS THAN 11/2". 1x WOOD BUCKS ARE OPTIONAL IF UNIT CAN BE ;„ ;.:..• ; : ' M� •1•.3/4” MIN., 1/4" CRETE-FLEX INSTALLED DIRECTLY TO SOLID CONCRETE. WOOD BUCKS DEPICTED AS 2x ARE 1 1/2" OPTIONAL 1x ' ' 1 318" THICK OR GREATER. INSTALLATION TO THE SUBSTRATE OF WOOD BUCKS TO BE MI ® WOOD BUCK . ENGINEERED BY OTHERS OR AS APPROVED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. (SEE NOTE 4) 1 5. FOR ATTACHMENT TO ALUMINUM: THE MATERIAL, SHALL BE A MINIMUM STRENGTH OF 1/4"1/4" 6063-T5 AND A MINIMUM OF 1/8" THICK. THE ALUMINUM STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE MAX. OF A SIZE TO PROVIDE FULL SUPPORT TO THE WINDOW FRAME SIMILAR TO THAT SHIM MAX SHOWN IN THESE DETAILS FOR 2x WOOD BUCKS. THE ANCHOR SHALL BE A #12 SHEET DETAIL A SHIM DETAIL B METAL SCREW WITH FULL ENGAGEMENT INTO THE ALUMINUM. IF THESE CRITERIA ARE MET, THE RESPECTIVE DESIGN PRESSURES AND ANCHORAGE SPACING FOR TAPCONS TYPICAL FLANGED HEAD ANCHORAGE MAY BE USED. A. FLANGED FRAME COMPONENT MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR AN INTEGRAL FIN FRAME COMPONENT FOR MULLED APPLICATIONS. FOR INTEGRAL FIN ® MULLED APPLICATIONS IT IS EXCEPTABLE TO REMOVE THE FIN AND ATTACH TO THE 1 1/4" MIN-. 1/4" 13/8" � MULL THROUGH THE FRAME USING THE FLANGED FRAME ANCHORAGE REQUIREMENT. MIN. 6. ANCHORS ARE NOT REQUIRED AT THE SILL OF FLANGED UNITS. 1/4" MAX. SHIM MAX. SHIM 7. MATERIALS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO STEEL SCREWS, THAT COME INTO CONTACT WITH OTHER DISSIMILAR MATERIALS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF FBC CURRENT, • ; :. EDITION, SECTION 2003.8.4 (SUPPLEMENT 2005). CONCRETE ANCHOR, WOOD ANCHOR, • ° FH BELOW MEETING FH BELOW MEETING RAIL. (SEE NOTE 1 & 3) jf\ RAIL. (SEE NOTE 2 & 3) • 3.35 KSI MIN. CONCRE'T'E INTERIOR OR 1.5 KSI MIN. CMU,& (ALL JAMB DETAILS) EXTERIOR 1x BUCK OPTIONAL WITH SOLID CONCRETE tat WOOD BUCK SUBSTRATE (SEE NOTE 4% (SEE NOTE 4)® DETAIL C DETAIL D TYPICAL FLANGED JAMB ANCHORAGE 114" MAX.�+— 1/4" SHIM I WOOD FRAME MAX. _SHIM RODUCT REVISED V WOOD FRAMEas complying with the Florida "T" Building Caft 1� DIA. MIN. i Accepta�tcc No • .131" x 21/2" NAIL, Exp' w�C�%lor .131" DIA. MIN. n6A) AT CORNERS "" AND 5" O.C. Ivlismi® eFroductContro x 21/2" NAIL, WOOD FRAME AT CORNERS AND 5" O.C. " .131"DIA.MIN. liii+r IMAX• 1.Y13N•M/(������. SHIM AT CORNERS `\���o�y AND 5" O.C. ~�,•' �\CEN3F DETAIL F, (HEAD) `�• 58705 DETAIL E, (JAMB) DETAIL G, (SILL) ; -Ic ; No, TYPICAL INTEGRAL FIN ANCHORAGE = , ;u,1 • i� �� ~ rre rsy tea J.J. 10107111 D NO CHANGES THIS SHEET ,� p t :�'j� f . •'•, STA . •� 'C�. • 1070 TECHNOLOGY ORM ANCHORAGE DETAILS •,4X.- � • . , Ptol��o� �4% �• p -�- .,,�s •.......• J.R. 04101111 C NO CHANGES THIS SHEET NOKOWS,FL3W6 '��,S/0NAL • m ADD INTEGRALRNANCHO G UPDATE&REORDER NOTES FK. 11H3/08 B ADD NOTES 7. UPDATE CONCRETE' EMBEDMENT DIM. — ALUM. SINGLE HUNG WINDOW, IMPACT ,,,,�. po:eox1ti29X3 � s� tem ,,,� A. LYN0MILLtakt, \P\. E. FA 81105 J.J, 213/07► NaKaeeia F• A V�slbly Better s � NTS 11 d 11 4041-20 FL P.E.# W705 rD